ye

p
RRB ALP/Technician/JE/
UPPCL/TG-2

COMPUTER
Chapterwise
&
Sub-topicwise
Solved Papers
Chief Editor
A.K. Mahajan
Compiled by
Exam Expert Group
Computer Graphics by
Balkrishna, Charan Singh
Editorial Office
12, Church Lane Prayagraj-211002
Mob. : 9415650134
Email : [email protected]
website : www.yctfastbook.com / www.yctbooks.com
www.yctbooksprime.com
 All rights reserved with Publisher
Publisher Declaration
Edited and Published by A.K. Mahajan for YCT Publications Pvt. Ltd.
12 Church Lane, Prayagraj and E:Book by APP YCT BOOKS
In order to Publish the book, full care has been taken by the Editor and the Publisher,
yet it is necessary to get your co-operation and suggestions for any errors.
In the event of any dispute, the judicial area will be Prayagraj.
ye
p
INDEX

COMPUTER

Computer an Introduction ........................................................................... 3-11

Development of Computer ......................................................................... 12-15

Input/Output ............................................................................................... 15-23

Memory ........................................................................................................ 24-33

Software ....................................................................................................... 33-49

Programming Languages ........................................................................... 49-70

Data Representation and Number System ............................................... 70-75

Data Communication .................................................................................. 76-97

Internet & Web Tech. .............................................................................. 97-140

Microsoft Windows ........................................................................................ 140-158

Microsoft Office ...................................................................................... 159-240

Emerging Trends .................................................................................... 241-246

Abbreviation ............................................................................................ 246-247

Important Abbreviation ......................................................................... 248-251

Miscellaneous........................................................................................... 251-256

2
ye
p
22. Computer
Ans. (a) : Human ware is hardware and software that
I. Computer an Introduction emphasizes users capability and empowerment and the
design of the user Interface.
1. Which of the following scientists introduced the
concept of Stored Program Computer ? 6. The program instructions are represented in
(a) Blaise Pascal (b) Alan Turing binary and stored in the _______ from which
(c) John Von Neumann (d) Charles Babbage they are fetched, decoded and executed by the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 CPU.
Ans. (c) : The concept of stored program computer was (a) memory (b) memory and chip
developed by John Von Neumann in 1940. Who (c) chip (d) control unit
proposed that a program is stored electronically in a RRB Kolkata LP-2009
memory device in binary-number format so that the Ans : (a) Memory is the electronic holding place for the
instructions could be modified by the computer. instruction and data a computer needs to reach quickly.
2. Which of the following CPU registers is used by Its where information is stored for immediate use.
ALU to store operands? Memory is one of the basic functions of a computer,
(a) Both program counter and accumulator because without it a computer would not be able to
(b) Program counter function properly.
(c) Accumulator 7. An ALU typically uses an accumulator to store
(d) Address register operands and results. Which of the following
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 options correctly describes the accumulator?
Ans. (c) : An accumulator is a type of register for short
term, intermediate storage of arithmetic and logic data (a) Register (b) Main Memory
in a Computer's Central Processing unit (CPU). (c) Processing Unit (d) Secondary Memory
3. Which of the following statements is correct WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
about windows operating system? Ans. (a) : The full name of ALU is Arithmetic Logic
(a) Windows NT supports preemptive Unit. It usually uses an accumulator to store operands
multitasking and results. Registers are the smallest data holding
(b) Windows 10 was released in 2010 elements that are built into the processor itself. These
(c) Windows NT was released in 1987 are the memory locations that are directly accessible by
(d) Windows NT was developed by Oracle and the processor. It may hold an instruction, a storage
marketed by Microsoft address or any kind of data such as a bit sequence or
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning individual characters.
Ans. (a) : Windows NT is a proprietary graphical 8. Which of the following is not a characteristic
operating system produced by Microsoft, the first of a computer?
version of which was released on 27 July, 1993. It is a (a) Speed (b) Intelligent quotient
processor - independent multiprocessing and multi-user (c) Accuracy (d) Versatility
operating system. Windows NT supports preemptive
multitasking. Windows 10 was released to HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
manufacturing on July, 2015. Ans. (b) : Speed, data storage, accuracy and versatility
are the characteristics of computer while intelligent
4. CPU is the main component of the computer,
which of the following is the full form of CPU? quotient is not the characteristic of computer.
(a) Central Programming Unit 9. Flexibility to solve various problems represents
(b) Control Processing Unit the -------- characteristic of the computer.
(c) Computer Processing Unit (a) diligence (b) speed
(d) Central Processing Unit (c) accuracy (d) versatility
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
RRB Guwahati L.P.- 2008 Ans. (d) : Versatility is a characteristic of a computer
Ans. (d) : A CPU (Central Processing Unit) is the which refers to the ability of a computer to perform a
primary component of a computer that performs most of variety of tasks with equal accuracy and efficiency.
the processing tasks. It executes instructions from 10. A _____ shows how operational attributes are
programs and manages data within a computer's linked together and contributes towards realizing
memory. the computer's.
5. In Computers, Users are also known as _____. (a) component design
(a) Humanware (b) Fireware (b) computer architecture
(c) Hardware (d) Freeware (c) computer working
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (d) computer organization
RRB Muzaffarpur L.P.-2006 KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
Computer 3 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (d) Computer organization so is how operational 16. Which of the following was developed by the
attributes are linked together and contribute to realizing French mathematician and philosopher Blaise
the architectural specification. Pascal, also known as the arithmetic machine?
11. A _______is the conceptual design and (a) Abacus
fundamental operational structure of a (b) Pascaline
computer system. (c) Both Abacus and Pascaline
(a) computer organization (d) Neither Abacus nor Pascaline
(b) component design GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(c) computer working Ans. (b) : Pascal's calculator is also known as
(d) computer architecture arithmetic machine or Pascaline. It was developed by
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 the French mathematician and philosopher Blaise Pascal
Ans : (d) Computer architecting is a theoretical basic in 1642. Abacus is a mathematician tool used for
process. Under which the structural of the computer is calculations. It is mainly used for addition, subtraction,
prepared. multiplication, division.
12. Which among the following is the correct full 17. Which of the following is an OCR font based
form of BIOS? on American standards?
(a) Basic Input Operating System (a) OCR-C (b) OCR-A
(b) Basic Input Output Software (c) OCR-B and OCR-C (d) OCR-B
(c) Basic Input Output System KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(d) None of these Ans. (b) : OCR-A is a font created in 1968, in the early
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 days of computer optical character recognition, when
there was a need for a font that could be recognized not
Ans. (c) : BIOS stands for Basic Input Output System, only by the computers of that day, but also by humans.
computer program that is typically stored in EPROM OCR A uses simple thick strokes to form recognized
and used by the CPU to perform startup procedures characters.
when the computer is turned on. Its two major
procedures are determining what peripheral devices 18. Which among the following is/are types of
(Keyboard, Mouse, Disk Drive, Printers, Video, Cards microcontrollers in embedded system?
etc.) A. ARM microcontroller
B. MRP microcontroller
13. Which material is used to manufacture (a) Neither A nor B (b) Only B
Computer Chips?
(c) Only A (d) Both A and B
(a) Silver (b) Iron
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(c) Gold (d) Semiconductor
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Ans. (c) : ARM stands for Advanced Rise Machine.
The most popular Microcontrollers Programming in the
Ans : (d) Silicon is the material of choice in the chip digital embedded system world, and most of the
industry. Unlike the metals normally used to conduct industries prefer only ARM microcontrollers since it
electrical currents. Silicon is a semiconductor, meaning consists of significant features to implement products
that its conductive properties can be increased by mixing it with an excellent appearance. It is cost sensitive and
with other materials such as phosphorus or boron. high performance device, which has been used in a wide
14. Whom is considered the father of modern range of application such as industrial Instrument
computer? control systems, wireless networking and sensors and
(a) Bill Gates (b) Sunder Pichai automotive body systems etc.
(c) Charles Babbage (d) Steve Jobs 19. With reference to microcontroller, PIC stands
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 for _____.
Ans. (c) : Charles Babbage originated the concept of a (a) Prefaced Internet Controller
digital programmable computer. Babbage is known as (b) Prefaced Interface Controller
the father of computer and is credited with inventing the (c) Peripheral Internet Controller
First Mechanical Computer on 18 October 1871. (d) Peripheral Interface Controller
15. _______ tells raw facts while in ______ the data DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
becomes meaningful. RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(a) Information, reporting Ans. (d) : PIC stands for Peripheral Interface
(b) Information, bits Controller, which was developed in the year 1993 by
(c) Records, bytes the General Instruments Microcontrollers. It is
(d) Data, information controlled by software and programmed in such as was
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 that it performs different tasks and controls a generation
Ans : (d) The data are defined as numbers that represent line. PIC microcontrollers are used in different new
measurements from the real world. Datum is a single application such as smart phones, audio accessories and
measurement. advanced medical devices.
Information is organized or classified data, which has some 20. Which among the following statements is/are
meaningful values for the receiver. Information is the correct with respect to hardware and
processed data on which decisions and action are based. software of computers?
Computer 4 YCT
ye
p
A. Computer hardware is the physical 25. State whether the statements given below are
equipment. true or false.
B. Computer software is the collection of (i) The term 'software' means a set of
programs that make hardware do its job computer program, functions and related
(a) Both A and B (b) Only A documents.
(c) Only B (d) Neither A nor B (ii) In order to function, the computer must
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 have both software and hardware.
Ans. (a) : Statement A true about computer hardware. (a) (i) true, (ii) false (b) false, (ii) false
Computer hardware includes the physical parts of a (c) (i) false, (ii) true (d) (i) true, (ii) true
computer, such as the easy Central Processing Unit, GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Random Access Memory, Monitor, Mouse, Keyboard, Ans. (d) : Statement (i) true, software is basically a set
computer data storage and motherboard etc. of instructions or commands that tells a computer what
Statement B true about computer software, software is a to do or in other words, the software is a computer
set of computer programs and associated documentation program that provides a set of instructions to execute a
programs and associated documentation and data. This users commands and tell the computer what to do, for
is in contract to hardware, from which the system is example MS-Word, MS-PowerPoint etc.
built and which actually performs the work. 26. An 'Optical Character Reader' is an example of:
21. 'BUS' in computer ________| (a) control unit
(a) Indicates a data item (b) input unit
(b) Information transmitting is a set of physical (c) arithmetic and logic unit
wires (d) output unit
(c) Indicates an address item. UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
(d) Has become a synonym for the file present in the Ans. (b) : OCR stands for Optical Character
operating system. Recognition. This is input device, OCR is the process
that converts an image of text into a machine-readable
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 text format. For example, if you seen a form or a
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning receipt. Your computer saves the scan as an image file.
Ans : (b) A bus is a high speed internal connection. You can't use a text editor to edit, search or count the
Buses are used to send control signals and data between words in the image file. However, you can use OCR to
the processor and other components. Three types of bus convert the image into a text document with its contents
are used. stored as text data.
1. Address bus 2. Data bus 3. Control bus 27. Which of the following facts is false regarding
22. USB stands for............... the control unit?
(a) Uniform serial Bus (a) It receive instructions from memory,
(b) Uniform Series Bus interprets them and directs operation of the
(c) Universal Series Bus computer
(d) Universal Serial Bus (b) It process and stores data
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (c) It manages and coordinates all the units of the
computer
Ans. (d) : USB stands for Universal Serial Bus, (d) It is responsible for controlling the transfer of
technology used to connect computers with peripheral data and instruction between other units of the
devices. computer
23. The data converted into a more GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
understandable form is called ____. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(a) Instruction (b) Storage Ans. (b) : Except option (b) all other options are true
(c) Power (d) Information regarding to the control unit because processing and
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w storing data is not function of the Control Unit.
Ans : (d) Information is stimuli that has meaning is some 28. Which of the following is an integrated
context for its receiver when information is entered into component of CPU and is generally used to
and stored in a computer, it is generally referred to as data. store data and addresses during program
After processing such as formatting and printing output execution?
data can again be perceived as information. (a) Arithmetic logic unit
24. While of the following is not hardware? (b) Register
(a) Magnetic Tape (b) Printer (c) Control unit
(c) Assembler (d) CRT (d) Secondary memory
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Ans : (c) Magnetic tape, Printer and CRT is a computer Ans. (b) : Register is a type of computer memory used
hardware while assembler is a program for converting by the CPU to quickly accept, store, and transfer data
instructions written in low-level assembly code into and instructions that are being used immediately. The
reloadable machine cache and generating along registers used by the CPU are often called processor
information for the loader. registers is an integrated component of the CPU.
Computer 5 YCT
ye
p
29. Which of the following statements is incorrect Ans. (a) : The full form of ALU is 'Arithmetic Logic
regarding ALU? Unit'. It is a main component of the CPU. It is used to
(a) ALU uses CPU registers for operations perform arithmetic and logic operations.
(b) ALU is one of the main component of the 34. Which of the following components maintains
CPU
order, directs the operation of the entire system
(c) ALU controls the functions of the control unit and does not perform any actual processing on
(d) ALU performs both arithmetic and logic
data?
operations
(a) Control Unit (b) ROM
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(c) Mother board (d) I/O unit
Ans. (c) : Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) is a digital
circuit that provides arithmetic and logic operations. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
The Control Unit (CU) is a component of a CPU that Ans. (a) : The control unit is the part of CPU (Central
directs the operation of the processor. Processing Unit). It control every component of the
ALU does not control the functions of the Control Unit. computer and creates a sequence of all work process
Hence statement (c) is incorrect. and completes the work. It direct the system but does
30. Find out whether the given statements are true not perform data processing.
or false with reference to the CPU. 35. A CPU with a clock rate of 1.8 GHz can
(i) It is made up of register memory, control perform clock cycles per second.
unit and arithmetic logic unit. (a) 18,000,000 (b) 1,800,000
(ii) In modern computers, it is contained in an (c) 180,000,000 (d) 1,800,000,000
integrated circuit chip called the motherboard. WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(a) (i) - True, (ii) - True Ans. (d) : Clock speed of CPU execution per second it
(b) (i) - True, (ii) - False measures the number of cycles, which is measured in
(c) (i) - False, (ii) - False gigahertz (GHz). A 'Cycle' is the basic unit that measures
(d) (i) - False, (i)- True CPU speed. CPU with clock rate of 1.8 GHz per second
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 can measure up to 1,800,000,000 clock cycles
Ans. (b) : CPU (Central Processing Unit) is the 36. A CPU with a memory address register (MAR)
computer’s part that retrieves and executes information. of 24 bits can address up to ____ memory (in
The CPU is essentially the brain of a CAD (Computer bytes).
Aided Design) system. It consists of an Arithmetic
Logic Unit (ALU), a Control Unit (CU) and various (a) 16 MB (b) 8 KB
register memory. CPU is simply referred as processor, (c) 16 KB (d) 8 MB
while the given statement is not correct with respect to HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
the second CPU. Ans. (a) : Memory address register (MAR) is a CPU
31. During execution, CPU selects and retrieves register whose function is to store memory addresses. A
instructions from the ____. CPU with memory address register (MAR) of 24 bits
(a) registers (b) main memory can address up to 16 MB (in bytes).
(c) auxiliary memory (d) secondary memory 37. Which of the following is the processing unit of
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 the computer?
Ans. (b) : The Control Unit of the Central Processing (a) CPU (b) memory
Unit regulars and integrates the operations of the (c) Graphic Card (d) mother board
computer. It selects and retrieves instructions from the KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
main memory in proper sequence and interprets then so Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
as to activate the other functional elements of the Ans. (a) : A Central Processing Unit, also called a
system at the appropriate moment. central processor main processor or just processor, is
32. Which memory can be directly accessed by the the electronic circuitry that executes instructions
CPU of the computer? comprising a computer program. The CPU performs
(a) Magnetic tape (b) Hard disc basic arithmetic, logic, controlling and input/output
(c) Memory card (d) Cache memory operations specified by the instruction in the program.
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 38. The size of a word in computer is
Ans. (d) : Cache memory is a type of high - speed (a) None of these
volatile computer memory that provides high speed data
access to a processor (CPU) and store frequently used (b) varies within the same computer
computer programs, applications and data. (c) fixed in every case
33. ALU is one of the main components of a (d) fixed in a computer, but varies among
computer's CPU. Which of the following is the different computers
full form of - KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(a) Arithmetic Logic Unit Ans. (d) : Word "size" refers to the amount of data a
(b) Algorithmic Looping Unit CPU's internal data registers can hold and process at
(c) Arithmetic Language Unit one time. Modern desktop computers have 64-bit
(d) Algorithmic Logic Unit words. Computers embedded in appliances and
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 consumer products have word size of 8, 16 or 32 bits.
Computer 6 YCT
ye
p
39. Cache memory is a small amount of extremely (c) Primary Storage
fast static _____ and is located close to the (d) Hard Disk
_____. RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(a) RAM, CPU (b) ROM, Motherboard Ans. (c) : The CPU interacts directly with the primary
(c) RAM, Hard disc (d) ROM, CPU memory to perform read/write operation. It is two types
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 (i) RAM (Random Access Memory)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 (ii) ROM (Read only Memory)
Ans. (a) : Cache memory is a primary memory used by RAM is a volatile i.e. as long as the power is
the CPU to reduce the average cost of retrieving data supplied to the computer it retains the data in it.
from main memory. This static RAM is small in size
and located close to the CPU. 45. Which of the following components of the CPU
maintains and regulates the flow of information
40. Which of the following statement is wrong?
across the processor?
(a) External memory has high storage capacity
and is stable. (a) PC register
(b) Registers are high speed storage area located (b) Control Unit (CU)
outside the CPU. (c) ALU
(c) ROM is a fixed primary memory. (d) Accumulator
(d) Cache memory is a very high speed memory DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
between CPU and RAM. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Ans. (b) : CU stands for Control Unit. It is one of the
Ans. (b) : Statement 'b' wrong because register memory fundamental parts of the CPU. The main work of CU is
is the inside the CPU not outside. Register memory is to tell the most efficient method to work. It guides all
the smallest and fastest memory in a computer. It is not the related operations to the individual parts of the
a part of main memory and is located in the CPU in the processor.
form of registers, which are the smallest data holding 46. Which of the following options is inconsistent
elements. with the remaining three?
41. Which among the following are the components (a) Cache Memory
of CPU? (b) Arithmetic and Logic Unit
(a) RAM and ROM (c) Instruction Decoder
(b) ALU and Memory (d) Control Unit
(c) ALU and Registers RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(d) ALU and Control Unit
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Ans. (d) : ALU stands for Arithmetic Logic Unit. CU
stands for control unit. It performs all the arithmetic and Ans. (c) : Cache memory, Arithmetic Logic Unit and
logical operations and process user input. It controls the Control Unit are part of Central Processing Unit while
operations of processor, memory. ALU and other instruction decoder of a processor is a combinatorial
input/output devices. It is directed by control unit. circuit sometimes in the form of a read-only memory,
sometimes in the form of an ordinary combinatorial
42. Which of the following is a part of the CPU of a
computer? circuit, its purpose to translate an instruction cache into
(a) Motherboard (b) ALU the address in the micro memory where the micro cache
for the instruction starts.
(c) SRAM (d) DRAM
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 47. Which of the following statement is not true
Ans. (b) : Central Processing Unit are- about the central Processing Unit (CPU)?
1. Control Unit (a) Control unit is a part of CPU
2. Arithmetic Logic Unit (b) CPU executes stored program instructions
3. Memory Unit (c) CPU is also known as microprocessor.
43. All the arithmetic and logical operations in a (d) Kernel is the core of CPU.
computer are done by………… UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
(a) ALU (b) CU Ans. (d) : Kernel is not core of CPU. Kernel is the
(c) Register (d) None option is correct. essential center of a computer operating system. It is the
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 core that provides basic services for all after parts of the
Ans. (a) : ALU stands for Arithmetic Logic Unit. ALU OS. It is the main layer between the OS and hardware.
enables computers to perform mathematical operations 48. With reference to the central processing unit
an binary number. They can be found of the heart of (CPU) which of the following statements is not
every digital computer and are one of the most true?
important parts of CPU. (a) CPU processes data and instructions
44. Which of the following storage devices directly (b) ALU is a part of CPU
interacts with the CPU? (c) CPU also has a set of registers
(a) Tertiary Storage (d) It performs arithmetic operations
(b) Secondary, Storage UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Computer 7 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : Ans. (a) : Throughput is a term used in information
technology that indicates how many units of
information can be processed in a set amount of time.
54. Indentify the correct order of the stages of a
data processing cycle.
(a) Input stage-> Output stage-> Processing
stage -> Storage stage
(b) Input stage -> Processing stage-> Storage
stage-> Output stage
The CPU can process those instructions easily control (c) Processing stage -> Input stage-> Output
unit that knows how to interpret program instructions stage-> Storage stage
and an arithmetic logic unit that knows how to add (d) Input stage-> Processing stage -> Output
numbers. With the control unit and ALU combined, the stage -> Storage stage
CPU can process much more complex programs than a UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
simple calculator. KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
49. ______is not a normal hardware port. Ans : (d) The data processing cycle consists of a series
(a) Display port (b) HDMI port of steps where raw data (input) is fed into a system to
(c) Ethernet (d) TCP port produce actionable insights (output). Each step is taken
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I in a specific order, but the entire process is repeated in a
Ans : (d) Display port, HDMI port and Ethernet are cyclic manner.
hardware port while TCP is called as Transmission Input stage → Processing stage → Output stage →
Control Protocol which provides a communication Storage stage
service between an application program and the internet 55. To increase CPU throughput which of the
protocol. A port number is a unique identifier used with following memories is placed between the CPU
an IP address. and main memory?
50. Which of the following stores the programs (a) Secondary memory (b) Cache memory
and data currently executed by the (c) Sequential memory (d) Auxiliary memory
(a) Primary Memory (b) Auxiliary Memory KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(c) Secondary Memory (d) Tertiary Memory Ans. (b) : Throughput is the number of processes that
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) complete execution per time unit. If the computer
Ans : (a) Primary memory is a segment of computer system completes n processes in t second time then,
memory that can be accessed directly by the process. Total number of processes completed n
Primary memory have access time less than secondary Throughput = =
memory and greater than cache memory. Primary Time taken by the process t
memory has a storage capacity lesser than secondary To increase CPU throughput cache memory is placed
memory and greater than cache memory. between the CPU and main memory.
51. Which of the following provides internal 56. The CPU clock speed refers to the number of:
storage to the CPU? (a) CPUs it can have
(a) Register (b) Register and RAM (b) RAMs it can have
(c) RAM (d) Hard disk (c) clocks it can have
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (d) Number of cycles CPU executes per second
Ans : (a) A processor register is one of a small set of DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
data holding places that are part of the computer Ans. (d) : CPU processes many instructions from
processor. A register may hold an instruction a storage different programs every second. The clock speed
address, or any kind of data. Some instructions specify measures the number of cycles your CPU executes per
registers as part of the instruction. second, measured in GHz.
52. The four basic tasks performed by CPU are 57. We express the speed of the computer in
Fetch, ............ , Manipulate and Output: microseconds. Which of the following is equal
(a) Design (b) Decode to one microsecond?
(c) Display (d) Regulate (a) 10–9 second (b) 10–3 second
–6
(UPPCL TG-2 11-11-2016) (c) 10 second (d) 10–2 second
Ans : (b) The four primary function of a CPU are fetch, UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
decode, execute and write back. Decoding is the process Ans. (c) : 1 microsecond = 1 × 10–6 second
of converting code into plain text or any format that is 58. MIPS is a computer performance measurement
useful for subsequent processes. method for rate of instruction execution per
53. Which of the following represents the amount unit time. What is its full form?
of work that the system is capable of doing per (a) Master instruction per second
unit time? (b) Memory instruction per second
(a) Flow (throughput) (b) Load (c) Metric instruction per second
(c) Thread (d) Response time (d) Million instruction per second
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Computer 8 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : MIPS stands for Million instructions per Ans : (a) The Pentium is a widely used personal
second. MIPS is an approximate measure of a computer computer microprocessor from the Intel corporation.
raw processing power. MIPS figures can be misleading First offered in 1993, the Pentium quickly replaced
because measurement techniques often differ, and Intel's 486 microchip of choice in manufacturing a
different confuters may require different sets of personal computer. Microprocessor sold the under
instructions to perform the same activity. brand name Pentium.
59. What is MFLOPS? 64. If a computer system completes n processes in t
(a) It is used to measure the state of the CPU. seconds, then its throughput is _______
(b) It is used to measure the speed of CPU. processes per second during that interval.
(c) It is a memory unit. (a) t/n (b) n + t
(d) It is used to measure memory access time. (c) n/t (d) n × t
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
Ans. (c) : Throughput is the amount of work completed
Ans. (b) : MFLOPS stands for Mega Floating Point
in a unit of time. In other words, through put is the
Operation Per Second, MFLOPS are a common processes executed to the number of jobs completed in a
measure of the speed of computer used to perform unit of time. The scheduling algorithm must look to
floating point calculations. Another common measure maximize the number of jobs processed per time limit.
of computer speed are power is MIPS (Million
instructions per second), which indicates integer number of process
Through put = =
performance. schedule length
60. Which of the following statement is/are true? N
(i) GFLOPS is smaller than TFLOPS So =
L
(ii) MFLOPS is greater than GFLOPS the number of processes = n process completion time of
(a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i) all process schedule length = t seconds
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) (i) and (ii) both Through put = n/t processes per second.
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) 65. In multitasking situation, semaphore is used to
Ans. (b) : Processing Speed-Flops solve_______ and ________.
Name Unit Value (a) Process synchronization problem, task
Kilo FLOPS KFLOPS 103 scheduling
Mega FLOPS MFLOPS 106 (b) CPU memory synchronization, resolution of
Giga FLOPS GFLOPS 109 I/O deadlocks.
(c) Important section problem, process
Tera FLOPS TFLOPS 1012 synchronization
Peta FLOPS PFLOPS 1015 (d) Solution of booting problem critical section
Exa FLOPS EFLOPS 1018 problem.
Zetta FLOPS ZFLOPS 1021 WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
Yotta FLOPS YFLOPS 1024 Ans : (c) CPU in multitasking editing situation memory
61. Which of the following is not a part of CPU. synchronization (CPU memory synchronization) I/O
(a) Memory Unit (b) Arithmetic Logic Unit used to resolve deadlocks.
(c) Control Unit (d) Input Unit 66. Computer administration refers to the ____
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I units and their inter relationships that
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 implement architectural specifications.
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 (a) Dynamic (b) Navigational
(c) Stationary (d) Operational
Ans : (d) Memory Unit, Arithmetic Logic Unit and
Control Unit are part of Central Processing Unit (CPU) UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
while input unit is input device. Ans : (d) Computer management refers to the
62. "For computer, world consists of zeros and operational units and their relationship that implement
ones only. To store the zeros and ones,........... is architectural specifications.
placed inside a processor: 67. A device that is connected to a computer but it
(a) I/O device (b) Instruction set is NOT part of the core computer architecture
(c) Transistor (d) Main Memory is known as
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) (a) Processing Device (b) Memory Device
Ans : (c) For the computer the world is made of zero (c) Peripheral Device (d) On-board Device
and one. To store these zero or one, a transistor is RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
installed inside the processor. All the calculations in the Ans: (c) Peripheral device is an auxiliary device used to
computer are done through '0's and '1's only. put information into and get information out of a
63. Which of the following is an example of a high computer. The term peripheral device refers to all
speed microprocessor? hardware components that are attached to a computer
(a) Pentium (b) CD ROM and are controlled by the computer system, but they are
(c) Keyboard (d) Printer not the core components of the computer such as the
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 CPU or power supply unit.
Computer 9 YCT
ye
p
68. ALU is the part of (c) Type of hard disk drive
(a) CPU (b) CU (d) Type of flash drive
(c) Memory (d) None of these KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) Ans : (c) SATA stands for Serial Advanced Technology
Ans : (a) An Arithmetic Logic Unit is the part of a Attachment. SATA is a computer bus interface or
Central Processing Unit that carries out arithmetic and standard hardware interface which connected hard
logic operations on the operands in computer instruction drives, SSD and CD/DVD drives to the computer.
words. IDE stands for Integrated Drive Electronics. It is an
69. What is the full form of PGA graphics card? interface standard for connection of storage devices
(a) Professional Graphics Array such as HDD, SSD and CD/DVD drive to the computer.
(b) Portal Graphic Array 75. What does the term USB stand for?
(c) Personal Graphics Array (a) Unique Service Business
(d) Public Giga Array (b) Unique Service Bus
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (c) Universal Serial Bus
Ans. (a) : PGA stands for Professional Graphics (d) Universal Service Bus
Adapter or Array. PGA is a video standard developed UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
by IBM that supports up to 640*400 resolution. Ans. (c) : USB stands for Universal serial Bus. It is
70. Which of the following provides the slot to allow communication between a computer and peripheral
connect graphics cards? or other devices. Which can used to connect printers,
(a) RAM slot (b) AGP slot scanners, keyboards, mice, game controllers and flash
(c) USB port (d) PCI slot drive etc.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I 76. Without ______ a system cannot operate.
Ans. (b) : An Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) is a (a) Motherboard (b) Keyboard
point to point channel that is used for high speed video (c) Speakers (d) Mouse
output. This port is used to connect graphics cards to a RRB Kolkata LP-2009
computers motherboard. Ans : (a) Motherboard is the printed circuit board
71. The set of wires, connecting the microprocessor installed in most of the electronic plants such as laptop
and the memory, through which the data flows computers etc. A computer is made up of components
is called: installed in the microprocessor, main memory and
(a) memory (b) data wire motherboard. Along with this some devices are attached
(c) database (d) databus to control storage, video display and sound. Therefore
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 the system can not be operated without it.
Ans : (d) Data bus is a group of conducting wires which 77. In computing _____ is the term given to the
carries data only. Data bus is bidirectional because data texture and size of a motherboard.
flow in both directions from microprocessor to memory (a) Form factor (b) CPU
or input/output devices and from memory or (c) ALU (d) Term factor
input/output devices to microprocessor. DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
72. _____ Is not a part of motherboard. Ans : (a) Form factor is a hardware design aspect that
(a) Expansion card slot (b) DVD Drive defines and prescribes the size, shape and other physical
(c) Storage Connector (d) Memory slot specific specification of components, particularly in
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 electronics. A form factor may represent a board class
of similarly sized components or it may prescribe a
Ans : (b) Expansion card slot, storage connector and specific standard.
memory slot are part of motherboard while DVD Drives
are devices that can read DVD discs on an computer. 78. Which of the following basic operations is/are
DVD players are particular type of devices that do not performed by a computer ?
require a computer to work and can read DVD-Video (a) Arithmetic operation
and DVD-Audio discs. (b) Logical operation
73. Which of the following in the basis of computer (c) Storage and retrieval
and holds all of the circuit that ties the (d) All of these
different components of the computer system (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
together? Ans : (d) The basic operation performed by a computer
(a) Hard Disk Drive (b) Motherboard are arithmetic operation, storage and retrieved and
(c) CPU (d) Cable logical operation. Basically computer does five basic
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 operations that are input, output, storing, process and
Ans. (b) : It is the basis of your computer. It is the first controlling.
component installed in the system unit and it holds all 79. Home shopping and advertising belong to
of the circuitry that ties the functions of the computer which of the following categories of computer
components together. application?
74. What is SATA and IDE? (a) Marketing (b) Healthcare
(a) Palmtops (c) Education (d) Military
(b) Motherboard Manufacturer MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Computer 10 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : Use of computer in different categories - 85. Which of the following characteristics of a
Categories Use computer enables it to work without human
(i) Marketing Advertising, Home shopping intervention?
(ii) Healthcare Diagnostic, system surgery, (a) Diligence (b) Accuracy
Pharma Information system, patient (c) Automatic (d) Versatility
Monitoring system. UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(iii) Education Computer based Education Ans. (c) : A computer is an automated machine even if its
(iv) Military Missile control, Military humans instruct it. This is once the instructions are passed,
communication, smart weapons. the computer works on its own till the task is completely
Military operations and planning. done. This includes zero human intervention.
(v) Communication E-mail, chatting, use net video 86. Identify the capability of the computer system
calling etc.
that makes it adaptable.
80. Data processing refer to the transformation of (a) Never getting tired, bored or fatigued
incomplete data into
(a) Analog data (b) Discrete data (b) The quality to complete different types of
(c) Information (d) Binary data tasks: simple as well as complex.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (c) The level of precision with which calculations
Ans : (c) Data processing therefore refers to the process of are done
transforming row data into meaningful output i.e. (d) The duration that the computer system
information. requires for fulfilling a task
Information refers to the meaningful output obtained KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
after processing the data. Ans. (b) : Adaptability of computer system means the
81. ______ has a meaning. It is about selecting data quality of it to complete a different type of tasks simple as
summarizing it and presenting it in such a way well as complex. Computer are normally versatile unless
that it is useful to the recipient. designed for a specific operation. Overall a daily purpose
(a) Data (b) Database computer is used in any area of application business,
(c) Command (d) Information industry, scientific, statistical, technological and so on.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I 87. Which of the following is a characteristic of a
Ans : (d) Information is a group of data that collectively computer. Which enables it to perform
carries a logical meaning when information is entered into different tasks at the same time?
and stored in a computer, it is generally referred to as data. (a) Diligence (b) Speed
After processing such as formatting and printing output (c) Accuracy (d) Versatility
data can again be perceived as information. UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
82. Computer is a dumb machine and it cannot do Ans. (d) : Versatility is a characteristic that enables a
any work without instructions from the user - computer to perform completely different types of tasks.
this statement refers to which of the following The capability of a computer to perform more than one
computer characteristic? task or different types of tasks at the same time is called
(a) No feeling (b) Diligence the versatility of a computer.
(c) Versatility (d) No IQ
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 88. The minimum power consumption happens in
Ans. (d) : Computer is a dumb machine and it cannot the case of:
do any work without instructions from the user. This (a) Sleep
statement reference in computer characteristic No IQ. (b) Hibernate
83. Flexibility to solve various problems refers to (c) All of them consumes same amount of power
the ______ characteristic of a computer. (d) Shutdown
(a) Precision (b) Versatility Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(c) Speed (d) Diligence Ans. (d) : Shutting down the computer shutdown all
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) the devices related to the CPU and monitor and
Ans : (b) Flexibility to solve various problems refers to suspends the power supply. Due to which there is
the speed characteristic of a computer.. minimum power consumption while all devices do not
84. If we repeatedly enter the same input in a shut down in sleep and hibernate etc.
computer system, then we get the same result.
What is this characteristic of the computer 89. The ability to perform error free calculations
called? refers to the ______ property of a computer.
(a) Versatility (b) Reliability (a) Scalability (b) Speed
(c) Scalability (d) Diligence (c) Accuracy (d) Having no IQ
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans. (b) : A computer is reliable as if gives consistent Ans : (c) Computers perform calculations with 100%
result for similar set of data i.e., if we given same set of accuracy. Errors may occur due to data inconsistency or
input any number of times, we will get the same result. inaccuracy.

Computer 11 YCT
ye
p
90. Working continuously with 100% accuracy. 95. Which of the following was the first general -
Errors may occur due to data inconsistency or purpose electronic digital computer designed
inaccuracy. for corporate applications in the united states?
(a) Speed (b) Diligence (a) Z3 Machine (b) Turing machine
(c) No IQ (d) Versatility (c) UNIVAC I (d) ENIAC
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans : (b) A computer is free from tiredness, lack of Ans. (d) : ENIAC (Electronic Numerical Integrator and
concentration, fatigue etc. If can work for hours without Computer) was the first electronic digital computer
creating any error. If millions of calculations are to be which was invented at the university of Pennsylvania by
performed a computer will perform every calculation J. Presper Eckart and John Mauchali in 1945 A.D.
with the same accuracy. 96. The calculator was originated from:
(a) Slide Rule (b) Difference Engine
II. Development of Computer (c) Ada (d) Abacus
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
91. Who built the analytical engine, one of the Ans : (d) The calculator originated from 'Abacus'.
early computing devices? Abacus is a mechanical device used to perform
(a) John Napier (b) Herman Hollerith mathematical calculations. Abacus is the world's first
(c) Blaise Pascal (d) Charles Babbage calculating machine.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 97. The word 'computer' was derived from which
Ans. (d) : The analytical engine was built by Charles of the following languages?
Babbage. Blaise Pascal built the first calculator (a) French (b) Latin
machine. (c) German (d) Spanish
Herman Hollerith invented an electromechanical (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
tabulating of punch card machine. Ans : (b) The word 'Computer' was derived from the
92. ENIAC, EDVAC, etc are examples of _____ Latin word 'compute' which means 'To Calculate'.
generation computers. Therefore, the literal meaning of computer is calculator.
Computer is an electronic machine.
(a) Third (b) First
(c) Second (d) Fourth 98. With respect to microprocessors, what is the
full form of VLSI?
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (a) Varying Light-Scale Integration
Ans. (b) : ENIAC, EDVAC and EDSAC are examples (b) Very Light-Scale Integration
of the first generation of computers. ENIAC was the (c) Very Large-Scale Integration
first general purpose programmable computer, (d) Varying Large-Scale Integration
developed during World War II with the aim of helping Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
to calculate artillery firing tables. Ans. (c) : With respect to microprocessors, the full form
93. Electronic Numerical Integrator and Computer of VLSI is Very Large Scale Integration. It is a type of
(ENIAC) was first binary programmable Integrated circuit (IC). In which many transistors are
computer based on____. engaged.
(a) Blaise Pascal's concept 99. The World's first electronic digital computer is:
(b) Von Neumann's architecture (a) ENIAC (b) Siddhartha
(c) Charles Babbage's architecture (c) PARAM (d) MEDHA
(d) Turing's machine concept UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II)
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 27.03.2021
Ans. (b) : Electronic Numerical Integrator and Ans : (a) ENIAC (Electronic Numerical Integrator and
Computer (ENIAC) was the first binary programmable Computer) was the World's first electronic digital
computer based on Von Neumann's architecture. computer, which was invented at the University of
ENIAC was designed by John Mauchly and J. Presper Pennsylvania, USA by J. Presper Eckert and John
Eckert. ENIAC was completed in 1945 and first put to Mauchly in 1945 AD. It was first used to calculate the
hydrogen BOMB by USA Army. ENIAC was the First
work for practical purpose on December 10, 1945.
General Purpose Electronic Computer.
94. Who began developing the first mechanical 100. Computer systems that store instructions and
computer in 1822? data from the same memory unit without any
(a) Charles Babbage distinction are based on the ______ structure.
(b) Ada Lovelace (a) Harvard (b) Babbage
(c) Herman Hollerith (c) Knuth (d) Von-Neumann
(d) Joseph Marie Jacquard WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
Ans. (a) : The first mechanical computer was developed Ans : (d) Von Neuman architecture" refers to any
by Charles Babbage in 1822. These are computers built stored program computer, in which an instruction and a
from mechanical component such as levers and gears data operation cannot occur at the same time because
rather than electronic components. they share their space on a 'Common Bus".

Computer 12 YCT
ye
p
101. The UNIVAC I was the first general-purpose Mauchly that was designed for corporate applications in
electronic digital computer that was designed the United States.
for corporate applications in the United States. 102. With respect to the first digital electronic
What is the full form of UNIVAC? computer, what is the full form of ABC?
(a) Universal Automatic Computer (a) Atanasoff Binary Computer
(b) United Automatic Computer (b) Analog Berry Computer
(c) Universal Automatic Calculator (c) Atanasoff-Berry Computer
(d) Universal Asynchronous Computer (d) Analog Binary Computer
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Ans. (a) : The full form of UNIVAC is Universal Ans. (c) : The first digital electronic computer was
Automatic Computer, it is the first general purpose known as ABC (Atanasoff-Berry-Computer). It was
electronic digital computer that was developed by a created by physics professor John Vincent Atanasoff
team of engineers led by J. Presper Eckert and John and he was graduate student of England in 1943.
Generations Hardware Software Memory Input/output Language Examples of Advantages/
Devices Generations disadvantages
First Vacuum Machine Magnetic Paper tape Low level ENIAC, Consume lot
Generation Tube language tapes and and punched language, EDVAC, of electricity.
(1942- binary (0,1) magnetic cards Machine UNIVAC, expensive,
1955) drums language IBM 650, large size,
(0,1) IBM 701, higher energy,
consumption
Greater
chance of
error
Second Transistor Batch Magnetic core, Magnetic Assembly PDP-8, Smaller in
Generation operating magnetic disk tape and and high IBM 1400 size low
(1956- system Punched level Series IBM power
1964) cards language 7090 & consumption
(FORTRAN, 7094 and generated
ALGOL, UNIVAC less heat.
COBAL) 1107 CDC
3600
Third Integrated Time Large Magnetic High-level IBM 360, Relatively
Generation Circuit Sharing Magnetic core, tape, language IBM 370, fast, small and
(1965- (ICs) SSI, multi magnetic monitor, (PASCAL, PDP-11, cheap, easy to
1975) MSI program tape/disk Keyboard, BASIC) NCR 395 use
ming printer etc.
operating
system
Fourth Micro- Graphical Semiconductor Pointing High level IBM PC, Highly
Generation processor user interface Memory devices language C, STAR reliable and
(1976- and very (GUI), keyboard, C++, 1000, very less
1989) large scale UNIX, Real monitor etc. Database etc. APPLE II maintenance
integration Time, APPLE storages
(VLSI) Distributed Macintosh capacity very
operating Alter 8800 large and
system. etc. faster.
Fifth Based on Internet and Optical disk, Touch Understand Desktops, Portable and
Generation Artificial multimedia virtual screen, pen, natural laptops, small in size
(1990- intelligence, software memory speech language tablets, fastest.
present) uses the parallel/multi (Huge storage input, light (human smart phone
Ultra large- processing capacity) scanner language)
scale operating printer etc.
Integration system.
(ULSI)
technology
and parallel
processing
method.
Computer 13 YCT
ye
p
103. Which of the following was used in second 108. With respect to integrated circuit, what is the full
generation computers. form of VLSI?
(a) Integrated Circuit (b) Transistor (a) Varied Large Scale Integration
(c) Microprocessor (d) Vacuum Tube (b) Very Large-Scale Integration
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) (c) Varied Large-Scale Interrogation
Ans. (b) : First generation – Vacuum tube (d) Very Large-Scale Interface
Second generation – Transistors UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Third generation – Integrated circuit Ans. (b) : The full form of VLSI is Very Large-Scale
Fourth generation – VLSI Microprocessor Integration, it is used in microprocessor, Phone's chip,
Fifth generation – ULSI graphic card etc.
Microprocessor 109. Arrange the following options in ascending
104. Which of the following statements is/are true order on the basis of their data processing
about second generation computers? capabilities. Mainframe, Minicomputer, Micro
(i) Vacuum tubes are used in these. computer.
(ii) In this generation, magnetic core was used (a) Mainframe, Minicomputer, Micro computer
as primary memory. (b) Micro computer, Minicomputer, Mainframe
(a) Only (i) (b) Only (ii) (c) Minicomputer, Mainframe, Microcomputer
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Microcomputer, Mainframe, Minicomputer
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ans. (b) : The second generation computer was Ans. (b) : Ascending order of computers, based on data
introduced in the year 1956. Transistors were used in processing are follows:
computers of this generation. Due to transistors the size Microcomputer→Minicomputer→Mainframe computer
of the second generation of computer was smaller than A microprocessor used in a microcomputer is less power
the first generation assembly language and high level full than the processor used in minicomputer. Mainframe
languages were also used in computers of this computer is more powerful than minicomputer and less
generation. powerful than super computer.
105. In which of the following generation of 110. In terms of data processing power, which of the
computers C++, COBOL and Java following option gives the correct sequence of
programming language were used? different computer generations:
(a) Fourth (b) Third (a) fourth generation < third generation < second
(c) Fifth (d) First generation < first generation
(b) fourth generation < second generation < third
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
generation < first generation
Ans. (b) : The period of the third generation of (c) first generation < second generation < third
computer is considered to be from 1963-1972. This generation < fourth generation
generation used IC. Due to which the speed and (d) first generation < third generation < second
efficiency of the computer increased significantly, C++, generation < fourth generation
C, PASCAL, FORTAN and COBOL etc. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
106. Which computer generation replaced the IC Ans. (c) : The sequence of computer generations in
(Integrated Circuit) with VLSI (Very Large terms of data processing power is generally as first
Scale Integration) circuit? generation < second generation < third generation <
(a) Fourth (b) First fourth generation.
(c) Second (d) Third 1. 1st generation computer (1942-1955)→Vacuum Tube
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II 2. 2nd generation computer (1956-1964) → Transistor
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 3. 3rd generation computer (1965-1975) → IC
Ans : (a) Fourth Generation computers were developed 4. 4th generation computer (1976-1989)→VLSI
between 1976-1989 using VLSI which full form is microprocessor
Very Large Scale Integration. It is a circuit and this 5. 5th generation computer (1990-till now) → ULSI
type of circuit has about 5000 transistors and more microprocessor
elements. The use of VLSI technology led to the 111. What is the full form of ULSI?
creation of Microprocessors which reduced the size of (a) Unique-Large-Scale Integration
the computer and increased capacity.
(b) Ultra-Large-Scale Integration
107. Which of the following is a 4th generation (c) Ultra-Light-Scale Integration
Programming language? (d) Unique-Light-Scale Integration
(a) C (b) Basic KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(c) SQL (d) Mercury
Ans. (b) : The full form of ULSI is Ultra - Large - Scale
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Integration. ULSI is the process of integrating or
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 embedding millions of transistors on a single silicon
Ans. (c) : Structured Query Language (SQL) is the semiconductor microchip.
fourth generation programming language used to 112. Advanced technologies, such as artificial
manage relational database such as to store manipulate intelligence, quantum computing etc were
and retrieve data etc. mainly for the ____ generation of computers.
Computer 14 YCT
ye
p
(a) Fifth (b) Third Ans. (d) : A super computer is a computer with a high
(c) Second (d) Fourth level of performance as compared to a general - purpose
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) computer. The performance of a super computer is
Ans : (a) The beginning of the fifth generation of commonly measured in floating point operations per
computer is considered to be from 1990 to till now. This second instead of million instruction per second.
generation of computers was based on advanced
119. PARAM is an example of _____.
technology such as artificial intelligence, quantum
computing, parallel processing hardware etc. Artificial (a) Mini-computer (b) Desktop computer
intelligence has the ability to think and learn on its own (c) Super-computer (d) Laptop
like human. It is used to make intelligence machine KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(computer) that thinks like human. Ans : (c) PARAM is an example of a supercomputer
113. Which of the following can support multiple developed by C. DAC in Pune. Prathyush and Mihir are
users at a time? the fastest supercomputer in India.
(a) Palmtop (b) Personal computer 120. Large (Mainframe) computers are not more
(c) Microcomputer (d) Minicomputer powerful than ______.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) (a) Super computer (b) Minicomputer
Ans : (d) Minicomputer is called mid range computer (c) Personal computer (d) Microcomputer
because it is bigger than microcomputer and smaller GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
than mainframe computer. Minicomputer is mainly Ans : (a) Mainframe computers are not more powerful
multiuser computer. Where more than one user can than super computer. Super computers are the largest in
work together. Example of minicomputer are IBM's As/ size and the most costly computers in the world while
400e, Honey Well 200, TI-990 etc. mainframe computer are less costly, small in size and
114. One first generation computers can be slower in speed the super computers.
characterized as _____.
121. Which of the following does not belong to the
(a) Mainframe (b) Super Computer
category of microcomputer?
(c) Analog Computer (d) Digital Computer
(a) Desktop computers (b) Cray-1
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
(c) Workstations (d) Palmtop computers
Ans. (c) : The first generation computers can be
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
characterized as Analog Computer.
Ans. (b) : Cray-1 is a super computer, which was
115. Computer like desktop computers laptops and
palmtop computers can be classified as _____. designed, developed and marketed by Cray Research.
(a) Super Computer (b) Mini Computer The first Cray-1 system was installed at Los Almos
National Laboratory in 1976. While desktop computers,
(c) Mainframe Computer (d) Personal Computer
workstations, palmtop computer, microcomputers are
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
the categories of computers.
Ans. (d) : Computer like desktop computers laptops and
palmtop computers can be classified as Personal
Computer.
III. Input/Output
116. The term 'tower model' is related to which of 122. Which of the following is a special purpose
the following category of computers? application software?
(a) Desktop computer (b) PDAs (a) Payroll system
(c) Laptop (d) Palmtop (b) Linux
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (c) Windows
Ans. (a) : The term 'tower model' refers to the desktop (d) Database management system
computer category of computers, in which the power
supply, motherboard, hard drive etc are stacked on top RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
of each other in a cabinet. Ans. (a) : Payroll software is an on-premises or cloud -
based solution that manages, maintains and automates
117. Which of the following is not a type of
payments to employees.
Computer classification?
(a) Electrical computer (b) Analog computer 123. Which of the following input devices is used as
(c) Digital computers (d) Hybrid computer a personal computer peripheral or general
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 control device consisting of a hand - held stick
that rotates around a loose and moves the
Ans : (a) Analog computer, digital computer and screen cursor around rotates?
Hybrid computer are types of computer classification,
(a) Microphone (b) MICR
where as electrical computer is not a type of computer.
(c) Biometric (d) Joystick
118. Which of the following are large systems DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
specially designed to solve complex scientific
and industrial problems? Ans. (d) : Joystick is an input device which works like a
(a) Mini computers (b) Micro computers trackball. The ball has a stick attached to it that rotates
on a base and reports its angle or direction to the CPU.
(c) Mainframes (d) Super computers
It is used in video games, simulator training etc.
UPPCL Executive Assistant 30.11.2022, Shift-I
Computer 15 YCT
ye
p
124. Which of the following types of mouse uses 129. Which of the following statements regarding
laser rays for cursor movement on the input devices of a computer is incorrect?
computer screen? (a) They convert input data into digital form.
(a) Optical (b) Electrical (b) Data entered through the keyboard are
(c) Gyroscopic (d) Mechanical directly transferred to the Memory Data
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Register (MDR).
Ans. (a) : Optical mouse uses a laser to detect the (c) Mouse is an input device.
movement of the mouse. An optical mouse uses LEDs, (d) They are used to send data to the computer.
optical sensor, and digital signal processing in place of KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
traditional mouse ball and electromechanical Ans. (b) : An input device is a computer device that
transducers. allows computer users to enter data into the system and
send instructions to the system to perform tasks.
125. Which of the following mouse actions is Following are the input devices in a computer –
commonly used to start a program or open a
Braille reader, GPS device, optical mark reader etc.
file? Hence, option a, c, d is related to computer input device
(a) Right click (b) Double Click and option (b) is not correct.
(c) Left click (d) Drag and drop 130. Which of the following is an input device?
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (a) Optical character reader (b) Projector
Ans. (b) : Double click on mouse action is usually used (c) Headphones (d) Inkjet printer
to start a program or open a file. (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
126. Select the odd option. RRB Kolkata LP-2006
(a) Joystick (b) Printer Ans. (a) : The main input and output devices of the
(c) Keyboard (d) Mouse computer are as follow:
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I Input Devices– Keyboard, Mouse, Trackball, Barcode
Ans. (b) : Input devices are hardware components or reader, Optical Character Reader, Joystick, Scanner,
peripherals used to provide data and commands to a Webcam, Touchpad etc.
computer or electronic device. They allow users to input Output Devices– Monitor, Printer, Projector, Plotter,
information, interact with software, and control the LCD, Projection Panel, Headphone, Speaker etc.
device's functions. Mouse, Keyboard and Joystick are 131. Which device sends information to a computer
input devices, while printer is output device. system for processing?
127. All of the following are examples of various (a) Monitor (b) Printing
input devices, EXCEPT: (c) Input (d) Output
(a) Speakers (b) Keyboard UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
(c) Mouse (d) Optical Scanner RRB Ajmer-2004
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II Ans. (c): Input device sends data to computer system
RRB Kolkata LP-2012 which is processed by processor and after processing,
Ans. (a) : Input devices are hardware components that result is obtained with the help of output device.
allow users to enter data or commands into a computer. 132. The device that converts a physical image into
Some common input devices-: a digital one is called:
(a) Scanner (b) Image Converter
• keyboard
(c) Printer (d) Recorder
• Mouse RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
• Touch Screen Ans. (a) : Scanner is an input device through which we
• Scanner scan the hard copy data and convert that into the digital
• Joystick form.
• Barcode Reader 133. Which of the following is not an output device?
An output device is a hardware component that displays (a) Printer (b) Plotter
or provides information from a computer common (c) Scanner (d) Speaker
examples include monitor, printer, speaker and Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
headphone. Ans : (c) Devices that produce or display results after
128. The two running programs coordinates to the processing, are called output devices such as printers,
I/O stream is called as ____. plotters and speakers while scanner is an input device
that is used to convert text or images into digital form.
(a) Cache (b) Pipe
134. Which of the following is not a part of input
(c) Buffer (d) Thread
stage?
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 (a) Data Capture
Ans : (b) The two running programs coordinates to the (b) Performance of Instructions
I/O stream is called as pipe. Pipe is a method of which (c) Data Collection
information is passed from one program process to (d) Encoding
another program process. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
Computer 16 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : The process of input takes place in several 142. A mouse, trackball and joystick are examples of
stages like data capture, data encoding, data collection (a) pointing devices
but display of instructions is not a part of input stage. (b) pen input devices
135. The Insert key on the keyboard of a computer (c) data collection devices
system is used to toggle between the ________ (d) multimedia devices
and _________ modes during data entry. (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
(a) insert, overwrite UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
(b) backspace, overwrite Ans: (a) Mouse is a small hand held pointing device
(c) delete, insert that basically control the two-dimensional movement of
(d) delete, overwrite the cursor of the display screen pointing devices are the
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 input devices that are generally used for moving the
Ans. (a) : The Insert key is mainly used to switch between cursor to a particular location to point an object on the
the two modes of entering text and to toggle between the screen.
Insert and Overwrite modes during data entry. Some of the commonly used pointing devices are:
136. The default layout of most keyboards is called - Mouse, trackball, Light pen, Joystick, Touch screen.
(a) ALPHBET (b) QWERTY A pointing device is a human interface device that
allows a user to input spatial data to a computer.
(c) ASCII (d) IEEE
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2018 143. Touchpad is a good alternative to the mouse, it
is an example of .............
Ans. (b) : The default layout of most keyboards is
(a) Software device (b) Printing device
QWERTY. It was first designed by shells and Glidden
typewriter in 1868. (c) Pointing device (d) Temporary device
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
137. A device that allows you to take to a computer
(such as a mouse or keyboard) is a/an ______ Ans : (c) Touchpad is an input device, with the help of
device. which we give instructions to our system just by
(a) Storage (b) Process touching the screen.
(c) Input (d) Output 144. Which of the following statements is wrong?
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (i) The cordless mouse is not physically connected
Ans. (c) : Input devices like keyboard, Mouse, Touchpad to the computer.
etc. are used to give instructions to the computer. (ii) The cordless mouse relies on infrared or
138. Which of the following is an Input device? radio waves to communicate with the
(a) Joystick (b) Plotter computer.
(c) Coder (d) Printer (a) Only (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (i)
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.20178
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
Ans. (a) : Joystick is an input device which works like
a trackball. A stick is attached to the ball through, which Ans : (c) Cordless mouse is an input device used in
it is rotated. It is used in video games, simulator training computer. It is very modern mouse which does not
etc. require cable to connect. In this, infrared or radio waves
are needed for transmission.
139. Which among the following input devices
consists of a stick which pivots on a base and 145. The technology of scanning that recognized
reports its angle or direction of the CPU? handwritten text and printed text is
(a) Microphone (b) Light pen (a) MICR (b) OMR
(c) Keyboard (d) Joystick (c) OCR (d) BCR
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02) UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
Ans. (d): Joystick is an input device consists of a stick Ans: (c) OCR (Optical Character Recognition) is a
which pivots on a base and reports its angle or direction technology of scanning that recognizes handwritten text
of the CPU. and printed text.
140. Light pen and Joystick are _______. 146. The technology of scanning that reads the
(a) storage devices (b) input devices check boxes contained inside a predefined
(c) algorithms (d) output devices space is
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (a) BCR (b) OCR
Ans. (b): Devices through which we give instructions to (c) OMR (d) MICR
the computer are called as input devices. UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
For example- Light pen, Joystick, Mouse, Keyboard etc. Ans: (c) Optical Mark Recognition (OMR) is a method
141. Which of the given options is odd? of entering data into a computer system, which reads the
check box in the predefined position.
(a) Trackball (b) Keyboard 147. For reading a candidate's choice in multiple
(c) Antivirus (d) Mouse
choice questions which of the following input
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) devices is generally used?
Ans : (c) Trackball, Keyboard and Mouse all these are (a) Magnetic Ink Card Reader
hardware devices whereas antivirus is software. (b) Optical Character Reader
Computer 17 YCT
ye
p
(c) Optical Mark Reader 152. Microphone is a/an______ device, which
(d) Bar Code Reader receives sound as input.
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01) (a) Signal Digitizing
Ans: (c) Optical Mark Reader is an input device, which (b) Audio signal collection
is used to read a candidate's choice in multiple choice (c) Audio signal processing
questions. (d) Input
148. Which of the following options of mouse RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
properties is used to swap the functions of the Ans : (d) A microphone is an input device. It converts
right and left mouse buttons? sound waves into electrical signals that can be
(a) Pointer Options processed and recorded by a computer or other
(b) ClickLock electronic devices.
(c) Double-click speed 153. Which input device converts analog
(d) Button configuration information into digital form and can be used
for doing fine works of drawing and image
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w manipulation?
Ans. (d) : Button configuration option of mouse (a) Microphone (b) Bar Code Reader
properties is used to swap the functions of the right and (c) Digitizer (d) Graphic Plotter
left mouse buttons, whereas pointer options change the UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
pointer shape, ClickLock enables you to highlight or Ans: (c) A digitizer is an input device or technology
drag items without holding down the mouse button. used to convert analog information, such as drawings,
149. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true hand written notes, images into digital format that a
about changing mouse properties in Windows computer can understand and manipulate. It is commonly
10? used in graphic design, art and industries where precise
(i) The function of the left button of the mouse input or capturing of analog data is needed.
cannot be changed. 154. Which of the following is not an input device?
(ii) The size of the mouse pointer can be (a) Track Ball (b) Plotter
changed. (c) Light Pen (d) Magnetic Scanner
(a) Only (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
(c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (i) Ans : (b) Track ball, Light pen and magnetic scanner, all
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II are input devices, while plotter is output device.
Ans. (a) : To change the mouse properties in Windows 155. A keyboard is used
10, the function of the left mouse button can be changed (a) to enter text and numbers and send
and the size of the mouse pointer can also be changed, commands to the computer
hence the given statement (ii) is true. (b) to create new keys to use with your computer
(c) to open the computer
150. Which of the following statement is/are correct
(d) for all of these
about changing mouse properties in windows
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
10.
(i) The cursor speed of the mouse cannot be Ans : (a) Keyboard is an input device. Keyboard is used
changed. to enter data in the computer. Shortcut Keys are used to
give commands to the computer. The main button of the
(ii) It is possible to change the function of the Keyboard are as bellow-
left mouse button to open the context (1) Numeric buttons (A-Z, 0-9)
menu. (2) Function button
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (i) (3) Cursor button
(c) Only (ii) (d) Neither (i) Nor (ii) (4) Special button
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 156. Which of the following is a toggle key on a
Ans. (c) : Statement (i) is incorrect with respect to keyboard?
mouse properties in windows 10 because in this we can (a) Alt (b) Shift
change the speed of the mouse cursor as per our (c) Scroll lock (d) Ctrl
requirement. Statement (ii) is true, can change the function UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
of the left mouse button to open the context menu. Ans. (c) : Toggle ‘Key’ is used to turn a function off or
151. The Click Lock property of the mouse - on or to switch between two functions. There are three
(a) None of these toggle keys in the keyboard.
(b) Allows to prevent items from getting clicked 1. Num Lock
(c) Allows to set password for items 2. Caps Lock
(d) Allows to drag without holding mouse button 3. Scroll Lock
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Toggle key can also be turned on/off as per requirement.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 157. Parallel ports usually are not used to connect
Ans : (d) The ‘ClickLock’ property of the mouse, _______.
enables a user to lock down the primary mouse button (a) Modem (b) Scanner
after a single click. This allows you to highlight or drag (c) Printer (d) CD Writer
without holding down the primary mouse button. UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Computer 18 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : Printers, Scanners, CD writers, etc. are Ans : (b)
usually connected to parallel ports while modems are Backspace - Deletes the character to the left of the
connected to serial ports. cursor.
158. A combination of the keyboard and the visual Delete - Deletes the character to the right of the
display unit is called a ____. cursor.
(a) mouse (b) port Home - The home key brings cursor to the
(c) terminal (d) cable beginning of the line.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 End - The end key brings cursor to the end of
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 the line
Ans : (c) A computer terminal is an electronic or 164. The arrow keys, Home Key, End Key, Page Up
electromechanical hardware device used to display or and Page Down keys in a computer keyboard
print data in a computer, a computer terminal including a are classified as
keyboard and VDU are attached to each other. (a) Function keys (b) Special purpose keys
159. QWERTY keyboard design was originally (c) Standard keys (d) Navigation keys
intended to UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
(a) Make typing harder and inefficient Ans: (d) In computer keyboard, the arrow keys, home
(b) Improve the typing accuracy key, end key, page up and page down keys are kept in
(c) Make typing more efficient the category of navigation keys.
(d) Improve the typing speed 165. Ctrl, Shift and Alt are called
(a) Adjustment keys (b) Function keys
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01)
(c) Modifier keys (d) Alphanumeric keys
Ans: (a) QWERTY was originally created to make (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
typing difficult and inefficient. It was designed in 1868
Ans : (c)
by type writer inventor Christopher Shields.
Function key : F1..................F12
160. QWERTY refers to:
Alphanumeric key : A......Z, 0.......9
(a) Arrangement of hardware parts of a standard
computer or mobile devices Modifier key : Ctrl, Alt, Shift
(b) Arrangement of keys on a standard English Adjustment key : Function key, Arrow key and
computer keyboard or typewriter as such keys by which brightness etc, are adjusted.
(c) Arrangement of only function keys on a 166. Which of the following keys work in a toggle
standard English computer keyboard mode in a computer keyboard?
(d) Arrangement of only numeric keys on a (a) Shift (b) Caps lock
standard English computer keyboard (c) Enter (d) Ctrl
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)
Ans. (b) : The most commonly used toggle key is the
Ans: (b) QWERTY refers to arrangement of keys on a caps lock key which alternates letters between upper
standard English computer keyboard or typewriter. case and lower case.
161. The wildcard character for matching any number 167. A computer keyboard generally has _____
of characters is function keys.
(a) Hyphen Sign (b) Ampersand Sign (a) 11 (b) 10
(c) Asterisk Sign (d) Dollar Sign (c) 16 (d) 12
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans : (c) Asterisk is a little star symbol which matches Ans : (d) The function keys or F keys are line up at the
letters. It is located on numeric key 8 of keyboard which top of the keyboard and label F1 to F12. These keys act
matches any number of characters. as shortcuts performing certain functions such as saving
162. Shift key and Print Screen key in a computer a file, printing data or refreshing a page. The number of
function 'keys' is 12.
keyboard are known as
(a) Special purpose keys (b) Standard keys 168. Which of the following is not an option in the
buttons tab at the bottom of the mouse
(c) Navigation keys (d) Function keys properties window of the control panel in
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01) windows 10 OS?
Ans: (a) In computer keyboard, shift and print screen (a) Clicklock (b) Button configuration
keys are called special purpose keys. (c) Single Click speed (d) Double-click speed
163. Which key deletes the character to the left of HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
the cursor? Ans. (c) : In windows 10 OS clicklock, buttons
(a) End (b) Backspace configuration and double click speed are found in the
(c) Home (d) Delete buttons tab under the mouse properties window of the
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) control panel whereas single click speed is not an option
(UPPCL TG-2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) available.
Computer 19 YCT
ye
p
169. The blinking symbol on the computer screen is bank's code number are cheque and number printed on
called the cheque with a special type of ink which particles are
(a) Mouse (b) hand magnetic material which are machine readable.
(c) cursor (d) logo 175. Which of the following is not an output device ?
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) (a) Plotter
Ans : (c) The blinking symbol on the computer screen (b) Speech synthesizer
is called the cursor, it shows the current position, where (c) MICR
word will typed. (d) Smart and intelligent terminal
170. Which of the following is used to read hand HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
written or printed text to make a digital image Ans. (c) : Plotter, Speech synthesizer and Smart
that is stored in memory? intelligent terminal are output devices, whereas
(a) Printer (b) Laser beam Magnetic Ink Character Recognition is an input device.
(c) Scanner (d) Touchpad 176. Which of the following types of scanner reads
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) characters, marks and codes with the help of a
Ans : (c) A scanner is a device that alternatively scans light source and they are used for objective
an image, printed text, hand writing or an object and type answer papers in competitive
converts them into a digital image and stores it in examinations?
memory. (a) Optical Character Recognition
171. Which of the following is a direct input device (b) Optical Mark Recognition
wherein data is inputted into the computer (c) Optical Barcode Recognition
directly by a machine or device? (d) Magnetic Ink Character Recognition
(a) Touch screen (b) Barcode scanner UPSSSC JE 2018 ( Exam date 16.04.2022)
(c) Microphone (d) Webcam (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 Ans. (b) : Optical Mark Recognition Scanner reads
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning alphabets, numbers and codes with the help of light
Ans. (b) : A barcode reader or barcode scanner is an source and is used for objective type answer sheets in
optical scanner that can read printed barcodes, decode competitive examination.
the data contained in the barcode to a computer. 177. ______is a technology used by banking or other
172. Which of the following devices is used to print finance industries for faster processing of
very large drawings or complex line art by cheques.
mechanical movement of a pen or other (a) OCR (b) OMR
instrument across the surface of a piece of (c) MICR (d) ISBN
paper? (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
(a) Line Printer (b) Inkjet Printer Ans : (c) MICR (Magnetic Ink Character Recognition)
(c) Scanner (d) Plotter is a technology used by banking or other finance
UPSSSC JE 2018 ( Exam date 16.04.2022) industries for faster processing of cheques.
Ans. (d) : Plotter is used to print very large drawings or 178. The panels used in ATM machines, safe
complex line art by mechanical movement of a pen or Checking Kiosks at Airports etc are examples
other instrument across the surface of a piece of paper of _____
this plotters pen work on X axis and paper wrapped on (a) Laser pens (b) Analog display units
the drum is moved horizontally along the X axis. (c) Touch panels (d) Projectors
173. Which of the following scanners looks similar to a UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
photocopier machine and it consists of a box Ans : (c) Touch panels is a pointing device that
containing a glass plate on its top and a lid that enables user to enter data such as text, picture, image,
covers the glass plate? directly touching the screen and interact with computer
(a) Laser (b) Flatbed system. It is used in a variety of applications such as
(c) Inkjet (d) Dot matrix cell phones, PDA's ATMs and games.
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02) 179. Match the following:
Ans: (b) Flatbed scanner looks like to a photocopier 1. Software A. Light pen
machine and it consists of a box containing a glass plate 2. Input device B. Speaker
on its top and a lid that covers the glass plate the lid of 3. Output device C. Secondary memory
flatbed scanners is adjustable that makes the scanning of
different object such as documents and leaflets possible. 4. SSD D. Set of program
(a) 1- D, 2-A, 3-B, 4-C (b) 1-D, 2-C, 3-B, 4-A
174. MICR Scanner ––––– is an example of. (c) 1-A, 2-D, 3-B, 4-C (d) 1-D, 2-A, 3-C, 4-B
(a) Control Unit (b) Input Unit
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(c) Output Unit (d) Secondary Memory
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w Ans. : (a) Matched options are as follows:
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 1. Software D Set of program
Ans. (b) : Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) 2. Input device A Light pen
is an input device. It is commonly used in banks as a 3. Output device B Speaker
large number of cheques are processed every day. The 4. SSD C Secondary memory
Computer 20 YCT
ye
p
S.N. Main Output Device 184. Which of the following printers prints
1. Monitor characters by striking a pin on an ink-ribbon?
2. Printer (a) Dot matrix (b) LED
3. Speaker (c) Laser (d) Inkjet
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
4. Plotter
Ans. (a) : Dot matrix printer is an impact printer which
5. Screen Image Projector
print character using a fixed number of pin or wires.
180. Which of the following statements is incorrect
185. A/An ______ is an output device that produces
with reference to the visual display unit (VDU)
high quality graphics using an ink pen.
of a computer system?
(a) Dot Matrix Printer (b) Plotter
(a) VDU creates images by arranging tiny dots (c) VDU (d) Inkjet Printer
known as pixels, in a rectangular pattern
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
(b) VDU is the primary output device of a computer
(c) VDU has differences between cathode-ray Ans : (b) Plotter is an output device that is used to
tube and flat-panel display print high quality graphics and image. It uses one or
(d) The size of the pixel determines the clarity of more pens to produce a high quality drawing.
the image displayed on the VDU 186. Which output device draws pictures on a paper
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II based on the commands given from a computer
Ans. (d) : The size of the pixel determines the clarity of using a pen?
the image displayed on the VDU. (a) Scanner (b) Monitor
(c) Inkjet printer (d) Drum plotter
181. Which of the following statements is correct UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
about the output devices of a computer?
(a) It is used to send data to the computer Ans: (d) Drum plotter is a graphic output device that
(b) Mouse is an output device draws lines or image with a continuously moving pen
(c) It converts digital data into a form on a sheet of paper rolled around a rotating drum that
understandable by humans moves the paper in a direction perpendicular to the
(d) It converts data into digital form motion of the pen. The plotters are divided into the
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 following four categories on the basis of their working
Drum plotter, Flatbed, Inkjet and Electrostatic etc.
Ans. (c) : Output devices are hardware components of a
computer system that displays or presents information 187. There are two types of plotters, whose name
to the user or another machine. They convert digital are–
data generated by computer into human - readable or (a) spiral and flatbed (b) flatbed and cone
machine readable form. Ex- Monitors, Printers, (c) drum and flatbed (d) drum and spiral
Speakers, Projectors, Headphones etc. Mouse is an DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
input device. So, option (c) is correct. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
182. Which of the following statements is incorrect Ans: (c) Plotter is a computer printer which is used to
regarding computer output devices? vector graphics. Mainly three types of plotters are:-
(a) It converts digital data into a form that is (i) Drum (ii) Flatbed (iii) Inkjet.
human understanding 188. Which of the following is NOT a type of
(b) It converts data into digital form monitor?
(c) It receives data from the computer system for (a) TFT Monitor
display (b) High-Definition Multimedia Interface
(d) Printer is an output device (HDMI)
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (c) LCD Monitor
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (d) CRT Monitor
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
Ans. (b) : Output device is a component of computer Ans : (b) TFT, LCD and CRT are types of monitor
system which displays data or instructions as result after whereas High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) is
processing. Example - Monitor, Printer, Speaker, Plotter the most frequently used HD signal for transferring both
video card. It converts digital data into a form that is high definition audio and video over signal cable.
human understandable. 189. Which of the following monitors is made of
183. Which of the following is NOT a type of printer? thick glass vacuum tube, a result of which is a
(a) Drum (b) Daisy wheel smoothed screen with a coating of phosphorus
(c) Laser (d) Switch on the inner surface?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (a) Plasma (b) LED
Ans. (d) : Drum, daisy wheel and laser printers are (c) CRT (d) LCD
types of printers by which the result is obtained from HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
computer in the form of hardcopy whereas switch is a Ans. (c) : CRT is short form of Cathode Ray Tube. It is
network device that is used to segment the networks in a traditional monitor made of thick glass vacuum tube.
to different subnet works called subnets or LAN There is a coding of phosphorus on the inner surface of
segments. every CRT, which makes the monitor screen smooth.
Computer 21 YCT
ye
p
190. Computer Display is also called 195. The default screen on the monitor when no
(a) Multimedia Monitor Terminals (MMT) other application is running is called
(b) Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) (a) Login Screen (b) Interface
(c) Video Display Terminal (VDT) (c) Desktop (d) Screensaver
(d) Video Distribution Units (VDU) UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02) Ans. (c) : When no other application is running on the
monitor, it is called the home screen of the computer i.e.
Ans: (c) A computer display or monitor is an electronic desktop.
output device that is also known as Video Display The login screen is the screen of the web pages accessed
Terminal (VDT) or a Video Display Unit (VDU). It is by the user on which the user is signed in. In
used to display image, text, Video and graphics computing, an interface is the extent to which two parts
information. of a computer system are in contact. User interface
191. Computer monitor is also called VDU. What works between the computers and the human.
does VDU mean? A screen saver is an animated picture that is
(a) Vertical Dialysis Unit automatically activated on a personal computer when no
(b) Video Dialysis Unit user activity is felt for a specific amount of time.
(c) Vertical Display Unit 196. Computer output microfilm technology is used
(d) Video Display Unit to record computer ______ film images.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) (a) Macroscopic (b) Bioscope
Ans : (d) VDU means Video Display Unit, it is a (c) Microscopic (d) Laparoscopic
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
computer display or monitor that is used to display
image, text, video and graphics information. Ans : (c) Computer output microfilm technology is
used to record computer microscopic film images.
192. Computer monitor is also known as-
197. Unit(s) used for measuring speed of printer
(a) Video Display Unit is/are?
(b) Vertical Dialysis Unit A. CPM B. RPM C. PPM
(c) Vertical Display Unit (a) Only A (b) Only B
(d) Video Dialysis Unit (c) Only C (d) Both A & C
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
Ans. (a) : VDU stands for "Visual Display Unit" or Ans : (d) The unit for measuring the speed of a printer
"Video Display Unit", it is also called monitor or is CPM and PPM, whereas RPM is the unit to measure
screen. VDU displays images generated by a computer the speed of a machine.
or other device. 198. Printing speed of laser printers is measured in
193. An image is composed of (a) Lines per page (b) Characters per hour
(a) Pels (b) Pexels (c) Characters per line (d) Pages per minute
(c) Dots (d) All of these UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Ans: (d) The unit of measurement for the printing
Ans. (d) : An image is composed of pels, pixel and speed of a laser printer is Pages Per Minutes (PPM).
dots. 199. Which of the following options best describes
• Pixel is the smallest element of an image. It is also the truth of the given statements?
known as PELs. (i) Inkjet printers print by spraying droplets
of ink on the paper.
• Dots are light receptor called photodiode. (ii) Laser printer fuses ink onto paper with the
1 Dot = 1 Pixel help of heat.
194. Which of the given options best describes the (a) (i) true (ii) true (b) (i) true (ii) false
truthfulness of the following statements? (c) (i) false (ii) false (d) (i) false (ii) true
(i) In 1-bit images, each pixel is stored as a KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
single byte. Ans. (a) : Both of the above options are correct. Ink jet
(ii) A 1-bit image with resolution 640×480 printers spray liquid ink onto paper with small, precise
needs a storage space of 640 + 480 bits. droplets. Ink housed in replaceable or refillable
(a) (i) - False, (ii) - True cartridges most of which include a print head consisting
(b) (i) - True, (ii) - False of thousands of tiny nozzles through which ink is
(c) (i) - True, (ii) - True sprayed and which are arranged together.
Laser printer is an electrostatic digital printing process.
(d) (i) - False, (ii) - False It produces high quality text and graphics by repeatedly
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 passing a laser beam over a negative charged cylinder
Ans. (d) : In 1-bit images, each pixel is stored as a called a "drum" to define the differently charged image.
single bit i.e 0 or 1. 200. Which of the following devices is capable of
For 1 bit images with 640×480 resolution producing large-format drawings like graphs
640 × 480 and construction drawings?
= 37.5 KB of space will be required. (a) Laser printer (b) Flat-bed printer
8 × 1024 (c) Inkjet printer (d) Dot matrix printer
Hence the above statement is false. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017

Computer 22 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (b) A flat-bed printer is a device capable of 207. Laser printers use ______
producing large-format drawings such as graphs and (a) No toner, as they use heat sensitive paper
construction drawings. It usually prints digital images (b) Powdered toner in a cartridge
on plastic or paperboard. (c) Ribbon toner
201. How does a laser printers print? (d) Liquid toner
(a) Line by Line (b) Pixel by Pixel MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(c) Page by Page (d) Character by Character
UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01) Ans : (b) The laser printer was invented in 1969 by
Gary Starkweather. Laser printers use powdered toner
Ans: (c) Laser printer is a non-impact printer which
in the Cartridge.
prints page by page. It produces images with the help of
a laser beam. 208. Which type of printers uses light to produce
the dots needed to form the characters to be
202. A _____ printer creates an image directly on
printed on a page?
paper by spraying ink through up to 64 small
(a) Line Printers (b) Chain Printers
nozzles.
(a) Daisy Wheels (b) Laser (c) Laser Printers (d) Dot Matrix Printers
(c) Inkjet (d) Dot Matrix UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 Ans: (c) Laser printers uses light to produce the dots
Ans : (c) An inkjet printer creates an image directly on needed to form the characters to be printed on a paper.
paper by spraying ink through up to 64 small nozzles. 209. Which of the following printers is non-impact
Inkjet printer offers a resolution of 300 dots per inch and type?
produces high quality printouts such as graphics and
image. (a) Daisy Wheel Printer (b) Laser Printer
203. Select an incompatible device from the (c) Dot Matrix Printer (d) Line Printer
following options. WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(a) Scanner (b) Keyboard Ans : (b) Laser Printer is an electrostatic digital printing
(c) Webcam (d) Printer process. It prints high quality text and graphics. This
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 type of printer is non-impact type printer.
Ans : (d) Among the given options scanner, keyboard 210. Which of the following is behind the computer
and webcam are input devices whereas printer is an case?
output device.
(a) DVD Drive (b) Floppy Drive
204. Which one of the given options is different (c) Zip Drive (d) Parallel or printer port
from the rest? HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
(a) Laser Printer (b) Dot matrix printer
(c) Thermal printer (d) Inkjet printer Ans : (d) The printer port is also called the parallel port
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) which is used by the printer. The printer port is always
Ans : (b) Printer is an output device, which prints the present behind the computer casing.
information received from the computer on paper. 211. Which of the following is output device?
Printers are divided into two parts on the basis of (a) Scanner (b) LCD projector
printing, impact printers and non-impact printers. Here, (c) Mouse (d) Light pen
dot matrix paper is an impact printer while the rest are Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
non-impact printer.
Ans : (b) LCD projector is an output device whereas
205. Which of the following printers can use scanner, mouse and light pen are input devices.
continuous paper instead of single sheet?
(a) Inkjet printer S.No. Input Device
(b) Dot matrix printer 1 Keyboard
(c) Both Inkjet and Laser printer 2 Mouse
(d) Laser printer 3 Track ball
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
4 Joystick
Ans : (b) The print head of a dot matrix printer consists
of a matrix of many pins and each pin prints a dot by 5 Scanner
touching the ribbon and paper, in this printer a 6 Microphone
continuous roll of paper takes place without applying a 7 Webcam
single sheet and this type of continuous printers are
installed in bank or ticket machine or ATM etc. 8 Barcode Reader
206. _______ printers create text and graphics on 9 OCR (Optical Character Reader)
paper without actually striking the paper. 10 MICR (Magnetic Ink Character Reader)
(a) Dot matrix (b) Daisy wheel 11 OMR (Optical Mark Reader)
(c) Impact (d) Non-impact
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) 12 Kimball Tag Reader
Ans : (d) Non-impact printer is a type of printer it 13 Speech Recognition System
create text and graphics on paper without actually 14 Light Pen
striking the paper. 15 Touch Screen
Computer 23 YCT
ye
p
IV. Memory 216. Which of the following memories needs to be
refreshed continuously at certain time
212. Which among the following statements is/are intervals?
correct with respect to types of memory? (a) Cache Memory (b) Secondary
A. Internal processor memories (c) SRAM (d) DRAM
B. Primary memory or main memory UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
C. Secondary or auxiliary memory Ans. (d) : The full form of DRAM is Dynamic Random
(a) All of the options (b) Both B and C Access Memory. It needs to be refreshed constantly to
(c) Both A and B (d) Both C and A maintain the data, otherwise it will lose the data.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 DRAM is slower than SRAM. SRAM does not need to
be refreshed frequently DRAM is cheaper than SRAM.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
217. Semiconductor memory, Dynamic RAM
Ans. (a) : Memory is a device in a computer where
(DRAM) stores each bit of information in a
instruction and other data are stored, their types are as ________.
follows.
(a) diode (b) encoder
• Internal Processor Memory (c) capacitor (d) resistor
• Primary Memory or Main Memory GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
• Secondary or Auxiliary Memory Ans. (c) : Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM)
Register is a type of internal processor memory while is a type of semiconductor memory that stores each bit
main memory is RAM, but both of them interact of information in a capacitor. DRAM stores each bit of
directly with the processor. There are two types of data in a separate passive electronic component, which
primary memory RAM and ROM. Secondary memory is inside an integrated circuit board. A bit in every
is also called auxiliary memory. In this data can be electronic component has two states (concepts) of value
stored for a long time. called 0 and 1.
213. The main memory of a computer is made using 218. Which of the following is widely used for
which of the following technique? implementing main memory?
(a) Magnetic (b) Optical (a) Magnetic drum memory
(c) Semi-conductor (d) Vacuum tube (b) Magnetic core memory
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (c) Static RAM
Ans. (c) : A semiconductor substance lies between the (d) Dynamic RAM
conductor and insulator. It control and manage the flow UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
of electric current in electronic equipment and devices. Ans. (d) : RAM is a type of memory that temporarily
As a result, it is a popular component of electronic chips stores data and instructions to perform the task currently
made for computing components and a variety of being run by the CPU. It is of two types -
electronic devices, including solid state storage. (i) DRAM (ii) SRAM.
214. Which of the following is an example of volatile The full form of DRAM is Dynamic Random Access
memory? Memory. This is volatile memory. It is used as main
(a) Hard drive (b) ROM memory in computers because the data of DRAM is
(c) RAM (d) Flash memory always changing so it needs to be refreshed.
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) 219. Which of the following statement is incorrect
Ans. (c) : Random Access Memory (RAM) is an regarding computer memory?
example of volatile memory because all its data is lost (a) Before processing, the program and data are
when the power supply is off. loaded into primary memory
Another example of volatile memory is cache memory. (b) RAM is a non - volatile memory
(c) The CPU of the computer cannot directly
215. Which of the following statements related to access the hard disk
primary memory of a computer is (d) RAM is a primary memory
INCORRECT?
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(a) RAM is a component of Arithmetic Logic
Unit (ALU) Ans. (b) : Computer memory is a physical device which
is used to temporarily and permanently store
(b) The CPU interacts directly with the primary information, instructions and data in a computer. There
memory. are mainly two type of computer memory.
(c) Random Access Memor (RAM) is a volatile (i) Primary memory
primary memory. (ii) Secondary memory.
(d) ROM is a non-volatile primary memory. Primary memory also two types - RAM and ROM.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 RAM is a volatile memory, hence option (b) statement
Ans. (a) : RAM is a component of primary memory. is incorrect and all other statement are correct.
Primary memory is a volatile memory and is the main 220. Which of the following application software is
memory of the computer and is also called temporary available for free (you can download and install
memory. The data and instruction processed by the it for free) but no changes are allowed in its
CPU is used to store. source code?
Computer 24 YCT
ye
p
(a) Closed (b) Graphics 225. Which of the following hardware components
(c) Multimedia (d) Freeware is also considered as a storage unit, thought it
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.201 has a very small strong capacity?
Ans. (d) : Freeware refers to software that is distributed (a) Register (b) Control Unit
and made available to user for free to download. In this (c) Data Bus (d) ALU
type of software user can't make any change in source HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
code of it. Ans. (a) : Register memory is fastest and most
221. With respect to the computer system, the term expensive memory of the computer system. Its data
'cache' means : storage capacity is less.
(a) a small but faster memory placed between the 226. Which of the following contains very small size
CPU and the main memory to reduce the storage units called register?
memory access time (a) Hard disk (b) CPU
(b) a way of connecting multiple functional units (c) Input device (d) Output device
to the internal bus UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(c) a group of physical lines meant to carry Ans. (b) : Central Processing Unit is the main processor
information or it is electronic circuitry that executes instructions
(d) a memory trash can comprising a computer program.
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w 227. Which of the following statement is wrong?
Ans. (a) : Cache memory is a type of high-speed (a) Register may contain instruction or storage
volatile computer memory that provides high-speed data address, but may not contain data.
access to a processor and stores frequently used (b) Cache memory works very fast, but its
computer programs, applications and data. It's a small capacity is less.
but faster memory placed between the CPU and the (c) The basic input/output system (BIOS) is
main memory to reduce the memory access time. stored in the memory chip of Read Only
Memory (ROM)
222. Which among the following describes ROM?
(d) The storage capacity of the internal memory
(a) Read Only Memory (b) Read Once Memory is small and it is variable.
(c) Read On Memory (d) Read Other Memory UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
Ans. (a) : A CPU resister is a small set of data holding
RRB Bengaluru L.P.-2010 process that are part of the computer process. It can
Ans. (a) : ROM is a temporary memory it is short form hold on instruction, a storage address, or any kind of
of Read Only Memory. It is type of non volatile memory data. So statement (a) is wrong.
used in computer and other electronic devices. The 228. The data to be processed remains in the ____.
information is stored permanently is such memories
durries manufacture. (a) secondary memory unit
(b) memory unit
223. Which of the following sets of words best
(c) read protected unit
describes the characteristics of a primary
storage device, like RAM? (d) control unit
(a) Cheap, non-volatile, fast access RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(b) Volatile, expensive, slow access Ans : (b) Memory unit stores all the data and the
(c) Expensive, Volatile, fast access introductions required for processing.
(d) Fast access, non-volatile, cheap 229. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 RAM?
(a) Faster (b) Expensive
Ans. (c) : Random Access Memory (RAM) is a high (c) High power consumption (d) Smaller
speed component in device that temporary store all
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
information.
RAM has following characteristics: Ans. (d) : Characteristic of RAM–
• RAM is expensive memory. • RAM is the fastest memory.
• RAM store temporally data so its called volatile memory. • RAM is expensive memory and it can be accessed by
directly.
• RAM can placed very close to the CPU that why it • RAM is volatile in nature, which means the data is
has fast access time. lost when the device is switched off.
224. Which of the following is not a type of ROM • RAM consum high power.
(Read Only Memory)? Smaller is not a characteristic of RAM.
(a) EEPROM (b) DROM 230. What is the full form of letter 'S' in SDRAM?
(c) EPROM (d) PROM (a) Synchronous (b) Simple
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) (c) Static (d) Service
Ans. (b) : ROM, is short form of Read Only Memory. It UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
stores information permanently so its called non-volatile Ans. (a) : Synchronous Dynamic Random Access
memory. Type of ROM– Memory (SDRAM). Synchronous relates to the
PROM – Programmable Read Only Memory behavior of the Dynamic Random access memory type
EPROM – Erasable Programmable ROM that synchronizes with the clock system of the
EEPROM – Electrically Erasable Programmable ROM computer, thus making it easier to manage it quicker.
Computer 25 YCT
ye
p
231. The_____unit is capable of mimicking the (ii) The recording surfaces of a hard disk are
processor and, indeed, of taking over control of divided into concentric circles called sectors.
the system from the processor. (a) (i) False (ii) False (b) (i) True (ii) True
(a) Random Memory Access (c) (i) False (ii) True (d) (i) True (ii) False
(b) Indexed sequential Memory Access UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
(c) Sequential Memory Access Ans. (c) : Statement (i) false because static memory
(d) Direct Memory Access does not need to be refreshed.
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w The recording surfaces of a hard disk are divided into
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 concentric circles called sectors, this is true statement.
Ans : (d) Direct Memory Access (DMA) is the process of 238. Based on their data persistence property,
transferring data without the involvement of the processor identify the odd one out from the following
itself. The DMA unit is capable of mimicking the options.
processor and indeed, of taking over the control of system (a) SRAM (b) EEPROM
from the processor. (c) EPROM (d) PROM
232. In a Computer RAM is GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
(a) Non-volatile Ans. (a) : SRAM is type of RAM but EPROM,
(b) Both volatile and non-volatile EEPROM and PROM are types of ROM. RAM is
(c) None of these volatile memory but ROM is non-volatile memory.
(d) Volatile 239. Which of the following statement is false?
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (a) SRAM is faster than DRAM
RRB Ranchi LP-2008 (b) SRAM uses transistors and latches.
Ans : (d) RAM (Random Access Memory) is an (c) SRAM does not require refresh electrical
Electronic temporary memory (Volatile Memory) circuitry.
therefore the data stored in it remains only as long as (d) SRAM is also called synchronous Random
the computer remains on. Excel memory.
233. A CPU interacts with ___ for data access during UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
program execution. Ans. (d) : SRAM is short form of Static Random
(a) RAM (b) ROM Access Memory.
(c) hard disk (d) magnetic tape 240. In which of the following transistors and
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) latches are used?
Ans. (a) : The CPU directly interacts with the RAM for (a) ROM (b) Hard Disk
data access during program execution. (c) DRAM (d) SRAM
234. What is the letter 'S' in SRAM? UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(a) Secure (b) Symmetric Ans. (d) : SRAM (Static Random Access Memory) is
(c) Static (d) Synchronous types of memory that uses latching circuitry (flip-flop)
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) to store each bit.
Ans. (c) : SRAM is short form of Static Random 241. Which of the following statement(s) is/are
Access Memory. It is a form of semiconductor memory incorrect?
widely used in microprocessor. (i) Compared to main memory, secondary
memory has limited storage capacity.
235. Which of the following types of memory must
be continually refreshed in order to maintain (ii) DRAM is slower than SRAM.
the data? (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (ii)
(a) PROM (b) SRAM (c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
(c) DRAM (d) ROM
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) Ans : (c) Statement (i) is wrong because primary
memory has limited storage.
Ans. (c) : The full form of DRAM is Dynamic Random
Statement (ii) is correct because DRAM is slower than
Access Memory. Which is used to store data, it must be SRAM.
refreshed several times per second.
236. Which of the following is a primary storage 242. Which of the following statement (s) is/are
device? correct?
(a) DRAM (b) Compact disk (i) The access time of primary memory is
(c) Flash drive (d) Pen drive more than the time of secondary memory.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (ii) For the same storage capacity, DRAM is
Ans. (a) : Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM) cheaper than SRAM.
is a type of random access memory that stores each bit (a) Neither (i) Nor (ii) (b) Only (i)
of data in a memory cell. Usually consisting of a small (c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (ii)
capacitor and a transistor, both typically based on UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
metal-oxide-semi conductor technology. Ans : (d) The access time of primary memory is less
237. Which of the following options best describes than the access time of secondary memory. So
the truth of the given statements? statement (i) is incorrect. For the same storage capacity,
(i) SRAM needs to be refreshed periodically to DRAM is cheaper than SRAM. So statement (ii) is
preserve the data stored in it. correct.

Computer 26 YCT
ye
p
243. Extend ASCII used the ____ bit and provides Ans : (a) ROM is short form of Read Only Memory. It
the code for the ____ character. is non-volatile memory that store information
(a) 8,256 (b) 7,128 permanently. In such memory the information stores
(c) 8,257 (d) 7,256 during manufacture. It is also called permanent memory.
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 250. On which type of ROM, data can be written
Ans. (a) : ASCII is the acronym for American Standard only once?
code for Information Interchange. Extended ASCII uses (a) PROM (b) EPROM
8 bits and provides codes for 256 characters. (c) EEPROM (d) FROM
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
244. What is the difference between the ASCII
codes of 4 and 9? Ans : (a) PROM is short form of Programmable Read
(a) 7 (b) 5 Only Memory. It is a computer memory chip that can
(c) 4 (d) 6 be programmed once after it is created the information
written in form is permanent and cannot be erased or
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
deleted.
Ans. (b) : The ASCII value of 4 is 52 and the ASCII
value of 9 is 57. Therefore! 57 – 52 = 5 251. Flash memory is a special type of
(a) EROM (b) EEPROM
245. In the word "EDO RAM" what is the full form (c) ERAM (d) EPROM
of EDO? WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(a) Expanded Data Origin
Ans : (b) Flash memory is a permanent memory that
(b) Extended Dynamic Output
means it can store data permanently. Flash memory is a
(c) Expanded Dynamic special type of EEPROM and it was invented by
(d) Extended Data Output Japanese Engineer Masuoka Fujio.
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
252. Which of the following is/are the major type(s)
Ans : (d) In 'EDO RAM' word full form the EDO is of computer chips?
'Extended Data Output.' (a) Primary memory chip
246. On the basis of access time which type of (b) Microprocessor chip
memory is fastest? (c) a and b both
(a) RAM (b) Cache (d) None of these
(c) CPU Register (d) ROM (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Ans : (c) The two major types of computer chips are the
Ans : (c) On basis of access time CPU registers are primary memory chip and the microprocessor chip.
fastest memory. These are temporary memory units that 253. Which of the following statements is/are false?
store data and those are located in processor. (i) BIOS is a firmware.
247. The purpose of the instruction register is to (ii) Cache memory is an example of utility
____. software.
(a) keep a count of the number of executing (a) (i) and (ii) both (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
programs (c) Only (i) (d) Only (ii)
(b) keep a count of control registers HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(c) hold the machine instruction that is currently Ans. (d) : The full form of BIOS is Basic Input Output
being executed System. With its help all the components of the
(d) hold the address of the next instruction computer works. BIOS is a firmware. Cache memory
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 stores temporary data that may exist in both hardware
Ans. (c) : In computer science, instruction register (IR) and software but is not an example of utility software.
is part of CPU's Control Unit. This register can hold the 254. Which type of memory is mainly used to
current instruction specifically the instruction register synchronise with a high-speed CPU and to
holds the OP code which define the type of instruction. improve its performance?
248. Which of the following system software is an (a) Tertiary memory (b) Cache memory
operational software stored on a flash drive, (c) Secondary memory (d) Primary memory
ROM or EPROM and can be recognized by the RRB Ahmadabad LP-2005
OS? Ans. (b) : Cache memory is expansive and fastest memory
(a) Operating System (b) Device Driver among the option. It is mainly used to synchronize with a
(c) Language Translator (d) Firmware high-speed CPU and to improve its performance.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 255. Which of the following represent the correct
Ans. (d) : Firmware is a type of system software which order of storage devices in increasing order of
is inbuilt in flash drive, ROM or EPROM. It is their storage sizes?
recognized by the operating system. (a) Hard Disk Drive, RAM, Cache, Register
249. Which of the following memory is permanent (b) Cache, Register, Hard Disk Drive, RAM
memory? (c) Register, Cache, RAM, Hard Disk Drive
(a) ROM (b) RDRAM (d) Register, Cache, Hard Disk Drive, RAM
(c) SDRAM (d) RAM Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Computer 27 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (c) 259. Direct Memory Access (DMA) is a technique
where in the CPU:
(a) transfers data to I/O
(b) transfers data to the disk drive
(c) is idle and transfer takes place through a
network
(d) is idle and does not play any role in data
transfers
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
256. Which of the following stores the programs and Ans : (d) The full from of DMA is Direct Memory
data currently being executed by the CPU? Access. It is the process of transferring data without the
(a) Tertiary memory (b) Auxiliary memory involvement of the processor or CPU itself.
(c) Primary memory (d) Secondary memory 260. Which among the following is the fastest?
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 (a) ROM (b) Flash drive
Ans. (c) : Primary memory (Cache) stores the programs (c) Cache memory (d) RAM
and data which are currently being executed by the MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
CPU. Primary memory has a faster access time than Ans. (c) : Cache memory is expansive and fastest memory
secondary memory. among the option. It is mainly used to synchronise with a
257. Which one of the following options is correct high-speed CPU and to improve its performance.
with respect to the increasing order of access 261. Which of the following is the fastest type of
speed? memory?
(a) Magnetic tape → Optical disk → Cache (a) Primary memory (b) Secondary memory
memory → Registers (c) Cache memory (d) External memory
(b) Magnetic tape → Optical disk → Cache RRB Chandigarh L.P.-2014
memory → Main memory Ans : (c) Cache memory is a special type of memory,
(c) Optical disk → Magnetic tape → Cache which is highly uses faster Static RAM Chips. It is a
memory → Registers very fast memory between primary memory and CPU
(d) Optical disk → Magnetic tape → Main when frequently used data and instructions are stored.
memory → Cache memory Cache memory speed being fast means increasing the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 speed of the processor.
Ans. (a) : 262. Which of the following is mainly used for cache
memory?
(a) DVD (b) DRAM
(c) SRAM (d) Blu-ray disk
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
Ans : (c) High speed Static RAM (SRAM) are used for
cache memory.
263. Select the memory unit that has the shortest
access time.
(a) ROM (b) Flash (c) RAM (d) Cache
As we move from top to bottom in the hierarchy the KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
access time increases or the access speed decreases. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
The correct order of access speed is increasings- Ans : (d) Cache memory is very fast memory is retrives
Magnetic Tape→Optical Disk→Cache Memory→ Resistors. data at very high speed.
258. Which of the following memories has the
shortest access time?
(a) Cache Memory
(b) Magnetic Bubble Memory
(c) Magnetic Core Memory
(d) Random Access Memory
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
Ans : (a) 264. Flash Drive is a type of:
(a) EPROM (b) ROM
(c) PROM (d) EEPROM
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans. (d) : A USB flash drive is a data storage device
that includes flash memory with an integrated Universal
Serial Bus (USB) interface. USB flash drive are
typically removable and rentable and physical much
smaller than an optical disc. Flash drive is a type of
EEPROM.
Computer 28 YCT
ye
p
265. Which among them is the slowest form of memory 271. Which of the following statement is/are true?
in terms of data transfer and storage rate? (i) Full form of VDU is Visual Display Unit
(a) Registers (b) Cache memory and it is an example of both software and
(c) Main Memory (d) Flash memory hardware.
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) (ii) Interpreter is used for assembly language
Ans : (d) Flash memory is the slowest form of memory programs, while compiler is used for high
in terms of data transfer and storage rate. Flash memory level language programs.
are used in cellular phone, digital camera, setup box etc. (a) Only (i) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
266. Which memory cannot be accessed directly by (c) Only (ii) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
the computer? UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
(a) RAM (b) Cache memory Ans. (d) : The full form of VDU is Visual Display Unit
(c) ROM (d) Memory card and it is also called monitor. It is an output device and
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II an example of hardware. Both compiler and Interpreter
Ans. (d) : RAM, cache memory, ROM are directly are used for language translator. Compiler translates the
accessed by processor (C.P.U.) because these are all entire source code of the program at once whereas
examples of primary memory. Hence, memory card is interpreter to translates line at a time.
an example of secondary memory. These are not 272. Which of the following is an example of a
accessed directly by the CPU. virtual display unit (VDU)?
267. Which of the following is not a secondary storage (a) CRT Monitor (b) Plotter
device? (c) Printer (d) Scanner
(a) Flash Drive (b) Pen Drive UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(c) Compact Disc (d) DRAM Ans. (a) : CRT Monitor is example of VDU (Visual
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Display Unit). It may be peripheral device or may
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 integrated with other components. At present, LED
Ans. (d) : DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) LCD and plasma technology are used as monitors.
is a primary memory or primary storage device while 273. Which of the following usually possess
other option (Flash drive, Pen drive, CDs) are example maximum storage?
of secondary storage device. (a) DVD (b) Hard drive
268. Hard disc, CD and Pen drive are examples of (c) Flash drive (d) Flopy disk
which of the following storage? RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(a) Secondary WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(b) Sequential access
Ans. (b) : DVD, Flash Drive, Floppy disk all storage
(c) Data on convertible Plastics
device store less data compare to hard disk drive.
(d) Primary
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) 274. Which memory uses the concept of tracks and
Ans. (a) : Hard disc, CD and Pen drive are example of sector?
secondary storage device. (a) SRAM (b) Hard disk
(c) DRAM (d) Magnetic tape
269. Which among the following is a Sequential
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
Access Memory?
(a) Optic Disk (b) Magnetic Disk Ans. (b) : A hard disk drive is a non - volatile
(c) Magnetic Drum (d) Magnetic Tape secondary storage device the recording surface of a hard
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 disk is divided into tracks and sectors.
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 275. Consider a hard disk with 8 recording surfaces
Ans. (d) : In magnetic tape only one side of the ribbon is and 4 sectors per track. If the total number of
used for storing data. It is sequential memory which parts is 320, how many tracks will be there
contains thin plastic ribbon to store data and coated by recording surface.
magnetic oxide. So the data read write speed is slower. (a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 32 (d) 10
DRAM works on sequential order like A, B, C, D is data, UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
we have to go through BC to go from A randomly in Ans. (d) : Recording surface = 8
optical disk. per track (sector) = 4
270. A CD-RW disk Total number of part = 320
(a) Has a faster access than an internal disk 320
(b) Is a form of optical disk, so it can only be Tracks per recording surface = = 10
32
written once.
276. File and folders are organized as a structure on
(c) Holds less data than a floppy disk computer hard disk
(d) Can be erased and rewritten (a) Linear list (b) Tree
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) (c) Table (d) Graph
Ans : (d) CD-R or CD-RW drives are also called CD UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
writers, CD burners, or CD recorders can read the same Ans : (b) Files and folders are arranged in form of a
formats as CD-ROM drives CD-DA, CD-ROM, and free structure in the computer hard disk, in which the
CD-R/RW discs but can also write data to inexpensive root directory and sub directories are followed by
CD-R (write - once) and CD-RW (Re-Writable) discs.
folders, files etc.
Computer 29 YCT
ye
p
277. If the hard disk has 4 recording surfaces and 282. Which of the following optical storage format has
each surface has 16 track divided into 8 sectors, been developed to enable recording, rewriting
then the number of cylinders in the hard disk and playback of High Definition (HD) video?
will be? (a) Compact disc (b) Blue-ray disc
(a) 16 (b) 8 (c) 32 (d) 4 (c) Hard disc (d) Floppy disc
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
Ans. (a) : A hard disk is made up of several platters, Ans : (b) Blue-Ray disc is an optical disc that most after
and each platter has 2 recording surfaces. Each surface used for playback of High Definition (HD) video. It is also
consists of a number of tracks divided in to a number of use for enable rewrite video and other data.
equal sectors.
Each platter has equally spaced tracks stored in a 283. What is the full form of CAD?
cylinder. Thus if there are 16 tracks in each sector then (a) Computer Aided Design
they require 16 cylinders. (b) Computer Acadmy Design
278. Which of the following are wrong– (c) Computer Developer Academy
(i) A CD-R is a re-write disc that allows you to (d) Computer Aided Developer
erase previously recorded data and write UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
new data onto it. Ans. (a) : CAD stands for computer Aided Design. It is
(ii) The letters RW in CD-RW mean "read an advance software for creativity design and generate
and write." technical 2D and 3D diagram. It provides the facility to
(a) Only (ii) (b) (i) and (ii) both view a design from any angle and to zoom in or out for
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (i) a closure or a distant look respectively.
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
284. An example is an optical disc.
Ans : (b) CD-R is a digital optical disc and it is a data
storage format and It can be written once and read many (a) ROM (b) Hard disc
times. Data can't be deleted from a CD-R disc and it (c) Floppy disc (d) Compact disc
can't formatted so statement (i) wrong. RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
CD-RW stands for "Compact Disc Re-Writable so Ans : (d) A compact disc is a portable storage medium
statement (ii) wrong. that can record, store and play back audio, video and other
279. What is disk access time? data in digital form.
(a) Seek time 285. Which of the following is not a part of Floppy
(b) Seek time + latency time Disks?
(c) Rotation time (a) Actuator (b) Paper Ring
(d) Latency time (c) Magnetic Disk (d) Shutter
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Ans : (b) Disk access time is Seek time + latency time. Ans. (a) : An actuator is a device that makes something
In the context of computes, time taken to receive data move or operate. It is not part of Floppy Disc but Paper
from a storage device or to obtain data from a Ring, Magnetic disc and shutter are part of Floppy Disc.
peripheral unit is known as access time.
280. The circular disks that make up a hard drive 286. Which among the following is an example of
are called Zip drives?
(a) Plates (b) Platters (a) Pen drives (b) CD/DVD
(c) Rings (d) Saucers (c) Hard disk (d) Memory Card
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 Ans : (b) The zip drive is a removable floppy disk
Ans. (b) : Platters is a round circle made of metal in the storage. It is advance version of floppy disc, CD and
Hard Disc, which has a magnetic coating, it is used to DVD both are example of zip drive.
keep the data safe for the future. A Hard Disc consists 287. Which of the following is not a type of
of several platters (cycles) counted in a single spindle magnetic storage system?
hard disk is formed by the compilation of those which (a) Floppy disk (b) Compact disk
are in the form of tracks and sectors. (c) Hard disk (d) Magnetic tape
281. Which among the following is the full form of HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
DVD?
(a) Digital Value Disk Ans : (b) Floppy disk, Hard disk and Magnetic tape are
(b) Digital Versatile Disk example of magnetic storage system but compact disk
(c) Dual Versatile Disk is example of optical storage device.
(d) Direct Versatile Disk 288. An ___ has magnetic disc called platters, which
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 record and store data.
Ans. (b) : DVD is short form of digital versatile or (a) CD (b) Blu-ray disk
Digital Video Disc. It is an optical disc storage media (c) Hard disc drive (d) DVD
format. It was introduced in 1995 by Sony, Panasonic UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
and Samsung. It's main function storage of video and Ans : (c) In a hard disk, a platters is a circular magnetic
data. plate that is used for storing data in a hard disk.
Computer 30 YCT
ye
p
289. Strength of Magnetic disk depends on 295. Which of the following statements are correct
A. Number of sides regarding the unit of computer memory?
B. Recording density (a) Basic unit of computer memory is ASCII
C. Number of tracks (b) 1 KB (kilo byte) = 1000 bytes
(a) only A (b) A & C (c) 1 bytes = 8 bits
(c) only C (d) A, B & C (d) 1 nibble=6 bits
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Ans : (d) Magnetic disk is a memory device, which is flat Ans. (c) : Regarding the unit of computer memory
in snape and covered with magnetic coating. The power of 1 bit = 0 or 1
a magnetic disk depends on the number of arms, the 1 nibble = 4 bits
recording density and the number of paths. 1 byte = 8 bits
290. Which of the following is a portable USB flash 1 kilobyte = 1024 bytes.
memory device that can be used to transfer 296. Arrange the following units of measurement of
data from one computer to another? computer memory, starting from lowest to
(a) DVD (b) Pen drive highest.
(c) CD (d) Floppy disc A) Yottabyte
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) B) Zettabyte
Ans : (b) Pen drive is a removable secondary storage C) Exabyte
unit. It is also called portable data storage device or flash D) Petabyte
drive. Which is connected via USB (Universal Serial Bus) E) Terabyte
connecter and plug-in play. With the help of pen drive we F) Megabyte
can carry data any ware. (a) F, E, D, C, B, A (b) F, E, D, B, C, A
291. Which of the following I/O devices is a block (c) F, E, A, B, C, D (d) F, E, D, C, A, B
device? KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
(a) Keyboard (b) Tape drive Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(c) Mouse (d) USB port RRB Kolkata LP-2009
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02) Ans.(a): Tabular representation of various memory sizes :
Ans: (b) Tape drive, Hard disk, Floppy disk and CD- Name Equal to Size (in Byte)
ROMs are example of block devices. Bit 1 Bit 1/8
Block devices are non-volatile devices which can store huge
data and whose information can be accessed in any order. Nibble 4 Bits 1/2 (rare)
292. With reference to SSHD memory, the full form Byte 8 Bits 1
of SSHD is Kilobyte 1024 Bytes 1024=210
(a) Silicon State Hybrid Drive Megabyte 1024 Kb 10,48,576 = 220
(b) Solid silicon Hybrid Drive Gigabyte 1024 Mb 10,73,741,824 = 230
(c) Solid State Hybrid Drive Terabyte 1024 Gb 10,99,511,627,7,76 = 240
(d) Solid State Hybrid Dish Petabyte 1024 Tb 11,25,899,906, 842, 624 = 250
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Exabyte 1024 Pb 1,152,921,504,606,846,976= 260
Ans : (c) SSHD stands for Solid-State Hybrid Drive. It Zettabyte 1024 Eb 1,180,591,620,717,411,303,42
is a physical storage device that combines a faster 4 = 270
storage medium such as Solid State Drive SSD. 1024 Zb 1,208,925,819,614,629,174,70
Yottabyte
293. How many nibbles are there in 2 megabytes? 6,176=280
(a) 220 (b) 210 (c) 222 (d) 221 Hence we can say that the measurement of computer
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 memory starting from lowest to highest is option (a).
Ans. (c) : 1 byte = 2 Nibble
297. In computing, 1 nibble is equal to ...............?
1 kilobyte = 1024 byte
1024 byte = 2 × 210 = 211 Nibble (a) 4 bit (b) 4 bytes
So, 2 Megabyte = 2 × 210 = 211×2 ⇒ 222 Nibble (c) 8 bytes (d) 4 kilo bytes
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
294. Which of the following statements is GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
INCORRECT about unit of computer memory?
(a) Basic unit of computer memory is bits Ans. (a) : In computing 1 Nibble equal to 4 bit
(b) 1 bytes = 8 bits 1 bit = 0 or 1
(c) 1 KB (kilobyte) = 1024 bytes 4 bits = 1 Nibble
(d) 1 nibble = 6 bits 8 bits = 1 Byte
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 1024 Bytes = 1 KB
Ans. (d) : The Basic unit of a computer is the binary 1024 KB = 1 MB
digit, often referred to as a 'bit'. A bit can represent two 1024 MB = 1 GB
state, typically denoted as 0 and 1, and it forms the basis 1024 GB = 1 TB
of all digital data and computations in a computer. 1024 TB = 1 PB
1 Bytes = 8 bits 1024 PB = 1 EB
1 Nibble = 4 bits 1024 EB = 1 ZB
1 KB = 1024 bytes. 1024 ZB = 1 YB
Computer 31 YCT
ye
p
298. Arrange the following terms from lower to c) 1 Byte iii) 8 bits
higher units of memory measurement. d) 1 Gigabyte iv) 1,048,576 Bytes
a) Gigabyte b) Petabyte e) 1 Megabyte v) 1,073,741, 824 Bytes
c) Terabyte d) Zettabyte (a) a-ii, b-i, c-iii, d-iv, e-v
e) Exabyte (b) a-ii, b-iii, c-i, d-v, e-iv
(a) a, c, b, e, d (b) a, c, b, d, e (c) a-ii, b-i, c-iii, d-v, e-iv
(c) b, a, c, e, d (d) a, b, c, d, e (d) a-ii, b-iii, c-ii, d-v, e-iv
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Ans : (c) The matched options
Ans : (a) Arrange of term from lower to Gigabyte, (a) Bit - 0 or 1 (smallest unit of data)
Terabyte, Petabyte, Exabyte, Zettabyte. (b) Nibble = 4 bit
1024 MB = 1 GB (c) 1 Byte = 8 bits
1024 GB = 1 TB (d) 1 Gigabyte = 1,073,741,824 Byte
1024 TB = 1 PB (e) 1 Megabyte = 1,048,576 Byte
1024 PB = 1 Exabyte 304. How many bytes are in 4 kilobytes of memory?
1024 EB = 1 Zettabyte (a) 512 (b) 2048
299. How many bytes are there in 2 kilobytes (in (c) 4096 (d) 1024
binary)? UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
(a) 1024 (b) 2048
Ans. (c) : 1 KB = 1024 Byte
(c) 4096 (d) 512
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) 4 KB = 1024×4 = 4096 Byte
Ans. (b) : 1 KB = 1024 Bytes 305. Which of the following options is equal to 256
then 2 KB = 1024×2 bytes nibble?
= 2048 bytes (a) 128 bytes (b) 4 kilobytes
(c) 512 bits (d) 1 Kilobytes
300. What are the lowest and largest "whole"
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
numbers that can be stored in 1-byte memory
space? Ans. (a) : 4 bits = 1 nibble
Note: Whole numbers, the basic numbers of 1×256 nibble = 4×256 bits
counting are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, ......, etc. 256 nibble = 1024 bits
(a) 1,255 (b) 0,256 1 byte = 8 bits
(c) 0,255 (d) 1,256 256 nibble = 1024/8 bytes
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) = 128 bytes
Ans. (c) : There are 8 bits in byte. 306. How many bytes are there in 32 KB?
Each bit represents two states. (a) 32768 (b) 8192
28 = 256 or (0 to 255) (c) 16384 (d) 4096
The value of first byte will be 0, UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
the value of second byte is 1. Ans : (a) 1024 Bytes = 1 kilobyte
Similarly the value of 256th byte will be 255. 1024 × 32 = 32768 Byte
So the lowest number 0 and the maximum number 255
307. 1024 Terabyte is equal to which of the
will be stored.
following?
301. Which of the given options is the minimum (a) 10 Petabytes (b) 1 Gigabyte
amount of memory? (c) 1 Petabyte (d) 1 Exabyte
(a) Gigabyte (b) Terabyte
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
(c) Megabyte (d) Petabyte
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 Ans. (c) : In computing 1 Nibble equal to 4 bit
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I 1 bit = 0 or 1
4 bits = 1 Nibble
Ans. (c) : The minimum amount of memory is
megabyte among the given option. 8 bits = 1 Byte
1024 Bytes = 1 KB
302. Which of the following units of measurement is 1024 KB = 1 MB
the largest size? 1024 MB = 1 GB
(a) Petabyte (PB) (b) Megabyte (MB) 1024 GB = 1 TB
(c) Terabyte (TB) (d) Kilobyte (KB) 1024 TB = 1 PB
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 1024 PB = 1 EB
Ans : (a) The increasing order of memory is as follows. 1024 EB = 1 ZB
kilobyte (KB) → Megabyte (MB) → Terabyte (TB) → 1024 ZB = 1 YB
Petabyte (PB) 308. What is a set of 8 bits?
The Petabyte is the largest unit of measurement in size. (a) petabyte (b) kilobyte
303. Match the following correctly. (c) megabyte (d) byte
a) 1 Bit i) 4 bits Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
b) 1 Nibble ii) 0 or 1 KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Computer 32 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (d) (c) 1024 KB
1024 KB = 1 MB (d) 1 thousand bytes
1024 MB = 1 GB (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
1024 GB = 1 TB Ans : (c) 1 byte · 8 bit
1024 TB = 1 PB 1 kilobyte · 1024 byte
309. The largest unit of data measurement among 1 megabyte · 1024 kilobtye
following is
(a) Gigabyte (b) Terabyte 315. "In the Memory storage unit, one Zettabyte is
(c) Exabyte (d) Petabyte equal to.............
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 A. 270 byte
B. 1024 Exabyte
Ans. (c) : 1024 MB = 1 GB (Gigabyte) C. 1024 Petabyte
1024 GB = 1 TB (Terabyte) (a) Only A (b) Only B
(c) Both A & B (d) Only C
1024 TB = 1 PB (Petabyte) (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
1024 PB = 1 EB (Exabyte) Ans : (c)
1 Petabyte = 1024 Terabyte
1024 EB = 1 ZB (Zettabyte) = 250 byte
1024 ZB = 1 YB (Yottabyte) 1 Exabyte = 1024 Petabyte
= 260 byte
310. 1 Gigabyte is equal to ––––––. 1 Zetabyte = 1024 Exabyte
(a) 216 bytes (b) 1030 bytes = 270 byte
30 30
(c) 8 bytes (d) 2 bytes
316. How many nibbles are 1 kilobyte to memory?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
(a) 2048 (b) 512
Ans. (d) : 1 GB = 1024 MB (c) 128 (d) 256
= 1024×1024 KB
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
= 1024×1024×1024 bytes
= 210 × 210 × 210 bytes Ans. (a) : 1 byte · 8 bit
∴ 30
1 GB = 2 bytes 1 nibble · 4 byte
311. What is the full form of BIT _____? 1 KB = 1024 bit
1 byte = 2 nibble
(a) Bitcoin (b) Binary digit
1 KB = 1024×2 nibble = 2048 nibble
(c) Binary terminal (d) Big digit
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 317. One gigabyte is approximately
Ans : (b) A bit is smallest unit of data that an process (a) 1 ×103 bytes (b) 1 ×106 bytes
9
and store by computer. Binary digit is full form of BIT. (c) 1 ×10 bytes (d) 1 ×105 bytes
A bit can hold only one of two values: 0 or 1, (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
corresponding to the electrical values of on or off, Ans : (c) 1 Byte = 8 bit
respectively. 1 Megabyte = 1024 byte ≈ 103 byte
312. _____ nibble is equal to 4 bits.
1 Megabyte = 1024×1024 ≈ 106 byte
(a) 3 (b) 2
(c) 1 (d) 4 1 Gigabyte = 1024×1024×1024≈109 byte
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 318. CD-ROM can store at least _____.
Ans : (c) (a) 800 MB (b) 1024 MB
Bit - 0 or 1 (smallest unit of data) (c) 700 MB (d) 2048 MB
Nibble = 4 bit WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
1 Byte = 8 bits Ans : (c) CD-ROM is an optical compact disc that
1 Gigabyte = 1073741824 Byte stores audio or other data. This device only. Its capacity
1 Megabyte = 1048576 Byte is up to 700 MB.
313. Which of the following is equal to 1 Kilobyte?
(a) 512 Nibble (b) 1 Megabyte V. Software
(c) 512 Bytes (d) 8192 Bits
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) 319. Which of the following is not a utility
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 software?
Ans. (d) : 1 KB (Kilobyte) = 1024 bytes (a) Antivirus (b) Disk Defragmenter
1 Bytes = 8 Bits (c) File manager (d) Notepad
1 KB = 1024 × 8 Bits RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
= 8192 Bits Ans. (d) : Antivirus, disk defragmenter and file
314. One MB is equal to– manager are utility software, whereas notepad is a text
(a) the amount the RAM in every computer editor. It can edit text files and compatible formats, such
(b) 1 billion bytes as batch file.

Computer 33 YCT
ye
p
320. Patient monitoring system, pharma Ans:(c) Software is a set of instructions, data or programs
information system, lab-diagnostic system etc. that you can use to particular task. Hardware represents the
are applications of computer in which of the physical component of the computer. A processor is the
following fields? logic circuitry that responds to and process the basic
(a) Insurance (b) Banking instructions that drive a computer. Virtualization is the
(c) Marketing (d) Healthcare creation of virtual rather than actual version of something.
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 325. Which of the following operating systems uses
Ans. (d) : Computers have become an integral part of Graphical User Interface?
providing efficient accountable effective and (a) Windows Server Core
transparent health services. Therefore computers are (b) MS-DOS
used in hospitals to store patient data, medical imaging (c) Microsoft Windows XP
and equipment, patient monitoring, medical laboratories (d) Linux Mint
and health care.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
321. Which of the following is not system software ?
Ans. (c) : Several operating systems use graphical user
(a) Operating system (b) Compiler
interface (GUIs) to provide a user friendly interaction
(c) Printer drive (d) MS-Office with the computer. Some well - known examples
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
include - Microsoft windows such as windows XP,
Ans. (d) : System software is a software, which is an windows 11, windows 10, iOS, Android, Chrome OS.
interface between computer hardware and application
326. OpenSUSE, Fedora and Debian are versions of
software. Operating system, compiler, Printer driver are
which of the following GUI based operating
examples of system software where as MS Office is an
systmes?
application software.
(a) Widows (b) MacOS X
322. Which of the following statements is false (c) Apple iOS (d) Linux
regarding windows OS?
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
(a) Windows operating system supports
graphical user interface (GUI) Ans. (d) : Linux is an open - source operating system
(b) Windows operating system has the ability to kernel initially created by Linux Torvalds in 1991. It
multitask serves as the core component of many different Linux
(c) Windows source code is owned by distributions (or versions) such as Ubuntu, Open SUSE,
Microsoft Debian, Fedora and more.
(d) Windows operating system are open source 327. Small shapes used to represent folders, files or
software programs in GUI - based systems are known
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 as _____.
Ans. (d) : Windows is an operating system but it is not (a) Folders (b) Icons
an open source operating system. It acts as an interface (c) Desktops (d) Ions
between the user and hardware components. Windows Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
operating system has the ability to multitask and also Ans. (b) : In GUI based systems, an icon is a small
supports graphical user interface (GUI). graphical representation of a program or file when we
323. Which of the following statements is/are true? double - click on an icon the corresponding file or
(i) Notepad ++ is an open-source editor for program opens.
Windows. 328. The word _____ means a collection of
(ii) A device driver enables the computer to programs.
use the hardware by providing an (a) Information (b) Hardware
appropriate interface. (c) Software (d) Compact
(a) Only (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii) KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii) GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 Ans : (c) The word software means a collection of
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 programs. Because software is the collection of
Ans. (b) : Notepad ++ is an open source editor. It is used programs, set of instructions, data and procedure used to
by application and website developers on MS Windows. It operate computers and execute specific task.
is controlled by the General Public Licence.
329. The legal right to use software based on
A device driver is a piece of small software that enables specific restrictions is granted via a
the computer to use the hardware by providing an
appropriate interface. (a) Software privacy policy
(b) Software license
324. What is the name of set of programs and data
intended to perform various task on a computer (c) Software password manager
system? (d) Software log
(a) Hardware (b) Processor (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
(c) Software (d) Virtualization Ans : (b) The legal right to use software based on
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) specific restrictions is granted via a software license.
Computer 34 YCT
ye
p
330. _______ is a formal representation of facts, Ans : (c) Debugging is the process of detecting and
concept or instruction suitable for removing of error from the computer software. Both
communication, interpretation or processing compilers and interpreters are used to convert a program
by humans or automated means written in a high level language into machine code.
(a) Command (b) Database Interpreter translate one statement at a time while
(c) Data (d) Information compiler translate whole program at a time.
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 335. The quick–repair job provided as an
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 immediate solution to a bug is called
Ans : (c) Data can be defined as representation of facts, (a) Patch (b) Bug–fix (c) Fix (d) Update
concept or instruction in a formalized manner, which UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
should be suitable for communication interpretation, or Ans. (a) : A patch is quicker-repair job for a piece of
processing by human or electronic machine. programming designed to fill the error in the program
Information– Information is organized or classified usually called a bug, within an operating system or
data, which has some meaningful value for receiver. software program.
Database– A database is an organized collection of 336. The purpose of the program counter register is to
structured data which help in the efficient retrieval, (a) keep a count of the number of executing programs
insertion and deletion of data from the database.
(b) hold the address of the next instruction
331. The wildcard character for matching any (c) keep a count of the control registers
number of characters is. (d) hold the current executing instruction
(a) Hyphen Sign (b) Ampersand Sign RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(c) Asterisk Sign (d) Dollar Sign Ans. (b) : The program counter is a register in a computer
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 processor. Which contains the address of the next instruction
to be executed.
Ans. (c) : A wild card character is used to substitute one
or more characters in a string. The most commonly used 337. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true
wild card character is the asterisk(*). with respect to GUI based operating systems?
e.g. the will care query '*rm' will match all of the word (i) Both DOS and Linux are GUI based.
like 'alarm', 'bookworm', 'brainstorm'. (ii) Both DOS and Unix are GUI based.
Question mark (?) represent a single character. (a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (ii)
e.g. h?t Finds hot, hat and hit. (c) Only (i) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
332. Which of the following is NOT a cause of WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
system hang?
(a) Prescience of virus Ans. (a) : MS DOS and Linux both are based on
(b) None of these Character User Interface (CUI). The other name of CUI
is command line user interface. It is a way in which the
(c) Excess power supply user can interact with the computer program. Hence
(d) Execution of corrupted file statement (i) is false unix is multi user, multitasking
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 operating system that has a CUI interface, so statement
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
(ii) is also false.
Ans. (c) : Excess power supply is not a cause of system
hangs. 338. Which of the following is a function of
Cause of system hangs– operating system?
1. To many Apps Open (a) Security (b) All of the options
2. Driver Issue (c) File Management (d) Memory Management
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
3. OS Issue
4. Excess Heating up Ans. (b) : The operating system is a system program that
5. Insufficient RAM acts as a interface between user and computer hardware.
6. BIOS Setting Following are the function of operating system–
7. External Device Memory Management
8. Virus Process Management
9. Execution of corrupt file Device Management
333. An error in a computer is also knows as File Management
(a) debug (b) bug Security
(c) cursor (d) none of these Job Scheduling
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) Networking
Ans : (b) In a computer a bug is a coding error in a Command Interpretation
program most computer bugs are human error. A bug Example of OS–
produces unexpected result. The Y2K bug is one of the Windows
most famous bug. Android
334. The removal of errors from computer software iOS
is called Mac OS
(a) Interpreting (b) Translating Linux
(c) Debugging (d) Compiling Chrome OS
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 Ubuntu
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) Fedora
Computer 35 YCT
ye
p
339. Which of the following is/are NOT the function Ans. (c) : The kernel is a computer program at the core
(s) of an operating system? of a computer's operating system and generally has
i) Process management complete control over everything in the system. It is the
ii) Providing a user interface portion of the operating system code that is always
iii) Memory management resident in memory and facilities interactions between
iv) Translating a high-level language source hardware and software components.
code into a machine-level code 344. Which of the following operating system is
(a) Only ii, iii, and iv (b) Only iv almost similar and supports many common
(c) Only i, ii and iv (d) Only i and ii commands?
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 (i) Unix (ii) Linux (iii) MS - Windows
Ans. (c) : The functions of operating system are File (a) (i) and (iii) (b) (i) and (ii)
management, Disk management and Memory (c) (i), (ii) and (iii) (d) (i) and (iii)
management. Hence option (c) i, ii and iv are not the UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
functions of operating system. Ans. (b) : Linux is an open source operating system and
340. Which of the following statements is incorrect Unix is a powerful and multitasking operating system.
about the Linux operating system? Linux and Unix is a case sensitive operating system and
(a) It is an open source operating system. also supports many commands.
(b) It was developed by Linus Torvalds. 345. Which of the following statements regarding
(c) It is a multi-tasking operating system. system software is incorrect?
(d) It is a single user operating system. (a) It provides services directly to the end user, or
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 any other software.
Ans. (d) : Linux is a free, open source, and popular (b) It directly interacts with the hardware of the
multitasking operating system that was developed on computer.
September 17, 1991 by Linus Torvalds. Linux is a free (c) It provides basic functionality for the
and virus-free operating system. It is used in PCs, operation of the computer.
mobile device, super computer etc. (d) The printer is not a driver system software.
341. Which of the following is/are the service(s) KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
provided by system calls? Ans. (d) : System software is a type of computer
Services: program which is designed to run computer hardware
i) Process creation and management and application programs. Operating System (OS),
ii) Device handling (I/O) macOS, Linux, Android and Microsoft Windows are
iii) Protection examples of system software.
iv) Networking A printer driver is a piece of system software that
(a) Only ii, iii and iv (b) Only i allows your computer to interact with your printer by
(c) Only i and ii (d) All of i, ii, iii and iv translating instructions. It translates instructions so
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 printer is a driver system software.
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 346. Which of the following operating systems is
Ans. (d) : There are many services provided by system not case sensitive?
calls- (a) Unix (b) Linux
Process creation and management, Main memory (c) Linux and Unix (d) Windows
management, Protection, Device handling (I/O), File RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
access, Directory and File system management, Ans. (d) : Linux is an open source operating system and
Networking, Information maintenance, communication. Unix is a powerful and multitasking operating system
342. Which of the following statements is/are Linux and Unix are case sensitive operating system
correct about Linux operating system? while windows is not.
(a) It is a single tasking operating system 347. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true
(b) It is a single user operating system regarding the Macintosh Machine?
(c) It was developed by Linux Torvalds (i) It is a product of Apple.
(d) It is a product of Apple Incorporation (ii) It was developed in 1972
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) (i) and (ii) both
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 (c) only (ii) (d) only (i)
Ans. (c) : Linux is an open source operating system that DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
acts as an interface between the computer and the user. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
It was invented and developed by Linux Torvalds in Ans. (d) : Macintosh or Mac is a name of a series of
1991. Anyone can use it for free and can also modify it. personal computers in which design, developing, and
343. Which of the following is the core of the Linux marketing are done by Apple Information Inc.
system, manages the CPU, memory, and peripheral company. The Macintosh was a widely sold personal
devices, and is the lowest level of the OS? computer with a graphical user interface (GUI) and a
(a) Bootloader (b) Desktop environment mouse. Macintosh was released by Apple Computer on
(c) Kernel (d) Daemons January 22, 1984 in an advertisement during the Super
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 Bowl XVIII.
Computer 36 YCT
ye
p
348. Which of the following statements is/are true? 353. Which of the following is not a Linux distribution?
(i) System software facilitates the function of (a) Solus (b) Honeycomb
application software. (c) Fedora (d) Ubantu
(ii) MS-Word is both system and application RRB Kolkata LP-2009
software. HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(a) (i) and (ii) both (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i) Ans. (b) : Solus, Fedora, Ubuntu are all Linux
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I distribution operating systems while Honeycomb is the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 code name of the third version of the android operating
Ans.(d): System software provides the platform for system.
application software. Application software can not run 354. An ordered set of instruction is known as_____
without system software. MS Word is an application and a set of programs that controls the
software. operation of a computer system or its related
349. Which of the following functionalities of the devices is known as _____.
operating system allocates memory space to (a) Hardware, Software
different programs under execution? (b) Program, Software
(a) Security Management (c) Firmware, Hardware
(b) Processor Management (d) Software, Hardware
(c) Memory Management KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(d) Device Management GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 Ans. (b) : An ordered set of instruction is known as a
Ans. (c) : Memory Management is the functionalities of program and a set of programs that controls the
an operating system that manages primary memory operation of a computer system or its related devices is
space to various programs under the execution. known as software.
355. Contiki is used as a/an ______.
350. Which of the following options represents a
(a) operating system
valid classification of user interface?
(b) software application
(a) Textual, Graphical and Virtual
(c) protocol for IoT systems
(b) Textual and Graphical
(d) cloud server
(c) Graphical and Virtual
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(d) Textual and Virtual
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
Ans. (a) : Contiki is an open-source operating system
designed for resource-constrained Internet of Things
Ans. (b) : Textual and graphical options represents a (IoT) devices. Contiki is often used in various IoT
valid classification of user interface. applications, such as smart home devices, sensor
351. Which of the following is the subsystem of the networks, and industrial automation.
Linux operating system that displays graphics 356. What is the most popular OS for smart phones?
on the monitor and is commonly referred to as (a) Linux (b) Mac
a server or volume? (c) Windows (d) Android
(a) Init system (b) Daemons RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
(c) Graphical server (d) Kernel Ans. (d) : Android is the most popular mobile operating
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II system based on a modified version of the linux kernal
Ans. (c) : A graphical server is a subsystem of the and other open source software, designed primarily for
Linux operating system that displays graphics on a touch screen mobile devices such as smart phones and
monitor. It is software that controls how graphics are tablets. It was unveiled in November, 2007 with the first
displayed on a computer. Users without a graphical commercial android device, the HTC Dream being
server can interact with the Linux system only through a launched in September 2008.
command-line interface. This is commonly referred to 357. Which of the following options is
as an X server. INCORRECT with respect to the comparison
352. Which of the following statements is correct between i) Windows OS and ii) Linux OS.
about Linux operating system? (a) i) Licensed ii) Open sourced
(a) It is a single user operating system (b) i) Less stable and less reliable ii) More stable
(b) It is a multi-tasking operating system and more reliable
(c) It is a product of Oracle Incorporation (c) i) Takes less resources to execute ii) Takes
(d) It was developed by Dennis Ritchie more resources to execute
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 (d) i) Menu/Icon-based ii) Command line based
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Ans. (b) : Linux is an open - source operating system Ans. (c) : Windows and Linux are two distinct
Kernel initially developed by Linus Torvalds in 1991. It operating system with several key differences-
is a multi - tasking operating system. It's the core 1. Microsoft window is a commercial (Licensed
component of various Linux distributions like Ubuntu, operating system whereas Linux is an open source
Debian, Centos and more. operating system.

Computer 37 YCT
ye
p
2. Windows is less stable and less reliable whereas 362. Which of the following is not correct about
Linux more stable and more reliable. Linux?
3. Windows takes more resources to execute while (a) It is an operating system
Linux takes less resource to execute. (b) Linux is also used in embedded system
4. Windows has graphical user interface (Menu/Icon (c) A unique feature of Linux is that it does not
based) and is known for its user-friendliness while have a Kernel.
Linux is the command line interface (CLI) which
offer more control and flexibility. (d) It can be installed on a computer without a
software license.
358. Which of the following does OS NOT manage?
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
(a) File management and security
(b) Process management and synchronisation Ans. (c) : Linux is an open source operating system. Linux
(c) Memory management and CPU scheduling based on Kernel are used in embedded system. It can be
(d) Virus protection and management installed on a computer without a software license.
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning 363. In an application window, there is a button
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 that you can drag to the left or right to
Ans. (d) : Operating system (OS), program that increase or decrease the setting value,
manages a computer's resources, especially the respectively.
allocation of those resources among other programs. (a) Scroll bar (b) Spinner
Operating system management refers to the set of (c) Text box (d) Slider
activities and functions performed by an operating UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
system to efficiently control and coordinate the Ans. (d) : In an application window, a slider is a button
hardware and software resources of a computer system. that you can drag to the left or right to increase or
These task include - Process management, Memory decrease the setting value, respectively. Its setting does
management, File management. Device management,
not affect the font. Its zoom setting is minimum 10%
CPU scheduling, Security, Synchronization etc.
and maximum is 500%.
So, The operating system (OS) does not manage virus
protection and management. 364. True or False–
359. All of the following are the Process i. Operating system is the interface between
management activities handled by the a human and a machine.
Operating System EXCEPT: ii. Operating system is an application
(a) Product purchase, payments, and order program.
(b) control execution of applications (a) i) True ii) False (b) i) False ii) False
(c) Synchronisation, communication, and (c) i) True ii) True (d) i) False ii) True
deadlock handling for processes KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
(d) Control access to shared resources like files, Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
memory, I/O, and CPU
Ans : (a) Statement (i) is true, Statement (ii) is false
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II because operating system is a system software hence
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 option (a) is true.
Ans. (a) : All of the above are the process management
activities handled by Operating system Except Product 365. A/An ______ acts as an interface between the
purchase payments and order. users and the computer hardware resources.
360. Which component of operating system (a) Operating system
provides the user interface to interact with the (b) Utility software
kernel and hardware? (c) Compression software
(a) Device driver (b) Processor (d) Spreadsheet
(c) Shell (d) Register UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 Ans : (a) An operating system is a system software that
Ans. (c) : A shell is a program that provides an interface acts as an interface between the users and the computer
between a user and an operating system Kernel. hardware. It is responsible for the execution of all the
361. Which of the following is NOT a function of an processes, resource, allocation, file management etc.
operating system? 366. Which of the followings is not an Operating
(a) Security System?
(b) Memory management (a) Unix (b) Linux
(c) File management
(c) Java (d) Windows-11
(d) Control over user performance
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans. (d) : Operating system is an interface between the Ans. (c) : Java is not an operating system. It is an object
user and hardware. Operating system is a software oriented high level programming language. It is used in
which performs function like- File management, web based programming, mobile application
Memory Management, Security, Process Management, development, games development etc. Unix, Linux
Job scheduling etc. While control over user Windows 11, Ubuntu, MS DOS, Mint, Mac OS and
performance is not the function of operating system. Android is type of operating system.

Computer 38 YCT
ye
p
367. Operating System is a type of Ans. (d) : The program under execution is called
(a) Application Software (b) Utility Software process. Process goes through different state throughout
(c) System Software (d) Hardware the life cycle during the process execution. Which is
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) known as process states.
Ans. (c) : Operating system is types of system software. Ready– The process is waiting to be assigned to a
System software is designed for running the computer processor.
hardware parts and application programs. Application Waiting– The process is in waiting state until an event
software is designed for specific task. It help user in occurs like input/output operation completion.
creating document, presentation, database etc. Running– In this state the instructions are being
Utility software– It is system software that helps to executed. While starvation is the problem that occurs
maintain the proper and smooth functioning of a when high priority processes keep executing and low
computer system. priority processes get blocked for indefinite time.
373. Android is a kind of _____ software.
368. Which of the following is not a basic function
(a) utility (b) connectivity
of operating system?
(c) system (d) application
(a) Memory management
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(b) Control of computer hardware
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(c) Control input and output
(d) Data base management Ans. (c) : Android is an open-source mobile operating
system based on Linux. It is designed primarily for
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) touch screen mobile devices. Operating system is one of
Ans. (d) : An operating system is an interface between the best example of system software.
computer user and hardware. Database management is 374. The operation of storing, retrieval and deletion
not a function of operating system. Database manages of files during disk management is known as
by database management software. ____
An operating system is performs all the basic tasks like– (a) Network Management
1. Memory management (b) System Maintenance
2. Control of computer hardware (c) File Management System
3. Control input and output (d) User Space Administration
4. Process management UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
5. Security UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
6. Device management Ans : (c) The file management system is a software
7. Job scheduling which is used to create, delete, modify and save files.
8. Networking 375. Find out the odd one from the given options.
369. Windows 95 is an ______ (a) Windows (b) Linux
(a) GUI (b) Operating system (c) Microsoft Office (d) Unix
(c) Game (d) Computer UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 Ans : (c) Microsoft office is an application software
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 while others are operating system.
Ans : (b) Windows 95 is a GUI based single user 376. Which of the following is a GUI based operating
operating system. It was released on August 24, 1995. system?
370. The instant messaging application that comes (a) DOS (b) DOS and Linux both
in Windows OS is called (c) Unix and DOS both(d) Windows
(a) Windows Messenger (b) Windows Chat UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
(c) Talk! (d) Microsoft Outlook Ans : (d) The Graphical User Interface (GUI) is a form
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning of user interface that allows one to interact with
electronics devices through secondary notation such as
Ans : (a) Microsoft Windows messenger is a graphical icons and visual indicators, rather than a text
discontinued instant messaging application. based user interfaces type command label or text
371. Which of the following is not an OS? navigation. Windows operating system is based on GUI.
(a) Apache (b) Android 377. What is the extended form of GUI?
(c) Linux (d) Windows (a) General User Interface
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (b) Geographical User Interface
Ans. (a) : Apache is the most commonly used free, (c) Graphical User Interface
open-source web server. While Android, Linux and (d) Good User Interface
Windows is an operating system. UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
372. With respect to operating systems, which of Ans. (c) : Graphical User Interface is the extended form
the following is NOT a valid process state? of GUI. It is the common user interface that includes
(a) Ready (b) Waiting graphical representation like icon, menus and button. In
(c) Running (d) Starving GUI communication can be performed by interacting
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I with these icons rather than the usual text based or
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 command based communication.
Computer 39 YCT
ye
p
378. Which of the following files provides inter 383. Which of the following is a feature of Linux
process communication in Linux OS? system?
(a) Socket (b) Link (a) Real time and single user
(c) Block (d) Directory (b) Multiuser and multitasking
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (c) Multitasking and real time
Ans. (a) : Socket file is a special file, which is used to (d) Single user and multitasking
interconnect two different processes. It also provides UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
inter process communication in Linux OS. Ans. (b) : Linux is an operating system that evolved from
379. Which of the following is a part that users a Kernel created by Linux Torvalds.
interact with and has many options to choose Feature of Linux–
from in a Linux OS? 1. Linux is a multiuser, operating system
(a) Daemons (b) Bootloader 2. Multitasking operating system
(c) Desktop environment (d) Kernel 3. Portable
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 4. Open source
6. Hierarchical File System
Ans. (c) : Desktop environment is the collection of 7. Shell
application and user interface controls with which users
interact when using Linux as a desktop platform. Access to 384. In Linux, which of the following files are
the desktop environment is usually controlled through the device files, which provide buffered access to
system hardware components and
X window system or another graphical system.
communicate with device drivers through the
380. Operating System based on Linux are files system provide a method?
(a) Debian (b) Fedora (a) Binary (b) Image
(c) Ubuntu (d) All of these (c) Block (d) Readable
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Ans. (d) : An operating system is software that manages Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
the communication between your software and hardware. Ans. (c) : Block files in Linux are device files that provide
Debian, Fedora and Ubuntu OS are based on Linux. buffered access to components comprising the system
381. Which of the following statement(s) is/are hardware and provide a method of communication with
false? device drivers through the file system.
(i) Both DOS and Linux are examples of 385. In Linux, each file or directory is uniquely
system software. identified by an identifier, called a/an ____.
(ii) Railway reservation system is an example (a) PID (b) Inode
of special purpose application software. (c) Tnode (d) Vnode
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (ii) UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(c) Only (i) (d) Both (i) and (ii) Ans. (b) : In Linux, whenever a new file is created, it is
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 given a file name and an Inode number. This number
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 works as the unique identifier for that file. An Inode
Ans. (a) : Both statements are true. number is just like an index number of a book. The
System software primarily control the internal working Inode table contains all the Inodes.
of computer through an operating system and also 386. Which of the following options is not an
controls devices. Whereas application software directs example of an operating system?
the computer to executes commands given by user. (a) MS-DOS (b) Safari
(c) Unix (d) Linux
382. Which of the following is an example of Linux
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
shell?
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(a) Baby (b) Korn
(c) GBU (d) GBT Ans. (b) : Safari is a web browser developed by Apple.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 387. Full form of DOS is ___
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 (a) Data Object System
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 (b) Database Operating System
(c) Data Operating System
Ans. (b) : The shell is the command interpreter in an
(d) Disk Operating System
operating system such as Unix or Linux, it is program
that executes other programs. Korn is an example of HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
Linux shell Korn shell was developed by David Korn at Ans : (d) Full form of DOS is Disk Operating System.
Bell Labs. It is also known as Ksh shell. DOS is an operating system that runs from a disk drive.
Some important shells– 388. Which of the following is the main component
i. Bash Shell of Linux which can interact with hardware?
ii. Tcsh/csh shell (a) GUI (b) Editor
iii. Ksh shell (c) Kernel (d) Shell
iv. Zsh shell UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
v. Fish Ans : (c) Linux Kernel is the main component of the
vi TENEX c shell operating system which can interact with hardware.
Computer 40 YCT
ye
p
389. Which of the following statements is/are Disadvantage–
FALSE? i. Priority cannot be set for the job.
(i) Linux kernel is the core part of the operating ii. Batch OS may lead to starvation.
system which establishes communication iii. CPU may remain idle for a long time because the
between devices and software. speed of the mechanical I/O devices is slow.
(ii) Linux may be a perfect operating system if iv. Large Turnaround time
you want to get rid of viruses, malware, v. More difficult to debug program.
slowdowns, crashes. vi. There is no direct interaction between the computer
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) system and user.
(c) Only (i) (d) Only (ii) 393. Which of the following is not a valid version of
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 windows 7?
Ans. (b) : The Linux Kernel is the main component of a (a) Learner (b) Professional
Linux operating system and the main interface between (c) Enterprise (d) Ultimate
a computer hardware and its processes. It communicates UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
between the two management resources as efficiently as Ans. (a) : Professional, Enterprise and Ultimate all are
possible. Linux can be an ideal operating system if you valid versions of Windows 7 while learner is not a valid
want to get rid of viruses, malware, slowdowns, crashes, versions of it.
costly repairs etc. Valid versions of Windows 7 are as follows.
390. Which of the following acts as a resource 1. Starter
manager that provides the interface between 2. Home basic
the user and the hardware? 3. Home Premium
(a) Translation software (b) Operating system 4. Professional
(c) Antivirus software (d) Word Processor 5. Interprise
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) 6. Ultimate
Ans : (b) Operating system acts as a resource manager 394. In Linux, a case insensitive sorting can be done
that provides the interface between the user and hardware. using the_____option with the ‘sort’ command.
Important function of an operating system– (a) -k (b) -r (c) -o (d) -f`
Memory Management KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Device Management
Ans. (d) : In Linux to sort mixed case text pass the –f
Process Management
option to sort. This will ignore case sensitivity when
File Management sorting and write the result to standard output.
Security, Control Over System, Performance, Job
• To sort by items done using –k option.
Accounting, Input /Output Management, Command
interpretation. The –r is an option of sort command which sorts the
input file in reverse order –0 option is use to write result
391. Which of the following is essential for the to file instead of standard output.
functioning of a computer system?
(a) Operating system (b) MS Office 395. Which of the following is the file extension for
ASCII Text file in windows operating system?
(c) MS World (d) MS Excel
(a) .TXT (b) .ZIP
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
Ans : (a) An operating system is the most important (c) .WAV (d) .BAT
software that runs on a computer. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
392. Which of the following cannot be dedicated to Ans. (a) : .TXT is the file extension for ASCII Text file
the batch operating system? in windows operating system text file is a type of non-
(a) CPU idle time executable, digital file and contains only text. It may
(b) Low turnaround time contain numbers, letters, symbols and/or a combination
(c) Lack of interaction between user and job but does not contain special formatting such as italic
(d) Unable to define priority text, bold text, underline, image etc.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) 396. Which of the following statement (s) is /are
Ans : (b) Batch operating system is a type of operating correct?
system. The users who using a batch operating system (i) In Linux system, 'file.txt' and 'FILE.txt'
do not interact with computer directly. In batch different file names will be considered.
operating system, the similar jobs are grouped into (ii) In a Windows system, 'file.txt' and
batches with the help of some operator and these 'FILE.txt' shall be treated as one file
batches are executed one by one. name.
Advantage– (a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (ii)
i. It saves the time that was being wasted earlier for (c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) only (i)
each individual process. UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
ii. Multiple users can share the path system. Ans : (c) Window file system treats file and directory
iii. The idle time for the batch system is very less. name as case-insensitive.
iv. It is easy to manage large work repeatedly in batch Linux file system treats file and directory names as
systems. case-sensitive.
Computer 41 YCT
ye
p
397. Which of the following operating systems is (b) Multiprocessing OS
case-sensitive? (c) Multitiming OS
(i) Unix (d) Interactive OS
(ii) Linux UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
(iii) MS - Windows Ans. (c) : Multiprogramming OS– An operating
(a) (i), (ii) and (iii) (b) Only (i) and (iii) system that is capable of running multiple programs on
(c) Only (ii) and (iii) (d) Only (i) and (ii) a single processor is known as multiprogramming
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 operating system.
Ans. (d) : Unix and Linux operating systems are case - Multiprocessing Operating System– In
sensitive. multiprocessing operating system, there are more than
MS - Windows is not case - sensitive. one processor which work parallel to perform the
398. Which of the following is NOT a Common required operation. It allows the multiple processors and
Object File Format (COFF) specification they connected with physical memory, computer busses,
format for files used on Unix systems? clocks and peripheral devices. The main purpose of
(a) Static (b) Executable multiprocessor OS are to provide high execution speed
(c) Object code (d) Shared library at low cost.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 Interactive Operating System– An interactive OS is
Ans. (a) : The Common Object File Format (COFF) is a one that allows the user to directly interact with the OS
format for executable, object code and shared library. multitiming is not a type of operating system.
While static is not a Common Object File Format.
403. Which of the following is not an operating
399. What is an a.out (file) in a computer running system?
Unix/Linux?
(a) Kali Linux (b) Windows
(a) A file suitable to display
(b) A file suitable to print (c) JVM (d) Mac OS
(c) An executable file RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(d) A utility to output characters to a serial device Ans : (c) The java virtual Machine is called JVM. JVM
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 is a engine that provides runtime environment to drive
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 java code. It converts Java byte code into machines
Ans. (c) : a.out is a file format used in older version of language. While Kali linux, Windows and Mac OS all
unix-like computer operating system for executable file. these are operating system.
400. Which of the following is not a valid version of 404. Which of the following is not a system
an operating system? software?
(a) Windows 9 (b) Windows 7 (a) Kaspersky (b) Unix
(c) Windows 10 (d) Windows XP (c) DOS (d) Windows
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
Ans. (a) : Windows is a graphical operating system Ans : (a) Kaspersky is a Russian Multinational
developed by Microsoft corporation. Windows makes it Company that provides cyber security and antivirus
possible to complete all type of everyday task on your software.
computer.
List of Microsoft Windows Versions– 405. Find out the odd one from the given options.
Windows 11 (a) Microsoft Word (b) Word Pad
Windows 10 (c) Operating System (d) Note Pad
Windows 8 UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
Windows 7 Ans : (c) Microsoft Word, Word Pad and Note Pad are
Windows Vista application software. While operating system is a
Windows XP system software.
Windows 98 406. Which among them is not an example of
Windows 95 mobile operating system?
Windows NT (a) Android (b) Bada
401. Identify the in compatible among the following (c) Fedora (d) Symbian
options. (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
(a) Linux (b) OpenBSD Ans : (c) Fedora is an open source Linux based
(c) Ubuntu (d) iOS computer operating system.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 407. Now..............is the owner of Mobile Operating
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 System "Android"
Ans : (d) Among the above option (a), (b) and (c) are (a) Android Inc. (b) Samsung
open source Linux based operating system while iOS is (c) Yahoo (d) Google
a mobile operating system developed by Apple inc. (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
402. Which of the following is NOT a type of Ans : (d) In preset time Google is the owner of android
Operating System? mobile operating system. Android Inc, was bought by
(a) Multiprogram OS the Google Inc in 2005.

Computer 42 YCT
ye
p
408. Which option best describes the truth of the 413. BIOS is a type of system software, which is
following statement? stored in ____ located on the motherboard.
(i) Virus, Trojan and Key logger are (a) Cache memory
examples of utility software. (b) SRAM
(ii) Windows and Linux are examples of (c) Read Only Memory (ROM)
system software. (d) DRAM
(a) (i) False (ii) True (b) (i) True (ii) False RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(c) (i) True (ii) True (d) (i) False (ii) False Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) Ans. (c) : BIOS is a type of system software, which is
Ans : (a) (i) Virus, Trojan and Key logger are example stored in a non-volatile. ROM located on the
of malware. motherboard. In modern computer systems, the BIOS
(ii) Windows and Linux are examples of system software. contents are stored on flash memory so it can be
Hence statement (i) is false and statement (ii) is true. rewritten without removing the chip from the
409. Which of the following statements about an motherboard.
operating system is FALSE? 414. Booting is a term used to denote:
(a) It ensures that computer system components like (a) installation of an application
hard disk and RAM never crash or malfunction. (b) loading of the OS programs from the disk to
(b) It works as a resource manager. memory
(c) It provides efficient and fair sharing of hardware (c) hardware reset
resources among users and or programs. (d) power on
(d) It hides details of hardware resources from KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
programmers and other users. UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Ans : (b) Booting is a term used to denote loading of
the OS programs from the disk to memory.
Ans. (a) : It cannot ensures that computer system
components like hard disk and RAM never crash or mal 415. Select the correct option that indicates the file
function. Hence the (a) is false and statements (b), (c) containing the Linux file systems to be
and (d) are true. installed automatically at booting.
410. Which of the following statements is/are true? (a) /etc/anacrontab (b) /etc/crontab
(i) Without software hardware is generally of (c) /etc/fstab (d) /etc/mtab
no use. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(ii) Compiler is an example of both hardware Ans : (c) The /etc/fstab file is one of the most important
and software. files in a Linux based system. Since it stores static
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (ii) information about file systems. Each entry line in the
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (i) fstab file contains six fields each one of them describes
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 a specific information about a file system.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 416. Which of the following correctly describes the
Ans. (d) : The hardware and software of the computer windows operating system?
are interconnected with each other. Hardware cannot (a) Single-tasking
function without the software. Further more without the (b) Only multitasking
hardware the software cannot perform the required task. (c) Only multiprogramming
Compiler is an example of system software. (d) Multitasking and multiprogramming both
411 Which of the following is used by the UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
microprocessor of a PC to keep the computer Ans. (d) : Windows operating system is a type of
system running after it is turned on? system software, which acts as interface between the
(a) Antivirus (b) Application software user and the computer. Windows operating system is a
(c) Device Driver (d) BIOS multitasking and multiprogramming operating system.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I 417. In job scheduling, if C is the job completion
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 time and D is the deadline for a job, then the
Ans. (d) : BIOS stands for Basic Input Output System. deadline over–run K is calculated as–
It is program a computer's microprocessor uses to start (a) K = C – D (b) K × C = D
the computer system after it is powered on. It also (c) K = C × D (d) K – C = D
manages data flow between the computer's operating GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
system and attached devices, such as the harddisk, video KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
adapter, keyboard, mouse and printer. Ans. (a) : If in a job scheduling, C is the time taken to
412. The instruction about booting your system is complete the work.
stored in: D is the deadline for a job, then the deadline over-run K
(a) RAM (b) BIOS is calculated as
(c) CPU (d) Registers Total time – Deadline = Deadline over run
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 ∴ K=C–D
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
418. A computer system that permits multiple users
Ans. (b) : The instruction about booting your system is to run programs at the same time is a
stored in BIOS. (a) real time system
Computer 43 YCT
ye
p
(b) multi programming system 423. Which of the following is an open source
(c) time sharing system operating system?
(d) multi tasking system (a) Unix (b) Windows
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 (c) Linux (d) DOS
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Ans : (c) Linux is an open source operating system.
Ans. (d) : Multitasking operating systems allow 424. Linux is a portable operating system. Which of
multiple users to perform multiple task at the same time.
the following best describes the portability
The allocation of system resources can be easily
feature of Linux?
managed by multitasking operating system.
There are two main types of multitasking - (a) Linux can work on different types of hardware.
(i) Preemptive multitasking (b) Linux can support multiple programs at the
(ii) Cooperative multitasking same time.
(c) Linux can support GUI.
419. In Linux, the terminal I/O characteristics may (d) Linux can support multiple users at the same
be configured using the command: time
(a) ktty (b) ltty
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
(c) itty (d) stty
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 Ans : (a) The main features of the Linux operating
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 system are–
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 i. Portable– Linux operating system can work on
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 different types of hardware as well as Linux Kernel
Ans. (d) : STTY (Set Tele type) command allows a user supports the installation of any kind of hardware
to make change and print terminal line setting. Basically platform.
this command shows or changes terminal characteristics ii. Open source
of the terminal. iii. Multiuser
420. Which of the following options is an advantage iv. Multiprogramming
of multiprogramming? v. Shell
(a) Low operating overhead vi. Security
(b) High CPU usage vii. Hierarchical File System
(c) Moderate throughout 425. Which of the following is NOT a valid
(d) Low peripheral usage characteristic of the Linux operating system?
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 (a) Multiuser (b) Real-time
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 (c) Multitasking (d) Multiprogramming
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans. (b) : Multiprogramming makes efficient use of the Ans. (b) : Linux is not a Real-time operating system. It
CPU by overlapping the demands for the CPU and its input is a general purpose operating system.
Output devices from various users. It attempts to enhance
CPU utilization by always having something for the CPU to 426. The command to create a new directory in
execute. Linux is
421. Which of the following operating systems do NOT (a) new (b) mkdir
support multitasking? (c) open (d) newdir
(i) Windows (ii) Linux GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
(iii) MS-DOS Ans. (b) : To create a new directory in Linux using the
(a) Only (iii) (b) Both (i) and (iii) mkdir command
(c) Only (ii) (d) Both (ii) and (iii) C:\md<DirectoryName> or
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 C:\mkdir<DirectoryName>
Ans. (a) : An operating system that allows a single user to 427. In the Linux operating system, what is the
perform only one task at a time is called single tasking or operation performed by the following
single user. For example MS-DOS, palm OS etc. Windows command?
is single user multitasking operating system. Linux is a cd..
multitasking or multi user operating system. (a) show the current directory or the present
422. Which of the following types of operating working directory
systems allows multiple users to work (b) Change the current directory to the parent
simultaneously? directory of the current
(a) Multiprocessor operating system (c) Change the current directory to a sub-
(b) Multiuser operating system directory of the current
(c) Multitasking operating system (d) Change the current directory to your HOME
(d) Desktop operating system directory
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Ans : (b) A multi-user operating system is an operating Ans. (b) : The cd (change directory) command is used
system that allows multiple users to use/access a single to change the current working directory in Linux and
system running to a single operating system. other Unix-like operating system.
Computer 44 YCT
ye
p
428. Which of the following is not a version of 434. Which among them is an example of system
Linux operating system? software?
(a) Fedora (b) Linux Mint (a) MS-Word (b) Unix
(c) Leopard (d) Ubuntu (c) Anti-virus (d) Mozila Firefox
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
Ans. (c) : Linux is the most famous and most used open Ans : (b) Unix is an example of system software. MS-
source operating system. Fedora, Linux Mint and Word is the example of application software.
Ubuntu are all three version of Linux, while leopard is 435. Unix/Linux is a –––
the MacOS version. (a) Time-sharing operating system
429. The Linux OS was developed by Linus (b) Batch processing operating system
Torvalds in ____. (c) Real time operating system
(a) 1980 (b) 1995 (d) Single-User operating system
(c) 1991 (d) 1988 WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Ans. (c) : The Linux OS was developed by Linus GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Torvalds in 1991. Ans. (a) : Unix and Linux is time sharing operating
430. Linux is a/an_________. system allowing multiple individuals at different
(a) Word Processor (b) Language terminals to access the same computer system
Processor simultaneously. In a time-sharing operating system each
(c) Adware (d) System software task uses the CPU in such a way that the response time
UPPCL TG-II, 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) of the CPU is minimized. Each task takes the same
Ans. (d) : Linux is an open source operating system. An amount of time.
operating system is the software that directly manages a 436. In Unix, a process is a
systems hardware and resource, like CPU, that's why it (a) tool (b) daemon
is called system software. (c) running program (d) stderr
431. Linux is a popular web server set of programs- DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
LAMP where 'A' stands for _______. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(a) Apache (b) Android Ans : (c) In Unix, a process is a running program. The
(c) Adobe (d) Apple operating system tracks processes through a five digit ID
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 number known as the pid or the process ID. Each process
Ans. (a) : LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, in the system has a unique pid.
PHP/Perl/Python) is an acronym denoting one of the 437. Open SUSE, Fedora, Debian etc are versions
most common software stacks for many of the web's of which of the following GUI based operating
most popular application. Each letter in the acronym systems?
stands for one of its four open source building blocks: (a) Apple iOS (b) Linux
• Linux for the OS (c) MacOS X (d) Windows
• Apache HTTP Server HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
• MySQL for the relational database management Ans. (b) : Open SUSE , Fedora, Debian, Ubuntu, Mint
system. etc are versions of Linux GUI based operating systems.
• PHP, Perl or Python programming language. 438. Operating system based on Linux are
432. Which of the following options correctly (a) Debian (b) Fedora
describes Linux operating system? (c) Ubuntu (d) All of these
(a) It is only multitasking KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
(b) It is only multiprogramming Ans : (d) Operating system based on Linux are Ubuntu,
(c) Multiprogramming, multitasking and multiuser. Debian, Linux Mint, Fedora, Kali Linux, Manjaro, Solus.
(d) It is only multiuser. 439. The default editor that comes with the UNIX
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) operating system is called:
Ans. (c) : Linux is a multitasking, multiprogramming (a) di editor (b) mi editor
and multiuser operating system. (c) xi editor (d) vi editor
433. Palm operating system is an example of _____. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(a) multiuser/multitasking KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(b) single-user/multitasking Ans. (d) : vi editor is a screen-oriented text editor
(c) single-user/single tasking created for the Unix Operating system. It has two modes
(d) real time command mode: and insert mode. It is known for its
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 efficiency and versatility.
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning 440. Unix is a .......... operating system.
Ans. (c) : The palm operating system is an example of (a) Multiuser and Multi function
single user or single tasking. Palm OS is a discontinued (b) Single user and multi function
(c) Multiuser and single function
mobile operating system initially developed by Palm
(d) Single user and single function
inc. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Computer 45 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (a) Unix is a multiuser and multi function (c) (0A + 0D); (0D + 0A)
operating system. (d) (0A); (0A)
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Ans. (a) : Different operating system use a different
format of text files. The common formats are Unix and
Windows on Unix, its LF characters (\n, 0A or 10 in
decimal). On Windows, its a sequence of two characters,
CR and LF (\r +\n, 0D + 0A or 13 + 10 in decimal).
447. MS-DOS is an OS that supports _____user
____and ______thread/s.
Unix Architecture (a) single, thread, OS
441. In Unix, an i-node stands for: (b) single, process, single
(a) interim node (b) index node (c) single, process, multi
(c) intermediate node (d) internal node (d) multi, process, multi
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans. (b) : An i-node is an index node. The i-node stores Ans : (b) MS-DOS is an operating system with a
all the metadata of the Linux file system. It will store all command line interface used on PC. MS-DOS does not
the information of the file and directory. An i-node is provide Graphical User Interface (GUI) and does not
unique identifier. accept mouse input. It is a single user process and a
442. What will be the output of the following command? single thread. Single thread process contain the
$cd execution of instruction in a single sequence. In other
(a) Returns to home directory words, one command is process at a time.
(b) Returns to parent directory 448. Which of the following is NOT a version name
(c) Returns to root directory of the MAC operating system?
(d) Returns to child directory (a) Catalina (b) Sierra
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 (c) Mojave (d) Blue
Ans : (a) The $cd command will allow you to change GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
directories. To move around the file system you will use cd. Ans. (d) : MAC OS is an Unix operating system
1. To navigate into the root directory, use "cd/". developed by American computer company apple Inc.
2. To navigate to your home directory, use "cd" or "cd~" Blue is not a version name of the MAC OS. The latest
3. To navigate up one directory level, use "cd.." version of MAC release on 26 October 2023.
4. To navigate to the previous directory (or back)use "cd–" 449. Which of the following is not an essential
443. Which of the following is the core part of Linux feature of the operating system?
and is responsible for all major activities? (a) File management
(a) Editor (b) GUI (b) Download management
(c) Shell (d) Kernel (c) Process management
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) (d) Memory management
Ans. (d) : The Kernel is the core part of Linux operating MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
system and serves as the main interface between the Ans : (b) Download management is not a function of
computers physical hardware and processes running on it. the operating system. Operating system is a type of
444. In Unix system, a static library is created using system software. Which is acts as an interface between
the ______ instruction. hardware and software. It is a platform for application
(a) ar (b) ping software on which they are installed. The operating
system controls the functioning of the computer and its
(c) ps (d) creat
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
various resources some of its main feature are–
• Memory management • Process management
Ans : (a) In Unix system, a static library is created
using the ar instruction. • Device management • File management
• Job scheduling
445. Using which of the following commands, will
all the source files be archived to build a static • Security
library in Unix? 450. In disk scheduling algorithms, FIFO stands for
(a) Sl (b) Arl _____.
(c) ar (d) Sll (a) Few In Few Out
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (b) First In First Out
Ans. (c) : Using ar command all the source file will be (c) Frequently In Frequently Out
archived to build a static library in Unix. (d) Fast In Fast Out
446. For text files to signify the end of line, Unix WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
uses _________ and Windows uses_______ for Ans : (b) First in, first out (FIFO), also known as first
the same purpose. Note that the values come, first served (FCFS), is the simplest scheduling
indicated within parenthesis are in hex. algorithm. In this type of scheduling algorithm, the CPU
(a) (0A); (0D + 0A) is first allocated to the process which requests the CPU
(b) (0D); (0D + 0A) First.
Computer 46 YCT
ye
p
451. Which of the following is an intermediate 456. Which one of the following is not property of
system software through which programmers interpreter?
convert high-level language programming into (a) An interpreter takes each source line to
machine - level language code? interpret each execution
(a) Firmware (b) Device drivers (b) Interpreters are slower than compilers
(c) Utilities (d) Language translator (c) Interpreters are basically translator
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 (d) Interpreter takes source files and creates an
Ans. (d) : Translator is a program processor that object file
converts a computer program from one language to RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
another. It takes the program written in source code and Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
converts it into a machine program. HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
Like - Compiler, Interpreter, Assembler. Ans : (a) An interpreter not takes each source line to
452. ____ converts High level language into interpret each execution.
machine language and execute it in one go. • An interpreter is small program compare to compiler.
(a) Assembler (b) Interpreter 457. Which of the following is an example of
(c) None of these (d) Compiler application software?
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 (a) Email clients (b) Device driver
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (c) BIOS (d) Boot program
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans. (d) : A compiler is a computer program that change KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
source code written in a high-level language into low-level Ans. (a) : Email clients is an example of application
machine language and execute it in one go. The term software. Device driver, BIOS and boot program all
compiler was coined by American computer scientist Grace these are example of system software.
Hopper, who designed one of the first compiler in the early 458. Which of the following application software is
1950. a monitoring program that allows the user to
453. Which among the following is not a hardware? observe without performing it?
(a) Assembler (b) Printer (a) Simulation (b) Word Processing
(c) Magnetic Tape (d) VDU terminal (c) Web browser (d) Presentation
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Ans. (a) : An assembler converts assembly level Ans. (a) : Simulation is an attempt to model a real - life
language code into machine language code. or imaginary situation on a computer in order to study
454. In operating system/compiler parlance, RTL how the system works.
stands for 459. What is the use of bulk email software?
(a) Run-Time Library (a) To send an email to a couple of people
(b) Real-Time Load (b) To send an email in large numbers
(c) Register Transistor Logic (c) To send an email with large-sized media files
(d) Random Time Locks (d) To send an email with a large number of
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 media files
Ans : (a) The runtime library is primarily the software it GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
consist of many different programs or functions that are Ans. (b) : Bulk email software is a type of software
commonly used in various programs. At program designed to sent a large number of emails to a list of
runtime, the respective runtime library or function is recipients simultaneously. It is commonly used for
loaded in the memory. email marketing newsletters and other communications
455. An Interpreter translates program into purpose.
machine code:- 460. Which of the following is NOT a text editor?
(a) Not responsible for translating (a) Notepad
(b) Entire program at once (b) Visual Studio Code
(c) One line at a time (c) Snipping Tool
(d) One module at a time (d) Sublime Text
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Ans. (c) : An interpreter translates program high level
language to machine level language line-by-line. If an Ans. (c): Notepad, Visual Studio Code and Sublime
error is found on any line the execution stop till it is Text are popular text editor while snipping tool is a
corrected. Microsoft windows screenshot utility included in
windows vista and later. It can take still screenshots of
an open window, rectangular areas, a free form area, or
the entire screen.
461. What is Sublime Text?
(a) A photo editor for text formatting
Interpreter is executed line by line which helps users to (b) Font family with various text inputs
find error easily. It is take more time compare to (c) An office automation tool for text,
compiler. documents and images
Computer 47 YCT
ye
p
(d) A sophisticated text editor for code markup Ans : (b) Notepad is a basic text editor, it creates and
and prose. edits plain text of document developed by microsoft.
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Text editors are used to create programs edit the source
Ans. (d) : Sublime Text is a shareware text and source code of programming language and edit HTML page.
code editor available for Windows. MacOS and Linux. 467. CAD stands for
It natively supports many programming Languages and (a) Computer Aided Design
markup languages users can customize it with themes (b) Computer Application in Design
and expand its functionality with plugins. (c) Computer Algorithm Design
462. Which of the following is NOT a text editor (d) None of these
used for programming? (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
(a) Rocket (b) Sublime Tex Ans : (a) CAD stands for computer aided design CAD is
(c) Visual Studio Code (d) Atom the use of computer based software to aid in design
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II processes. computer aided design is a way to digitally
Ans. (a) : A text editor is a software application used to create 2D and 3D drawings models of real-world product.
write and edit code. 468. Which of the following is a special purpose
Some popular text editors: - application software?
• Visual Studio code (a) Windows
• Subline text (b) Payroll system
• Atom (c) Database management system
• Notepad ++ (d) Linux
• Vim UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
•Emacs Ans : (b) Payroll system is a special purpose application
• Atom software, this software has all the things that are
463. Which of the following options best describes required to pay the salary and taxes of the employees.
the truth of the following statement? 469. Which shortcut keys are used to move the cursor
(i) Word-processing software is system to the beginning of the next word in Notepad?
software. (a) Ctrl + Left arrow (b) Ctrl + up arrow
(ii) Notepad is a word processing software. (c) Ctrl + Down arrow (d) Ctrl + Right arrow
(a) (i)-True, (ii)-False (b) (i)-False, (ii)-False UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(c) (i)-False, (ii)-True (d) (i)-True, (ii)-True HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) Ans : (d) Ctrl + Right arrow shortcut keys are used to
Ans. (c) : Word processing software is an application move the cursor to the beginning of the next word in
software hence statement (i) is false. Notepad is a word Notepad, Word pad and Word.
processing software hence statement (ii) is true. 470. Which shortcut key is used to enter the
464. Which of the following software collects current time and date in a document created
information from a computer and transmits it using Notepad?
to Man-in-the-middle? (a) Ctrl + F5 (b) Shift + F5
(a) Fork Bomb (c) F6 (d) F5
(b) Boot Sector Virus HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
(c) Memory Resident Virus
(d) Spyware Ans : (d) F5 keys used to insert current date and time
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02) in Notepad.
Ans: (d) Spyware is a type of Malware that tries to 471. Which shortcut key is used for find and
keep itself hidden while it secretly records information replace in notepad?
and tracks your online activities on your computers. (a) Ctrl + R (b) Ctrl + F
Spyware installed on your device without your (c) Ctrl + H (d) Ctrl + S
knowledge or permission. KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
465. Which of these is an Anti-Virus software?
(a) Avira (b) LYFcare Ans : (c) Ctrl + H shortcut key is used in Notepad for
(c) Hangouts (d) Xender display the replace dialog box, to find and replace text.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 472. The Microsoft Paint program is used for
Ans. (a) : Avira operations GmbH&Co. KG is a ______.
German multinational computer security software (a) calculations (b) saving text
company mainly known for their antivirus. (c) presentations (d) drawing pictures
466. Which of the following Windows application KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
allows you to edit text files? GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(a) Files and settings transfer Wizard Ans : (d) The Microsoft Paint program is used for
(b) Text editor drawing picture. Microsoft paint is a simple raster
(c) Windows explorer graphics editor. The program opens and saves file in
(d) Internet explorer windows bitmap, JPEG, GIF, PNG and single-page
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 TIFF Formats.
Computer 48 YCT
ye
p
473. In MS Paint, the text tool option in the menu 480. ______ is a memory management scheme that
has got the letter____on it. helps the programmer to visualize the memory.
(a) B (b) T (c) C (d) A (a) Segmentation (b) Virtual Addressing
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 (c) Paging (d) Demand paging
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans : (d) We can write text in any image using the text Ans : (a) Segmentation is a memory management
tool given in the Home tab of MS paint, it is represented scheme that supports the programmer view of memory
by the English letter A in the Home tab. to the programmer.
474. Software package which provides advertisements 481. Which of the following is NOT antivirus software?
is called? (a) Norton (b) McAfee
(a) Spam (b) Adware (c) Cobol (d) Kaspersky
(c) Spyware (d) Malware GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) Ans. (c) : Cobol is a high-level programming language.
Ans : (b) Adware or advertising supported software, is Cobol stands for common business oriented language. It
software that displays unwanted advertisements on your is imperative, procedural and object- oriented.
computer.
482. Anti-virus software must be regularly updated
475. Which shortcut key is used to access the help else:-
option in Notepad? (a) New viruses wouldn’t be recognized
(a) F2 (b) Ctrl + F1
(b) None of these
(c) Ctrl + F2 (d) F1
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
(c) Software will become corrupt
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning (d) Both of these
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans : (d) The F1 to F12 keys are called enhanced
function keys. Ans. (a) : Anti-virus software must be regularly
F1 → Open the help option in Notepad. updated because computers are regularly threatened by
new viruses. The anti-virus updates contain the latest
476. Which one of the following is system software? files needed to combat new viruses and protect your
(a) Adobe Reader (b) MS-Office computer.
(c) Printer driver (d) Web browser
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 483. A malware that secretly collects information
about users without their consent is called:-
Ans. (c) : System software is a type of computer
software that acts as an intermediary between the (a) Spyware (b) Virus
hardware of a computer and the application software (c) Bootware (d) Adware
that users interact with. System software includes GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
operating systems, utility programs, device drivers and Ans. (a) : Spyware is a type of malicious software that is
system libraries. installed on your computer or mobile device without your
477. Which of the following is not antivirus consent. It can gain access to your sensitive personal
software? information and forward it to a third party without your
(a) Symantec Norton (b) FileZilla consent.
(c) Kaspersky (d) McAfee 484. Which of the following is not an example of
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I utility software?
Ans. (b) : FileZilla is a free open source file transfer (a) Anti-virus (b) Backup Software
protocol that allows its user to setup an FTP server or (c) Browser (d) Disk tools
connect to another FTP server to exchange files. (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
Whereas Symantec Norton, Kaspersky and McAfee are Ans : (c) Browser is not an example of utility software.
an antivirus software. It is an application software.
478. How many different types of paint brushes are
there in MS Paint? VI. Programming Languages
(a) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (d) 10
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 485. Which of the following statements is/are false?
Ans : (c) 9 types of paint brushes available in MS Paint. (i) Compiler generates executable codes.
479. Which of the following is a compression (ii) Assembler can be used to translate high
software? level language code into machine code.
(a) WinZip (b) Windows 7 (a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (i)
(c) MS-Word (d) Acrobat writer (c) (i) and (ii) both (d) Only (ii)
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Ans. (a): Some important file compression software list– Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
1. WinZip KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
2. WinRAR Ans. (d) : The compiler converts high-level language
3. 7 Zip into machine language and executes the entire code
4. Zip Archiver program in one go.
5. Pea Zip An assembler is a kind of language processor. It is used to
6. Bandizip translate the assembly language into machine language.

Computer 49 YCT
ye
p
486. Which of the following functions are performed Ans. (*) : Every value belongs to a specific data type in
by a user interface? Python. Data type identifies the type of data values a
(i) Accepting user input variable can hold and the operations that can be
(ii) Displaying output performed on that data. The following figure enlists the
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) and (ii) data types available in Python.
(c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i)
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans. (a) : A user interface enables the user to interact
with a system or application.
A user interface accepts input from the user and
displays output.
487. Which of the following codes provides a way
through which an individual character can be Note:- UPPCL has considered option (b) as the answer
represented in the form of web pages, text files to this question.
and other documents, which can be used to 491. Find the correct output of the following
represent characters from all languages around program snippet.
the world? import numpy
(a) Unicode (b) Extend ASCII sDATA =[34, 56, 78, 34, 93, 102, 34, 75]
(c) ASCII (d) Binary print (numpy.median(sDATA))
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (a) 102 (b) 66.5 (c) 67 (d) 65.5
Ans. (a) : The Unicode standard provides a unique HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
number for every character, no matter what platform, KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
device, application or language. It has been adopted by Ans. (d) : The given program snippet imports the
all modern software providers and now allows data to 'numpy' library and defines a list called 'sDATA'
be transported through many different platform, devices containing a set of numbers. It then calculates and prints
and applications without corruption. the median of the numbers in the 'sDATA' list using
488. Which of the following scientists introduced the 'numpy.median'.
concept of stored program? Steps of calculate the median -
(a) Sophie Wilson (b) John von Neumann 1. We need to sort the list in ascending order : [34, 34,
(c) Judea Pearl (d) Claude Shannon 34, 56, 75, 78, 93, 102].
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 2. Since there are 8 numbers in the list, which is an even
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 number, the median will be the average of the two
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 middle values, which are 56 and 75.
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 3. The median is (56 + 75)/2 = 131/2 = 65.5
Ans. (b) : The idea was introduced in the late 1940s by So, the correct output of the program is 65.5.
John von Neumann, who proposed that a program be 492. Python is a/an ______ programming language
electronically stored in binary - number format in a that supports ____ programming.
memory device so that instructions could be modified (a) high-level; object-oriented
by the computer as determined by intermediate (b) machine-level; functional
computational results. (c) low-level; high-level
489. What is the output of the following Python (d) assembly-level; object-oriented
print statement? Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
print (hex(127)+oct(132)) Ans. (a) : Python is a high-level, versatile and
(a) 790203 (b) Oo2030x790 dynamically typed programming language known for its
(c) 203790 (d) 0x7f0o204 readability and ease of used and that supports object-
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 oriented programming. It was created by Guido Van
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Rossum and first released in 1991.
Ans. (d) : The given Python print statement print 493. Find the correct output of the following
(hex(127) + Oct (132)) program snippet.
Here's 'hex (127)' converts the decimal number 127 to
its hexadecimal representation, which is '0x7f'. And 'oct import numpy
(132)' converts the decimal number 132 to its octal sDATA = [34, 36, 34, 36]
representation, which is '0o204'. So, when you print(numpy. std(sDATA))
concatenate them using '+', you get '0x7f0o204'. The (a) 1 (b) –2 (c) 2 (d) 0
output of the this Python print statement would be KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
'0x7f0o204'. Ans. (a) : The Given Python program snippet calculates
490. Python does NOT have _____ as a basic data the standard deviation of the 'sDATA' list using the
type. 'numpy.std' function from the Numpy library. The
(a) integer (b) list standard deviation of the 'sDATA' list, which contains
(c) complex (d) Boolean the values [34, 36, 34, 36] is approximately 1. 0.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 The actual output might be a decimal number, but it will
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II be around 1.
Computer 50 YCT
ye
p
494. How many correct statements in regard to a Ans. (c) : JSON stands for JavaScript Object Notation,
CSS framework scenario are given below? is a light weight data- interchange format. It is easy for
1. A CSS framework is used for advanced humans to read and write and it is easy for machines to
visual elements. parse and generate.
2. A CSS framework helps in quick 498. What is an algorithm NOT?
generation of a UI. (a) A graphical representation of programming
3. Bootstrap is a CSS framework. logic
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 0 (b)A step-by-step procedure to solve the problem
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (c) A pseudo code the program
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 (d) Easy to debug
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Ans. (b) : A CSS framework is a pre-designed set of Ans. (a) : Algorithm is a set of finite rules or
CSS rules and styles that you can use to expedite and instructions to be followed in calculations or other
standardize the process of styling web pages. It is used problem solving operations.
for advanced visual elements. It helps in quick Algorithm support step by step procedure to solve the
generation of a User Interface (UI). Popular CSS problem, Easy to understands and debug, It is easier for
frameworks include Bootstrap, Foundation, and Bulma. the programmer to convert it into an actual program.
495. In Python, modules are simply files with the Flow chart is a graphical representation of programming
'________' extension, containing Python code logic hence option (a) is not related to algorithm.
that can be imported inside another Python 499. In Web Designing and Publishing, what does
programme. CSS stand for?
(a) .lst (b) .txt (c) .py (d) .dat (a) Cascading style systems
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 (b) Cascading style sheets
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 (c) Colorful share sheets
Ans. (c) : In Python, the module contains definitions and (d) Colorful style systems
implementations of classes, variables and functions that UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
can be used inside another program. These modules are KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
simply files with the '.py' extension containing Python Ans. (b) : CSS stands for Cascading Style Sheet. It is a
code that can be imported inside another Python program. language used to describe the presentation of a
The name of the Python file becomes the module name. document written in a markup language such as HTML.
496. Identify whether the following statements are CSS is used to control the appearance of HTML
true or false. element Such as the Font, color, size and spacing of text
i) In the Python language, tuples are data the Background color of page and layout.
type that belongs to the sequence data type 500. With reference to the sequence data types of
category. Python, ____ is a sequence of items separated by
ii) Sequence data types are used to store data commas and items are enclosed in parenthesis().
in containers in the Python computer (a) Tuple (b) String
language. (c) List (d) Flow
iii) In Python, strings are arrays of bytes HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
representing Unicode characters. Ans. (a) : A tuple is a built in python data structure that
(a) i-True, ii-True, iii-True stores multiple comma - separated values. Tuples are an
(b) i-True, ii-False, iii-True immutable sequence type that can store value of any
(c) i-False, ii-True, iii-True data type. It is defined by enclosing elements in
(d) i-False, ii-True, iii- False parenthesis.
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning 501. Which among the following is NOT an
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 arithmetic operator in python?
Ans. (a) : Tuples are data type that belongs to the (a) not in (b) Floor division
sequence data type category. They are similar to lists in (c) Exponent (d) Modulus
Python language. The different types of containers used HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
to store the data are List, Tuple and String. In this KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
container, sequence data types are used to store data in Ans. (a) : Arithmetic operators are used in python to
the Python computer language. Strings in Python are perform mathematical operations such as addition
arrays of bytes representing unicode characters. Hence subtraction, multiplication, and division python has the
all statements are true. following types of arithmetic operators. They are
addition, subtraction, division; modulus, exponentiation,
497. Python allows using the popular data and flour division, not in operator is a member operator
interchange format called JSON. What does not arithmetic operator in python language.
JSON stand for?
(a) Java Server Open Notation 502. In any language sequential flow of the
(b) Java Server Object Notation statement is default, A part from sequential
(c) JavaScript Object Notation there are types of flow of execution available
(d) JavaScript Open Navigation which are?
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II A. Conditional
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 B. Looping
Computer 51 YCT
ye
p
(a) Only A (b) Only B Ans : (c) Float data types contains decimal values. For
(c) Neither A nor B (d) Both A and B example 35.3, – 2.34 or 3597.3498...... etc. the type of float
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 to choose, depends on the value the variable has to store.
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 508. Which of the following enables us to pass data
Ans. (d) : The flow of execution basically refers to the between a program and a class?
order in which statements are executed. Execution (a) Functions (b) Properties
always begins at the first statements of the program. (c) Procedures (d) Variables
Hence conditional and looping are low of execution of DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
the program which decides the flow. RRB Kolkata LP-2009
503. With reference to file processing in python, Ans. (b) : Properties in a program are a special type of class
identify the correct order of file operation? member in Object-Oriented Programming Languages.
A. Read or write- Performing operation Similar in syntax to fields for reading and writing properties
intermediate in functionality between a field and a method,
B. Open a file but translating properties, it is called by setter & getter
C. Close a file properties, it is called by Setter & Getter method.
(a) C, A, B (b) B, C, A Properties are attributes or features that characterise
(c) A, B, C (d) B, A, C classes. While classes are groups of objects, an instance
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 is a specific object that actually belongs to a class.
Ans. (d) : In the context of file processing a python. a 509. _______ is a program that is being executed.
file operation occurs in the following order open a file, (a) Process (b) Knowledge
read or write operation, close a file so the correct order (c) Information (d) Data
well be (B, A, C) according to given option. UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
504. CSS stands for: Ans : (a) Process is a program that is being executed it
(a) Creative Style Sheets contains many instructions.
(b) Cascading Style Sheets 510. In programming languages, one set of names
(c) Cascading Style Structure can be kept different from other sets using
(d) Cascading Style Sets (a) Identifiers (b) Namespaces
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.20148 (c) Packages (d) Directories
Ans. (b) : CSS stands for Cascading Style Sheets. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
• CSS is the language we use to style an HTML
document. Ans. (b) : A namespace is used to uniquely identify
one or more names from other similar names of
• CSS describes how HTML elements should be different objects groups or the namespace in general
displayed. namespace makes it possible to distinguish objects with
505. A set of instructions is called similar names but different origins.
(a) Script (b) Extension 511. A/An ______ is a step-by -step procedure which
(c) Flowchart (d) Program defines a set of instructions to be executed in
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 certain order to get the desired output.
Ans. (d) : A set of instructions is called Program. (a) order (b) protocol
Where as in computer programming, a script is a (c) sequence (d) algorithm
program or sequence of instructions that is interpreted HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
by a program other than the computer processor. The Ans. (d) : An algorithm is a step-by-step procedure,
extension indicates that the related file can be opened which defines a set of instructions to be executed in a
on which application of a file. certain order to get the desired result or output.
506. Which of the following statements is used to Algorithms are generally created independent of
make a selection from more than two choices? underlying languages and used for solving a problem or
(a) if-else (b) switch performing a computation. Algorithm acts as an exact
(c) else-if (d) None of these list of instructions.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 512. Which of the following terms is defined by "A
Ans : (b) The Switch statement is similar to ''if ........ step by step description of how to arrive at a
else'' in that it is used when we need to execute a block solution to a given problem"?
of code based on case value the term ''Switch'' is (a) Algorithm (b) Program
sometimes used to refer to the modern or efficient (c) Software (d) Hardware
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
version of the ''if ..... else if .... else'' statement because
instead of writing multiple if ....... else conditions. we Ans. (a) : An algorithm is a technique in which the
can put the expression in one place and match and steps of a program are written in sentence to write the
execute a block of code based on the value evaluated by logic or method of the program. The algorithm of
the expression. program is in the form of a series of sentence. This
507. Which of the following data types contains category is made in such a way that if we write the
decimal values? instruction of the programming language relative to the
(a) Date (b) Character sentence of that category and execute them in the
(c) Float (d) Integer sequence mentioned in the algorithm, then we will get
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 the solution to computer program problem.
Computer 52 YCT
ye
p
513. Which of the following properties of an Ans : (b) Assembly language is the only language that
algorithm ensures that each step of the can be read directly by the computer, for which
algorithm is properly defined and the actions to mnemonic codes are required.
be performed are clearly specified? 518. Which of the following is used to store date and
(a) finiteness (b) Effectiveness time with milliseconds and time zone?
(c) Input and Output (d) Definiteness
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
(a) int (b) date
(c) float (d) timestamp
Ans. (d) : An algorithm is a step by step approach to
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
solve a problem. A step represents one operation.
Algorithms have characteristics such as definiteness this Ans : (d) Timestamp is used to store date and time with
algorithm can be written in fixed time & less space. millisecond and time zone.
514. Which among the following is/are benefits of 519. In------instructions are written in 0 and 1
flowchart? (a) C- Lanuage
A. Makes Communication Better (b) Machine Language
B. Effective Analysis (c) Java
C. Simplifies the Logic (d) Visual Basic
(a) Both C and B (b) Both A and C UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
(c) Both A and B (d) All of the options
Ans : (b) The language used for computer programs in
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 which instructions are written in the form of numbers so
that the computer can understand them and act
Ans. (d) : Flow-Chart is a type of pictorial diagram
accordingly is called machine language. Instruction in
which represents to algorithm work process.
machine language are written in 0’s and 1's.
Benefits of flowchart–
(1) Flow charts are better way of communication the 520. Which of the following translates a program
logic of the system. written in high-level language into machine
(2) Using Flow chart problem can be analyzed more code?
efficiently. (a) Assembler (b) Compiler
(3) The Flow chart helps in debugging and testing process. (c) Convertor (d) Translator
Demerits of Flowchart– KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(1) It is a time consuming process. Ans. (b) : Compiler is a special program that converts
(2) Difficult to understand for people who don't know source code written in high level language. The code
flowchart symbols. converted into machine language is known as object
515. With respect to OLE, ______ Establishes a code.
connection between two objects, and _____ 521. ______ Language is not a high level language .
puts data into the application.
(a) Embarking, Learning (a) Pascal (b) Java
(b) Linking, Embedding (c) Assembly (d) C
(c) Embedding GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(d) Linking, Embarking. Ans : (c) Assembly language is not a high level language.
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) It is a computer language, in other words that computer
Ans : (b) OLE Means that objects created from programming language in which alphabets or symbols are
different formats that can be linked and embedding used in place of digital symbols used in machine language.
application data. OLE is a mechanism that allows users Assembly language is called symbol language.
to create and edit documents containing items or 522. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true
objects. created by multiple application. about programming languages?
516. Which of the following language can a (i) Assembly language is not machine
computer understand directly? dependent.
(a) Low-level (b) Medium level (ii) Python is a low-level programming
(c) High-level (d) Object level language.
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (a) Neither (i) nor ( ii) (b) Only (ii)
Ans. (a) : A low level language is machine friendly (c) Both (i) and (ii ) (d) Only ( I )
language. A computer can understand it easily. It needs KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
assembler for translation.
Low Level Language are machine dependent and thus Ans. (a) : Assembly language is a type of low-level
very difficult to understand by a normal user. Some programming language. Whose purpose is to
examples of low level languages include the machine communicate directly with the computer hardware.
languages and assembly language. Assembly language statements translate a single line of
517. Mnemonics codes (as symbolic codes) are used text into a machine instruction. Python is an interactive,
in ______. object-oriented and high-level programming language.
(a) Machine Code (b) Assembly Language Guddo was created by Bane Rossum (fuido van
(c) Scripting (d) TCP/IP Protocol Rassum) during the 19th century. It was developed
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 during 1985-1990 AD.
Computer 53 YCT
ye
p
523. Match the columns 527. Which of the following is an example of a fifth
Programming Their Types generation programming language?
Languages (a) FOCUS (b) PROLOG
(i) C++ (a) Markup (c) FORTRAN (d) SQL
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(ii) HTML (b) Procedural Ans. (b) : PROLOG stands for "Programming in Logic".
(iii) C (C) Object oriented It is a high - level programming language often used for
(a) A.(i)-(c),(ii)-(b),(iii)-(a) artificial intelligence and symbolic reasoning language.
(b) B.(i)-(c),(ii)-(a),(iii)-(b) FORTRAN is the first high - level programming language
(c) C.(i)-(a),(ii)-(b),(iii)-(c) developed by John Backus in 1957. It is used for numerical
(d) D.(i)-(a),(ii)-(c),(iii)-(b) calculations and scientific computing.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 528. The Python interpreter prompt consist of ___
Ans. (b) : C++ is an object-oriented programming '>' symbol(s).
language, which gives a clear structure to the program (a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) 1
and allows code to be reused. C++ is portable and is KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
used to develop such applications that are adapted for Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
multiple platforms. Ans. (a) : The Python interpreter prompt, often referred
C ⇒ The C programming language is a procedural and to as the Python REPL (Read-Eval-Print-Loop), is an
general-purpose language that provides low-level access interactive command line interface where you can enter
to system memory. It was developed in the 1970s by python code and immediately see the results. Python
Dennis Ritchie. interpreter consists of 3 '>' symbols. It is represented by
HTML - The full form of HTML is Hyper Text Markup ">>>".
Language. HTML is the standard markup language for 529. If a = –1 and b = 1, then what will be the output
creating web pages. HTML describes the structure of a of 'Print (a ^ b)' ?
web page. (a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) –2
524. Which of the following is an example of KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
procedural language? Ans. (d) : The expression "a ^ b" typically represent the
(a) C++ (b) Python XOR (Exclusive OR) operations in many programming
(c) Ruby (d) C languages. It compares corresponding bits of two
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 integers XOR returns 1 for each position where the bits
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 differ and 0 where they are the same.
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 Given a = –1 and b = 1, their binary representation are -
Ans. (d) : C is the procedural language and example of a (binary) = 1111 (due to – 1's two's complements
computer procedural language are BASIC, FORTRAN, representation)
and Pascal. b (binary) = 0001
525. Which of the following statements is/are Apply Bitwise XOR operator -
correct about the Python programming a ^ b =1 1 1 1
language?
(i) It supports OOP concept. 0 0 01
(ii) It is a low programming language. 1 1 1 0
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii) Use (1110) two's complement
(c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i) a ^ b = 0010
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 so, the output of "print (a ^ b)' is –2.
Ans. (d) : Python is a high - level, general purpose 530. Which of the following points is/are valid for
programming language know for its simplicity and the Python programming language?
readability. It was created by Guido van Rossum and first Points:
released in 1991. It supports multiple programming i) An interpretation-based language
paradigms, including procedural. Object-Oriented (OOP)
ii) An object-oriented language
and functional programming. So statement (i) is correct.
iii) A high-level programming language
526. Which of the following was developed by iv) A machine-dependent language
Google as an efficient, readable and secure (a) Only i (b) All of i, ii, iii and iv
language for system - level programming? (c) Only i and ii (d) Only i, ii and iii
(a) Swift (b) Python GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(c) C++ (d) Golang
Ans. (d) : Python is interpreted, object oriented,
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I structured and functional language that comes under
Ans. (d) : Go, often referred to as Golang is a statically high level programming language. The code of Python
typed, compiled programming language developed by is executed directly by an interpreter without
Google. It is efficient, readable and secure for system compilation that is known as Python is platform or
level language. machine independent language.
Computer 54 YCT
ye
p
531. What is the expected output of the following (a) Only i and iii (b) All of i, ii and iii
Python Programme? (c) Only i (d) Only i and ii
def my_function (fname): RRB Kolkata LP-2009
print(*fname + "Refsnes") Ans. (b) : In Python, a module is a file containing
my_function("Emil") Python definitions and statements. A module can define
my_function ("Tobias") functions, classes and variables. A module can also
my_function("Linus") include runnable code. A module will be a Python script
(a) E m i l R e f s n e s or a package that has some functions or methods
TobiasRefsnes available like 'random'. Hence all statements are true.
LinusRefsnes 534. What is the expected output of the following
(b) Emil Refsnes Python code?
Tobias Refsnes import numpy as npymat
Linus Refsnes temparr=npymat.array([[1, 2, 3],
(c) *Emil Refsnes [4, 2, 5]])
*Tobias Refsnes print("No. of dimensions:", temparr.ndim)
* Linus Refsnes print(''Shape of array:", temparr.shape)
(d) * E m i l R e f s n e s print("Size of array:", temparr. size)
*T o b i a s R e f s n e s (a) No. of dimensions: 2
*L i n u s R e f s n e s
Shape of array: (2, 3) size of array: 6
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (b) No. of dimensions: 2
Ans. (a) : Inside the parentheses, arguments are specified Shape of array: (2, 3) size of array : 2
after the function name (here fname). Information can be (c) No. of dimensions: 1
passed into the function as arguments. You can add as Shape of array: (2, 3) Size of array : 6
many arguments as you want, just by separating them with (d) No. of dimensions: 2
a comma. When the function fname is called, we pass Shape of array: (3, 2) Size of array: 6
along a first name which is used inside the function to print DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
the full name as output: Ans. (a) : The code creates a numpy array 'temparr' and
EmilRefsnes then prints the number of dimensions, shape (number of
TobiasRefsnes rows and columns), and size (total number of elements)
L i n u s R e f s n e s. of the array, i.e. output is :–
532. Which of the following programming codes
expresses imperative programming/declarative
programming?
i)
total = 0
List 1 = [9,10,11,12,13,14] 535. A/An______ is an integrated development
for x in List 1: environment (IDE) that comes with Python.
total + = x (a) Datagrip (b) NetBeans
print(total) (c) Visual Studio (d) IDLE
ii) MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
list1 = [9,10,11,12,13,14] Ans. (d) : An IDLE (Integrated Development and
total = sum(list1) Learning Environment) is an IDE that comes with
print(total) Python. It is a default editor that accompanies Python.
(a) i) Imperative programming, ii) Declarative 536. What is the output of the following Python
programming lambda function statements?
(b) i) Imperative programming, ii) Imperative x = lambda a, b : a * b
programming print(x(5*2, 6*2))
(c) i) Declarative programming, ii) Imperative (a) 30 (b) 10
programming (c) 34 (d) 120
(d) i) Declarative programming, ii) Declarative WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
programming
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 Ans. (d) : A lambda function can take any number of
arguments, but can only have one expression.
Ans. (a) : The given first programming code expresses
imperative programming while the second code Syntax:
expresses declarative programming. lambda arguments : expression
533. Which of the following statements is true about The expression is executed and the result is returned.
the module in Python? Example:-
i) It is file containing Python definitions and x = lambda a, b : a * b
statements. print(x(5*2, 6*2))
ii) It can define functions, classes and variables. The lambda function takes two parameters 'a' and 'b' and
iii) It can contain runnable codes. returns their product. so the output will be 120.
Computer 55 YCT
ye
p
537. What is the expected output of the following (a) Continue (b) If...else
Python programme? (c) Assert (d) Break
for n in range (2, 5): HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
for x in range(2, n): Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
if n% x == 0: Ans. (d): The while loop starts only if the condition
print (n, 'equals', x, '*', n//x) evaluates to true. If a break statement is found at any
break point during the execution of the loop, the loop stops
else : immediately. Else, if break is not found, the loop
print(n, 'is a prime number') continues its normal execution and if stops when the
(a) 3 is a prime number condition educates to false.
4 equals 2 * 2 541. In Google's AngularJS, what does MVC stand
(b) 4 equals 2 * 2 for?
(c) 3 is a prime number (a) Model-variable-controller
3 is a prime number (b) Model-view-container
4 equals 2 * 2 (c) Micro-variable-constant
(d) 5 is a prime number (d) Model-view-controller
5 is a prime number KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
5 is a prime number MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I Ans. (d) : MVC stands for Model View Controller. It is
Ans. (*) : The range() function returns a sequence of a software design pattern for developing web
numbers, starting from 0 by default, and increments by applications. It is very popular because if isolates the
1 (by default), and stops before a specified number. application logic from the user interface layer and
Syntax:- supports reparation of concerns.
range(start, stop, step) 542. In Python, which keyword can you use to
Example:- create an alias when you import a module?
for n in range (2, 5); (a) In (b) From
for x in range (2, n): (c) As (d) Import
if n%x = = 0: MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
print(n, 'equals', x, '*', n//x) HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
break Ans. (c) : The keyword 'as' is used to create an alias in
else: Python. It is useful where we cannot use the assignment
print (n, 'is a prime number') operator such as in the import module.
Output:- 543. Which of the following is NOT a rule for
3 is a prime number Python variables?
4 equals 2 * 2 (a) A variable name cannot start with a number.
For 'n=2: it doesn't enter the inner loop because the (b) A variable name can only contain
range is (2, 2). alphanumeric characters and underscores.
For 'n=3: it doesn't find any factors in the range (2, 3) so (c) Variable names are case insensitive.
it prints that is a prime number. (d) A variable name must start with a letter or the
For n = 4, it finds a factor (20). so it prints the underscore character.
factorization and breaks out of the loop. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
So option (a) is correct. UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
538. To delete a file in Python, you must import the Ans. (c) : Python variable rules.
OS module and run which function? 1. A variable name must start with a letter or the
(a) os.remove() (b) os.del() underscore character.
(c) os.put() (d) os.delete() 2. A variable name can't start with a number
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 3. A variable name can only contain alphanumeric
Ans. (a) : The os.remove() function and the pathlib characters and underscores (A-Z, 0-9, and_)
module can remove a single file. While the os.rmdir() 4. Variable names are case sensitive (age, Age and AGE
function removes an empty directory and the shutil are three different variables).
module remove the non empty directory in python. 544. Which of the following is a Python
539. What do all classes in the W3.CSS framework Membership Operator?
begin with? (a) Is (b) In
(a) File names (b) class- (c) Or (d) And
(c) w3- (d) .css UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Ans. (c) : All classes in the W3.CSS framework begin Ans. (b): Python Membership Operators are operators
with w3- used to validate the membership of a value. It test for
540. In Python, by using which statement can we membership in a sequence, such as strings, lists, or
stop the loop even if the while loop condition is Tuples, in operator: The 'in' operator is used to cheek if
true? a value exists in a sequence or not.
Computer 56 YCT
ye
p
545. What is an unordered set of key-value pairs in Ans. (b) : A function is a block of code which only runs
python called? when it called the append () method is used in python to
(a) Set (b) List add an item to the end of list.
(c) Tuple (d) Dictionary Add an element to the fruits list-
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 Fruits= ["Apple", "Banana", "Cherry"]
Ans. (d): A dictionary is a set of unordered key, value Fruits.append ("Orange")
pairs. It a dictionary the keys must be unique and they Syntax-:
are stored in an unordered manner. The contents of a List.append (element)
dict can be written as a series of key: value Pairs within 552. Which is true for "x in y" membership
braes {}, e. g dict = { key 1: value1, key2 : value 2,.....}. operator expression used in Python?
546. In Python, a function is defined using which (a) Returns true if a sequence with the specified
keyword? value is not present in the object
(a) Def (b) my_function() (b) Returns true if both variables are not the same
(c) Function (d) Del object
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 (c) Returns true if both variables are the same
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II object
Ans. (a) : In Python you define a function with the def (d) Returns true if a sequence with the specified
keyword, then write the function identifier (name) value is present in the object
followed by parentheses and a colon. UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
547. In NumPy, what are dimensions called? Ans. (d) : Membership operators are used to test if a
(a) Lines (b) Columns sequence is present in an object.
(c) Axes (d) Bars In Operator -: In opertor returns true if a seqence with
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 the specified value is present in the object.
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning ex- X in Y
X = ["apple", "Banana"]
Ans. (c): In NumPy, dimensions are called axes. For print ("Banana" in X)
example, the array for the coordinates of a point in 3D
Output - True
space, [1,2,1], has one axis. That axis has 3 elements in
it, so we say it has a length of 3. Hot in oprator :- Not in Operator return true if a
sequence with the specified value is not present in the
548. Which of the following CSS frameworks is used object.
to create a responsive design? ex-:
(a) HTML (b) W3.CSS x = ["Apple", "Banana"]
(c) JavaScript (d) Django print ("Pineapple" not in X)
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 Output - True
Ans. (b) : W3⋅CSS CSS frameworks is used to create a 553. Why do we need to translate an algorithm into
responsive design. a programming code?
549. Which of the following is an INVALID NumPy (a) So it can be made into a story
ndarray attribute? (b) So a computer can understand it
(a) Shape (b) length (c) So it can be converted in to a flowchart
(c) ndim (d) dtype (d) So it can be converted back to algorithm again
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Ans. (b) : Array attributes are essential to find out the Ans. (b) : We need to translate an algorithm into a
shape, dimension item size etc. programming code because computer understands
Length is an invalid NumPy ndarray attribute. machine language so a computer understand it.
550. Select the option to create list in Python. 554. Select the INVALID options for comments in
(a) thislist = ["apple", "banana", "cherry"] programming languages.
(b) thislist = ("apple", banana", "cherry") (a) Python does no support single line comment
(c) thislist = {"apple", banana", cherry"} like // or #
(d) thislist = <"apple", "banana", cherry"> (b) CSS support multi-line comment /*.....*/
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (c) JavaScript support both /*.....*/ and //
Ans. (a) : List are used to store multiple items in a (d) HTML comments are enclosed inside <!--....--->
single variable List are rated using square brackets. DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
This list = [ " apple", "Banana", "Cherry"] Ans. (a) : Python supports single line comment like //
List items- or # comment start with #, and python will ignore them.
List items are indexed, the first items has index [0], the Python does not really have a syntax for multiline
second item has index [1] etc. comments. To add a multiline comment you could
551. Which function is used in Python to add an insert a # for each line.
item to the end of a list? 555. Select the INCORRECT options with respect to
(a) add() (b) append() Numpy ndarray attributes.
(c) index() (d) range() (a) Nadarray.ndim will tell you the number of
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 axes, or dimensions, of the array.
Computer 57 YCT
ye
p
(b) ndarray.size will display data-type of the Ans. (d) : W3.CSS provides the following border
array's elements. classes.
(c) ndarray.shape will display a tuple of integers W3-border - Adds borders to an element
that integers the numbers elements stored W3- border-top - Adds a top border to an element
along each dimension of the array. W3-border-right - Adds a right border to an element
(d) ndarray.size will tell you the total number of W3-border-bottom- Adds a bottom border to an element
elements of the array. W3-border-feft - Adds a left border to an element.
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 W3-border-o - Remove all the borders.
Ans. (b) : Numpy ndarray attributes are properties of W3-border-center-border classes w3.css does not provide.
numpy arrays that provide information about the array's
shape, size, datatype, dimension and so on. ndarray.size 561. Which CSS selector is used to specify a
will display datatype total number of elements in the particular unique element?
array. (a) Class selector (b) Type selector
(c) Universal selector (d) ID selector
556. Which of the following functions is used to Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
close a file in Python?
(a) empty() (b) close() Ans. (d) : The id selector uses the id attribute of an
HTML element to select a specific element .
(c) discard() (d) end()
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 The id of an element is unique within a page so the id
selector is used to select one unique element to select an
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
element with a specific id write a hash (#) character
Ans. (b) : The close() method in Python is used to close follow by the ID of the element.
an open file.
562. Which among the following is/are NOT true
557. What are Python files containing Python with reference to Python?
definitions and statement called?
A. Python is NOT case-sensitive
(a) Flowcharts (b) Algorithms
B. Python uses indentation for blocks and
(c) Modules (d) Sequences
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning nested blocks
Ans. (c) : A Python module is a file contain Python (a) Neither A nor B (b) Only B
definitions and statement. A module can define (c) Both A and B (d) Only A
functions classes and variables. A module can also KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
include runable code. Ans. (d) : Python is a case sensitive language. This
558. Select the INVALID comparison operation means variable & variable are not same.
used in Python. Python Indentation: Indentation refers to the space at
(a) == (b) >= the beginning of a code line python uses indentation to
(c) & = (d) < indicate code blocks and nested blocks.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 If 5 > 2:
Ans. (c) : Python has several comparison operators that Print (Five is greater than two)
are used to compare two values. 563. Which among the following is NOT a function
Name operator example rule in Python?
Equal == X==Y (a) The first statement of a function is a
Not equal != X!=Y compulsory statement
Greater than > X>Y (b) Function blocks begin with the keyword def
& = is an invalid comparison operator used in python. followed by the function name and parentheses
559. In Python, to get the last item in a list, no (()).
matter how long the list is, you can use an (c) The code block within every function starts
index of : with a colon (:) and is indented.
(a) –1 (b) 1 (d) Any input parameters or arguments should be
(c) 0 (d) ∞ placed with specific context.
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Ans. (a) : Last indexing in Python is a way to access the Ans. (a) : Following are the function rules in python.
last element of a list using a negative index. In Python 1. Function blocks begin with the keyword def and
list are zero- indexed, which means that the first are followed by the function name consist of
element of a list has an index of 0, the second element parentheses.
has an index of 1, and so on. To access the last element 2. The first statement of a function can be an optional
of a list using negative indexing, you use the index-1. one.
This index refers to the last element of the list. 3. The code block within each function begins with a
560. Which of the following border classes does colon 1:)
W3.CSS NOT provide? 4. The statement return (expression) exits a function
(a) W3-border-top (b) W3-border-left optionally passing an expression back to the caller.
(c) W3-border-right (d) W3-border-center A return statement with no arguments is similar to
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 return.
Computer 58 YCT
ye
p
564. The java source code is initially converter to a-- 569. Which of the following file extensions does not
------. represent an executable program file?
(a) Object Code (b) Unicode (a) .obj (b) .bat
(c) Byte code (d) ASCII Code (c) .exe (d) .bin
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Ans : (c) Java byte code is a set of instructions for the HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
java virtual machine, it acts like an assembler, in some Ans. (a) :.bat, .exe, .bin etc. are executable program
special cases java byte code is machine code in the files but obj is not an executable file.
form of class files. 570. Which of these is a scripting languages?
565. In programming, which among the following (a) Pascal (b) Perl
is/are the parts of function header? (c) X86 (d) C#
A. Return type DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
B. Function name MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
C. Parameter list Ans : (b) Perl is an embedded dynamic programming
(a) Both C and B (b) Both A and C language. It is mainly used in network programming,
(c) Both B and A (d) All A, B, C finone and bioinformatics. It is scripting language.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 571. Which of the following statement true about
Ans. (d) : In programming, Return type, Function name the FORTRAN programming language?
and Parameter list are the parts of function header. (i) Full form of FORTRAN formula
566. With reference to function arguments in Python, translation.
_____ allow you to skip arguments or place them (ii) It is the first high level programming
out of order because the Python interpreter is language.
able to use the keywords provided to match the (a) Only (i) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
values with parameters. (c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
(a) Required arguments WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
(b) Variable-length arguments RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
(c) Keyword arguments
Ans. (b) : The full form of FORTAN is 'Formula
(d) Default arguments
Translation'. This language was developed by John
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Barkus and IBM in 1954. It is the first high - level
Ans. (c) : In python, the keyword argument is related to programming language specifically suited to numerical
a function call. When you use the keyword argument in computation and scientific computing.
a function call, the caller identifies the argument by
parameter name. This allows you to skip the arguments 572. Find the odd option out of the following?
or order them out of order as the python interpreter is (a) Pascal (b) Fortran
able to use the supplied keywords to match the value of (c) Python (d) Basic
the parameter. HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
567. Time Complexity of DFS is? (V-number of Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
vertices, E- number of edges)? Ans : (c) Pascal, FORTRAN, Basic all there are
(a) O(V + E) (b) O(V) compiled that means compiler is used in all three but
(c) OC (d) None of these interpreter is used in python.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 573. Which among the following is/are NOT a ways
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 to use python interpreter?
Ans. (a) : If implemented using a graph’s adjacency A. Interactive mode
list in which each node maintains a list of all its B. Script mode
adjacent edges then one can search all neighbors for (a) Neither A nor B (b) Only A
each node only once in linear time. (c) Only B (d) Both A and B
For a given graph, if the sum of the size of the adjacent KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
list of all no des is ER. The total number of edges, and Ans. (a) : The way to use the python interpreter is
E is the number of vertices, then the complexity of DFS Interactive mode
is O (V) + O (E) = O will be (V + E) Script mode
568. Which among the programming language is In interactive mode the code is run directly on the
written in the form of stream of bits? python cell. Which can be accessed from on the python
(a) BASIC cell. Which can be accessed from the terminal of the
(b) Assembly language operating system. Whereas in script mode extension.
(c) High level language We write the code in a text Editor and save the file with
(d) Machine language extension and then run that file.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 574. VB.NET is ________ programming language.
Ans. (c) : High Level Language (HLL) is the language (a) Object supported (b) Object oriented
used in computer in which English letters numbers and (c) Structured (d) None of these
symbols are used. It can work on any type of processor. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
This programming language is written as a stream of bits. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Computer 59 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : VB.NET is an object-oriented programming Ans. (a) : MS corlib. Dll and system.dll: This assembly
language through which software is designed. Under contains the corset of .NET common exception types. Data
which languages like C++, JAVA, C#, . NET etc. types and other basic building blocks.
575. Visual Basic .NET is System. Data.dll: It contains the data container classes for
(a) an assembly language ADD .NET along with 90 server data provider classes.
(b) a machine language System.web.dll: It contains the core ASP .NET classes
(c) an object oriented programming language involved in creating forms managing state handing security
(d) none of these and more.
UPPCL Assist. Acct. 2016 (Exam date 20.11.2016 ) System configuration. Dll:- It contains classes to
read/write configuration information in the web
Ans. (c) : Visual Basic .NET is an object-oriented configuration fill, including custom settings.
programming language developed by Microsoft. Which
means it supports the features of object-oriented 580. In ASP.NET, each session uses a unique _____
programming including encapsulation, polymorphism, bits identifier.
Abstraction and inheritance. (a) 60 (b) 180
(c) 120 (d) 30
576. In VB.NET___is a conversion class with no
possibility for data loss or erroneous result. HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
(a) mass conversion Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(b) Hierarchical transformation Ans. (c) : The session is identified by a unique
(c) Depth conversion identifier. This is a 120 bit identifier.
(d) Narrow conversion The session ID property is used to locate the session
identifier.
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 581. In C#, a variable name can start with
______and _______only
Ans. (a) : In VB.NET mass conversion is a conversion (a) digit, white space character
class with no possibility for data loss or erroneous result.
(b) alphabet; digit
577. Which of the following option handles memory (c) alphabet; underscore
management and security checks in. NET (d) underscore, digit
frameworks? KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
(a) CTS (b) CLR
Ans. (c) : Variable names in the C# programming
(c) CT (d) CLS
language can only begin with English letters (Alphabets
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 A. B. C------Z) or with an underscore.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II No white space character (space. Tab etc) is allowed
Ans. (b) : CLR: The CLR (Common Language in the variable name.
Runtime) manages the execution of .NET programs.
The CLR does memory management exception
Some valid variable names are _vikas45, Vikas_45
handling. Debugging security checks. Thread execution; Vikas_m
code execution code safety verification on compilation All these variable names allow some illegal
etc. variables which are not valid in C# and C, C++ Like
578. .NET framework was designed and developed 45vikas, @ vikas, _Vikas_45.
by ........... 582. In C#, there are _____relational operators and
(a) Microsoft (b) IBM ______logical operators.
(c) Oracle (d) Google (a) 4; 3 (b) 6; 3
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning (c) 3; 6 (d) 5; 6
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans. (b) : There are 6 types of relational operators in
Ans. (a) : .NET is a framework for developing software
applications, which is designed & developed by programming language (1) = = (2) ! = (3) > (4) < (5) >
Microsoft company. Its first beta version was released = (6) < = is used by all these operators to measure the
in 2000. It is used to develop applications for web equality of two values. And the number of logical
winders phone. operators is 3
(1) & & (2)||(3) ! Logical operators are used to
579. Which of the following assembly includes the core determine the logic between variables or values.
set of .NET common exception types, data types
and numerous other fundamental building 583. Which of these is NOT an object Oriented
blocks? language?
(a) mscorlib.dll and System.dll (a) C (b) Ruby
(b) System.Data.dll (c) VB.Net (d) C++
(c) System.Web.dll KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(d) System.Configuration.dll Ans. (a) : C is a type of high level and structural
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I programming language while Ruby. VB. Net and C++
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 are object oriented programming language.
Computer 60 YCT
ye
p
584. HLL is not necessary the programmer to know to the backup device if you have a 2000 or later OS you
about the ISA (Industry Standard can also monitor remote systems for changes. The
Architecture) of the processor, but it is option to watch files with specific accents can be set
using the file system watcher's filter property.
necessary for the --------- programmer.
589. In C#, which of the following option is not an
(a) Python (b) JAVA access modifier?
(c) C++ (d) Assembly Language (a) Private (b) Protected Internal
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (c) Protected External (d) Public
Ans : (d) High-level programming language– A KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
high-level programming language has a significant Ans. (c) : There is no protected External access
abstraction from the details of computer operation. It is modifier in C# language. Access modifier in C# is used
designed to be easily understood by humans and for to specify the scope of accessibility of a class or class
this reason they must be translated by another software, type member. It is a keyword. Which are mainly of four
But an assembly language is a type of low-level types-
programming language that is intended communicate (i) Public
directly with computer's hardware. (ii) Private
585. Which of the following is not a type of loop in (iii) Protected
C? (iv) Internal
(a) Do-While (b) If-Else But there are also some combinations of these like-
(c) For (d) While (v) Protected Internal
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 (vi) Private Protected
Ans. (b) : When we have to take a decision on the basis 590. Which of the following statements related to
of two or more conditions then we use if-else whereas the 'C' language is FALSE?
Do-While" for and while are types of loops. (a) Every function definition must have a 'return'
586. C is ........... level programming language statement.
(a) A high (b) A low (b) The parameter values used to call a function
(c) An assembly (d) A machine are called 'actual' parameters.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 (c) Function prototype specifies a function's
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) name, return type, and parameters.
Ans : (a) C is a high level programming language in (d) A function may and may not return a value.
general use. It was developed with the aim of adding RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
assembly language capabilities to a high-level GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
language. It is the language used for general works. The Ans. (a) : The statement that every function definition
Unix operating system was the first major program should have a return statement is absolutely wrong. In
written in the C language. C programming language, the value return statement in
587. Which of the following options is correct a function is used according to the feature of the
regarding 'boxing' in C#? function. If the function only needs to return a value
(a) It converts value type to reference type then the return statement can be used it is always
(b) It converts the value type to XML necessary to specify the data return type while
indicating the return statement.
(c) It coverts the reference type to XML
The return statement is not required in the function then
(d) It converts reference type to value type
you have to void the return type of function which means
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 that the function will not return any kind of data.
Ans. (a) : The process of converting a value-type (char, 591. Which of the following is a valid keyword in 'C'
int etc) into a reference type is called boxing. The language?
process of converting reference type to a value type is (a) Floating (b) Enumeration
called unboxing. (c) Integer (d) Void
588. In C#, which of the following class is used to MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
monitor the files on your system by Ans. (d) : In C programming language pre-defined
programming?/ keyword void which used when the function is called
(a) FileSystemWatcher Class and we have to return nothing. Then at that time we use
(b) FileSystemMonitor Class the data type of the function void is an empty data type
(c) FileWatcher Class that does not have any value. For example void sum (int
(d) SystemWatcher Class a, int b); This function does not return any value to the
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 calling function.
Ans. (a) : The class listens to the file system ! monitors 592. The lifetime (longevity) of the static variables
a directory and its subdirectories and files. This class is in a 'C' program is:
useful when it notifies you when changes are made to (a) till the end of the first function
directory when you need to update or auto-update a
directory. For example you want to create an auto (b) till the end of the main program
backup of a folder. So you which looks at a directory or (c) till the time first ten statements get executed
the whole machine and can figure it out. See when and (d) with in the function in which they are defined
what changes have been made and see copy the changes WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
Computer 61 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : The space for a static variable is allocated Static : It can retain the value of a local variable
only once and is used throughout the program. The life between multiple function calls.
time of a static variable is till the end of the main Register : Resister storage class is used to define local
program runs then the life time of the static variable is variables which are stored in register instead of RAM.
there. This type of variable does not require memory location
593. Which of the following characters is/are NOT so unary operator. '&' is not used in it.
allowed for variable names in 'C'?
(a) Alphabets (b) White space characters 597. Which of the following option is not a valid
(c) Underscore (d) Digits keyword in 'c' language?
UPPCL AC 2020 (Exam Date 13.09.2021) (a) type (b) auto
Ans. (b) : Variable name white space in C (c) break (d) enum
programming language characters like - space (' '), tab Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
'\t', carriage return '\r', newline '\n' etc are not allowed. Ans. (a) : In 'C' language keyword is a reserved word
(i) Variables names must begin with letters (A, B, ---- which can not be used as variable name, Constant name
--Z or a, b, ------- z) or underscore ( _ ) but not etc. The total number of keyword is 32.
with numbers.
auto, break, enum, int, char etc. There is an example of
(ii) No other special character is allowed in the
variable name except underscore. this types does not come under keyword.
(iii) Marks are allowed. 598. Which of the following statements related to 'C'
594. ______ key is pressed to compile a program in language is/are FALSE?
C language. (i) A function must be declared globally in a C
(a) Alt + F5 (b) Alt + F program to tell the compiler about the
(c) Alt + F9 (d) Alt + C function name, function parameters, and
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I return type.
Ans. (c) : 'Alt + F9' shortcut key is pressed to compile (ii) The parameter list must not differ in
a program is C language. function calling and function declaration.
595. The total number of keywords available in C is (a) Only (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
(a) 24 (b) 28 (c) Only (i) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
(c) 32 (d) 36 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
Ans. (b) : Statement (i) In 'C' language the variable is
Ans : (c) The total number of keywords available in C
declared globally to tell the compiler about function
is 32. All keywords have a definite meaning and these
meanings can not be changed. These are also called name function parameter and return type. Hence the
reserve words. these are- above statement is true.
auto double int struct Statement (ii) In 'C' language the parameter list must not
break else long switch differ in function calling and function declaration. If it
case enum register typedef would be separated from function then function cannot
char extern return union be it. That is we should pass the same parameters as the
const float short unsigned function declared in the program. The function can be
continue for signed void called form anywhere in the program. Hence the above
default goto sizeof volatile statement (i) & (ii) are true.
do if static while 599. Which of the following can be used to find the
596. In the 'C' language, by making local variables data type or storage size of a variable in "C"
_____, they can retain their values between language?
function calls.
(a) size_of (b) void
(a) register (b) extern
(c) static (d) auto (c) const (d) typedef
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Ans. (c) : Register, extern, static, auto are all storage Ans. (a) : The size_of operator is the most common.
classes. Which are used in programming language to Operator in "C". It is a compile-time unary operator. It
define the attributes of variable function like scope, is used to calculate the size_of an operand. It gives or
visibility and life time etc. tells the size_of a variables. When size_of is used with
Auto : It is the default storage class for all the declared data types. So it just returns the amount of memory
variables, of a function, or block so the use of auto allocated to that data type.
keyword is not necessary while writing a program in c
language 600. Which of these is NOT a valid keyword used in
Extern : This storage class just lets us know that the C language?
variable is defined somewhere else and not within the (a) while (b) public
same block where it is used. It can be accessed from any (c) break (d) int
function block. DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Computer 62 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : C is a high level programming language Ans. (a) : 'fclose()' Function closes the file. which is
with 32 keywords, while, break, int all come under pointed by the file pointer Fb. Declaration: - int fclose
keywords while public is not a keyword. (file * fb);
auto double int struct 606. In "C" language, if the storage class of a
break else long switch variable is specified as 'register' then which of
case enum register typedef the following operator cannot be applied to it?
char extern return union (a) ! (b) --
const float short unsigned (c) & (d) ++
continuefor signed void UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
default goto sizeof volatile Ans. (c) : The & operator cannot be applied because
do if static while register storage class is used to define local variables.
601. The logical NOT operation in performed by This type of variable does not require a memory
which of the following operators in C? location so the address of operator '&' is not used.
(a) < > (b) # 607. For which of the following non-graphic
(c) = = (d) ! = character is escape sequence '\t' used in C++
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning language?
Ans : (d) Use of logical operation NOT in C language (a) Carriage return (b) Vertical tab
is done as "!=" in the use of this operation it the values (c) Horizontal tab (d) Backslah
are not equal, then the result is true. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
602. We can insert pre written code in a C program Ans. (c) : In C++ language '\t' is used for horizontal tab
by using space.
(a) # read (b) #get 608. Which of the following operators is used as an
(c) #include (d) #put address operator in C?
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (a) " (b) &
Ans. (c) : We use the #include library to use previously (c) % (d) /
written code in the "C" programming language. The KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
#include library directive in the C programming Ans : (b) In C language, Ampersand operator (&) is
language tells the preprocessor to insert the contents of used to hold the address of the variable like-
another file at that point in the source code. Where the Int a = 4;
#include directive is found. Include directives are
typically used to include "C" header files for "C" printf("%d", &a);
functions held outside the correct source file. Output: 931630116
This output is the address of the variable a.
603. All preprocessor commands is C begin with a
(a) & (b) # (c) 1 (d) $ 609. Which of the following is a pointer variable in C?
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II (a) int P; (b) Char P;
(c) int * P; (d) int & P;
Ans. (b) : #include< stdio.h> includes this type of file
(Pre-Processor) in each header area of C Program. They GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
start with # and it is called Pre processor, in which semi Ans : (c) Pointer variable is such a variable whose
colon (;) is not given like statement. Preprocessor value is the address of another variable '*' is used to
contains a program that executes even before the source declare pointer variable, This is the same symbol which
code is compile. is used in C programming to multing. Here * indicates
604. Which of these is NOT a keyword used in C that the variable is a pointer.
language? 610. The pointers are used to store only the
(a) myfile (b) do (a) value of variables
(c) case (d) register (b) address of variables
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (c) sign of variables
Ans. (a) : In C language myfile is not a keyword while (d) power of variables
do, case and register are keywords. KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
auto double int struct Ans : (b) Pointer is a variable, which holds the memory
break else long switch address of another variable. Pointer is used to store the
case enum register typedef address of variable.
char extern return union 611. Consider the following function definition in a
const float short unsigned C language:/
continue for signed void int f(int x, int y)
default goto sizeof volatile {x = x+y; y = x-y; x=x-y; print("%d, %d", x,
do if static while y);}
605. Which of the following is a valid library If the function is called as f (3, 9) in the main
function in 'C' language to close an opened file? program, then what will be output?
(a) fclose() (b) closefile() (a) 3, 9 (b) 12, 9
(c) closef() (d) fileclose() (c) 3, 12 (d) 9, 3
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Computer 63 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : If the function is called as f(3,9) then the 615. Which of the following C statements can also
function int f(intx, inty) is passed as (x = 3, y = 9) be used in place of num[i]?
So, (i) *(num + i)
x=x+y (ii) i[num]
x=3+9 (iii) *(i + num)
x = 12 (a) Only (ii) (b) (i), (ii) and (iii)
Now 12 will assign in x (c) Only (i) (d) Only (iii)
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
So,
x = 12, y = 9 Ans : (b) In place of num[i] the statement *(num+i) or
*(i+num) and i[num] can be used.
y=x–y
y = 12 – 9 616. What is the output of the following C program
code?
y=3 int i = 0;
Now 3 will assign in y again for (; i < = 5; i++);
x = 12, y = 3 printf ("%d", i);
x=x–y (a) 0, 1, 2, 4, 5 (b) 6
x = 12 – 3 (c) 5 (d) 1,2,3,4,5
x=9 WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
Hence x = 9 and y = 3 will be shown as output This Ans : (b)
program is called swapping . C program code
612. Start int i = 0;
Read n for (; i < = 5; i++);
Initialize i to 1. printf ("% d", i);
In the above code, the result will be reassigned to i by
while i < n do: adding 1 to the value of i in each interaction, this
write i process will continue till the condition (i< = 5) is turn.
Increment i Since the print statement is outside the loop, i = 5+1 = 6
end while will be printed based on the post increment.
Stop 617. What will be the output of
What of the following options is CORRECT ? #include
(a) Read number n and print the integers void main()
counting up to (n-1) {
(b) Read number n and print the integers char test = 'S';
counting up to i printf ("\n%c", test);
(c) Read number n and print the integers }
counting up to (n+1) (a) S (b) Garbage value
(d) Read number n and print the integers (c) Error (d) None of these
counting up to n Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 Ans. (a) : The code to print a character is written in the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 above 'C' program where %c is used. '%c' is used to
display a character in a program, just as %d is used to
Ans : (a) The above programming code means to read the print an integer value.
number n and print the integers counting up to (n-1). Similarly %f is used for float, %s is used to print a
In the above code, read n, initialize the variable i with the string and %x is used to print hexadecimal, '%f ' is used
value. Run a while loop up to n-1, and print i at the end of for print the double.
each loop, adding to the value of i. 618. What is the output of the following C program
613. What happens when an attempt is made to code?
read an element from an empty queue? for (i = 1 ; i < 5; i + = 3)
(a) Underflow (b) Queuefull {}
(c) Onflow (d) Overflow printf ("%d", i);
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 (a) 1 (b) 4
Ans : (a) When we search for an element in an empty (c) 7 (d) Syntax error
queue that is not there, the output will print underflow. HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
Ans : (d) The above code will throw a compilation
614. In C, statements are terminated by: error because the type of variable 'i' is not declared if 'i'
(a) Comma was of int type, the output would be 7.
(b) No need for termination symbol 619. The function of C programs always.
(c) Semicolon
(a) Call by reference (b) Call by address
(d) period
(c) Call by value (d) Call by stock
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
Ans. (c) : In C programming language, when the RRB Kolkata LP-2009
statement of a program is to be terminated by the Ans : (c) By default, call by value is used to pass
semicolon ';'. arguments in C - programming
Computer 64 YCT
ye
p
620. What is the value of the following "C" 624. What is the right way of declaring constant in C?
language expression in which x is an integer (a) const int size = 10; (b) constint size;
variable whose value is 4? (c) const size = 10; (d) int size
(x-5) ? 15 : 25 MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(a) 0 (b) 25 (c) 15 (d) -1 Ans. (a) : To declare a variable as a constant in c
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 language, the 'const' keyword is used before the data
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
type or the # define preprocessor or the # define
Ans. (c) : In the above "C" program the statement is preprocessor directive is used.
checked using ternary operator where x = 4 and Or
subtracting 5 returns –1 where the statement is true, if
true the ternary operator will print 15. const int size = 10; #include<stdio.h>
Ternary operator : - Ternary operator is used to #define size10
execute code based on the result of a binary condition. int main( )
It takes a binary condition as input which makes it {
similar to an if else control flow block. Although it is a ________
function also returns a value, treating it the same. The }
ternary operator allows you to set a value (expression 2) 625. Which of the following statements related to
to a variable if the condition is true, and also set another 'C' languages is true?
value (expression 3) if the condition is false (i) Structure is a user defined data type, which
enables us to store a collection of different
data types.
(ii) Both 'struct' and 'union' are keywords
and they are used to define structure and
union respectively.
(a) Only (i) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
621. What happens if you execute pseudo code?. (c) Only (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
While (1) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
/begin Ans. (d) : Statement (i) and (ii) both are true because
print ''Hello" both structure and union are a user-defined data types in
/end which a collection of different data types can be stored
(a) You will see syntax error for structure, the struct keyword & for union, the union
(b) Hello is printed zero times keyword is used before the name.
(c) Hello is printed infinitely many times
(d) Hello is printed only once 626. Special files define devices for the system or are
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 temporary files created by processes. FIFO is a
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 special types of file, which –––––.
Ans : (c) In the above code while (1) condition is true. (a) Acts as an input/output channel between
The while loop continues to run, that is, the statements processes
written in the while loop block will continue to run until (b) As an intermediary to store information like
the condition is true. It would be correct to have a non- text, graphics, images works.
zero value in the condition. Hence it will be printed (c) Acts as an intermediary between the operating
infinite number of times. system and the hardware
622. Which of the following is a collection of (d) Works as a locator where the details of files
different elements having similar data type? are stored
(a) Array (b) Structure RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(c) Union (d) Pointer Ans. (a) : Special files define devices for temporary
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 files created by the system or processes. Special files are
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 generally of three types FIFO (First In First Out). Block
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 and character. FIFO files are also called pipes. FIFO files
Ans : (a) Storage of different elements with same data act as input/output channels between processes. As the
types is called array like integer or string array is name indicates, it maintains the order of request and
generally used to organize data in computer programs. response of files by the user or any other device.
623. Which of the following is the correct form of an 627. Which of the following operators is used for
array declaration in C? making comparison between different operands?
(a) int marks [10]; (b) int marks (10); (a) Logical operator (b) Relational operator
(c) int marks (10); (d) All of these (c) Arithmetic operator (d) Assignment operator
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Ans. (a) : Array declaration : -
Syntax – Ans : (b) Relational operators are used to make
data_type array_Name [size of array]; comparisons between different operands. As includes
Example- numerical equality (5 = 5) and inequality (4 ≥ 3)
628. Which of the following Statement (s) is/are
correct regarding 'c' language?
(i) The 'Union' in 'C' allows storing different
types of data at the same memory location
Computer 65 YCT
ye
p
(ii) 'Union' in 'C' can have many members but 631. Which of the following statements regarding
only one member can have a value at one time 'C' language is/are correct?
(iii) The word 'Union' is an operator in 'C' (i) A part of the array can be passed to the
language function instead of the whole array
(a) only (iii) (b) Only (i) and (ii) (ii) Numeric array elements cannot be assigned
(c) Only (ii) and (iii) (d) Only (i) and (iii) initial value if the array is defined as a
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning pointer variable
Ans. (b) : Union is defined as a user defined data type (a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
which is a collection of different variables of different (c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i)
data types in the same memory location. Union can be KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
defined as having many members. That is union can Ans. (b) : Statement (i) The C language does not allow
have many members but only one member can have any passing of entire arrays as arguments inside a function.
value at any point of time. There is no union operator in Some part of the array ( array name) is passed inside the
‘C’ language. function as an argument so the above statement is true.
629. Consider the following array declarations in C Statement (ii) Numeric array elements can not be
language: initialized if the array is defined as a pointer variable
int array1[] = {2, 3}; Because a pointer variable. Stores the address of the
int array2[3] = {9}; next element and it has NULL pointers. When an array
What will be the output of the following print is defined as a pointer, its initial value becomes NULL.
statement? 632. What is the size of the following array
printf("%d, %d", array1[1], 2[array2]); declaration in 'c', if character requires one-
(a) 2, 0 (b) 3, 0 byte memory space?
(c) 2, 9 (d) 3, 9 char name [] = abcde";
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (a) 4 bytes (b) 6 bytes
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (c) 7 bytes (d) 5 bytes
Ans. (b) The output of the given print statement will be GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
3, 0. If you leave the initialize list empty in the array is Ans. (b) : The array contains a special character (\0) at
initialized with the default value of 0. the end of a string which indicates that the string is over
array2[3] = { 9 } and this character takes 1 byte so the size of array
would be 6 instead of 5
Char name [] = "abcde"

array1[] = {2, 3}
633. Consider the following array declaration in 'C'
language:
int array[] = {2, 3, 4, 5};
The output of 2[array2] in a given print statement will What will be the output of the following
be the same as array 2[2] because the GCC compiler statement?
treats both syntaxes as the same. The compiler converts printf("%d", 2[array]);
array operations to pointers before accessing the array (a) 4 (b) 3
elements. (c) 2 (d) 5
630. Consider the following union variable UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
declaration in C language Ans. (a) : In C the compiler equates 2[array] to array
union data { [2].
int a;
float b;
char string [20];
} data1; So, array [2] stores value 2. Hence the output of
print("%d", 2[array] ); Statement will be 4.
if 1, 2 and 4 bytes of memory are allcoated to
char, int and float variables respectively, then 634. If integer requires two bytes space, then what
what will be memory size of union variable will be the size of the following 'C' array?
data1? int array [3][4] = (0);
(a) 20 bytes (b) 2 bytes (a) 24 bytes (b) 12 bytes
(c) 4 bytes (d) 1 byte (c) 7 bytes (d) 14 bytes
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 Ans. (a) : The size of the byte is determined for the C
Ans. (a) : Storing 20 elements in char array string [20] programming language integer value So in the above
will take 20 bytes of memory space because byte of code array of int type has been declared which has 3
memory space is allocated for char data type 20×1 bytes row & 4 column, 4 elements are being stored in each
20 bytes. So the memory = Size of union variable data 1 row i.e., 3×4 = 12 elements. So each elements will take
will be 20 bytes. memory of 2 byte for total array will be 12×2= 24 byte.

Computer 66 YCT
ye
p
635. If X, Y, and Z are pointer variables of type char, (c) a-i, b-v, c-iv, d-iii, e-ii
int, and float, respectively, in 'C' language, then (d) a-iii, b-i, c-iv, d-v, e-i
which of the following statements is true? KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(a) Size of X, Y, and Z are same Ans. (a) :
(b) Size of Z is greater than the size of X JavaScript Event : Description
(c) Size of Y is greater than the size of X Oncanplay : (ii) This event occurs when media the
(d) Size of Z is greater than the size of Y browser has buffered enough to begin. It means media
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 can start playing but might have to stop for buffering.
Ans. (a) : The address is started in a pointer. Variable Onchange : (iii) This attribute fires/triggers when the
which is an Unsigned integer type number. Thus pointer value of the element is changed.
variable of all different data types take up the same size of Ondragend : (iv) This event occurs/triggers when a
memory. user has finished dragging a selection.
636. Which of the following is a user defined data Onblur : (v) This event occurs/triggers when an HTML
type, which is used to represent a group of data element or window loses focus.
items of different types under a single name? Onbeforeonload : (i) This event occurs/triggers when a
(a) Array (b) Structure document is about to be unloaded.
(c) Function (d) Pointer 639. Which among the following is the key difference
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 between javascript and java?
Ans. (b) : A structure is a user defined data type in (a) All of these
C/C++, that is used to refer to a group of different types (b) Javascript interpreter is inbuilt into the
of data under the same name, while array same type of browser
data is stored in (matrix). (c) Javascript can be combined directly with
In structure data type, we can store all type of data group HTML
like int, float, char string etc. It uses the struct keyword. (d) Javascript language is simpler than Java
For example:- HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
struct variable_name
{ Ans. (a) : Following are the main differences
char_name[10]; between JavaScript & Java.
int pin; 1. It is an interpreted - It is compiled
char city[50]; programming language
}; 2. It is an object oriented - It is an object oriented
637. C' & 'C++' languages are the example of........ programming language. programming language
(a) First Generation Programming Languages. 3. Javascripts files have - Java program has file
(b) Second Generation Programming Languages
the file extension “Js”. extension “Java”.
(c) Third Generation Programming Languages.
(d) Fourth Generation Programming Languages. 4. Javascript requires low - Java program uses
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) space memory. more memory.
Ans : (c) 'C','C++', C#, Java, BASIC and Pascal are third 640. "double" data type in VB.NET gets a storage
generation programming language. allocation of _________ bytes.
638. Match the points under the column 'JavaScript (a) 2 (b) 8 (c) 6 (d) 4
Event' with those under the column ' UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
Description'.
Ans. (b) : Java is an object-oriented language in which
JavaScript Event Description the “double” data type is provided with a storage
a) oncanplay i) This event trigger allocation of 8 bytes.
before a document
loads. 641. The conditional operator (? :) is also known as
b) onchange ii) This event triggers (a) loop operator (b) control operator
when media can start (c) case operator (d) ternary operator
playing but might have RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
to stop for buffering. Ans : (d) In computer programming the (? :) conditional
c) ondragend iii) This event triggers operator is a ternary operator that is part of the syntax for
when an element basic conditional expressions in many programming
changes. languages. This is known as the ternary or conditional
d) onblur iv) This event triggers operator.
at the end of a drag 642. State which of the following statements are
operation. true:-
e) onbeforeonload v) This event triggers (i) WinZip does not do any compression
when a window loses (ii) Linux is an operating system.
focus. (a) (i)-True (ii)- True (b) (i)- True (ii)-False
(a) a-ii, b-iii, c-iv, d-v, e-i (c) (i)- False (ii)- False (d) (i)- False (ii)- True
(b) a-ii, b-i, c-iii, d-iv, e-v UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
Computer 67 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : WinZip is a go-to-zip tool that compresses Ans : (a) VB script and JavaScript are client-side
files to reduce their size. scripting languages that are prototypes based & used with
Statement – (ii) True. most web browser.
Linux is an open source operating system. It is such a 645. Select the odd one out from the following options:
operating system that directly manages the hardware & (a) Mat lab (b) Safari
resources (such as CPU memory & storage) of the (c) Chrome (d) Firefox
system. It was first released on September 1991. WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
643. Which of the given validations is expected from Ans : (a) Mat lab is a programming language where as
the following JavaScript function? safari, Chrome, Fire Fox all are there web browsers.
<script> 646. ..............was the first computer language
function validateemail() developed for electronic computer in 1949?
{ (a) Short Code (b) FORTRAN
var x=document.theform.email.value; (c) COBOL (d) Pascal
var attheposition=x.indexOf("@"); (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
var dotposition=x.lastIndexOf("."); Ans : (a) In the year 1949, the first computerized
if (attheposition<1 ǁ language of short codes was developed for electronic
dotposition<attheposition+2 ǁ computers. Short code is the first high level language
dotposition+2>=x.length) { alert ("Please enter for the development of electronic computers.
a valid e-mail address"); 647. Indentify the odd one out from the following.
return false; (a) ORACLE (b) LINUX
} (c) MSDOS (d) WINDOWS
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
}
</script> Ans : (a) ORACLE is a database management system
<body> software while LINUX, MSDOS, WINDOWS are all
three operating system.
<form name="theform" method="post"
action="#"onsubmit="return alidateemail();"> 648. Identify whether the following statement are
Email: <input type="text' true or false.
name="email"><br/> i) The CSS class selectors are used to specify a
group of elements.
<input type="submit" value="register"> ii) The 'Internal' CSS can be added by using
</form> the <style> element in the <head> section.
(a) The email ID must contain '@' and '.' iii) The 'External' CSS can be added by using a
characters, with at least one character placed <link> element to link to an external CSS file.
before and after '@' and at least four (a) i-True, ii-True, iii-True
characters placed after '.' (dot). (b) i-False, ii-True, iii-False
(b) The email ID must contain '@' and '.com' (c) i-False, ii-True, iii-True
characters, with at least one character placed (d) i-True, ii-False, iii-True
before and after '@' and at least two KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
characters placed after '.' (dot). Ans. (a) : The CSS id selector specifies a particular
(c) The email ID must contain '@' and '.' unique element while CSS class selectors are used to
characters, with at least three characters specify a group of elements. CSS can be added to
placed before and after '@' and at least two HTML documents in 3-ways :
characters placed after '.' (dot). ⇒ Inline – by using the style attribute inside HTML
element.
(d) The email ID must contain '@' and '.' ⇒ Internal– by using a <style> element in the <heads>
characters, with at least one character placed section.
before and after '@' and at least two ⇒ External– by using a <link> element to link to an
characters placed after '.' (dot). external CSS file. Hence all statements are true.
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 649. Which of the given options best describes the
Ans. (d) : The email ID must contain '@' and '.' truthfulness of the following statements?
characters with at least one character placed before and (i) ASP.NET is a web framework designed
after '@' and at least two characters placed after '.' (dot). and developed by Microsoft.
A valid e-mail address consists of two main parts;– first (ii) ASP.NET provides fantastic integration of
one is email prefix that the characters written before '@' HTML, CSS and JavaScript.
character while second one is email domain that the (a) (i)-False, (ii) - False
characters written after '@' character. By the help of (b) (i) - True, (ii) - False
JavaScript, an email can be validated. (c) (i) - False, (ii)- True
644. VB script and JavaScript are (d) (i) - True, (ii) - True
(a) client-side scripting languages Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(b) server-side scripting languages Ans. (d) : ASP.NET is a web framework designed &
(c) markup languages developed by Microsoft company which provides a
(d) Programming languages good integrator of HTML, CSS & JavaScript. Hence
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning both statement (i) & (ii) are true.
Computer 68 YCT
ye
p
650. Which of these is a scripting languages? 656. A table, when joined with itself, is called a ___ .
(a) Pascal (b) Perl (a) Null Join (b) Self Join
(c) X86 (d) C# (c) Redundant Join (d) Nil Join
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
Ans. (b) : Perl is a scripting Language. It’s first version Ans : (b) Self join is a regular join but it's table join
was created in 1987 by programmer Lary Wall. Perl
includes many popular Unix features. Pascal is an itself.
imperative & procedural programming language. It was 657. Columns of a relation are generally referred to
designed by Niklaus Wirth in 1968-69. It is named in as ______.
honor of Blaise Pascal, a French mathematician, (a) Couple (b) Degree
philosopher and physician. (c) Tuples (d) Attributes
651. An example for external DBMS is : RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(a) Operating system (b) Microsoft Excel Ans. (d) : In DBMS, an attribute is a piece of data that
(c) Oracle (d) Microsoft Word describes an entity. In database table column is referred
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 as attribute.
Ans : (c) Oracle is an external DBMS Example in which 658. Which of the following option is not a function
database related work is performed, while operating system of database management?
runs a computer and excel is an application software. (a) Database design
652. Which of the following statements are FALSE (b) Data Recovery
about private keys in cryptography? (c) Receiving DBMS
i) It is a key to be given to the public. (d) Maintaining System Security
ii) It is a key that opens a secret door. RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
iii) This key is also known as a secret key. Ans : (c) Database Management System in an
iv) This key should only be shared with its Application Software Whereas the main task of
generator or the parties authorised to decrypt database management is to design database, recover,
the data.
data, maintain system security.
(a) Only i, ii and iii (b) All of i, ii, iii and iv
(c) Only iii and iv (d) Only i and ii 659. For the relational database ______ Constitute
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 the basic set of operations.
Ans. (d) : A private key, also known as a secret key, is (a) Relational Algebra
a variable in cryptography that is with an algorithm for (b) Relational Calculus
encryption and decryption of data. This key should only (c) Predicate Calculus
be shared with the key's generator or parties authorised to (d) Relational tabular Operations
decrypt the data. These type of keys play important role in DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
symmetric, asymmetric cryptography. Hence statements MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(iii) and (iv) are true while (i) and (ii) are false. Ans : (a) Relational Algebra is a procedural query
653. A candidate key that is not the primary key is language because we use it to query databases. There
a/an _______. are different ways to access the table.
(a) Master key (b) Alternate key 660. Which of the following is NOT a table
(c) Unique key (d) Foreign key relationship?
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 (a) One-to-key (b) Many-to-many
Ans. (b) : Alternate key or Secondary key is the key (c) One-to-many (d) One-to-one
that has not been selected to be Primary key. There can WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
be only one primary key for a table. Therefore all the
remaining candidate keys are known as alternate or Ans : (a) One-to-key does not belong to a table while
Secondary keys. many-to-many, one-to-many and one-to-one belong to
a table.
654. Which of the following is NOT an example of
DBMS? 661. The row of the table is known as
(a) SQL Server (b) MySQL (a) record (b) field
(c) Microsoft Outlook (d) Microsoft Access (c) table (d) relation
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
Ans. (c) : Microsoft outlook is an application of MS KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Office package which have no any relation with DBMS Ans : (a) A row of a table is called a record. Row
whenever SQL server, MySQL, MS Access etc. are the represents a single item in relational database context.
examples of DBMS (Database management system). In table a row contains different kinds of field data.
These software are used to manage the database. 662. _______are used to speed up searching.
655. In a database, another name for a tupple is (a) Vectors (b) Indices
(a) row (b) column (c) Lists (d) Maps
(c) file (d) table KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
Ans. (a) : Tupple is a limited command list of Ans : (b) In indices is a copy of selected columns of
elements. In a database, record of one row is also called data from a table that are used to speed up the search
'Tupple'. Hence another name for tupple is row. for any topic.
Computer 69 YCT
ye
p
663. The process of reducing data redundancy in a VII. Data Representation and
relational database is called_____.
(a) Trigger (b) Normalisation Number System
(c) Relationship (d) Data Type
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 669. Which of the following is a variable - length
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 coding system that uses 7 bits for normal
Ans : (b) Database normalization is the process of ASCII characters but uses 16 - bit Unicode as
preserving a relational database according to a series of needed to represent data?
staled normal forms in order to reduce data redundancy (a) Extended ASCII (b) UTF-8
and improve data integrity. (c) EBCDIC (d) BCD
664. A _______ is the primary unit of physical RRB Kolkata LP-2009
storage for data in a database. KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
(a) table (b) trigger KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(c) stored procedure (d) page Ans. (b) : UTF-8 is variable - length encoding system.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 Which uses 7 bits for normal ASCII characters, but it
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II uses 16-bit Unicode as needed to represent data.
Ans : (a) The table stores the intermediate query rules 670. Which of the following registers is used for
generated by DBMS during the processing of the storage of data, either coming to the CPU or
Application in the database. data being transferred by the CPU?
665. Which option does not indicate the object in (a) Program counter
Microsoft Access Database? (b) Memory Buffer register
(a) Column (table) (b) Form
(c) Memory Address register
(c) Module (d) Worksheet
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (d) Accumulator
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Ans : (d) Worksheet does not indicate the object in
Microsoft Access Database. Ans. (b) : A memory buffer register or memory data
666. Set of one or more attributes that can uniquely register is the register in a computers CPU that stores
identify tuples within a relation is called _______. the data being transferred to and from the immediate
(a) Candidate key (b) Foreign key access storage. If contains a copy of the value in the
(c) Master key (d) Primary key memory location specified by the memory address
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 register.
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 671. What does the term 2 Gigaflops indicate?
Ans. (d) : A primary key is a special relational database (a) CPU is running at 2 GHz
table column (or carbonation of columns) that is named (b) CPU memory data transfer speed is 2Gb/s
to uniquely identify all table records. The main (c) Secondary memory space is equal to 2×230
characteristic of a primary key is that it contains a unique bytes
value for each row of data. It cannot curtain null value.
(d) The system can perform 2 ×230 floating point
667. What is the full form of SQL? operations per second.
(a) Simple Query Language
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(b) Structured Queuing Language
(c) Structured Query Language Ans : (d) Gigaflops is a unit of measurement used to
(d) Structured Queuing Lexicon measure the performance of a computers floating point
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 unit. Commonly referred to as the FPU. One gigaflops
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 is one billion (1000,000,000) FLOPS or floating point
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 operations per second.
Ans. (c) : The full form of SQL is Structured Query 672. The Extended ASCII code uses __________ bits
Language. It is widely used to manage data in relational to represent each character.
database managements systems. (a) 7 (b) 4
Initially, it was known as SEQUEL (Structured English (c) 16 (d) 8
Query Language). It is designed to update, remove, HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
insert and delete data in a database. KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
668. The number of rows in a relation (table) is Ans. (d) : Extended ASCII (American Standard Code
called _______ of the relation.
for Information Interchange) is a version that supports
(a) Degree (b) Tuples
(c) Attribute (d) Cardinality the representation of 256 different characters. This is
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I because Extended ASCII uses eight bits to represent a
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 character as opposed to seven in Standard ASCII where
Ans. (d) : Cardinality in the context of database refers 8 bits are used for error checking.
to the uniqueness of the data values. Contained in the 673. The ASCII code for the LF (Line Feed) in
column. High cardinality means that the column hexadecimal is
contains a large percentage of completely unique (a) 0D (b) 0A
values. Low cardinality means that the column has (c) 0C (d) 0B
many ''Repeats'' in its data range. The number of tables UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
in a relation is called the Cardinality of the relation. KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
Computer 70 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : Line feed has ASCII code (\n or 0A) in Ans : (a) The basic ASCII codes use 7-bits for each
hexadecimal. \n is hexadecimal in string and 10 in character. This gives a total of 128 possible unique
decimal. CR (Carriage Return) has hexadecimal (\n or symbols. The extended ASCII character set uses 8-bits,
0D) and is 13 in decimal. which gives an additional 128 characters (i.e. 256 in total).
674. If the ASCII code of U is 01010101, then what 679. How many bits are required for each character
will be the ASCII code of V? to represent data in ASCII format in a
computer system?
(a) 01010100 (b) 01010110
(a) 7 (b) 5
(c) 01000110 (d) 01010111
(c) 9 (d) 10
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
Ans : (b) The ASCII code of U is 85 in decimal system MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
and the binary code of 85 is 01010101. While the Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
ASCII Code of V is 86 in decimal and the binary code Ans. (a) : American standard code for Information
of 86 is 01010110, so the ASCII of V is 01010110. Interchange (ASCII) is a standard for encoding
675. If the ASCII code of W is 01010111, then what characters in computer system.
will be the ASCII code at X? Standard ASCII code values range from 0 to 127.
(a) 01011001 (b) 01101000 ASCII uses 7 bits to represent a character.
(c) 01011000 (d) 01011100 Extended ASCII represents 256 characters.
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) 8 bits are required to represents it.
680. ASCII-7 is a 7 bit code and it can typically
Ans. (c) : The ASCII code of W is 01010111 then the
represents a maximum of _______ characters.
ASCII code of X is.
(a) 64 (b) 127
(c) 256 (d) 128
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
Ans. (d) : The American Standard Code for Information
Interchange (ASCII) is a 7-bit character set consisting
In binary addition 1 + 0 = 1 and the value of 1 + 1 of 128 characters. It includes numbers 0-9 upper and
would have been 0 but a carry is left in them which is lower case English letters from A to Z and some special
added to the next digit. characters. Whereas the extended ASCII code is 8 bits
676. If the ASCII code of E is 01000101, then what long and its range is from 128 to 256.
will be the ASCII code of F? 681. ASCII-7 is a 7-bit code and can uniquely
(a) 01010110 (b) 01000110 represent a maximum of _____ classes.
(c) 01000111 (d) 11000110 (a) 128 (b) 256
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) (c) 127 (d) 64
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans : (b) The ASCII code of E is 69 in decimal. When
we convert decimal to binary then it will be 01000101. Ans : (a) The 7 bit ASCII code definitely denotes 128
Whereas the ASCII code of F is 70. It is 01000110 characters. In this each number is expressed as a 7 digit
when we convert decimal to binary. binary number. Like 0000000, 1111111 will be binary
i.e (2)7 = 128.
677. The ASCII code of 7 is 00110111. What will be 682. Considering binary, octal, decimal and
the ASCII code of 8? hexadecimal, which of the following is a valid
(a) 00111000 (b) 00111001 number in all system?
(c) 11001000 (d) 00110010 (a) 8090 (b) A100
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) (c) 3030 (d) 1010
Ans. (a) : ASCII stands for American Standard Code KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
for Information Interchange. ASCII code was created by Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
"American standards Association" committee. This Ans. (d) : In the above option 1010 will be correct
code was already used by the Bell Company in because binary is in the form of 0, 1 octal range from 0
telegraphy at that time. Previously only uppercase to 7 decimal is from 0 to 9 and hexadecimal is from 0 to
9 and A to F. Hence option (d) is valid in all.
letters and numbers were included, but in 1967
lowercase letters were added. It has a character set from 683. The computer code for interchange of
0 to 127, than later ASCII characters from 128 to 255 information between terminals is:
were added to it. So, ASCII code of 7 is 55 in decimal (a) ASCII (b) BCD
and binary representation is 00110111. ASCII code of 8 (c) BCDIC (d) Hollerith
is 56 in decimal and binary representation is 00111000. KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
678. ASCII-8 is an 8-bit code and can uniquely Ans : (a) The computer code for the interchange of
information between terminals is ASCII. ASCII stands
represent a maximum of ____ characters for American Standard Code for Information
(a) 256 (b) 127 Interchange. Computers can only understand numbers,
(c) 255 (d) 128 so an ASCII code is the numerical representation of a
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) character such as 'a' or '@' or an action of some fort.
Computer 71 YCT
ye
p
684. Which of the following is a non-weighted code. Ans : (a) Given the standard is 32 bit sign in 32 bit
(a) BCD (b) Binary floating point format S = 1 exponent E = 8, M = 23.
(c) Excess-3 (d) Decimal 689. Select the odd option.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (a) Decimal (b) Binary
Ans : (c) The excess-3 code is a non-weighted coded (c) Octal (d) Hexadecimal
used to express code used to express decimal numbers. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
It is a self complementary Binary Coded Decimal KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(BCD) code and numerical system which has biased
Ans. (a) : Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal are all
representation. Gray code is also non weighted code.
number systems that are not commonly used for day-to-
685. Which of the following techniques of data day human calculations, whereas Decimal is the number
presentation typically presents the least sysetm we used in our daily lives.
number of character? 690. How many different addresses can be created
(a) EBCDIC (b) ASCII-8 using an 8-bit address line?
(c) BCD (d) ASCII - 7 (a) 128 (b) 256
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
(c) 64 (d) 512
Ans : (c) BCD Stands for Binary Coded Decimal. In UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
this each decimal number is expressed as a 4-digit
binary code. Ans. (b) : There are 256 different unsigned 8-bit
numbers. The smallest unsigned 8-bit number is 0 and
686. The range of integer values that can be the largest is 255. For example 000010102 is 8+2 or 10.
represented using 16-bit 2's complement form
is 691. _______ is used to display binary data in a
(a) –32768 to + 32767 computer.
(b) –32767 to + 32767 (a) 0 and 1 (b) positive and negative
(c) –32767 to + 32768 (c) 0 and 2 (d) 1 and 2
(d) –32768 to + 32768 RRB Kolkata LP-2009
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Ans : (a) In computer systems, a binary digit or bit is the
Ans : (a) A 16 bit integer can store 216 (or 65536) smallest unit of data. Each bit has a single value of either 1
distinct values. In an unsigned representation, these or 0, which means it can't take another value. Computers
values are the integers between 0 and 65535 using 2's can represent numbers using binary code in the form of
complement possible values range form –32760 to digital 1's and 0's inside the central processing unit and
32767. RAM.
687. Convert decimal –65 (negative 65) to 2's 692. For any number (e.g. 15), which of the
complement representation using 8-bit. following number system will use the largest
(a) 10101010 (b) 10101011 number of numbers (symbols) for
(c) 10111111 (d) 10001111 representation?
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 (a) Octal (b) Hexadecimal
Ans : (c) (c) Decimal (d) Binary
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
Ans : (d) The binary number system uses the largest
number of digits for its representation in which the
number 1 and 0 are used.
693. The number of unique symbols used in the binary
number system is
(a) Sixteen (b) Ten
To extract 8 bit 2's complement, first the given number (c) Eight (d) Two
is converted into binary. If you change 0 to 1 in binary, DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
then if turns into is compliment. Adding 1 to 1's HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
compliment. If the number is negative then 2's is Ans. (d) : The binary number system is one such
increased by 1 before compliment. But if it is positive number system. In which 0 and 1 are used to represent
2's compliment is further increased to 0. numbers. The processor in the computer can easily
688. There are three fields in a standard 32 bit understand only binary numbers. The number formed
floating point format. Sign (S), Exponent (E) using 0 and 1 is a binary number whose base is 2.
and significant (M) which option represents the
correct bit width of these three fields. 694. What is the size of the following binary
(a) S = 1, E = 8, M = 23 sequence in nibbles?
(b) S = 3, E = 5, M = 24 1100101011010011
(c) S = 1, E = 5, M = 26 (a) 4 (b) 16
(d) S = 1, E = 10, M = 21 (c) 8 (d) 2
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
Computer 72 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (a) These are total 16 digits in Ans. (c) : Conversion of base B number 2020 to
1100101011010011, the size of each digits is 1 bit, so Decimal Number 60
there will be a total binary number of 16 bits. There are (2020)B = (60)10
4 bits in 1 nibble. So the size of the binary sequence 2×B3 + 0×B2 + 2×B1 + 0×B0
16 2B3 + 2B
will be 4 nibbles when divided into = 4 parts.
4 if B=3
695. In the Gray code, successive numeric values 2×33 + 2×3 = 54 + 6 = (60)10
differ only by _____bit. So base B = 3
(a) 1 (b) 3 701. To represent a 31-digit binary number, we need a
(c) 2 (d) 4 maximum of ______ digits in the decimal number
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 system.
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (a) 7 (b) 10
Ans : (a) A gray code is a coded binary representation (c) 11 (d) 15
of a decimal digit with a 1 bit position change for UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
consecutive digits. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Decimal digit Binary Gray code WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
0 000 000 Ans. (b) : To represent a 31-digit binary number, we need
1 001 001 a maximum of 10 digits in the decimal number system.
2 010 011 Given, n = 31
696. Which number system can computers (1……n)2 = (2n–1)10
understand? (111……..1(31))= (231–1)10
(a) Binary (b) Hexadecimal = (2147483648–1)10
(c) Octal (d) Decimal = (2147483647)10
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 = 10 digits
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 702. Convert 89 into binary notation.
(a) 1100110 (b) 101110
Ans : (a) A computer can understand only the 'on' and
'off' state of a switch. These two states are represented (c) 1011011 (d) 1011001
by 1 and 0. The combination of 1 and 0 form binary HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
numbers. KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
697. How many different numbers can be Ans. (d) : (89)10 = (?)2
represented by one byte in the binary number
system?
(a) 255 (b) 264
(c) 263 (d) 256
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
Ans. (d) : 1 byte = 8 bit
So 28 = 256 numbers can be represented.
698. How many unique binary codes can be (89)10 = (1011001)2
generated using 8 bits. 8 bits can represent a 703. Convert 13 to binary:
positive number from 0 to 255. (a) 1102 (b) 1011
(a) 255 (b) 128 (c) 1101 (d) 1111
(c) 256 (d) 512 Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) RRB Kolkata LP-2009
Ans. (c) : A maximum of 28 = 256 unique binary codes Ans : (c) (13)10 = (?)2
can be generated using 8 bits. 8 bits can represent a
positive number from 0 to 255.
699. Decimal Number System has a base of _______.
(a) 2 (b) 10
(c) 8 (d) 16
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans. (b) : Decimal Number System is the number (13)10 = (1101)2
system in which a total of 10 numbers (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 704. Select the option which gives the correct
7, 8, 9) are used to count calculate. So its base is 10. decimal equivalent result of 1001, 10011, 101
700. If the decimal number 60 is shown as 2020 in the and 110.
base B number system, then what will be B? (a) 9, 19, 4, 3 (b) 10, 19, 5, 6
(a) 2 (b) 5 (c) 9, 18, 5, 6 (d) 9, 19, 5, 6
(c) 3 (d) 4 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Computer 73 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (d) Binary to decimal conversion
(1001)2 = (?)10
(1001)2 = 1 ×23 + 0 ×22 + 0 × 21 + 1 ×20
=8+0+0+1=9
(10011)2 = (?)10 So, gray code (1000).
(10011)2 = 1×24+ 0×23 + 0×22 + 1×21 + 1×20
= 16 + 0 + 0 + 2 + 1 = 19 709. The integer 89 is encoded in BCD format and
(101)2 = (?)10 stored in a single byte (8-bit) in packed form.
(101)2 = 1 ×22 + 0 × 21 + 1 × 20 Which of the following option best represents
=4+0+1=5 it?
(110)2 = (?)10 (a) 10101010 (b) 01011010
(110)2 = 1 × 22 + 1 × 21 + 0 × 20 (c) 10001001 (d) 10011000
=4+2+0=6 HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
So, option (d) is correct. KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
705. Convert 101110 into decimal notation Ans : (c) When we convert 89 to BCD, we always make
(a) 44 (b) 56 a pair of four digits.
(c) 72 (d) 46
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Ans. (d) : (101110)2 = ( )10
= 1 × 25 + 0 × 24 + 1 × 23 + 1 × 22 + 1 × 21 + 0 × 20 8 9
= 32 + 0 + 8 + 4 + 2 + 0 = 46 ↓ ↓
(101110)2 = (46)10
1000 1001 → 10001001
706. Convert 11010 to Octal
(a) 32 (b) 36 710. What is the hexadecimal equivalent of the
(c) 26 (d) 46 binary bit string '111010001011110101"?
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 (a) E8BB1 (b) 3102155
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 (c) 3A2F5 (d) 753831
Ans. (a) : First convert binary into decimal then the RRB Kolkata LP-2009
resulting decimal into octal. Ans : (c) Hexadecimal number is one of the number
(11010)2 = (?)10 systems which has value is 16 and it has only 16
= 1 × 24 + 1 × 23 + 0× 22 + 1 × 21 + 0 × 20 symbols 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and A, B, C, D, E, F.
= 16 + 8 + 2 = 26 Where A, B, C, D, E, F are single bit representation of
(26)10 = (?)8 decimal value 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 respectively.

(11010)2 = (32)8
707. Integers in computers are generally
represented using _____ representation.
(a) floating point (b) 9's complement
(c) 2's complement (d) 1's complement
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Ans : (c) Integers in any computer are generally
represented using 2's complement representation.
Because 2's complement representation always
represents a positive number, write 1 if the number is
negative and 0 if the number is positive.
708. Which of the following is the correct gray code
for the binary number (1111)2?
(a) 1111 (b) 1000
(c) 1100 (d) 1110
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning 3 A 2 F 5
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 00111010 001011110101 ⇒ (3A2F5)16
Ans : (b) The gray cache is also called the cyclic code, 711. What is the base of the Octal Number System?
the reflected binary code. To obtain the gray code, the
(a) 8 (b) 16
binary code is arranged in such a way that there is only
one digit difference between two consecutive values. (c) 32 (d) 64
Example– MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning

Computer 74 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (a) The octal number system has only eight digit The octal number system is a base-8 number system
from 0 to 7. Every number represents with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, where the range of number is 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7.
5, 6 and 7 in this number system. The base of the octal Octal digit Binary code
number system is 8 because it has only 8 digits. So 0 000
there maximum value of digit is 7 and it cannot be
1 001
more than 7.
2 010
712. Convert 110001 into octal notation
3 011
(a) 49 (b) 59
4 100
(c) 51 (d) 61
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning 5 101
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II 6 110
Ans : (d) First convert (110001)2 into decimal. 7 111
1100001 = 1×25 + 1×24 + 0×23 + 0×22 + 0×21 + 1×20 = So if you make each group of 3 bit of binary input
32 + 16 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 1 number
(49)10 110 010 101 010 101
8 49
6 2 5 2 5
6 1
(01100101010101)2 = (62525)10
(61)8
716. Convert 1585 from decimal to hexadecimal
(110001)2 = (49)10 = (61)8 notation
713. The ASCII code for CR (Carriage Return) in (a) 631 (b) 580
octal is (c) 67D (d) 63A
(a) 10 (b) 12 UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
(c) 11 (d) 15 Ans. (a) : (1585)10 to (?)16
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
Ans. (d) : 15 in octal is the ASCII code of CR and the
binary number of CR is (00001101)2. The decimal
number of CR (13)10, the hexadecimal number of CR (1585)10 =(631)16
(0D)16 etc. 717. If A and B are the inputs of a half adder, the
carry is given by _______.
714. What would be the 8's complement of an octal (a) A XOR B (b) A OR B
number 42500? (c) A AND B (d) A PXOR B
(a) 35200 (b) 35301 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(c) 35300 (d) 35100 Ans. (c) : If A and B are the inputs of a half adder, the
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 carry is given by A AND B. While the sum is given by
Ans. (c) : Firstly find the 7's complement. A XOR B.
We obtain the 7's complement of an octal number by 718. There are three main logic operations.
(a) AND, OR, NOT
subtracting each digit from 7.
(b) XOR, AND, NOT
77777 (c) NAND, NOR, XOR
– 42500 (d) OR, NOR, XNOR
35277 → 7's Complement HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
We add 1 in 7's complement obtain the 8's complement Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
35277 Ans : (a) A logical operator is a symbol or word used to
+ 1 connect two or more expressions such that the value of
the compound expression produced depends only on
(35300)8 → 8's Complement that of the original expressions and on the meaning of
So, 8's complement of (42500)8 is (35300)8. the operator. The main logical operators include AND,
715. The octal representation of the binary bit OR and NOT.
string ‘0110010101010101’ _______ . 719. Select the odd option from the following.
(a) 052671 (b) 165252 (a) Parity (b) 1's complement
(c) Checksum (d) CRC
(c) 62525 (d) 356789
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans : (b) In the options, parity, checksum, CRC (Cyclic
Ans : (c) Binary is the simplest kind of number system Redundancy Check) are all three bit related to error
that uses only two digits of 0 and 1 (i.e. value of detective. While 1's complement indicates that a given
base 2). bit is obtained an inverting.
Computer 75 YCT
ye
p
724. In which data transmission mode can two
VIII. Data Communication devices either send data or receive data but not
both at the same time?
720. Which of the following internet access methods (a) Complex (b) Simplex
relatively involves a large setup fee and (c) Half duplex (d) Full duplex
expensive equipment upfront? MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(a) Cable modem (b) Dial up HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(c) DSL (d) Satellite Ans: (c) In half duplex, data transmission can send or
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 receive data to a device. Both work cannot be done at
Ans. (d) : The term broadband commonly refers to high the same time. Like Walkie Talkie etc.
- speed internet access that is always on and faster than 725. Which of the following connection used phone
the traditional dial - up access. lines which carry digital signals instead of
1. Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) analog signals?
2. Cable Modem (a) DSL (b) Wi-Fi
3. Fiber (c) Dial-up (d) Satellite
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
4. Wireless
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
5. Satellite
Ans. (a) : Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) is a
6. Broadband over Power Lines (BPL)
communication medium which is used to transfer the
Satellite - Just as satellites orbiting the earth provide digital signal through phone line.
necessary links for telephone and television service,
they can also provide links for broadband. Satellite 726. Which protocol determines how to transform a
broadband is another form of wireless broadband and is stream of bytes in an IP packet while ensuring
also useful for serving remote or sparsely populated the quality of transport of this IP packet with
areas. reference to internet architecture?
(a) IP (b) ARP
721. The number of parallel wires in a computer (c) TCP (d) DHCP
system bus is known as . UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(a) Class of bus (b) Width of the bus KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(c) Thickness of the bus (d) Length of the bus Ans. (c) : TCP stands for Transmission Control
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Protocol. All networks and protocols work on the
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
TCP/IP model. This protocol determines how to
Ans. (b) : The bus is an internal combination with high transform the stream of bytes in an IP packet while
speed. It is used to send control signals and data ensuring the quality of transport of IP packets in the
between the processor and other components. The context of the Internet architecture.
number of identical wires in a computer system bus is
known as bus width. 727. Which of the following statements is/are true
about data communication?
722. Which of the following is an INVALID (i) It is an action of sending or receiving data.
transmission mode? (ii) In data communication, a protocol is a
(a) Full-Duplex (b) Simplex hardware that transfers messages from the
(c) Complex (d) Half-Duplex sender to the receiver.
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 (a) Only (i) (b) Only (ii)
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 (c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
Ans. (c) : Transmission mode means transferring data UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
between two devices. It is also known as a Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
communication mode. There are three types of Ans. (a) : Data communication refers to the process of
transmission mode. transmitting and receiving data or information between
(i) Simplex Mode two or more devices or systems using various methods
(ii) Half Duplex Mode and mediums. So, statements (i) is correct and Protocol
(iii) Full Duplex Mode is not a hardware, Therefore statements (ii) is incorrect.
While complex mode is not transmission mode. 728. Find out whether the given statements are true
723. Which of the following communications is the or false regarding the Internet.
method of communication between processes (i) The effectiveness of data transmission
through which they interact with each other for depends greatly on the computer used to
gaining access to shared data and resources? send and receive the data.
(a) Inter-process (b) Intra-process (ii) The internet can be viewed as two major
(c) Multi process (d) Scheduling process components: network protocols and
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 hardware.
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 (a) (i) - False, (ii) - False
Ans. (a) : Inter process communication is the (b) (i) - True, (ii) - True
mechanism provided by the operating system to allow (c) (i) - False, (ii) - True
processes to communicate with each other. Through this (d) (i) - True, (ii) - False
one can get access to resources and share data with KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
them. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Computer 76 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (c) : (i) The effectiveness of data transmission Ans. (d) : Fiber optic transmits internet traffic at the
depends on delivery, accuracy, timeliness and Jitter. speed of light.
Hence the statement (i) is false. 734. Which of the following Internet access methods
(ii) The Internet can be seen as two major components. uses Wi-Fi technology which enables electronic
Network protocols and hardware Hence statement (ii) is true. devices to connect to the internet or exchange
729. Select the INVALID type of wireless data wirelessly through radio waves?
communication medium. (a) ISDN (b) WIFI hotspots
(a) Optical fibre (b) Broadcast radio (c) Cable (d) Dial-up
(c) Satellite (d) Infrared RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 Ans. (b) : Hotspots utilize Wi-Fi technology, which
Ans. (a) : Optical fiber is a wired communication allow electronic devices to connect to the Internet or
medium optical fibers are used to connect computers exchange data wirelessly through radio waves.
and other devices in high-speed networks. 735. CSMA is a method which was developed to
730. The full form of Wi-Fi is _____. decrease the chances of collisions when two or
(a) Wired Files (b) Wireless File more stations start sending their signals over
(c) Wireless Finder (d) Wireless Fidelity the data link layer. What does CSMA stand
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 for?
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(a) Carrier Sense Multiplexed Access
Ans. (d) : The full name of Wi-Fi is Wireless Fidelity. (b) Carrier Signal Modulated Access
It is a Wireless technology through which we use (c) Carrier Signal Multiplexed Access
internet and network connection without wire.
(d) Carrier Sense Multiple Access
731. Which among the following is NOT true with UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
reference to wireless networks?
Ans: (d) Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA) is a
(a) Wireless means without wire, media that is
made up of electromagnetic waves (EM method. Which was developed to reduce the possibility
Waves) or infrared waves of collision when two or more stations start sending
(b) They are more secure and hence reliable their signals over the data link layer.
when compared to wired networks. 736. What do you call the range of frequencies
(c) Installation is quick when compared to wired contained in a composite signal?
networks (a) Signal Strength (b) Signal Weight
(d) Slow transmission speed when compared to (c) Signal Width (d) Bandwidth
wired networks UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 Ans: (d) The range of frequencies contained in a
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 composite signal is called bandwidth. If you want better
Ans. (b) : Wireless means without wire, Media communication and Video, Audio than mobile then
composed of electromagnetic waves or infrared waves. bandwidth should be large.
Antennas or sensors will be present on all wireless 737. With the growth of the Internet, a wide range
devices compared to wired networks. Wireless networks
have slow transmission speeds. It is less secure than of _____ have transformed social relationships,
wired and therefore less reliable. Wireless network education and the dissemination of
installation and maintenance costs are low. information.
(a) Information and Communication
732. Four types of channels used in data
Technologies
communication of LAN are twisted pair cable,
coaxial cable,...............and radio waves: (b) Financial Services
(a) ISDN cable (b) PSDN cable (c) Storage Services
(c) X-ray waves (d) Fiber optics (d) Security Services
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
Ans : (d) There are four system used in data
transmission of LAN Twisted pair cable, Coaxial cable, Ans : (a) Information and Communication Technology
Fiber optic cable (all three physical connections) and (ICT) is a multi-faceted term for Information
radio waves (micro web media). Optic fiber cable is the Technology (IT) that has changed social relations,
latest technology of communication media in which education and dissemination of information with the
data is sent by laser devices at the speed of millions of development of the internet.
bits per second. 738. RS 232C asynchronous serial communication.
733. Which is the transmission medium used to Which of the following option is correct?
transmits internet traffic at a speed of light? (a) <start-bit: 1><data Bits: 5/6/7 or
(a) Co-axial only 8bits><parity:1 bit><stop bit:1>
(b) ISDN (b) <Start-bit: 1><data Bits: 5/6/7 or 8bits>
(c) Satellite Network Service 1
(d) Fiber optic [<parity: 1 bit>]<stop bit: 1/ 1 or 2 bits>
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) 2
Computer 77 YCT
ye
p
(c) <start-bit:2><data Bits: 5/6/7 or 8bits> 743. Which of the following is a disadvantage of the
<parity:1 bit><stop bits:1> Dial-up Internet Access method when
(d) <start-bit:2><data Bits: 5/6/7 or 8bits><stop compared with DSL and cable modem?
bit:> (a) Low speed (b) Limited perimeter
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 (c) Security risk (d) Expensive
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans : (c) In case of RS 232C asynchronous sequential Ans. (a) : Dial-up Internet access is a low-speed
communication choose the following– Internet connection when compared with DSL (Digital
<Start-bit2><data bits 5/6/7 or 8 bits><parity: 1 Subscriber Line) and cable modem.
bit><stop bits1> Dial-up connections use a standard phone line and
analog modem to access the Internet at data transfer
739. Which of the following is not a basic component rates of up to approximately 56–64 Kbps. Dial-up
of fiber optic communication system? connections are the cheapest way to access the Internet,
(a) Low Loss Optical Fiber but they are also the slowest connections.
(b) Light Detector 744. Which of the following is a communication
(c) Compact Light Source service provided by the internet?
(d) Fiber Splicer (a) Gopher (b) Archie
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (c) Telnet (d) FTP
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Ans : (d) Fiber optic communication system is a system UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
in which light pulse of optical fiber sends information Ans. (c) : Telnet is an application layer protocol that
from one place to another. Its main components are enables one computer to connect to local computer. It is
optical fiber, light detector, compact light source etc. a used as a standard TCP/IP protocol for virtual
Whereas fiber splicer is a process by which two connect terminal service. It provides bi-directional text -
the fibers together. oriented communication in the network.
740. In data communication, be it data or digital 745. Which of the following statements is false about
HTTPS?
could. (a) It ensures protection against man-in-the -
(a) Electronic (b) Imaginary middle attacks
(c) Analog (d) Electrical (b) Due to the use of encryption, communication
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 between two hosts using HTTPS is secure
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 (c) It is more secure than HTTP
Ans : (c) Data communication is a medium by which (d) It cannot be used for financial transaction
information is exchanged and in this data is transmitted KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
in the form of analog or 0, 1. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Ans. (d) : HTTPS is short form of Hyper Text Transfer
741. Which of the following communication Protocol Secure. It is secure version of the HTTP
protocols is used to interconnect network protocol which is used for communication between a
devices on the internet? web browser and a websites. HTTPS uses encryption
(a) HTTP (b) FTP protocols, such as SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) or its
(c) TCP/IP (d) WWW successor, TLS (Transport Layer Security) to establish a
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 secure connection. It can be used for financial.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 Transaction, so statement (d) is false to HTTPS.
Ans. (c) : TCP/IP Transmission Control 746. Which layer protocol is in DNS internet
Protocol/Internet Protocol is an application layer architecture?
protocol that enables application programs and Internet (a) Transport (b) Application
devices to exchange messages over a network. (c) Data Link (d) Network
742. A cell phone connected to a Bluetooth headset UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
or a mobile computer connected to a portable Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Bluetooth thermal printer is an example of a Ans. (b) : The full name of DNS is 'Domain Name
______. System'. It converts domain names to IP addresses.
(a) SAN (b) MAN The full name of OSI model is 'Open System Inter
(c) PAN (d) LAN Connection. It was developed by ISO in 1984 and this
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 model consists of 7 layers.
(i) Physical layer
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (ii) Data link layer
Ans. (c) : A cell phone connected to a Bluetooth (iii) Network layer
headset or a mobile computer connected to a portable (iv) Transport layer
Bluetooth thermal printer is an example of a Personal (v) Session layer
Area Network (PAN). PAN is a computer network that (vi) Presentation layer
is used to connect personal devices such as laptops, (vii) Application layer
mobile phones, media players and play stations. This Protocols like HTTP, FTP, SMTP and NFS are used in
network was developed by Thomas Zimmerman. This the application layer. DNS is an application layer
network helps in communication. protocol in the internet architecture.
Computer 78 YCT
ye
p
747. What does the Internet OSI Model stand for? Ans. (b) : VPN is the short form of Virtual Private
(a) Open System Interconnection Model Network. It is an encrypted connection from a device to
(b) Open Service International Model a network and the internet. VPN, are an extension of a
(c) Open Space Internet Model private network to a public network. This technology is
(d) Open Software Internet Model widely used in the corporate environment.
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 752. Which of the following terms best describes the
Ans. (a): The OSI Stands for Open System process of interconnecting two or more
Interconnection Model. It is a conceptual model from the networks to form a single large network?
International Organization for standardization (ISO) that (a) Merging (b) Intranet
provides a common basis for the coordination of standards (c) Virtualization (d) Internetworking
development for the purpose of systems Interconnection. RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
748. Protocols that require a logical connection to KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
established between two devices before Ans. (d) : Internetworking is made up of two words.
transferring data are called: Inter and networking which means connection between
(a) Connection-oriented protocols completely different nodes or segments. This connection
(b) Link-to-connection protocols unit is established through interconnecting devices
(c) Data transfer protocols similar to routers or get ways. This interconnection is
(d) Broadcasting protocols often between public, private, commercial, industrial or
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 government networks. Internetworking refers to the
Ans. (a) : A connection-oriented protocols is a business, products and process that are connected to
communication protocol that established a reliable/ intermediate networking devices that act as a vast
dedicated connection between two devices before network. Which meets the challenge of creating and
transmitting data. administering the internetwork.
749. Which of the following statement is wrong? 753. Which of the following refers to a set of rules
(i) Congestion control protocols ensure that for routing and addressing packets of data so
the sender cannot send data faster than the that they can travel across a network and reach
limit on which the receiver can receive data. the correct destination?
(ii) Flow-control protocols ensure that the (a) Model (b) Topology
sender cannot send data faster than the (c) Protocol (d) Architecture
network can transmit data. DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii) Ans. (c) : The Internet Protocol is a protocol or set of
(c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i) rules, for routing and addressing packets of data so that
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 they can travel across networks and arrive at the correct
Ans. (b) : Flow control in data communication is the destination.
process of managing the rate of data transmission 754. In the abbreviation HTTPS, what is the full
between two nodes by preventing a faster sender from form of the second 'T'?
over whelming a slower receiver. Provides a mechanism (a) Truncation (b) Termination
for the receiver to control the transmission speed by (c) Transition (d) Transfer
which the sender is able to transmit data through the MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
network. Cannot sent data faster than a limit. Ans. (d) : The full form of HTTPs is Hyper Text
Congestion-control protocols have a problem that can Transfer Protocol secure. This is an extended secure
occur at any time in a packet switched network. This
version of HTTP. It is used for secure communication
can happen when there are too many packets in a subnet
on computer network.
within the network. This a situation arising in the
network layer where the message traffic is so high that 755. Which of the following statements are correct?
it significantly slows down the response time of the (i) TCP/IP is more reliable than OSI.
network. (ii) TCP/IP does not have very strict
750. Which of these establishes communication boundaries between layers.
between servers and work stations? (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
(a) Interspace (b) Backbone (c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i)
(c) Terminal Access Point (d) Gateway WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 Ans. (a) : (i) TCP/IP is more reliable than OSI.
Ans. (c) : Terminal Access Point servers to establish (ii) TCP/IP does not have very strict boundaries
connectivity between different server and work between layers.
locations, so that data can be changed. Hence, the both statements are correct.
751. Which of the following extends a private 756. TCP provides a _____ data stream between
network to a public network? remote applications.
(a) Wide area network (a) Reliable, two-way
(b) Virtual private network (b) Reliable, one-way
(c) Enterprise private network (c) Unreliable, one-way
(d) Local area network (d) Unreliable, two-way
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
Computer 79 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : TCP stands for Transmission Control Ans. (a) : An IP address is a unique address that
Protocol. It is a group of Internet protocol. It is used for identifies a device on the internet and local network. It
data transmission in communication networks such as is string of numbers separated by a period (.). Four
the Internet. It provides a two way data stream between integers from zero to 255 are used in IP address
remote application. 200.200.256.200 is an invalid IP address because 256
757. With respect to TCP/IP, what is the full form of has been used in this which violates its rule.
TFTP? 762. A firewall is
(a) Trivial File Transfer Protocol (a) an established network performance reference
(b) Triangular File Transmission Protocol point
(c) Trivial File Transfer Page (b) a network security system designed to isolate
(d) Triangular File Transfer Protocol a private network from a public network
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II (c) a virus that infects macros
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (d) a predefined encryption key used to encrypt
Ans. (a) : Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a and decrypt data transmissions
simple protocol for exchanging files between two UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
TCP/IP machines. TFTP servers allow connections to Ans. (b) A firewall is a network security device that
TFTP clients to send and receive files. monitors incoming and outgoing network traffic and
TFTP - Trivial File Transfer Protocol decides whether to allow or block specific traffic based on
TCP/IP- Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol a defined set of security rules.
758. IMAP protocol is used in: 763. Which of the following statements is/are true
(a) E-mails (b) Image processing regarding data communication?
(c) Encryption (d) File transfer (i) It is simply the act of sending or receiving
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 text messages.
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 (ii) Protocol is set of rules which one to be
Ans. (a) : IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol) is followed by sender and receiver at the time of
a protocol used for retrieval and storage of emails via the data communication.
TCP/IP connections to email servers. It is an application (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) or (ii)
layer protocol based on the OSI model. (c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i)
759. Which of the following protocol (TCP/IP) UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
handles the exchange of messages between e- Ans. (c) : Data communication is a process in which
mail services on a network? digital data and analog are exchanged between two or
(a) FTP (b) HTTP more computers. Messages can contain text, number,
(c) SMTP (d) TELNET picture, audio, video etc. Hence statement (ii) is true.
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) 764. Which of the following is the transmission
control protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)
Ans. (c) : SMTP is the short form of Simple Mail
that specifies how computers will exchange
Transfer Protocol. There is a set of SMTP electronic mail?
communication guidelines. Software that allows to
(a) Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)
transmit electronic mail over the internet allows. SMTP is
used to send messages to other computer users based on (b) Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)
e-mail addresses. (c) User Database Protocol (UDP)
(d) File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
760. What is the meaning of the term TCP/IP?
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(a) Transmit Control Protocol/Internal Protocol
Ans. (a) : SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol ) is an
(b) Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
application that is used to send, receive outgoing e-mails
(c) Transport control protocol/Internet protocol between sender and receiver. When an e-mail is sent, it
(d) Transmission control permission/Internet uses the SMTP protocol. This protocol specifies the
protocol exchange of e-mail.
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) 765. A TCP is a ____ protocol, while UDP is a ___
Ans. (b) : TCP/IP is the short form of the Transmission protocol.
Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. TCP ensures end to (a) Connection - oriented - connection - less
end delivery of data to different nodes. TCP works in (b) Application - layer connection - oriented
conjunction with IP. Before transferring data, TCP (c) Connection - less connection - oriented
establishes a connection between the source and the (d) Connection - less application - layer
destination. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
761. Which of the following is not a valid IP Ans. (a) : A TCP is connection - oriented protocol while
address? UDP is connectionless protocol.
(a) 200.200.256.200 (b) 90.90.90.90 TCP is reliable for maintaining a connection between
(c) 100.100.100.100 (d) 10.10.10.10 sender and receiver UDP is connection less and due this
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) it is unreliable to transfer data.
Computer 80 YCT
ye
p
766. In which layer of the Internet architecture do Ans. (b) : ARPANET is a wide area network invented
various protocols included for building by ARPA in 1969. This is an American Institution.
Internet services? APRANET was the world's first network in which
(a) Application (b) TCP TCP/IP model was used.
(c) IP (d) Physical 772. What is the size of the source port in a TCP
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 header?
Ans. (a) : The Internet architecture is a meta-network (a) 16 bytes (b) 32 bytes
that refers to a group of thousands of separate networks (c) 16 bits (d) 32 bits
interacting with a common protocol. It is the third KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
application layer which includes various protocols for Ans. (c) : Source port is a 16 bit field that specifies the
building Internet services such as email (SMTP), file port number of the sender destination port. This is a 16
transfer (FTP), transfer of hypermedia pages, transfer of bit field that specifies the receiver number and sequence
distributed databases (World Wide Web) etc. number 32 bit is the field that describes how much data
767. Which layer of internet architecture includes is sent during a TCP session. The TCP header source
protocols that provide services like SMTP and port identifies the port of the sending application.
FTP?
773. "Baud" is a unit of ______.
(a) Data link (b) IP
(a) Wavelength (b) Frequency
(c) Application (d) TCP
(c) Storage capacity (d) Data transfer rate
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
Ans. (c) : Application layer is the 7th layer of the OSI
model. This layer uses protocols like HTTP, FTP, Ans. (d) : Baud is a unit of transmission for information
SMTP and NFS etc. over a digital communication channel usually equal to the
number of bits information transmitted per second. Speed
768. What is TCP/IP in nature?
in baud indicates the number of signaling events per
(a) It is a kind of router hardware.
second.
(b) It is a protocol
(c) It is a kind of router software 774. Which of the following is not a component of a
(d) It is an email service computer network?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 (a) NIC (b) Router
Ans. (b) : TCP/IP, stands for Transmission Control (c) Switch (d) USB
Protocol/Internet Protocol, is a suite of communication GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
protocols that underlies the internet and most local area Ans. (d) : There are three computer networking devices
networks. It provides the foundation for data transmission such as NIC, Router, Switch where as a USB drive is a
and connectivity in modern computer networks. data storage device.
769. Which of the following is a well - known USB drive- A USB drive is a device used to store data
protocol for data communication over the that consists of flash memory and an integrated
Internet? Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface included. Most
(a) HTTP (b) SMTP USB flash drives are removable and rewritable. It is
(c) SNMP (d) TCP/IP small, durable and reliable. There are bigger their
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 storage space, the faster they will work.
Ans. (d) : The full form of TCP/IP is Transmission 775. Identify whether the following statements are
Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. It is a set of rules true or false.
and procedures that govern how the Internet works. i) Switching at the network layer on the
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application internet uses the datagram approach to
layer stateless protocol used for file transfer.
packet switching.
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is used to send
and receive e-mail. Simple Network Management ii) The Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) is
(SNMP) is a popular protocol for network management. the delivery mechanism used by TCP/IP
protocols.
770. What is the network byte order used in
TCP/IP? iii) An IPv4 address is represented by 8 bytes.
(a) Middle Endian (b) Random (a) i-False, ii-True, iii-True
(c) Big Endian (d) Little Endian (b) i-True, ii-True, iii-False
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 (c) i-True, ii-False, iii-True
Ans. (c) : The network addresses in a given network must (d) i-False, ii-False, iii-True
all follow a consistent addressing convention. This RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
convention known as network byte order, defines the bit- Ans. (b) : The datagram approach to packet switching is
order of network addresses as they pass through the used by switching at the network on the internet. In this
network. TCP/IP standard network byte order is big-Endian. network the two delivery mechanisms Internet Protocol
771. Which of the following technologies is the versions IPv4 and IPv6 are used by TCP/IP protocols.
oldest? The IPv4 address is a 32-bit number that is written in
(a) NSFnet (b) ARPANET decimal digits of 8-bit fields. Each field is represented
(c) Interspace (d) Internet by 8-bit field that represents a byte. The IPv6 address is
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 a 128-bit number.
Computer 81 YCT
ye
p
776. Which of the following is responsible for Ans. (c) : Wired local area network is a local area
reassembling received packets at recipient network where data is transferred over optical fiber or
computer? cable rather than using electrical waves.
(a) IP 781. Which of the following WAN technology is a
(b) TCP data communication technology in which
(c) TCP and IP both software is used to create a virtual network on
(d) Neither TCP and nor IP top of another network, usually over a
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 hardware and cabling infrastructure?
Ans. (b) : TCP is a short form transmission control (a) Packet switching (b) Overlay network
protocol. The function of TCP is to break the (c) Packet over SONET (d) Circuit switching
information and message in to pieces so that data can be KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
delivered to the target through IP, after which TCP Ans. (b) : An overlay network is a computer network
again converts the pieces of data same form. that is built on top of an existing network, typically the
777. Which of these is NOT a switching techniques? internet. It is often used to create additional network
(a) Circuit Switching services or to connect geographically dispersed nodes.
(b) Data Switching Overlay network is a WAN - based data
(c) Packet Switching communications technology that uses software, usually
(d) Message Switching a hardware and cabling infrastructure is used for.
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning 782. Which of these networks usually spread over
Ans. (b) : A network switch is a computer networking countries?
device used receive, process and forward data to the (a) PAN (b) LAN
destination device. Circuit switching, are switching (c) WAN (d) MAN
techniques where as data switching is not. RRB NTPC 24.07.2021 (Shift-II) Stage Ist
778. The perspective of geographic area coverage, Ans. (c) : WAN stands for Wide Area Network is a
which of the following categories of networks digital communication system that internally connects
has the greatest coverage? various sites. computer installation and user terminals.
(a) PAN (b) WAN This type of networks has been developed to operate at
(c) LAN (d) MAN country level, globally technologies.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I 783. Technologies like ATM, SONET and Frame
Ans. (b) : Wide Area Network (WAN) is a network that Relay are used by :
works as networking between a very large geographical (a) LAN (b) PAN
area like city, country. A good example of WAN (c) WAN (d) MAN
network is the Internet. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
LAN-In Local Area Network a fixed and small Ans. (c) : WAN short form of Wide Area Network is
geographical area is connected together, such as office, used to technique like ATM, SONET and Frame Relay.
school. Frame relay is a standardized. Wide Area Network
MAN - Metropolitan Area Network connects different (WAN) technology which specifies the physical and
computers located in a city. data link layers of digital telecommunication channels
MAN network is larger than LAN but smaller than using a packet switching method. WAN technology,
WAN. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) is a transfer
PAN - Personal Area Network (PAN) is a personal mode. Organizes information efficiently and flexibly
network of a company. into cells for switching and transmission standardized.
779. Internet is the best example of: SONET stand for synchronous optical networking is a
(a) WAN (b) MAN standardized digital communication protocol used to
(c) VLAN (d) LAN conduct large amounts of data over long distances.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 784. Which of the following statement is true
Ans. (a) : Internet is the best example of WAN (Wide regarding WAN?
Area Network). Which connects different cities or (i) The network in an office building can be a
country and state. ie. spread all over the world. WAN is WAN.
a type of network that transmits voice, data, images, (ii) WANs use technologies such as MPLS,
videos in a geographical area. It is a group of Local ATM, Frame Relay and X.25 for
Area Networks (LANs). connectivity over long distance.
780. Which of the following is probably the most (a) Only (i) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
common LAN type that transfers data over (c) Only (ii) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
optical fiber (or cable variants) rather than HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
using electrical waves? Ans. (c) : WAN is a abbreviation Wide Area Network.
(a) Token ring This is made by LAN (Local Area Network). It is
(b) (Wireless LAN) LAN network of networks. The internet leads the largest
(c) (Wired LAN) LAN WAN network. LAN is use only offices and building. It
(d) Token bus uses technologies like, MPLS, ATM, frame relay and
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II X.25 for connectivity over long distances.

Computer 82 YCT
ye
p
785. At the link layer, what is the length of the MAC Ans : (c) There are minimum two computer required to
address? build computer network because in any network a
(a) 48 bits (b) 64 bits transmitter is required on the receiver side.
(c) 32 bits (d) 128 bits 791. Which among the following cannot be shared
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 on network?
Ans. (a) : MAC Addresses are unique 48 bit hardware (a) Disk (b) Printer
numbers of a computer that are embedded into a (c) Processor (d) CD ROM
networks card during manufacturing. The MAC UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
Address is also known as the Physical Address of a Ans. (c) : Disks, Printers and CD ROMs can be shared
network device.
through the network but the processor is the part of the unit
786. The general length of a MAC address is: of the motherboard of a PC that helps the system to run.
(a) 42 bits (b) 40 bits
792. Which among the following terms is related to
(c) 38 bits (d) 48 bits network security?
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (a) DSL (b) MIT
Ans. (d) : A MAC address length is 48 bits. Which are (c) W3C (d) Firewall
usually divided in separate pair of 12 Hexa-decimal
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
digits (0 to 9, a to f, A to F) is represent as a string.
These are often followed by a colon or dash. Ans. (d) : Firewall is a system to protect the computer,
which protect all type of computer and its network from
787. When one device attempts to send a message to
hackers and malware. Firewall protects of our computer
another device, the data is sent over the
from aggressive software, which secretly gets inside our
internet in the form of manageable packets and
computer and passes all personal details to the hackers
each packet is assigned a ____ that will connect
who send the software.
it to its endpoint.
(a) network number (b) computer number 793. Which of the following command is used to
(c) port number (d) router number view the entire route through, which internet
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 traffic is transferred from your computer to
the remote server in Windows system?
Ans. (c) : When one device attempts to send a message
to another device, the data is sent over the internet in the (a) setrt (b) tracert
form of manageable packets and each packet is assigned (c) getrt (d) uart
a port number that will connect it to its endpoint. UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
Port number is a number assigned to uniquely identify a Ans. (b) : The tracert router (tracert) command is used
connection endpoint and to direct data to a specific to determine that path between two connections.
service. At the software level, within an operating Frequently passing the connection to another device
system, a port is a logical construct that identifies a through multiple routers.
specific process or a type of network service. 794. Which type of firewall monitors the connection
788. Which of the following is used to give a name to setup and teardown process to keep a check on
the IP address, so that the user can locate the connections at the TCP/IP level?
computer by name through the Internet? (a) Stateful
(a) TCP/IP (b) DNS (b) Application-level-gateway
(c) UDP (d) HTTPS (c) Statless
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (d) Circuit-level gateway
Ans. (b) : DNS stands for Domain Name System. UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
When you type a web address into your browser, DNS
translate that human- readable domain name into an Ans: (a) Stateful firewall monitors the connection setup
IP address, which computer use to identify each other and teardown process to check the connection at TCP/IP
on the network. This translation allows your computer level.
to find and connect to websites server. 795. Which gateway is an intermediate solution
789. To which among the following 255.255.255.0 between the packet filter and the application
assigned to? gateway?
(a) DNS Server (b) None of these (a) Stateful firewall (b) Packet-filtering
(c) Default gateway (d) Subnet mask (c) Circuit-level gateway (d) Stateless firewall
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)
Ans. (d) : The subnet mask is assigned 255.255.255.0 Ans: (c) A type of circuit level firewall, which is an
The subnet mask is a 32 bit number that mask the IP intermediates solution between a packet filter and an
address divides the IP address into network address and application gateway.
host address. 796. A router
790. Minimum number of computers are required (a) Screens the incoming information
to build a computer network. (b) distributes the information between networks
(a) Four (b) Five (c) Clears all viruses from a computer system
(c) Two (d) Three (d) is a work virus
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Computer 83 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : A router is a networking devices. Which is Ans : (d) VPN is Virtual Private Network that VPN
forwards data packet between computer network that is protects your computer, Laptop, Mobile etc. During
distributes information between networks. A computer online transactions and it is a public network. Helps in
network consist of two or more device that connect to establishing a secure connection.
each other by cable (wire) or Wi-Fi (wireless) 803. Which of the following is the immediate
associated with whose main purpose is to transmit, successor of Hubs?
exchange or share data or information. (a) Bus (b) Routers
797. Which of the following is a device that carries (c) Modems (d) Switches
data packets along the network. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(a) Repeater (b) Bus
(c) Router (d) Firewall Ans. (d) : Switch is a network device, when any
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) information comes from a device to the switch. Switch
does not broadcast that information directly switches
Ans. (c) : Router is a network device that forwards data have space to store their data, which is checked and
packets to a computer network. Any data send through the send to the based on the address Bus, Router, Modems
internet is in form of packet. A packet usually send through
transmit the data where as directly.
a network from one router to another constitutes an inter-
connected network (the internet) a router different IP a 804. Which of the following statement is true or
network consist of two or more data nodes. Router through false.
the same IP address sends it to the destination. (i) Router plays a major role in organizing
798. The _____ layer of the OSI model may contain internet traffic.
a ______, which connects and filters network (ii) Repeaters amplify the data signal and
traffic between two network segments. prevent them from weakening during long
(a) Transport, switch (b) Data-link, bridge range communication.
(c) Physical repeater (d) Session, router (a) (i) wrong, (ii) right
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (b) (i) right, (ii) right
Ans : (b) Data link layer (DLL): It is second layer of (c) (i) wrong, (ii) wrong
OSI model, it is the protocol layer that transfers the data (d) (i) right, (ii) wrong
in the two-pass network in the WAN but in the LAN,
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
the data transfers in the node.
799. For a 10 base 5 network type, _______ cabling Ans : (b) Router is used to interconnect many network.
is preferred. It reaches the destination of the data through the correct
(a) RG-58 (b) Fiber optic information of the destination (address). The function of
repeaters are protect the signal weakening and transmit
(c) RG-11 (d) Thinnet coaxial
over the long range.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans. (c) : RG-11 cabling is used for 10 base 5 network 805. Which of the following PPP layers is
type. This type of cable is flexible as compared to other responsible for link installation?
types of cable. (a) LCP (b) IPCP
(c) NCP (d) IP
800. When a device tries to send a message to
another device, the data is sent over the GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Internet in a manageable ____________form. Ans. (a) : Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) is based on for
(a) envelopes (b) bins example Link Control Protocol and Network Control
(c) Packets (d) labels Protocol. The LCP is responsible for establishing a link
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 between two computers over a circuit switched
Ans. (c) : When a device tries to send a message to telephone connection.
another device, the data is sent over the Internet in a 806. What is the full form of OSI with reference to
manageable Packet form. Each packet is given to a port network model?
number that is connected to its End Point. (a) Open System Integration
801. A_____is a hardware device which is used to (b) Operating Systems Interconnection
receive, analyse and forward the incoming (c) Open Systems Interconnection
packets to another network. (d) Open Software Interconnection
(a) Modem (b) Router Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(c) Repeater (d) USB Ans. (c) : Open Systems Interconnection is the full form
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 of OSI with reference to network model.
Ans. (b) : Router is a hardware device, which is used to 807. Which of the following layer of the OSI model
receive and analyze incoming packets on another uses Telnet and FTP protocols.
network and forward it. (a) Transport (b) Application
802. For establishing a secured private connection (c) Network (d) Session
across a public network such as the internet, UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
you may use: Ans. (b) : Application layer is the seventh layer of the
(a) EPN (b) DPN OSI model, this layer uses protocol like HTTP, FTP,
(c) SPN (d) VPN SMTP and NFS etc. and control how any application
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 accesses the network.
Computer 84 YCT
ye
p
808. Which among the following layer of the OSI Ans. (a) : The first layer of OSI model is the physical
model performs data compression? layer. The full form of OSI is Open System
(a) Network (b) Physical Interconnection. It consists of seven layers.
(c) Presentation (d) Data link (1) Physical Layer
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 (2) Data Link Layer
Ans. (c) : The presentation layer is a sixth layer of the (3) Network Layer
OSI model. That acts as data translator it also compress (4) Transport Layer
the data. It is also called syntax layer. (5) Session Layer
809. Which of the following OSI layers is meant for (6) Presentation Layer
translating, encrypting and compressing data? (7) Application Layer
(a) Network Layer (b) Session Layer 814. Which of the following is used to send and
(c) Presentation Layer (d) Application Layer receive data in TCP?
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01) (a) Word Stream (b) Character Stream
Ans: (c) The presentation layer is a sixth layer of OSI (c) Line Stream (d) Byte Stream
model and responsible for translation, encryption,
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
authentication and data compression.
Ans : (d) The full form of the TCP is Transmission
810. Which of the following protocols of the Internet
Control Protocol. Which tells how to balance the
architecture is not a major component in data
network and which application program data how does
transmission?
the exchange happen? It uses bytes streams to send and
(a) UDP (b) IP
receive data.
(c) TCP (d) DNS
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 815. The application layer is ..............of the OSI
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 model
(a) 1 (b) 3
Ans. (d) : UDP (User Datagram Protocol), IP (Internet
Protocol), TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), (c) 4 (d) 7
protocols are the major components of data RRB JE CB2 ME-30.08.2019 Shift-I
transmission while DNS (Domain Name System) is an Ans : (d) Application layer is the 7th layer of the OSI
Internet service that translates a domain name in to an model.
addressable IP address.
811. Which of the following is/are transport layer
protocol(s)?
(i) TCP (ii) UDP
(a) Only (i) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
(c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (ii)
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Ans. (c) : TCP and UDP are both transport layer
protocol in networking. TCP is an abbreviation of
Transmission Control Protocol and UDP is an 816. OSI model, what is the layer that controls
Abbreviation of User Datagram Protocol which is a token management called?
connectionless untrusted protocol. (a) Presentation Layer (b) Session Layer
812. Which of the following OSI layers provides (c) Data Link Layer (d) Network Layer
end-to-end errors detection and correction? RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(a) Network layer (b) Data link layer Ans : (b) Function of the session layer in the OSI model
(c) Session layer (d) Transport layer is to handle request and response between two
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 applications. It also handles token management.
Ans. (b) : The data-link layer is responsible for 817. Which of the following objects can help you
maintaining and terminating the established connection maintain data across users?
between the network devices over the network channel. (a) Session object (b) Response object
The data-link layer has two sub layers: (c) Server object (d) Application object
• The first is "medium access control", which uses the UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
MAC addresses from the network device to transmit
data between them. Ans. (d) The Application object is helps maintain data
• The second layer is the "logical link layer," which users. Application object is a element of application.
identifies, check flow control and performes the Pages- The pages screens that you design or install for
error detection for transmitted data. end users in your environment for all the given
813. First layer one of the OSI models is application. Application may use objects to share
(a) Physical layer (b) link layer information between user such as: Web screens, email
(c) transport layer (d) network layer screens, mobile web screens and SMS screens as the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 visual development environment is designed.
Computer 85 YCT
ye
p
818. Which of the following OSI model related to Ans. (d) : File Server Network is helped to transfer the
data link layer. file. It is manage to store the all files in a computer. A
(a) MAC address (b) E-mail address file server is a central server in a computer network that
(c) IP address (d) Memory address provide file system.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 825. Defines the amount of data that can be
Ans : (a) Data Link Layer is second layer of OSI model. It transported through a communication medium
is a protocol layer of a OSI model. It is the physical link in a given amount of time.
layer that moves the data in or out of the network. (a) Network Latency (b) Bandwidth
819. Which of the following OSI layers is meant for (c) Broadband (d) Bitrate
packet routing? WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(a) Transport Layer (b) Network Layer Ans : (b) Bandwidth is a amount of data that can be
(c) Presentation Layer (d) Application Layer transported with in a specific amount of time. It is
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02) usually expressed in bits per second for digital
Ans: (b) The network layer is the third layer of the OSI transmission. Bandwidth is connected to wire and
model. wireless communication network.
The OSI model has seven layers, the network layer is used 826. Using which app can customers in India
for packet routing. measure the download speed of a broadband
820. IEEE 802.11 standard was developed in which connection?
year? (a) My Broadband App
(a) 1997 (b) 2001 (b) My Speed band App
(c) 1995 (d) 1996 (c) My Speed App
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (d) My Band App
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Ans. (a) : The IEEE 802.11 standard is a set of control
and physical layer specifications for wireless local area Ans. (c) : Customer can check the speed through TRAI
network access control and Physical Layer My Speed App by clicking on the speed check icon.
specifications in such as 900 MHz and 2.4, 3.6, 5 and The speed of the broadband is displayed generally in
60 GHz this standard was developed in 1997 AD. kbps (Kilo Bits Per Second) it can be use for GPS and
test Wi-Fi speed along with the internet data plan
821. In terms of Digital Certificate, SSL stands for? provided by the mobile operator. The customer can also
(a) Standard Socket Layer measure the download speed of the broadband
(b) Secure Service Layer connection.
(c) Secure Service Line 827. In CSMA/CA, what does RTS stand for?
(d) Secure Socket Layer
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) (a) Retransmit the Signal
(b) Request to Send
Ans : (d) SSL stands for Secure Socket Layer Protocol (c) Reserved to Send
for web browsers and servers that allows for the
(d) Resend the Signal
authentication, encryption and decryption of data sent
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)
over the internet. This protocol is provide the connectivity
Ans: (b) RTS stands for request to send in (CSMA/CA)
save and secure for internet. This information exchange to
another website save and secure. Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Avoidance.
Which is an alternative arrangement used by the 802.11
822. The communication takes place in a TCP wireless networking protocol.
connection. 828. Which is the TCP/IP loopback address in
(a) Half Duplex (b) Full Duplex networking?
(c) Byte by byte (d) Semi-Duplex (a) 256.0.0.1 (b) 127.0.0.1
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (c) 255.1.1.0 (d) 128.0.0.1
Ans : (b) TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) is a KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
bidirectional connection, because it can send data from
Ans. (b) : The loopback address for a TCP/IP network
both side so it is full duplex.
is 127.0.0.1 this address is used for diagnostic purposes
823. What is the full from of ISP? to verify that the internal path through the TCP/IP
(a) Internet Service Provider protocols is working packets sent to the loopback
(b) Intranet Server address never reach the network but are looped through
(c) Internet Serial Provider the networked interface card only.
(d) Internal Service Provider The IP address range 127. 0. 0. 0 ––127.255.255.255 is
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 reserved for loopback
Ans : (a) ISP stands for Internet Service Provider is an 829. With reference to Internet protocols, SNMP
organization, which provides service for the internet. refers to ________.
824. __________ server stores the files for all users (a) Simple Network Management Protocol
in a network. (b) Simple Network Mailing Protocol
(a) Database (b) Communication (c) Secured Network Mailing Protocol
(c) Domain (d) File (d) Secured Network Management Protocol
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Computer 86 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : Simple Network Management Protocol is an 833. Which of the following is the fastest media of
Application Layer Protocol for monitoring and data transfer?
managing network devices on a Local Area Network (a) Co-axial cable (b) Untwisted wire
(LAN) or Wide Area Network (WAN). It is used to (c) Telephone lines (d) Fiber optic
configure the information to network devices such UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Internet Protocol on a server, Printer, Hub, Switch, Ans. (d) A Fiber Optic Cable consists of a bundle of
Router etc. glass threads, each of which is capable of transmitting
830. Match the following network protocols with messages modulated onto light waves. It is a optical
their meanings. fiber thin wire in which data transfer is done very fast
(i) SNTP A. Maps the domain name to using light. It works on the principle of Total Internal
an IP address. Reflection (TIR) when light is shown from a particular
(ii) FTP B. Synchronizes the system angle.
time in the network. 834. A set of rules governing data communication is
(iii) DNS C. Sends files from one called .....?
computer to another. (a) Standard (b) Topology
(iv)TELNET D. Connects the local (c) Networking (d) Protocol
computer to the remote UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
computer. Ans. (d) : A protocol in a computer network is a set of
(a) i-C; ii - B; iii-A; iv - D rules that governs how devices communicate. It defines
(b) i-B; ii-C; iii-A; iv-D the structure and format of data packet, including how
(c) i-B; ii-C; iii-D; iv-A data is transmitted, routed, addressed and encapsulated.
(d) i-B; ii-D; iii-A; iv-C Some example of protocols:
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 FTP, UDP, SMTP, DNS, TCP/IP, HTTPS.
Ans. (b) : SNTP stands for Simple Network Time 835. With respect to TCP/IP model what is the full
Protocol. It is a network type protocol used to form of UDP?
synchronize computer time in the internet. DNS means (a) User Data Processing
Domain Name System. It is converts people readable (b) Uni-Directional Processing
domain names such as (www.yctbook.com) into (c) User Datagram Protocol
machine readable IP addresses. (d) Unique Datagram Protocol
831. Which of the following internet services KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
transfers files to and from a remote network? Ans. (c) : UDP stands for 'User Datagram Protocol' in
(a) SMTP (b) TELNET the TCP/IP model. It is one of the core protocols of the
(c) FTP (d) POP Internet Protocol suite and is used for transmitting data
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 over a network. UDP is a connectionless and light
Ans. (c) : FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol. FTP is weight protocol that does not provide the same level of
a standard internet protocol provided by TCP/IP used reliability and error checking as TCP.
for transmitting the files from one host to another. 836. With regard to internet security, the full form
SMTP– SMTP stands for Simple Mail Transfer of SSL _____ and it provides security at the
Protocol is used to send and receive email. SMTP is an _____layer
internet standard communication protocol for electronic (a) simple socket layer; Transport
mail transmission. Mail server and other message. (b) Secure Service layer; Application
TELNET– Telnet is a network protocol used to
(c) Secure Socket layer; Transport
virtually access a computer and provide a two way
collaborative and text based communication channel (d) secure socket layer; Application
between two machines. It is used to application HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
protocol. Ans. (c) : Secure socket layer is an extension of SSL
POP– POP stands for Post Office Protocol. It is a point which is a security protocol that creates an encrypted
multiple devices share a connection and communicate and decrypted link between a web server and a web
with each other. browser. Companies and organization are need to add
832. Full Form of FDDI is: SSL certificates to their web sites to secure online
(a) Fiber Distributed Data Interface transactions and keep customer information private and
(b) Fiber Direct Data Inspection secure. Which provides confidentiality authentication
(c) Frequency Demodulation Data Interface and integrity to internet communications. SSL
eventually evolved into Transport Layer Security
(d) Foreign Development Department of India
(TLS). Usually SSL is used to secure credit card
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 transaction data transfer and login thus can say. SSL is a
Ans. (a) : FDDI stands for Fiber Distributed Data bit of code on your web server that provides security for
Interface is a high speed network technology which run online communications. It is two levels of protocols that
at 100 Mbps over fiber-optic cabling. It is used for allow more reliable transmission. A record protocol and
network back bones in a Local Area Network (LAN) or hand shake protocol and these are layered on top of
metropolitan network. transport protocols such as TCP/IP.
Computer 87 YCT
ye
p
837. _____ the use of wireless technology (usually Ans. (c) : (i) The fault tolerance of WAN is very low.
wifi) to connect some or all computers and (ii) There are two types of WAN switched WAN and
devices to a router and in turn to each other point to point WAN.
and to the internet. (iii) Due to long distance transmission, WAN has more
(a) WLAN (b) FAN noise and error.
(c) MAN (d) WAN (iv) The data rate of LAN is higher than speed of WAN.
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 843. Which of the following statements is correct
Ans : (a) WLAN– Wireless LAN is a wireless about LAN?
computer network that wireless communication is used (a) LAN connection is less secure than Internet
to create a Local Area Network (LAN) with in a limited connection.
area such as a home, school, computer labs, campus, (b) Two computers placed in two different
office building etc. It connects two or more devices. continents can be connected through Internet.
838. Radio waves are used by which of the following (c) The full form of LAN is Local Actual
networks to transmit information across the Network.
network? (d) LAN with 10Mbps speed is called ‘Ethernet ‘.
(a) Telephone (b) Satellite UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(c) ISP (d) Wi-Fi Ans. (d) : The full form of LAN is Local Area
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I) Network, it is interconnected in a fixed and small
Ans. (d) : Wi-Fi is a wireless technology used to geographical area. It is spreaded and located in a few
connect computer tablets, smart phones and other kilometers away in any university, campus, office or
devices to the internet. Wi-Fi uses radio waves to factory. The new 10 Mbps speed LAN is called
transmit information to the network. Ethernet.
839. The nodes in a computer network are devices 844. Which of the following statements about LAN
is incorrect?
that:
(a) LAN with speed of 10 Mbps is called
(a) consume/terminate the data
Ethernet
(b) route the data (b) LAN stands for Local Area Network
(c) generate the data (c) LAN is more secure than the Internet
(d) forward the data (d) Two computers placed in two different
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 continents can connect through LAN
Ans : (a) Since computer network shares data or GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
information among different users in which the main Ans. (d) : LAN stands for 'Local Area Network". It's a
function of nodes is to consume or terminate the data. network of inter connected computers and devices
840. Which one of the following options are a free within a limited geographical area, such as a home,
transmission medium? office, or school. LAN with speed of 10 Mbps is called
(a) ]Fiber optic (b) Coaxial wire Ethernet. LAN is more secure than the internet.
(c) Twisted pair wire (d) Micro wave 845. Which of the following statement is incorrect
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) regarding LAN?
Ans : (d) Signals in microwave are transmitted openly (a) It is more secure than other networks
i.e., without medium, like radio signals, in which (b) Railway reservation system is an examples of
information is exchanged through frequencies. LAN
841. Which of the following is not an advantage of (c) It may be wired and wireless or a
computer network? combination of both
(a) Communication (b) Sharing of resources (d) LAN with 10 Mbps speed is called Ethernet
(c) Security Hazards (d) Cost effectiveness KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) Ans. (b) : Railway reservation system is an examples of
Ans : (c) Computer network is consider to the best WAN Hence statement (b) is incorrect.
medium of communication. It is easy to sharing with 846. What does 6LoWPAN stand for?
printer, scanner etc. Which reduces cost. It does not (a) IPv6 over Low Power Wireless Personal Area
protect from danger in any way, we need firewall for Network
threat protection. (b) 6 Lower Wireless Public Area Network
842. Which of the following statements is true with (c) 6 Longest Wireless Protocols And Networks
respect to wide Area network (WAN)? (d) IPv6 over Low Power Wireless Public Access
(a) The fault tolerance of WAN is very high Network
(b) There is only one type of WAN known as UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
switched WAN Ans. (a) :6LoWPAN stands for "IPv6 over Low- Power
(c) Due to long distance transmission, WAN has Wireless Personal Area Networks". It is an Internet
more noise and error Engineering Task Force (IEETF) Standard that enables
(d) The data rate of WAN is higher than the the use of IPv6, the latest version of the Internet
speed of LAN Protocol, on Low-Power low data rate wireless
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 networks typically used in IoT and sensor applications.
Computer 88 YCT
ye
p
847. Which of the following is defined as a global 852. Which of the following is an advantage of
collection of a computer networks that are LAN?
linked together by devices called 'routers' and (a) Automatic Pricing of Data
have a common set of protocols for data usage (b) Sharing Peripherals
transmission. (c) Saving up data
(a) Internet (b) LAN (d) Backing up data
(c) VPN (d) Intranet RRB NTPC 23.02.2021 (Shift-I) Stage Ist
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) Ans. (b) : A local Area network (LAN) has many
Ans. (a) : The internet is defined as a global collection of advantages
computer networks linked together by devices called (i) Sharing peripherals
'routers' and a common set of protocols for data usage (ii) Cost -effective
transmission. Internet is a best example of WAN network. (iii) Comparatively secure
848. Which of these networks is usually the fastest? (iv) High speed data transfer
(a) WAN (v) Scalability
(b) MAN 853. Which of the following many Local Area
(c) LAN Networks (LAN) are connected simultaneously
(d) All the networks are equally fast and the whole country of the World in general
RRB NTPC, (Shift -3) Online, 28.03.2016 is included.
Ans. (c) : The full form of LAN is Local Area (a) Local Area Network (LAN)
Network. Generally LAN network is the fastest. We use (b) Virtual Private Network (VPN)
this network in a limited area, such as in a building, (c) Wide Area Network (WAN)
school, office etc. (d) Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)
849. In terms of transmission speed, which of the UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
following is the correct arrangement of LAN, Ans. (c) : WAN (Wide Area Network) is a network that
MAN, and WAN in increasing order? works for networking with a very large geographical area
(a) WAN <MAN > LAN such as from one city to another city or even a country. A
(b) LAN < MAN < WAN WAN networks are internet. The internet is the largest
(c) WAN > MAN < LAN WAN network.
(d) WAN < MAN < LAN 854. Internet may be termed as an example of–
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
(a) LAN (b) MAN
Ans. (d) : In terms of transmission speed, LAN has (c) WAN (d) PAN
higher transmission speed. Whereas the transmission (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
speed of MAN is average and the transmission speed of
WAN is low. So in a ascending order WAN < MAN < (RRB JE (Shift-2), 29.8.2015)
LAN will be Ans : (c) Internet may be termed as an example of
LAN - Local Area Network WAN.
MAN - Metropolitan Area Network 855. What is the IEEE standard for Gigabit
WAN - Wide Area Network Ethernet?
850. The technology most popularly used by LAN (a) IEEE 802.3gb (b) IEEE 802.3u
is: (c) IEEE 802.3g (d) IEEE 802.3z
(a) SONET (b) ATM UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
(c) Ethernet (d) Frame Relay Ans: (d) The IEEE standard for Gigabit Ethernet is IEEE
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 802.3z. Data transfer in LAN is quite high and usually
Ans. (c) : Ethernet is the technology commonly used in varies from 10 Mbps (Called Ethernet), to 1000 Mbps
wired Local Area Networks (LANs). A LAN is a called Gigabit Ethernet.
network of computers and other electronic equipment 856. Which of the following options acts as a barrier
that covers a small area such as a room, office, school, between local Area Network (LAN) and the
building. Ethernet is a network protocol that controls Internet?
how data is transmitted over a LAN. How is transmitted (a) SQL Injection
and supported by IEEE 802.3 Protocol. (b) Hashing
851. Which of the following is a general-purpose (c) Firewall
network? (d) Cross Server Scripting
(a) Storage Area Network (SAN) UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
(b) Local Area Network (LAN) Ans: (c) Firewall acts as a barrier between the Local
(c) Enterprise Private Network (EPN) Area Network and the internet. Which keeps computers
(c) Virtual Private Network (VPN) safe from hackers and malware.
(RRB JE (Shift-3), 28.08.2015) 857. Which of the following statements is true
Ans : (b) A local area network (LAN) is a computer regarding Wide Area Network (WAN)?
network that interconnects computer within a limited (a) The data rate of WAN is higher than the
area most computer networks are general purpose speed of LAN.
networks used for many different forms of (b) There is only one type of WAN which is
communication. known as 'Switched WAN.
Computer 89 YCT
ye
p
(c) The fault tolerance of WAN is very high. 862. Many universities in the country have to be
(d) Due to long distance transmission, WAN is merged together can be connected via?
more prone to noise and errors. (a) WAN (b) PAN
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 (c) LAN (d) MAN
Ans. (d) : WAN stands for Wide Area Network. It's a UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
type of computer network that covers a broad area, Ans : (a) A Wide Area Network (WAN) is a computer
typically a city, country or even a global scale. WANs network that extends over a large geographical area.
are used to connect multiple local networks (LANs) and WANs are commonly used in business origination to
allow data and communication to be transmitted over connect their office networks. It also used to connect
long distance. Due to long distance transmission, WAN many universities in the country.
is more prone to noise and errors. 863. For te`xtual chatting on internet, most common
858. Connecting your computing devices like chat protocol is ______.
computers, mobiles, notebooks etc, together (a) HLR (b) IRC
forms a network, which is called _____. (c) H.323 (d) SIP
(a) PAN (b) WAN UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
(c) LAN (d) MAN Ans. (b) : IRC (Internet Relay Chat) is an application
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 layer protocol that facilitates communication in the
Ans. (a) : A personal Area Network (PAN) is a computer form of text IRC was created by Jarkko Oikarinen in
network for inter connecting electronic devices within an August 1988. This chat process works on the
individual person's workspace. A PAN provides data client/server networking model.
transmission among devices such as computers, smart 864. IN Infrastructure WLAN, two devices
phones, tablets and personal digital assistants. communicate-
859. Which of the following networks uses telephone (a) Directly (b) Through wires
lines? (c) Through routers (d) Through an access point
(a) WAN (b) LAN RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
(c) PAN (d) Wireless Ans : (d) Access point is different from hotspot. It is a
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) physical layer present in the WLAN (Wireless Local
Area Network).
Ans : (a) Telephone lines are used in Wide Area
Network. This network is also called internet, 865. Which of the following is a network card
many LAN/MAN are connected to it. This installed inside a computer that enables it to
network is used telephone lines and satellites connect to a network?
etc. (a) Modem (b) LAN card
LAN- Local Area Network is connected to school, (c) Switch (d) Repeater
office, Campus, building computer to a LAN UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
network. Ans : (b) A network interface controller is a computer
MAN- MAN (Metropolitan Area Network) network hardware component that connects computer to a
can be used to connect various computers network.
located in a city. 866. Which protocol set is used to construct a
PAN- PAN (Personal Area Network) is a personal virtual terminal?
network of a company. (a) TELNET (b) DCCP
Example- Include banks networks, military (c) UDP (d) DTP
networks etc. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
860. Bluetooth ____ is an example of. Ans : (a) TELNET connection is also known as virtual
(a) Wide Area Network terminal connections. Through telnet, you can access
(b) Personal Area Network information or run programs from a host without
(c) Local Area Network physically going to it.
(d) Virtual Private Network 867. What is the purpose of Telnet?
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) (a) To log on to a remote computer that is
Ans. (b) : Bluetooth is an example of Personal Area connected to the internet
Network. PAN (Personal Area Networks) are used for a (b) To allow internet users to talk across the
data transformation between devices such as computers, internet to any PC equipped to receive the call
telephone tablets and personal digital assistants. (c) To offer a forum for people to discuss topics
861. Which of the following types of network is of common interests
larger than LAN but smaller than WAN? (d) To allow people from all over the world to
(a) CAN (b) MAN communicate in real time
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
(c) GAN (d) PAN
Ans. (a) : Telnet is a protocol that allows you to
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 connect to remote computers over a TCP/IP network
Ans : (b) Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) is an (such as the internet). This TCP/IP protocol is used to
extended form of LAN which covers a larger provide virtual terminal service. By using the Telnet
geographical are like a city are town. client software on your computer. You can connect to a
A MAN is larger than a LAN but smaller than WAN. telnet server (i.e. the remote host).
Computer 90 YCT
ye
p
868. Telnet is a service that runs 872. Which of the following network topologies has
(a) television on net (b) remote program a relatively large number of links?
(c) cable TV network (d) telnet (a) Mesh (b) Star
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 (c) Bus (d) Ring
Ans. (b) Telnet is also widely known as Terminal GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Network. It is a service that runs remote programs. Ans. (a) : Mesh topology is a type of point to point
869. Match the following. connection. In this, all the nodes are connected to each
(i) Telnet A. Internet users, from other through a network channel.
any PC equipped to 873. In _____ topology, each communicating device
receive calls facilitates, is connected with every other device in the
to talk on the internet network.
(ii) Newsgroup B. Used to log on to a (a) Star (b) Bus
remote computer
connected to the (c) Mesh (d) Ring
internet KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(iii) IRC C. Allows people around the Ans. (c) : In mesh topology, each computer is connected
world to communicate in to each other. In this topology each computer is not only
real time sends its own signal but also relays data to other
(iv) VoIP D. Provides a forum for computers. In mesh topology, even if one node fails, the
people to discuss network does not break.
topics of common 874. What is a name of the physical layout of a
interest computer network?
(a) (i)-(c), (ii)-(b), (iii)-(d), (iv)-(a) (a) Network service (b) Network size
(b) (i)- (b), (ii)-(d), (iii)-(c), (iv)-(a) (c) Network topology (d) Network property
(c) (i)-(c), (ii)-(d), (iii)-(b), (iv)-(a) UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(d) (i)-(b), (ii)-(a), (iii)-(c), (iv)-(d) Ans. (c) : In computer network, we know the physical
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 layout as a network topology. We communicate with
Ans. (b) Following are the matched options. each other through network devices. Which are different
Telnet → Used to log on to a remote computer node connected to each other and then communicate.
connected to the internet 875. Which of the following is not a valid network
Newsgroup → Provides a forum for people to discuss topology?
topics of common interest (a) Random (b) Star
IRC → Allows people around the world to (c) Ring (d) Bus
communicate in real time UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
VoIP → Internet users, from any PC equipped Ans. (a) : Except random, all other networks come
to receive calls facilitates, to talk on under topology.
the internet
870. In which of the following network topologies each 876. What is the network configuration in which a
node is connected to exactly two other nodes? all data/information through control computer
(a) Mesh (b) Star (c) Bus (d) Ring is passed.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (a) Bus Network
Ans. (d) : In ring topology each nodes is connected (b) Ring Network
only to its two nearest neighbors nodes. It is in circular (c) Point to Point Network
structure in ring topology, if one node fails, the entire (d) Star Network
network fails. UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
871. Which of the following LAN topology designs is Ans. (d) : Star network topology is a network
not very practical because it causes excessive configuration that each node is connected to a central
wastage of transmission media and is difficult network device, this type of configuration
to set up and reconfigure? information/data is received by all the nodes/computers
(a) Cellular (b) Ring (c) Bus (d) Mesh through a control computer. This central computer acts
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II like a server in which data or information is stored and
Ans. (d) : all other computers (two or more) are connected to this
central computer and it takes the data from the central
computer like a client.
877. Which of the following is not a valid network
topology?
(a) Ring (b) Doughnut
Mesh topology uses a dedicated link between every (c) Mesh (d) Star
device on the network. This design is not very practical UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
because of its excessive waste of transmission media. Ans. (b) : Doughnut is not a valid network topology.
This topology is difficult to install and reconfigure. Doughnut is a type of chart just like pie chart.
Computer 91 YCT
ye
p
878. Which of the following network topologies, 882. A........topology is defined by overlapping
each computer and network device is connections between nodes.
connected by a single connected cable? (a) Mesh (b) Bus
(a) Star topology (b) Ring topology (c) Ring (d) Star
(c) Mesh topology (d) Bus topology HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) Ans. (a) : A mesh topology is defined by overlapping
Ans : (d) Bus topology is a network type in which every connections between nodes.
computer and network devices is connected to single In mesh topology every device is directly connected to
coaxial cable. It is transmission data from one end to every other device.
another in a single direction. The beginning and end of 883. Which of the following network topologies
the wire device is installed. Which is called terminator. provides a central hub/computer from which
879. Consider a LAN in which all computers are the rest of the computer can be directly
connected to a central switch. What is the connected.
network topology of this LAN? (a) Mesh (b) Star
(a) Bus (b) Ring (c) Ring (d) Bus
(c) Star (d) Mesh UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Ans : (b) In a star topology, there is central node (hub)
that connects all the other nodes. In this topology, if the
Ans. (c) : In star topology, all the computers are first node has to take information from the second node,
connected with the help of hub. This cable is called the then always the second node will give information to
central node, and all other nodes are connected using the first node only through the central node.
this central node.
884. In which of the following network topology is
880. Network Topology in which concept of central the communication between any two nodes
node is used for rebroadcasting of signal very fast?
received from peripheral node? (a) Ring (b) Bus
(a) Star Topology (b) Ring Topology (c) Mesh (d) Star
(c) Tree Topology (d) Bus Topology KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) Ans. (c) : In Mesh topology, a computer or node is
Ans : (a) Star topology using the central point concept connected to different devices in different ways i.e. data
for re-transmission of message received from the transmission between any two node is done at higher
peripheral node is done in the network. speed. There is no traffic problem in mesh topology.
881. The topology in which every node is connected 885. The most reliable network configuration is __?
only to its immediate neighbours is called:- (a) STAR (b) BUS
(a) Bus (b) Mesh (c) RING (d) MESH
(c) Ring (d) Star Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 Ans : (d) It is most reliable network configuration we
Ans. (c) : A ring topology is a topology that creates a use mesh topology because in mesh topology all nodes
circle such that each node is connected to other nodes. help each other to distribute each other data.
Because every node is connected to other nodes, there is 886. Which of the following is not a topology?
no beginning and no end. It's data of a host goes from (a) Circle (b) Mesh
the host to receiving host and data goes to the receiver. (c) Ring (d) Star
In ring topology, if one host fails, the whole ring RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
topology fails. Ans. (a) : In the above question Mesh, Ring and Star is
Bus topology– In bus topology, a computer is type of network topology but Circle is not type of
connected to a single communication line or cable. network topology.
When we want to send or receive data simultaneously, 887. The topology in which every node is connected
the due to having only one cable, when the data one side only to its immediate neighbours is called-
is completely send then only we can send the other data. (a) Bus (b) Mesh
If the main communication line breaks in the bus (c) Ring (d) Star
topology, then the entire network fails. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
Mesh topology– The host computer is connected to one
or more host. Each host computer in the mesh topology Ans : (c) Ring topology is a network topology which
connected to different hosts with more than point. each node is connected two separate nodes. It is better
than bus topology.
Star topology– In star topology, all host devices are
connected to a central device (hub). Any central device 888. Which of the following statements is
is used i.e. switch. There is a point to point connection INCORRECT?
between the central device and the host. In star topology (a) Malware leaks personal information.
if the central device fails, the entire network fails. The (b) Eavesdropping is listening to private
characteristic of the star topology is that one host fails, communication
it has no effect on the entire work. You can easily add (c) Spoofing is acquiring the user ID and the
or remove hosts. password.
Computer 92 YCT
ye
p
(d) Social engineering is of interest to cyber 893. The act of secretly listening to the private
security. conversation or communications of others
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 without their consents in order to gather
Ans. (c) : Spoofing is often used in phishing attacks and information is known as:
other malicious activities to gain unauthorized access, (a) Phishing (b) eavesdropping
steal information, or deceive individuals and systems, (c) Trojan horse (d) surfing
spoofing is not acquiring the user ID and the password. RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Malware is a term used to describe any software or code Ans. (b) : Eavesdropping is the unauthorized
that is designed to harm, exploit or compromise computer interception of electronic communications often with
systems, networks, or devices without the consent of the the intention of monitoring, capturing or extracting
user. Malware leaks personal information. sensitive or confidential information being transmitted
Eavesdropping is the act of secretly listening to a over network.
conversation or private communication without the
knowledge or consent of the parties involved. 894. A type of social engineering where an attacker
sends a fraudulent message designed to trick
Social engineering is a manipulative technique used to
person into revealing sensitive information is
organizations into releasing confidential information,
known as:
social engineering is of interest to cyber security.
(a) Phishing attack
889. How many INCORRECT statements regarding (b) ransomware attack
PC security are given below?
(c) DDoS attack
1. Firewall causes harm.
2. Malware causes harm. (d) man-in the middle attack
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
3. Phishing causes harm.
(a) 3 (b) 0 Ans. (a) : A phishing attack is a type of cyber attack in
(c) 2 (d) 1 which the attacker attempts to trick the victim into
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 revealing sensitive information, Such as password,
credit card numbers, or social security numbers.
Ans. (d) : A Firewall is a network security device or Phishing attacks are often carried out via email or text
software that helps protect a computer or network from message.
unauthorized access and threats. So, firewall is not
harmed, while Malware and Phishing causes harm. 895. At the receiving end, it is necessary to have
890. Which of the following is NOT a type of an IoT encrypted data _____ so that it can be easily
security threat? read by the users.
(a) Social engineering (b) Ransomware (a) decrypted (b) demodulated
(c) Man-in-the-middle (d) Social networking (c) Augmented (d) Encapsulated
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans. (d) : Social engineering, Ransomware and Man- Ans : (a) Data encryption translates the data into some
in-the-middle are an IoT security threat while serial other form or code so that it can be read or viewed by
networking is not security threat because it is a social the person who has the secret code. Accessing the data
media like Facebook, Instagram and youtube etc. at the receiving end through a secret code is called
891. What does DDoS Security Attack in IoT stand for? decryption of the data.
(a) Direct Distraction of Service 896. With respect to passwords, which of the
(b) Direct Detention of Software following is considered a bad practice?
(c) Distributed Denial of Service (a) Keeping same password for multiple accounts
(d) Distributed Disturbance of Software (b) Encrypting passwords
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 (c) Changing password periodically
Ans. (c) : A Distributed Denial of Service attack is a (d) All of these
malicious attempt to disrupt the normal traffic of a MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
targeted server, server or network by overwhelming the Ans. (a) : Password is a key personal information.
target or its surrounding infrastructure with a flood of Which information related to particular person or by
Internet traffic. taking information about his banking account or ATM
892. What is a network that combines various password. It can be misused. Hence password should be
systems together to remotely take control of a changed.
victim's system and distribute malware called? 897. Which of the following is NOT a cause of
(a) Man-in-the-middle (b) Identity and data theft system hang?
(c) Botnet (d) Denial of service (a) Prescience of virus
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
(b) None of these
Ans. (c) : The network that combines various system to (c) Excess power supply
remotely take control of a victim's system and distribute
malware is commonly referred to as a 'botnet'. Botnets (d) Execution of corrupted file
are used for a variety of malicious purposes, including UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
distributing malware launching distributed denial-of- Ans : (c) Therefore prescience of virus, and execution
service attacks, and stealing sensitive information from of corrupted file are responsible for any system hang
compromised systems. and not the extra power supply.
Computer 93 YCT
ye
p
898. Which of the following is a network security Ans: (b) Back door is a malware using which can
system that monitors and controls the incoming attacker can gain unauthorised remote access to a PC.
and outgoing network traffic based on Which can steal or infect computer data.
predetermined security rules? 905. Which of the following Malicious Software
(a) Anti-virus (b) Spyware
(c) Firewall (d) Search engine creates new processes in an infinite loop?
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (a) Boot Sector Virus
Ans : (c) A Firewall is a network security system that (b) Memory Resident Virus
monitors and controls incoming and outgoing network (c) Stealth Virus
traffic based on predetermined security rule. (d) Fork Bomb
UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
899. What is backup?
(a) Adding more components to your network Ans: (d) A Fork bomb (also known as a " rabbit virus") is
(b) Protecting data by copying it from the a Denial of Service (DOS) attack in which the Fort system
original source to a different destination call is recursively used until all system resources execute a
(c) Filtering old data from the new data command. Fork bomb is a type of virus that makes
(d) Accessing data on tape malicious software, new processes in an infinite loop.
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) 906. Anti-virus software must be regularly updated
Ans : (b) Backup is process of protecting data by else-
copying it from the original source to a different (a) New viruses wouldn't be recognized
destination. (b) None of these
900. Information Technology Act, 2000, addresses (c) Software will become corrupt
all of the following issues, EXCEPT: (d) Both of these
(a) Legal recognition of digital signatures KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018
(b) Legal recognition for apartments Ans : (a) The anti-virus software in any system should
(c) Legal recognition of electronic documents be updated regularly, otherwise the anti-virus will not
(d) Legal recognition transactions be able to identify the new virus.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
907. Verification of a login name and password is
Ans. (b) : Information Technology Act 2000 not known as
addresses legal recognition for apartments. (a) Configuration (b) Accessibility
901. Which type of virus attaches with EXE files (c) Authentication (d) logging in
and the resulting infected EXE file attacks (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
other EXE files and infects them? Ans : (c) Verification of a login name and password is
(a) Parasitic Virus called authentication. It is inputted by the user method.
(b) Boot Sector Virus Login name and password are verified comparatively.
(c) Stealth Virus
(d) Memory Resident Virus 908. Which of the following types of attack allows
attackers to inject client side script into web
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
pages?
Ans: (a) Parasitic virus also known as file virus. It is a (a) Cross Client Scripting
computer virus that attacks its self to executable files
and infects them and infected executable files attack (b) Cross Site Scripting
other executable files and infect them as well. (c) Cross Server Scripting
902. Which of the following is not antivirus software? (d) Cross Sort Scripting
(a) Avira (b) Kaspersky UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01)
(c) McAfee (d) Firefox Ans: (b) Cross-site scripting (XSS) is a security exploit.
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) It is allows an attacker to inject into a web site
Ans : (d) Avira, kaspersky and McAfee are all antivirus malicious client side code.
while Firefox is web browser. 909. We categorize cyber-crimes in two ways, that is
903. Indian IT act was notified in the year _____. _____.
(a) 2014 (b) 2007 (a) crime committed in i) the real world and ii)
(c) 2000 (d) 1991 the computer world
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II (b) crime committed through i) the www and ii)
Ans. (c) : The Indian IT Act was notified in the year the internet
2000 this is the primary law in India which deals with (c) crime committed in i) cyberspace and ii) the
cyber crime and deals with electronics. real world
904. Which of the following malwares is used by an (d) crime committed where i) a computer is a
attacker to get unauthorized remote access to a target and ii) where a computer is a weapon
PC by exploiting security vulnerabilities? Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(a) logic bomb (b) back door Ans : (d) Cyber crime is crime in which a computer and
(c) Poverty (d) Self-replicating a network are involved. Computer is a tool used and
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01) target a computer.
Computer 94 YCT
ye
p
910. A malware that secretly collects information Ans. (b) : A dial-up line is a connection or circuit
about users without their consent is called - between two sites through a switched telephone
(a) Spyware (b) Virus network. In the data communication on world, a dial-up
(c) Bootware (d) Adware line forms a link between two distant computers or local
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 area networks. Dial-up lines provide any to any
Ans : (a) Spyware is an unwanted software that steals connections. It is also called switched line.
confidential information by infiltrating a computer 916. Which of the following statements is/are true?
device. It is a type of malware. (i) In terms of security, a dial-up connection is
911. Which of the following provides internet access better than a broadband connection.
by transmitting digital data over telephone lines? (ii) In terms of cost, a broadband connection is
(a) Leased line (b) Digital subscriber line better (cheaper) than a dial-up connection.
(a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i)
(c) Digital signal line (d) None of these
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Ans : (b) Internet access is done by digital subscriber Ans. (b) : Dial-up connection is more secure than broad
line (DSL) by transmitting digital data over telephone band connection in term of security. Broadband users
lines DSL service uses the same telephone line a dial up need to use a firewall to keep the computer invisible.
service but provides faster speeds than dial-up service. Dial-up-service connect to internet through phone line
This service require a modem, which connects the with the maximum speed of 56 kbps. While broadband
telephone line to the computer. refer to connection. It has ability to transmit large
912. Which of the following provides internet access amount of data at high speeds. Dialup internet service is
by transmitting digital data over a telephone usually cheaper than broadband internet.
network. 917. What is the maximum data transfer speed of
(a) Digital (b) Leased line dial-up connection.
(c) Ethernert (d) Data subscriber line (a) 512 Kbps (b) 1 Mbps
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) (c) 56 Kbps (d) 112 Kbps
Ans. (d) : Digital subscriber line is a communication UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
medium. Which is used to transfer internet through Ans : (c) Maximum speed of dial up connection is 56 kbps.
telephone line using copper wire. DSL is one of the most 918. In which of the following telephone line is used
popular way with cable internet only. ISP stand for (Internet to make modem connection for internet access
Service Provider) provides broadband internet access. is done.
913. The full form of ADSL is: (a) ISDN (b) Dial-up
(a) Asymptotic Digital Subscription Line (c) Ethernet (d) Cable Internet
(b) Asymmetric Digital Subscription Line UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(c) Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line Ans. (b) : Dial-up connection uses that telephone line to
(d) Asymptotic Digital Subscriber Line connect the PC to the internet. Dial-up connection is
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 required a modem set up. Modem acts a interface
Ans. (c) : Asymmetric Digital Subscriber line is a between the PC, and the telephone line.
technology that provides high transmission speed for 919. Which of the following is a form of broadband
video and sound over in homes the simple copper connection based on connection over ordinary
telephone wire. telephone lines provides.
914. ______ establishes connections using phone (a) Fiber optics (b) Dial-up
lines and carries digitals signals in place of (c) ISDN (d) DSL
analog signals. UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(a) Cable TV Internet Connection Ans. (d) : DSL is the short form of Digital Subscriber
(b) ISDN Line. It is a modem technology that uses existing
(c) Dial-up telephone lines to transport high bandwidth data such as
(d) DSL multimedia and video to the service subscriber.
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) 920. A set of communication standards for the
Ans. (b) : ISDN (Integrated Service Digital Network) is synchronous digital transmission of voice,
video, data and other network services over the
a digital telephone network which is used to point to
traditional circuits of the public switch
point telephone network. It is carried digital signal in telephone network.
place of analog signals and also provide internet service (a) Dial-up (b) DSL
to the user. ISDN is mainly an example of circuit (c) ISDN (d) Fiber optic
switching. Which is source and destination are
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
connected through physical circuit network.
Ans. (c) : Full form of ISDN is integrated service
915. Which of the following internet access methods digital network. It is a circuit switch telephone network
is also called switched line? system that transmit both data and voice over the digital
(a) Satellite (b) Dial-up line line. It is transmitted both data and voice single digital
(c) Leased line (d) ISDN lines. ISDN is a set of communication standard that data
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 voice and signal can be transmitted.
Computer 95 YCT
ye
p
921. NIC is a hardware component which is used to Ans : (d) When we connect two computers through a
connect one computer to another computer in a third computer. It is called proxy. Generally this type of
network. What is the meaning of the term application can be called a transport level gateway.
NIC? 927. Which of the following is used to modulation to
(a) New interface Card demodulation.
(b) Network interface Care (a) Gateway (b) Repeater
(c) Network Interface Card (c) Modem (d) Muliplexer
(d) Network integration Card UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 Ans. (c) : Modem is a networking hardware device.
Ans. (c) : Network Interface Card is hardware That can converts analog signal to digital signal and
component without, it the computer is not connect to the digital signal to analog signal. Analog signal to digital
network. It is a circuit board installed in a computer. conversion is called modulation. The process of
Which is provide network connection to the computer. converting from digital signal to analog signal is called
It is also called network interface controller, Network demodulation.
Adapter Ethernet, LAN adapter. 928. The piece of hardware that converts the digital
922. _____known as a physical address, is a unique signal of your computer to an analog signal
identifier of each host and is associated with that can travel over telephone lines is called a–
the NIC (Network Interface Card). (a) translator (b) blue cord
(a) Media Address (c) converter (d) modem
(b) Media Access Control Address (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
(c) Control Address Ans : (d) See the explanation of the above question.
(d) Domain Address 929. Which of the following is an example of a
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 communication device?
Ans. (b) : A MAC address (Media Access Control) is a (a) Keyboard (b) Mouse
unique identifier assigned to a Network Interface (c) Printer (d) Modem
Controller (NIC) for communication on a physical (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
network. Ans : (d) A communication device in networking refer
923. An Ethernet ___ address consist of ____ octets. to hardware that facilitates the exchange of data and
(a) Root-8 (b) Transport layer, 2 information between different devices within a network.
Modem, switch and network interface card (NIC) are
(c) Network. 12 (d) MAC, 6 example of communication devices.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
930. IPv4 addresses are divided into four segment.
Ans : (d) The Mac address is a device’s physical What is the size of each segment?
address, which uniquely identifies it on a specific (a) 8 byte (b) 16 bit
network. Mac full form is Median Access Control and (c) 32 bit (d) 8 bit
also known as physical address. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
An Ethernet MAC address consist of 6 octets and each Ans. (d) : IPv4 address consists of 4 octets and each
octet has eight bits. octet size is 8 bit separated by a dot (.)
924. Bidirectional buffer (example data-bus buffer) An IPv4 address consists of 32 bits. IPv6 addresses are
_____ it is said. 128 bits.
(a) Trans-receivers (b) High Z buffers 931. Using existing telephone lines, you may connect
(c) BDBs (d) Transceivers to the internet using:
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (a) USB (b) switch
Ans : (d) Transceivers are combination of both (c) hub (d) modem
transmitter and receivers. There are many examples of RRB Kolkata LP-2009
this likes, telephone, speaker, phone, modem etc. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
925. ISP stands for ______. Ans. (d) : Modem is a abbreviation of modulator and
Demodulator. It is a type of hardware device. Whose
(a) Internet Source Provider
function to send data to the computer through a cable or
(b) Internet Source Protocol telephone. Modem is used to connects to the internet.
(c) Internet Service Provider Through the existing telephone line.
(d) Internet Service Protocol 932. What is technique used to convert encrypted
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 data back to its original form called.
Ans. (c) : ISP stands for Internet Service Provider. It is (a) decryption (b) subscription
an organization to provide the service access use or (c) modulation (d) demodulation
participate in the internet. UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
926. A proxy _____ it happens. Ans : (a) Decryption is a method which convert
(a) A network level gateway encrypted data back in to its original form.
(b) A transport layer gateway 933. What is a function of modem (Modulator-
(c) Network address translation Device Demodulator).
(d) An application level gateway (a) It changes the signal level
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 (b) It moderates and de-moderated the signal
Computer 96 YCT
ye
p
(c) It is used to increase and decrease the speed IX. Internet & Web Tech.
of the internet
(d) It converts digital signal into analog signal or 939. Which of the following terms is a world-wide
convert analog signal to digital signal network of computers also known as network
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 of networks?
Ans : (d) Modem is a hardware device that converts digital (a) VLAN (b) MAN
signal to analog signal or analog signal to digital signal. (c) Internet (d) World Wide Web
934. DAC full form of digital to analog is GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(a) Digital to analog converter KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(b) Digital address conversion Ans. (c) : The internet is a World Wide Network of
computers which is also called a network of networks.
(c) Digital address conversion
(d) Digital address converter 940. If you are replying to an email, which of the
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
following fields are filled in automatically?
(a) "To" and "From" field both
Ans : (a) DAC full form digital to analog converter (b) Only "From" field
DAC converts digital signal to analog signal. (c) Neither "To" field nor "From" field
935. Which of the following is an example of (d) Only "To" field
wireless client? UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(a) PDAs (b) Laptops Ans. (a) : If an email user wants to reply an email then he
(c) All of these (d) Mobile phones would filled "To" and "From" field both automatically.
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 To → Email address of receiver
Ans. (c) : The connectivity refers to the methods used From → Email address of sender
to connect to the internet. Which include wired and 941. Match the points under the column 'LIST-I to
wireless connection. PDA, Laptop and mobile etc. are those under the column 'LIST-II'.
all wireless clients.
List-I List-II
936. Which of the following statement is wrong? a)Email server i) A free email
(a) Fixed access is generally very slow and (Webmail) tool
unreliable as compared to access through mobile. provided by Microsoft
(b) Any smartphone can directly connect to the
b) LinkedIn ii) Postfix
internet using a 3G/4G mobile network.
(c) Any computer can connect to a network using c) Orkut iii) A social networking
Eathernet or Wi-Fi. portal for business
(d) Any network can connect to the internet using professionals
ADSL, Cable or fiber. d) Hotmail iv) The service was
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 designed to help users
Ans. (a) : Fixed access is faster than mobile access meet new and old
fixed wireless internet is a higher speed, reliable friends.
internet services for rural and low comparatively (a) a-ii, b-iii, c-i, d-iv (b) a-iii, b-ii, c-iv, d-i
underserved people. (c) a-ii, b-iii, c-iv, d-i (d) a-ii, b-iv, c-iii, d-i
937. Wireless broadband (Wi-Fi) connects a home RRB Kolkata LP-2009
or business to the internet using ____ signals. Ans. (c) : Postfix is a hugely-popular Mail Transfer
(a) sound (b) radio Agent (MTA) designed to determine routes and send
(c) microwave (d) light emails. LinkedIn is a social networking site or portal
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning designed specifically for the business
Ans. (b) : A Wi-Fi network is simply on internet community/professionals. Orkut was a social
connection shared with multiple devices in a home or networking service owned and operated by Google.
business via a wireless router to nearby devices. The This service was designed to help users meet new and
device transmits a radio signal back to the router which old friends and maintain existing relationships.
connects to the internet by wire or cable. Accounts such as hotmail, outlook, MSN etc. are
938. In Infrastructure WLAN, two devices provided by Microsoft.
communicate– 942. Which of the following is a computer based
(a) Directly (b) Through wires application for exchanging message between
(c) Through routers (d) Through an access point users?
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II (a) e-kyc (b) e-mail
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (c) e-aadhar (d) e-sharm
Ans. (d) : In WLAN infrastructure two devices are HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
communicate with each other through access point. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
WLAN full form Wireless Local Area Network. All its Ans. (b) : Email is a computer based application. It
components can be connected to the network by a allows an internet user to send a message in formatted
wireless means and all the stations are equipped with manner (mail) to the other internet user in any part of
wireless network interface controllers. world.
Computer 97 YCT
ye
p
943. Which among the following is used to navigate Ans. (b) : LAN is the short form of Local Area
through hypermedia structures? Network. It connects devices which are available in a
(a) Nodes (b) Keys single or limited area with the help of LAN.
(c) None of these (d) Buttons LAN can share data at speeds ranging from 10 Mbps to
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 1000 Mbps. Data transmission speed is higher in LAN
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 network because the range of LAN network is limited to
Ans. (a) : Nodes are used to navigate or transfer data a fixed area.
from one place to another place, through hypermedia 948. Which of the following layer is not available in
structures. five - layered internet architecture?
944. In email, to search for messages after (a) Transport (b) Data Link
02/22/2021, which of the following option (c) Session (d) Application
should be entered? MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(a) newer than : 02/22/2021 Ans. (c) : TCP/IP has five different layers those are
(b) newer : 02/22/2021 followings -
(c) after than : 02/22/2021 → Application Layer
(d) after : 02/22/2021 → Transport Layer
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
→ Internet Layer
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
→ Data Link Layer
Ans. (d) : To find emails after a specific date use
YYYY/MM/DD . For ex. if you are trying to find → Physical Layer
emails before or after September 1, 2021 type before: Therefore, session layer does not come under five layer
2021-09-01 or after: 2021-09-01 in the search bar and internet architecture.
press enter. You can combine the two keywords to find 949. In the context of Internet, what is the full form
emails between two dates. of ARPANET?
945. Which of the following options is the correct (a) Advanced Research Planning Agency
sequence to print an entire web page in Google Network
Chrome browser? (b) Automatic Research Projects Agency
(a) Open the web page -> Press Ctrl + A -> Right Network
click on the page and left click on 'Print' (c) Advanced Remedial Projects Agency
(b) Open the web page -> click on page Setup -> Network
Click on the 'Print' icon (d) Advanced Research Projects Agency
(c) Open the web page -> Press Ctrl + S -> Right Network
click on the page and left click on 'Print' UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
(d) Open the web page -> Click on Print Preview Ans. (d) : In the context of internet full form of
-> Click on the 'Print' icon ARPANET is Advanced Research Projects Agency
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 Network.
Ans. (a) : To print the entire webpage in Google 950. Almost every search engine user programs or
Chrome browser use the following procedure: automated scripts called ______ to
→ Open the web page systematically browse the World Wide Web
→ Use/press Ctrl + A shortcut key and index them in a local repository.
→ Right click on the page and left click on print. (a) Crawler (b) Adware
(c) Spooler (d) Spyware
946. In the context of searching content on the RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
Internet which of the following facts is NOT true?
(a) Use quotation marks Ans. (a) : A web crawler or web spider is a computer
(b) Use complex search terms program that is used to search and automatically index
(c) Use specific keywords website content and other information over the internet.
(d) Vary your search engine 951. Which of the following statements regarding
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 the Internet is incorrect?
Ans. (b) : We can use quotation marks, choose specific (a) It is a global network that connects billions of
keywords and change our search engine to search for computers around the world.
content on the Internet but we can not use complex term in (b) It uses TCP/IP protocol.
browser. (c) It is different from the World Wide Web.
947. Which of the following is true with respect to (d) It is a collection of web pages which are
Local Area Network? accessed through a browser.
(a) LAN can be operated only on client/ server UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
technology Ans. (d) : Internet is an international network of
(b) It connects devices that are in a single limited area computers which is called a network of networks. The
(c) It is a combination of devices connected in Internet is a global system of interconnected computer
different countries networks that uses the Internet Protocol Suite (TCP/IP)
(d) WAN cannot connect multiple LANs to communicate between networks and devices. It is a
simultaneously wide area network and is a collection of World Wide
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Web pages.
Computer 98 YCT
ye
p
952. Find out whether the given statements are true 956. Which of the following entities is not an
or false. Internet Service Provider (ISP) in India?
(i) WWW is a worldwide network of devices (a) HSBC
like computers, laptops, tablets etc. (b) BSNL
(ii) The Internet is a collection of websites or (c) TATA Communications
web pages stored on web servers and (d) MTNL
connected to local computers. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(a) (i)- false, (i)- true (b) (i)- true, (ii)- false Ans. (a) : HSBC institution is a foreign banking
(c) (i)- false, (ii)- false (d) (i)- true, (ii)- true institution in India.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
957. Find out which of the following in the content
Ans. (c) : The World Wide Web is an interconnected of internet are the statements true or false?
system of public web pages accessible via the Internet. The (i) Two recent adaptations of internet
World Wide Web follows the client-server model. The
World Wide Web provides features such as hypertext technology are the intranet and the extranet.
information system, cross-platform, distributed, open (ii) The internet currently utilizes a portion of
standards, open-source, etc. British scientist Tim Berners- the total resources of the existing public
Lee invented the World Wide Web in 1989. telecommunication networks.
The Internet is a global system of interconnected (a) (i) True (ii) False (b) (i) True (ii) True
computer networks that uses the Internet Protocol Suite (c) (i) False (ii) True (d) (i) False (ii) False
TCP/IP to communicate between devices and networks. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
Internet is a global network of computers. Hence, both Ans. (b) : Internet is a world wide network of
the given statements are false. computers. It consists of many local, national and
953. DNS (Domain Name System) comes under international networks and all these networks are
which of the following services of the Internet? interconnected. It currently uses a portion of the total
(a) Communication (b) Directory resources of the existing public telecommunications
(c) WWW (d) Information retrieval network. Two recent adaptations of internet technology
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 are the intranet and the extranet.
Ans. (b) : DNS (Domain Name System) comes under 958. Which of the following includes core web
the service of Internet Directory. The Domain Name interest groups, such as web browser
System (DNS) is a naming database in which Internet developers, government agencies, researchers
domain names are located and translated into Internet and universities?
Protocol (IP) addresses. The Domain Name System has (a) Internet Research Task Force
been an essential component of the functionality of the (b) Internet Engineering Task Force
Internet since 1985. (c) World Wide Web Consortium
954. Which of the following types of computing is (d) Internet Architecture Board
used in the defense industry? KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
(a) Pharmacy Management Software
(b) Library manager Ans. (c) : World Wide Web Consortium is an
(c) GPS tracking international organization. It was founded in 1994 by
(d) e-banking Tim Berners-Lee. This mainly includes core web
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 interest groups such as web browser developers,
Ans. (c) : GPS tracking monitors location through the use government institutions, researchers and universities
of the Global Positioning System (GPS) to remotely track etc.
the location of an entity or object. GPS technology is used 959. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts can
for a wide variety of military missions, including precision- be used in Google Chrome to open a link in a
guided, munitions strikes, force tracking, search and rescue, new window?
and remote piloting of unmanned aerial vehicles. (a) Alt + click a link
955. Which of the following is not proper internet (b) Double click a link
etiquette? (c) Shift + click a link
(a) You can forward unwanted messages (d) Ctrl + click a link
(b) You should include your name at the bottom UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
of the mail HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(c) You should use abbreviations wisely Ans. (c) : Shift + click a link keyboard shortcuts can be
(d) Attachments should be small used in Google Chrome to open a link in a new window.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
960. Which of the following symbols is used to leave
Ans. (a) : Internet etiquette, often referred to as a placeholder that may be automatically filled
"netiquette", refers to a set of guidelines and social by the search engine later while searching?
norms for polite and respectful behavior when using the (a) Asterisk (*) (b) Hyphen (-)
internet, especially in online communications. Here are (c) Colon (:) (d) Plus (+)
some proper internet etiquette - WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
→ You should include your name at the bottom of the mail. Ans. (a) : The asterisk wildcard will leave a placeholder
→ You should use abbreviations wisely. that will be filled automatically by the search engine.
→ Attachments should be small. This wildcard is an easy way to find a parameter if we
→ Think before you post. don't know all the words.
Computer 99 YCT
ye
p
961. Which of the following statements is incorrect Ans. (b) : The TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/
regarding the internet? Internet Protocol) model follows a horizontal approach
(a) Internet and World Wide Web are the same and has 5 layers.
(b) Every computer connected to the internet is • Physical Layer • Link Layer or Network Access Layer
identified by an IP address
(c) A computer connected to the internet is called • Network Layer • Transport Layer
a client • Application Layer
(d) Internet works with the help of clients and 966. Which of the following WAN technology is a
servers method of data transmission in which a
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 message is divided into several Parts called
Ans. (a) : The full form of the internet is an packets and is sent independently, in triplicate,
interconnected network. It was developed by Bob Kahn over the same route as each packet that is
and Vint Cerf in 1969. The network of networks are optimized for and reassembled at the
called internet and its information and data exchanged destination?
through this medium. The World Wide Web is a service of (a) Packet over SONET (b) Overlay network
the internet. Through this web pages are received in which (c) Circuit switching (d) Packet switching
text, images, audio, video and other multimedia are also KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
available. Statement (a) is false regarding internet.
Ans. (d) : Packet switching is a method of transferring
962. Which of the following statements is correct data by dividing it into multiple parts called packets.
about the Internet?
(a) Internet and World Wide Web are the same. 967. Which of the following switching technology is
(b) It is collection of web pages that is accessed used by the internet?
through browsers. (a) Telephone Switching (b) Packet Switching
(c) It uses the TCP/IP protocol. (c) Circuit Switching (d) Telex Switching
(d) It is a private network that connects UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
computers of an organisation. Ans. (b) : Packet switching technology is used by the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 Internet. Packet switching is a method of transferring data
Ans. (c) : The Internet is a global network of in the form of packets across different networks. In order
interconnected computers and servers that allows people to transfer files over the network in a fast and efficient
all over the world to communicate, share information, manner and reduce transmission latency, data is divided
access resources and engage in various online activities. into smaller pieces of variable length, called packets.
It facilitates the transfer of data through a system of 968. IP serves as a focal point for the internet
protocols, including TCP/IP, enabling services like web protocol architecture, it defines a common
browsing, email, social media and much more. method for exchanging ______ between a wide
963. What is the full form of PDN? collection of networks.
(a) Pocket Data Network (a) Message (b) Packet
(b) Packet Data Network (c) Pocket (d) Information
(c) Packet Discharged Network UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(d) Pocket Discharged Network
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 Ans. (b) : IP serves as the focal point for the
architecture, it defines a common method for
Ans. (b) : PDN stands for Public Data Network or exchanging packets among a wide collection of
packet data network. This is a generic term for a
networks. Above IP there can be arbitrarily many
network providing data services as Internet and Intranet.
transport protocols, each offering a different channel
964. With reference to Host to Host layer, which abstraction to application programs.
among the following is/are NOT its protocols?
969. Which of the following statements is
A Transmission Control Protocol
INCORRECT about plug-ins?
B. User Datagram Protocol
(a) Adobe Flash is an example of an application
(a) Both A and B (b) Only A
that is available as a plug-in Adobe Flash
(c) Only B (d) Neither A nor B
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(b) They are applications intended for use in a
web browser
Ans. (d) : Host to Host layer is the layer just above the
(c) Plug-ins are similar to Active X controls
internetwork, which is responsible for end to end data
integrity. The two most important protocols operating at (d) Plug-ins can be executed outside of a web
this layer are Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and browser
User Datagram Protocol (UDP). RRB Kolkata LP-2009
965. Which of the following statements is GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
INCORRECT with reference to TCP/IP model? Ans. (d) : Out of the above options, (d) is incorrect
(a) TCP/IP follows a horizontal approach. because Adobe Flash Plug-ins available as application
(b) TCP/IP has seven layers can't be executed outside the web browser. Adobe Flash
(c) TCP/IP is more reliable when compared to Player (formerly known as Macromedia Flash Player and
OSI model Shock web Flash in Internet Explorer, Firefox and Google
(d) TCP refers to Transmission Control Protocol Chrome) Flash player can run from a web browser as a
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 browser plug-in or an supported mobile devices.
Computer 100 YCT
ye
p
970. Which among the following is/are NOT types of 975. The first network that planted the seeds of
website hosting? internet was-
A. Shared hosting (a) ARPANET (b) NSFNET
B. Dedicated server (c) VNET (d) INET
C. Grill hosting (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
(a) None of the given options (b) Only B Ans : (a) A group of interconnected computers is called
(c) Only A (d) Only C internet. The US department of defense ARPANET
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 (Advanced Research Project Agency Network) was a
Ans. (d) : Web Hosting is a service that allows an network that formed the basis of the internet. In 1970,
individual or organization to post their website or the size of the network was increased with the help of
webpage on the internet. TCP/IP protocol.
Types of web hosting– 976. Which of the following is considered to be the
1. Shared Web Hosting world's first computer network?
2. Dedicated Hosting (a) NSFNET (b) ASAPNET
3. Virtual Private Server (VPS) (c) CNNET (d) ARPANET
4. Cloud Web Hosting UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
5. Grid Hosting Ans. (d) : ARPANET (Advanced Research Project
971. Which of the following is web browser Agency Network) was packet switching network and first
software? network to implement the TCP/IP protocol suite. This is
(a) Ubuntu (b) Linux launched by USA in 1969 by the department of defense. It
(c) Vivaldi (d) ChromeOS is based on packet switching technology network.
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 977. What was the name of the first internet.
Ans. (c) : The name of a freeware, cross-platform web (a) UNIVNET (b) USNET
browser with a built-in e-mail client is Vivaldi, while (c) ARPANET (d) EURONET
Ubuntu, Linux and ChromeOS are operating systems. HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
972. Which of the following HTML tags specifies a Ans : (c) ARPANET is the World's first internet which
container for an external (non-HTML) was interlinked with NSFNET.
application? 978. State whether the following statements are true
(a) <em> (b) <embed> or false.
(c) <ins> (d) <nav> (i) Internet is the best popular local area
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 network (LAN).
Ans. (b) : The HTML tag <embed> specifies a (ii) Each computer connected to the internet
container for an external (Non-HTML) application. It (should have IP address).
also defines a navigation bar that contains a set of menu (a) (i)–correct, (ii) –correct
or a menu of hyperlinks. This hyperlink is also called a (b) (i)–wrong, (ii) –wrong
navigation link.
(c) (i)–correct, (ii) –wrong
973. In order to transfer files between two
computers located at distant places, whom (d) (i)–wrong, (ii) –correct
should be they connected? UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(a) Internet (b) Hub Ans. (d) : (i) The best network to make better use of the
(c) Repeater (d) Modem internet is WAN (Wide Area Network) which covers a
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) very large area. The LAN is limited to an office or
Ans : (a) The Internet is the global system of building.
interconnected computer network that uses the internet (ii) It is every computer connected through IP address to
protocol suite (TCP/IP) to communicate between internet. IP address is numeric level of internet protocol.
network and devices. It is a network of networks that 979. Which of the following statements regarding
consists of private, public, academic, business and the internet is incorrect.
government networks of local to global scope. (a) Every computer in the internet is identified by
974. It is believed that the Internet was developed a unique IP address.
by DARPA explain the full form of DARPA? (b) The internet is owned by the United Nations
(a) Defense Active Research Projects Agent (c) The internet is a World Wide Global system
(b) Different Advanced Research Projects Agency of interconnected computer network.
(c) Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (d) The internet uses the standard internet
(d) Defense Advanced Review Projects Agent protocol (TCP/IP)
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
Ans. (c) : The full form of DARPA is Defense Ans. (b) : Computer is identified by IP address. Internet
Advanced Research Projects Agency. It is a USA is global system of interconnected government
government agency. It prepares and executes research educational, corporate, public and private computer
and development projects to expand the boundaries of network. Internet uses the standard internet protocol
technology and science. It is believed that the Internet (IP) and transmission control protocol (TCP). The
was developed by DARPA. united nations does not own the internet.
Computer 101 YCT
ye
p
980. Classify the following into web browsers and 985. Which of the following is the delivery of
Search engines. various services through the internet. These
(1) Firefox resources contain tools and application such as
(2) Chrome data storage, servers, databases, networking
(3) Duck-Duck-Go and software.
(4) Edge (a) Local Area Networking
(5) Bing (b) Personal Area Networking
(6) Internet Explorer (c) Metropolitan Area Networking
(7) Safari (d) Cloud Computing
(8) Google UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(9) Yahoo Ans. (d) : Cloud computing is a delivery of computing
(10) Opera services such that including software, analytics and
(a) Web browser - 1,2,4,6,7,10 intelligence over the internet. It is a tool application such
Search engine -3,5,8,9 that server, storage, database networking resources etc.
(b) Web browser - 1,2,4,7,10 986. Which of the following function keys/keyboard
Search engine -3,5,6,8,9 shortcuts can be used to reload the current
(c) Web browser - 1,2,4,6,10 page in Google Chrome?
Search engine -3,5,7,8,9 (i) F5
(d) Web browser - 1,2,4,6,7,9 (ii) Ctrl + r
Search engine -3,5,8,10 (a) Only (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 (c) Only (i) (d) (i) and (ii) both
Ans. (a) : Web browsers– Firefox, Chrome, Edge, UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Internet explorer, Safari, Opera. Ans. (d) : To reload the current page in Google chrome,
Search Engine– Duck-Duck-Go, Bing, Google, Yahoo. use the F5 or Ctrl + r Function keys/keyboard shortcut.
981. Which of the following is the main component Ctrl + W or Ctrl + F4 shortcut is used to close the
of Linux that interacts with the hardware? current page.
(a) GUI (b) Kernel 987. Which of the following statements is not true
(c) Shell (d) Editor about saving web pages for later viewing.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 (a) A webpage can be bookmarked only and
Ans. (b) : Kernel is the main part of Linux - it interacts cannot be saved
with the computer hardware. Every operation of hardware (b) A web page can usually be saved through the
and software is managed and administered by the Kernel. option "File" → save As.
982. Which of the following is used in small offices (c) Some tools allow downloading the entire data
and internet cafes to allow small group of a website and accessing it offline.
computers to be connected to each other. (d) Most web browsers convert web pages to
(a) Personal Area Network (PAN) PDF files provides the facility to saves as.
(b) Local Area Network (LAN) UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
(c) Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) Ans. (a) : A webpage is a hypertext document provided
(d) Wide Area Network (WAN) by the website. It is displayed with the help of a web
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) browser. Users can save the web page and save the web
Ans. (b) : LAN stands for Local Area Network is a address as per their requirement.
computer network, which is used to connect two or more 988. Uses the internet
computers. It is a local area network operating at a local (a) Feed forward switching
level. For example home, office, school, airport etc. (b) Forward switching
983. A cookie is (c) Circuit switching
(a) an advertisement displayed on a web page (d) Variable length packet switching
(b) a program that records web site visits HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
(c) an information stored by web server on client Ans : (d) Internet carries a very large range of
(d) a technology to store password on client information and it uses variable length packet
system switching.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
989. Which of the following statements is/are incorrect?
Ans. (c) : Cookies are feature in web browsers with the (i) Internet is a worldwide network of many
help of which a website stores some information on the smaller networks.
user's computer. (ii) Internet between computers located at distend
984. Set of rules and guidelines used for Internet is places provides the facility of transfer of files.
technically called as: (a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i)
(a) Netetiquette (b) Netiquette (c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
(c) Shockware (d) Spyware UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) Ans : (c) Internet is group of many small networks. It
Ans : (b) A set of rules and guidelines used for the is help of internet. It is used to local information/data
internet is technically known as a netiquette. send and receive one place to another place.
Computer 102 YCT
ye
p
990. By what means are webpage connected to each 996. Which of the following web browsers was
other. developed by Apple?
(a) Hyperlinks (b) Edges (a) Mozilla Firefox (b) Safari
(c) Links (d) Wi-Fi (c) Opera (d) Internet Explorer
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
Ans : (a) Hyperlink points to the entire document Ans. (b) : Safari is a graphical web browser developed
within a document. A webpage is a collection of pages. by Apple that is based on open-source software such as
991. Which of the following is not a web browser? WebKit. It was first released for desktop in 2003 with
(a) Netscape (b) Military Mac OSx Panther on Mac. It was presented first time
with iphone in 2007 with iOS devie for mobile.
(c) Yandex (d) Opera
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 997. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true
Ans. (c) : Yandex is a search engine. about web browsers?
Search engines - Google, Bing, Yahoo, DuckDuckGo, (i) They are application software that is used to
Baidu, Ask.com, Never. search, retrieve and display information
available on the World Wide Web.
Web browser - Chrome, Firefox, Opera, Microsoft (ii) They send requests to web servers across
Edge, Safari, Vivaldi, Brave, Netscape Navigator,
the Internet using HTTP.
Mosaic, Internet Explorer, Chromium etc.
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
992. Which of the following is not web mail (c) Only (ii) (d) only (i)
provider? RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(a) upGrad (b) Yahoo Ans. (a) : A web browser is application software that is
(c) Outlook (d) Google used to search, retrieve and display information
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 available on the World Wide Web and to send requests
Ans. (a) : Google, Outlook and Yahoo are web mail to web servers across the Internet using HTTP.
Microsoft Edge, Internet Explorer, Mozila Firefox,
provider, these are usually free e-mail accounts that operate
from a website, whereas upGrad is not related to Webmail. Opera, Safari etc. are examples of web browser
993. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is 998. Which of the following statements is/are true?
used to activate the first tab when multiple tabs (i) Yahoo is a web portal, which is one of the
are opened in Google Chrome? main features of web search portal.
(a) Ctrl + 1 (b) Alt + 9 (ii) Google and Bing both are search engines.
(c) Alt + 1 (d) Ctrl + 9 (a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (i)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 (c) Only (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
Ans. (a) : Table for chrome tab action DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Action Shortcut Ans. (d) : Yahoo is a web service provider. It provides
Active the first tab Ctrl + 1 a web portal. Google and Bing both are search engines.
Active the right most tab Ctrl + 9 999. World Wide Web was the first web browser,
Move tabs right or left Ctrl + Shift +Pg Dn named _____ to avoid any confusion with the
World Wide Web.
Ctrl + Shift + Pg Up
(a) Nexus (b) Firefox
994. Which of the following is a graphical web (c) Safari (d) Internet Explorer
browser developed by Apple? MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(a) Edge (b) Chrome Ans. (a) : The World Wide Web was the first web
(c) Safari (d) Firefox browser, which was later named Nexus to avoid any
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 confusion with World Wide Web. It was invented by
Ans. (c) : Safari is a web browser developed by Apple. 'Tim Berners-Lee' in 1990.
It is built into Apple's operating systems, including Mac 1000. The ______ browser was a text based browser,
OS, iOS, and iPad OS are used Apple's open source invented in ______.
browser engine website. (a) Lynx; 1985 (b) Safari; 1985
995. Which of the following is an incorrect (c) Lynx; 1992 (d) Safari; 1992
statement about search engines? WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(a) Bing was launched by Microsoft in 2009. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013Ans. (c) : The
(b) Google search engine was originally known Lynx browser was a text based browser invented in 1992. A
as Backrub text - based web browser is a web browser that renders only
(c) AltaVista was launched by Apple. the text of web page and ignores most graphic content.
(d) Ask was launched in 1996. 1001. Match the columns.
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Web Browsers Manufacturer
Ans. (c) : About search engine Bing, Google search (i) Chrome (a) Microsoft
engine, Ask are correct based on the given statements, (ii) Edge (b) Apple
while AltaVista is incorrect because it was not launched (iii) Safari (c) Google
by Apple, AltaVista was launched by Digital Equipment (a) (i)-(a), (ii)-(b), (iii)-(c)
Corporation on December 15, 1995. (b) (i)-(c), (ii)-(b), (iii)-(a)
Computer 103 YCT
ye
p
(c) (i)-(c), (ii)-(a), (iii)-(b) Ans. (b) : A web browser is a program that your
(d) (i)-(b), (ii)-(a), (iii)-(c) computer runs to communicate with web servers on the
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I Internet which enables you to download and display the
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018 web pages that you request. A web server is software
Ans. (c) : Google Chrome is a web browser developed and hardware that uses HTTP and other protocols to
by Google on December 11, 2008 through open source respond. Web server is program that process the
code. Microsoft Edge is a web browser developed by network request of users and servers them with file that
Microsoft that was released in July 2015. Microsoft create web page.
Edge replaced Internet Explorer 11 as the default 1007. Which of the following inbox categories helps
browser in Windows 10, and Edge was also released for to focus on the emails that matter the most and
Android and iOS in 2017 and for Mac OS in 2019. separates the inbox into different tabs in MS-
Safari is a graphical web browser developed by Apple. It is Outlook 365?
primarily open source software and primarily based on (a) Other (b) Unfocused
WebKit. It supports macOS, iOS and iPodOS and Safari (c) Focused (d) Important
has become the third most popular desktop browser.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
1002. Which of the following provides a software
Ans. (c) : Focused inbox separates your inbox separates
interface that allows you to click on WWW
your inbox into two tabs focused and other your most
hyperlinked resources?
important e-mail messages are on the focused tab while
(a) Browser (b) IP Address
the rest remain easily accessible but out of the way on
(c) URL (d) URI the other tab.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
Ans. (a) : A browser is a software program used to locate, 1008. Who developed the Chromium web browser?
retrieve, and display information available on the World (a) Mozilla (b) Apple
Wide Web and provides an interface that allows clicking (c) Google (d) Microsoft
on hyperlinked resources on the World Wide Web. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
1003. Which of the following is a type of browser Ans. (c) : Chromium is a free and open - source web
window that opens without any user request browser project, mainly, developed and maintained by
while browsing the internet? Google. This cache base provides the vast majority of
(a) Pop-up (b) Pull-up code for the Google chrome browser, which is
(c) Plugins (d) Add-ons proprietary software and has some additional features.
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 1009. If we want to download all the assets like
Ans. (a) : Pop - up is a type of browser window, which images, videos etc. along with the web page,
opens without any user request while browsing the then in which of the following formats should
Internet. It is also used to show advertisements on the we save the downloaded web page?
Internet we can turn on or off pop-up windows in our (a) Webpage (complete)
browser as per our choice. (b) Webpage (HTML only)
1004. Which of the following is not the main part of a (c) webpage
search engine? (d) Webpage (pdf)
(a) Search algorithm (b) Search index RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
(c) Crawler (d) Kernel
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Ans. (a) : The options for saving the webpage vary
depending on the browser. If choose webpage
Ans. (d) : Search engine is a web based application that (complete), then you want to save the whole webpage
helps the user to find information on the World Wide along with all the assets like images, videos and files
Web. Its main parts are search algorithm, search index included. This keeps the visual look intact, but it may
and crawler while kernel is a part of operating system.
not keeps the HTML link structure of the original page
1005. Which of the following options is generally or any server - side elements in order.
used to store the contact information of the
people you contact frequently by web mail? 1010. Identify whether the given statements are true
(a) Public profile or false.
(b) Private profile (i) Web browser is an application used to
(c) Online calendar access and view websites.
(d) Online address book (ii) A website helps you search other web
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 pages like Google.
Ans. (d) : Address book feature of a mail program (a) (i) True (ii) True (b) (i) True (ii) False
allows the users to store information about the people (c) (i) False (ii) True (d) (i) False (ii) False
when they communicate regularly by sending e-mails. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
1006. Which of the following is a software program Ans. (b) : A web browser is a software application that
that serves the web pages requested by web allows users to access and view content on the World
users using a browser? Wide Web. A website is a collection of web pages or
(a) Website (b) Web server digital documents that are accessible on the internet. A
(c) URL (d) Web client website does not help you search other web pages. So,
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 statement (i) is True and statement (ii) is False.
Computer 104 YCT
ye
p
1011. Which of the following privacy and security 1016. Which of the following statements is correct
setting of the Google Chrome browser uses regarding web search engines?
cookies to remember preferences, even if we do (a) It searches the IP address of the web server
not visit those pages? (b) Web crawler is an important component of
(a) Manage certificates web search engine
(b) Clear browsing data (c) It is a system software
(c) Preload pages for faster browsing and searching (d) Google chrome is a web search engine
(d) Sync and Google services MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 Ans. (b) : Search engine is a type of service which we can
Ans. (c) : Preloading pages in Google Chrome is a access through the internet. Web crawler is an important
feature that aims to speed up browsing and searching by component of web search engine. Presently we use many
loading web pages in the background before you search engines some of the major search engines are
actually click on them. This can make the browsing follows - Google, Bing, Yahoo, Duck Duck Go etc.
experience feel faster because when you do click a link, the 1017. Which of the following statements are true
page may already be partially loaded or cached, reducing about Google Chrome?
the perceived loading time. It uses cookies to remember (i) It is popular web browser.
preferences, even if we do not visit those pages. (ii) It is developed by Microsoft.
1012. Which of the following is a component of a web (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) and (ii)
search engine? (c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i)
(a) Internet Protocol (b) Web browser WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(c) Web server (d) Web crawler Ans. (d) : Google Chrome is a cross - platform web
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 browser developed by Google. It is a popular web
browser. It was launched on 2 September 2008.
Ans. (d) : A web crawler is a computer program or
automated script that systematically browses the 1018. Web browsers store the URLs you visit most
internet and collects information from websites. Web often, which helps you jump to a web page
crawlers are commonly used by search engines like from a list instead of typing the URL multiple
Google to index web pages and make them searchable. times. In what context is this list talking?
It is also known as web spider or web bot. (a) History (b) Cookies
(c) Bookmarks (d) Downloads
1013. Which of the following is a cross - platform HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
Web browser that was first bundled with Ans. (c) : Bookmark allows the user to save a particular
Windows 10 in 2015? website for later viewing so that it can be revisited when
(a) Opera (b) Mozilla Firefox needed.
(c) Safari (d) Edge The bookmarks feature can usually be identified by a
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 star - shaped icon located to the right of your browser's
Ans. (d) : The Microsoft 'Edge' is a web browser main search bar which is used for bookmarks.
developed by Microsoft. It was first bundled with 1019. Which of the following are small programs that
windows 10 in 2015 and is designed to be a successor to extend or extend the browsers features?
the older Internet Explorer browser. (a) Cookies (b) Favorites
1014. Which of the following statements is/are true (c) Add-ons (d) Bookmarks
about a web browser? KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
(i) It is a system software that interacts with the Ans. (c) : Add-ons are programs integrated into a web
web server. browser that extend or extend the browsers features.
(ii) Safari is a web browser. 1020. Identify whether the given statements are true
(a) (ii) only (b) Both (i) and (ii) or false.
(c) (i) only (d) Neither (i) nor (ii) (i) Lycos is a web search engine.
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 (ii) To reload your web browser you have to
Ans. (a) : A web browser is a software application that press 'Ctrl + F5' keyboard shortcut.
allows users to access and view content on the world (a) (i) False, (ii) True (b) (i) True, (ii) False
wide web. It interprets and displays web pages, which (c) (i) False, (ii) False (d) (i) True, (ii) True
are written in languages like HTML, CSS and Java Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Script, Popular web browsers include Chrome, Firefox, Ans. (d) : In the above question both statements (i) and
Safari and Edge. So statement (ii) is correct. (ii) are true.
1015. Which of the following is not a web browser? 1021. Which of the following keyboard shortcut is
(a) Safari (b) Opera used to close the active tab in Google Chrome?
(c) Google Chrome (d) Google (a) Shift + W (b) Ctrl + T
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 (c) Alt + W (d) Ctrl + W
Ans. (d) : Google is a web search engine. It was KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
developed in 1998 by Sergey Brin and Larry Page. It is Ans. (d) : In Google Chrome Ctrl + W shortcut is used
the most used search engine, while Safari, Opera and to close the currently active window. Ctrl + T shortcut
Google Chrome is a web browser. key is used to open a new tab in Google Chrome.
Computer 105 YCT
ye
p
1022. Which of the following algorithms is used by Ans. (c) : Search engine has three components, web
Google search to rank websites according to crawler, database, and search interface, hence web
their search engine results? server is not a search engine. Web Crawler, a search
(a) Internet Rank (b) Site Rank engine uses multiple web crawlers to crawl through the
(c) Page Rank (d) Engine Rank World Wide Web and collect information. It is basically
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 a software also known as a bot or spider.
Ans. (c) : Google Search primarily uses an algorithm 1028. Which of the following statements is correct
called "Page Rank" to rank websites its search engine about search engines?
results. Page Rank was one of the early and (a) Google search engine was originally known
foundational algorithms developed by Larry Page and as Back Rub
Sergey Brin, the founders of Google. (b) Alta Vista was launched by Microsoft
1023. What is generally used by a web client to view (c) Bing was developed by Apple
the web page? (d) Ask was launched in 2005
(a) Web server (b) Web engine UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
(c) Web protocol (d) Web browser
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Ans. (a) : Google was officially launched in 1998 by
Ans. (d) : A web browser is a software application used Larry Page and Sergey Brin to market Google search.
to access and display websites on the internet. It allows Larry Page, Sergey Brin, students at Stanford
users to interact with web pages, view text, images, University in California developed a search algorithm at
videos, and other contents. Popular web browsers first known as 'BackRub' in 1996, with the help of Scott
include Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Microsoft Hassan and Alan Steremberg. Therefore, Google search
Edge, and Safari. engine was originally known as 'BackRub'. Altavista
1024. Which of the following options is correct about was a web search engine established in 1995. Bing is a
opening a Google Chrome browser in Incognito web search engine owned and operated by Microsoft.
mode? 1029. Which of the following is not a search engine?
(a) It saves neither the browsing history nor the (a) Bing (b) Google
data entered in the personal account. (c) Brave (d) YouTube
(b) It saves only the cookies in the personal HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
account but neither the browsing history nor
the data entered. Ans. (c) : Bing, Google, YouTube all are search engines
(c) It saves the browsing history and the data whereas Brave is a web browser that focuses on privacy
entered in the personal account./ and security.
(d) It saves only the browsing history in the 1030. ____ focuses on the local Chinese market.
personal account but not the data entered. While ____is global and continues to expand.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans. (a) : Google Chrome's Incognito mode is a private (a) Baidu, Google (b) Google, Yahoo!
browsing feature that allows users to browse the web (c) Yahoo!, Baidu (d) Google, Baidu
without their browsing history, cookies, or site data KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
being saved. It also doesn't store the data entered in the
personal account. Ans. (a) : Baidu is a Chinese search engine website that
1025. Which of the following is NOT a well-known provides a web search service similar to Google. It was
web browser? started by Robin Li in January 2000. It is the largest
(a) Microsoft Edge (b) Jungle Safari search engine in China, while Google continues to
(c) Google Chrome (d) Mozilla Firefox expand all over the world.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 1031. Which of the following are large systems
Ans. (b): Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome and Mozilla specially designed to solve complex scientific
Firefox are web browsers while Jungle Safari is not web and industrial problems?
browsers. (a) Mini computers (b) Micro computers
1026. A new Incognito window in Google Chrome (c) Mainframes (d) Super computers
can be opened with the ––––––– command. RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
(a) Ctrl + T (b) Alt + T Ans. (d) : A super computer is a computer with a high
(c) Ctrl + N (d) Ctrl + Shift + N level of performance as compared to a general - purpose
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 computer. The performance of a super computer is
Ans. (d) : The shortcut key to open in Linux is commonly measured in floating point operations per
incognito Ctrl + Shift + N. It is windows and uses the second instead of million instruction per second.
new incognito window of Google Chrome. It is used for
browsing. Your browser history, cookies and data forms 1032. ____is a tool or program helps in searching
sides or forms are not saved on your device this means that specific information/files on the Internet?
your activity is stored in your chrome browser history. (a) Mosaic (b) QBASIC
1027. Which of the following is not a component of a (c) Webzine (d) Archie
search engine? (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
(a) Web crawler (b) Database Ans : (d) The program Archie is helpful in finding
(c) Web server (d) Serve interface specific information, files in the internet. This is a search
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 engine, which was developed in 10 September 1990.
Computer 106 YCT
ye
p
1033. SEO stands for Ans. (d) : Website publishing is the process of
(a) Search Engine Optimization publishing original content on the internet. Web
(b) Search Engine Operation development software, Internet connection and web
(c) Simple Engine Operation server are required for website publishing.
(d) Spider Engine Operation 1038. Which of the following is not a search engine?
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I) (a) Opera (b) DuckDuckGo
Ans. (a) : SEO stands for search engine optimization. It (c) Chrome (d) Bing
is a process of increasing the number of visitors of the Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
website by applying some SEO tools to increase site
higher in the search engine result. Ans. (a/c) : Opera and Chrome are web browsers.
These are the best browsers to read websites for mobile
1034. To clear browsing data in Google Chrome,
while DuckDuckGo and Bing are search engines.
which of the following steps are followed?
Note- The answer of this question is option (a) provided
(a) Menu → Cast → More Tools → Clear
Browsing History by the commission.
(b) Menu → Print → More Tools → Clear 1039. The name of the first web browser of the world
Browsing History was––––– and it was developed by-–––––.
(c) Menu → More Tools → Clear Browsing (a) Gopher, Bill Gates
History (b) World Wide Web, Tim Berners-Lee
(d) Menu → Find → More Tools → Clear (c) Gopher, Tim Berners-Lee
Browsing History (d) World Wide Web, Bill Gates
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans. (c) : Open Chrome on your computer. After Ans : (b) 'World Wide Web' was the first web
opening Chrome click on more tools in the right then browser that was invented by Tim Berners-Lee in 1990,
click on clear browsing history. When you click on Later it was renamed 'Nexus'.
clear browsing history then you will select time frame 1040. Which shortcut key is used to invoke the File
such that a last hour all time. After the selecting time menu in the Internet Explorer 11?
frame, select the type of information. You want to (a) Alt + F4 (b) Shift + F
remove and then click on clear data. (c) Alt + F (d) Ctrl + F
1035. Which of the following statements about the UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
option 'clear recent history' in web browser is Ans: (c) Alt+F Shortcut key is used to open file menu
false?
(a) It allows you to start browsing with a clean in Internet Explorer 11.
state. 1041. What is the shortcut to add a website to
(b) It allows you to clear the history record. 'Favorites'?
(c) Clear recent history the action can be undone (a) Ctrl + F (b) Ctrl + D
(d) All your website visits will be erased from (c) Ctrl + E (d) Ctrl + B
your browser's memory UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 Ans. (b) : If we want to add any website to our
Ans. (c) : On doing 'clear recent history' in the web interested page during reading, we do bookmark them,
browser, It deletes all the records you have searched for this Ctrl+D shortcut key is used.
from your browsers' memory. It allows you to browse Ctrl + F → To open Find dialog box.
from a new page. Ctrl + E → To focus and select the browser's search
1036. Which of the following is a process used by web bar.
developers to turn website code into interactive Ctrl + B → To bold the selected text.
pages that users see when they visit a website?
(a) Rendering (b) Hosting 1042. Which of the following can be considered as the
(c) Crawling (d) Deploying gateway to the Internet?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (a)WWW (b) Web page
(c) Browser (d) Website
Ans. (a) : Rendering is a process used in web
development that turns website code into the interactive UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
pages users see when they visit a website. The term Ans. (c) : Browser is considered as the gateway to enter
generally refers to the use of HTML, CSS and the world of internet. A web link is needed to access
JavaScript codes. The process is completed by a any data or page, document through the Internet, a web
rendering engine, the software used by a web browser to link is an address where all web pages or documents are
render a web page. placed and to search this web link. A web browser is
1037. Which among the following are prerequisites required in which we can access the resources
for website publishing? (document) by entering the web link.
A. Web development software Therefore, to find anything on the Internet, a web
B. Internet connection browser is first required, on which we search by typing
C. Web server the website or web link.
(a) Both A and B (b) Both C and A 1043. A web-based software system for obtaining
(c) Both B and C (d) All A, B, C relevant information from the world wide web
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 for user queries is known as ____.
Computer 107 YCT
ye
p
(a) Search Engine (b) Plug -in 1049. In Google Chrome browser, which of the
(c) Addware (d) Web Browser following keyboard shortcuts is used to add the
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 currently opened page to bookmarks?
Ans. (a) : A search engine is software accessed over the (a) Alt + D (b) Ctrl + D
Internet that searches a database of information (c) Alt + B (d) Ctrl + B
according to a user’s query. Examples of search engines UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
are Google, Yahoo, Microsoft Bing, DuckDuckGo, etc. Ans. (b) : Ctrl + D shortcut key is used to save the
1044. Which of the following options displays the current webpage as a bookmark.
name of the web page in an Internet Explorer • Alt + D = shortcut selects URL in the address bar in
browser? the Internet browser.
(a) Address bar (b) Menu bar 1050. In Google Chrome browser, which of the
(c) Status bar (d) Title bar following functions is used to view the current
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02) webpage in full-screen mode?
Ans: (d) The title bar is the horizontal bar at the top of (a) F11 (b) F2
the Internet Explorer browser that displays the name of (c) F5 (d) F10
the web page. UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
1045. What is the function of history feature in web Ans. (a) : We use the F11 function key in Google
browser? Chrome browser to view the current webpage in full-
(a) Protecting your computer from spyware screen mode.
(b) Installing cookies to make your online 1051. In Internet Explorer, which of the following
experience healthy icons located at the top right corner of the
(c) Keeping tabs on your internet browsing as window can be clicked to access the favorite's
long as you are online. folder?
(d) Allowing personalization of websites you visit (a) Home icon (b) Setting icon
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning (c) Star icon (d) Smiley icon
Ans. (c) : On all browsers, “History” is one of the drop- GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
down menu options at the top of the page, and the Ans. (c) : In Internet Explorer, the Star icon appears as
History feature tracks your Internet browsing for as long the favorites folder. It is located in the upper - right
as you are online.
corner of the window. It appears under the name
1046. We press ________ to open a new tab in Google bookmark in other browsers.
Chrome.
1052. Internet Explorer was launched in:
(a) Ctrl + T (b) Ctrl + N
(c) Ctrl + J (d) Ctrl + O (a) 1998 (b) 1997
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (c) 1994 (d) 1995
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans. (a) : We press Ctrl + T to open new tab in Google
Chrome. Ans. (d) : Windows Internet Explorer is a category of
graphical web browsers developed by Microsoft
1047. Which of the following sequence of steps is company, it was launched in 1995. But at present
correct to save a webpage in Google Chrome?
Microsoft Edge browser is the recommended browser
(a) Menu→Print → More Tools → Save Page As by Microsoft.
(b) Menu→Cast → More Tools → Save Page As
1053. Microsoft Edge, Opera and Apple Safari are
(c) Menu→find → More Tools → Save Page As example of ________.
(d) Click at the top right → More Tools → Save (a) web page (b) web browser
Page As (c) web server (d) search engine
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans. (d) : Open Chrome on your computer, then go to Ans. (b) : The web browser is an application software
the page you want to save. Once you go to the page, in to explore WWW. It provides an interface between the
the top right, click More Tools, and then click Save server and the client.
Page Edge and choose where you want to save the page,
and then click Save. There are some examples of web browser - Google
Chrome, Apple Safari, Microsoft Edge, Opera, Mozilla
1048. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is Firefox etc.
used to quickly access the bookmarking menu
in all major web browsers? 1054. Which of the following is a graphical web
(a) Alt + D (b) Shift + D browser developed by Apple?
(c) Esc + D (d) Ctrl + D (a) Safari (b) Firefox
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (c) Chrome (d) Edge
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans. (d) : Ctrl + D → Bookmark creation. Ans : (a) Safari is a graphical web browser developed
Ctrl + N → To open new window. by Apple based on the Web Keet engine. It was first
Ctrl + T → Open New Tab. released with macOS X Panther in 2003 for desktop,
ESC → Stop page loading. and first released with iphone in 2007 with iOS for
F5 → Reload current page. mobile devices.
Computer 108 YCT
ye
p
1055. What is the similarity between “Google” and 1061. What is not true about web browser?
“DuckDuckGo”? (a) A program used to display an HTML
(a) They are search engine optimization document
methods (b) It enables users to access the resources of
(b) They are ISPs the Internet
(c) Both are web browsers (c) A program used to display a webpage
(d) Both are search engines (d) It is a MS office application
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
Ans. (d) : Both Google and DuckDuckGo are search Ans. (d) : A web browser is a software application that
engines. is used to search and display the content of the world
1056. Google Hangouts is an example of which of the wide web, while MS Office is a word processor
following? application, in MS Office, MS Word, Access, Excel and
(a) Internet telephony services PowerPoint presentations are supported.
(b) Dial-up services 1062. Which of the following is the first step after
(c) Traditional telephone services opening a browser to view a website?
(d) Voice call services only (a) Refressing the browser window
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) (b) Opening internet browser settings
Ans. (a) : Google Hangouts is an Internet telephone (c) Typing the website address in the browser’s
service. With its help, the user can make calls, send address bar
messages, receive messages, make video and audio calls, (d) Clicking on “Back” button
and interact with other users by connecting through the GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Internet. It is a messaging app developed by Google. Ans : (c) To search anything in any browser, first we
1057. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts can have to type website address into browswer’s address bar.
be used to display the download window in 1063. During a web search, which symbol will you
Google Chrome browser? use with your text to search for exact words or
(a) Alt + 9 (b) Ctrl + D phrases?
(c) Ctrl + J (d) Alt + D (a) Double quotes (b) Minus
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) (c) Plus (d) Star
Ans. (c) : Download window can be opened in Google UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
Chrome browser with the help of Ctrl + J shortcut key. Ans. (a) : When you want to search for an exact phrase,
In Google Chrome, the Ctrl + H shortcut key is used to you must enclose the entire phrase in quotation marks
open the history page in a new tab. (quotes). This tells Google to search for the exact
keywords in the specified order.
1058. Google search company was founded by
……… in ………… 1064. Which of the following operator is used to find
(a) US, Bill Gates the exact phrase in Google search engine?
(b) US, Larry Page and Sergey Brin (a) Period (b) Minus
(c) Australia, Bill Gates (c) Quotations (d) Tilde
(d) Austria, Larry Page and Sergey Brin RRB Kolkata LP-2009
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) Ans. (c) : Quotations operator can be used to find the
Ans : (b) Google is invented in 1998 unitedly by exact phrase in Google search engine.
1. Larry Page 1065. State whether the following statements are true
2. Sergey Brin or false.
(i) Google is a web search engine and it is run by
1059. Which of the following is/are cross-platform Microsoft.
browser (s)? (ii) Bing is a web search engine owned by Google
(i) Chrome and operated by Microsoft.
(ii) Edge (a) (i)–False, (ii) - False (b) (i)–False, (ii) – True
(iii) Safari (c) (i) – True, (ii) - True (d) (i) - True, (ii) - wrong
(a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i) UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
(c) Only (ii) and (iii) (d) Only (i) and (iii) Ans : (a) The Google search engine is an American
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 multinational public company that creates and develops
Ans. (b) : Google Chrome is a cross-platform web many Internet-based services and products.
browser developed by Google that is available on While Bing is a web search engine owned and operated
Windows, Mac OS, iOS, Linux and Android. Opera and by Microsoft, so both the statements are incorrect.
Firefox are also very good cross platform browsers.
1066. Which of the following can be used to reload the
1060. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts can current page, ignoring cached content in Chrome?
be used to lock the Windows system? (a) F5 (b) Shift + F3
(a) Ctrl + L (b) Alt + Ctrl + L (c) Shift + F6 (d) Shift + F5
(c) Window key + L (d) Alt + L HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans. (d) : Cached data is information of a website or
Ans. (c) : By using Window Key + L shortcut key app that is stored on your device to make the browsing
Windows System can be locked. process faster. Cached data saves loading time, it takes
Computer 109 YCT
ye
p
up space on your device. In Chrome browser, the Shift 1072. Mozilla Firefox, Opera and Apple Safari are
+ F5 keys or Ctrl + R keys are used in the keyboard to examples of …………
reload the current page ignoring this cached content. (a) Web browser (b) World Wide Web
1067. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts can (c) Web Server (d) Internet
be used to reload the current page in Google UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
chrome? Ans. (a) : A web browser is an application used to
(a) Alt + R (b) Alt + P navigate and access websites. The following are
(c) Ctrl + R (d) Ctrl + D examples of web browsers – Mozilla Firefox, Opera,
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 Google Chrome, Apple Safari, Microsoft Edge and
Internet Explorer etc.
Ans. (c) : Using the keyboard shortcut in Google
chrome - 1073. Client-side scripting generally refers to the
class of computer programs on the web that
Ctrl + R or Shift + F5 → To reload the current page. are executed client-side by
Ctrl + D → To bookmark a webpage. (a) web browser (b) web server
Ctrl + N → To open a new window. (c) website (d) URL
Ctrl + T → To open a new tab. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
1068. What is the use of F11 in Internet Explorer? Ans : (a) Client-side scripting usually refers to
(a) To refresh computer programs on the web executed on the client
(b) To take screen shot side by the web browsers.
(c) To change search engine 1074. _______may contain information about the
(d) Toggle full screen sites you visited, or may even contain
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 credentials for accessing the site.
Ans. (d) : In Internet Explorer, Chrome etc. browsers, (a) Cookies (b) ActiveX
the function key ‘F11’ is used to enable or disable (c) Plugins (d) Javascript
fullscreen. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
1069. Identify the icon on a web browser, which is Ans. (a) : Cookies can contain any information that is
used for favorites/Bookmark. designed to be placed on a website. Cookies may
contain information about sites you have visited, or
(a) (b) credentials to access a site.
1075. Decide whether the given statements are true
or false-
(c) (d) (i) Relative URLs do not require protocol
identified.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (ii) Scheme://Server/Path/Resource is the
Ans. (d) : The bookmarks feature can usually be correct syntax for an absolute URL.
identified by a star-shaped icon on the right side of your (a) (i) True, (ii) True (b) (i) False, (ii) False
browser’s main search bar, which is used for (c) (i) False, (ii) True (d) (ii) True, (ii) False
Favorites/Bookmarks. KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
1070. In the context of web browsing, the purpose of Ans. (a) : In the question, both statements (i) and (ii)
a 'bookmark' is that you –––––. are true.
(a) Save and organize specific websites so that 1076. Which of the following is also known as web
you can visit them frequently address?
(b) Small application can plug in, that allow (a) Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
facility you to view some certain type of (b) Web page
content in your web browser (c) Unique Resource Linking
(c) Save an image from a website to your (d) Web browser
computer UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(d) Visit the websites you have recently visited Ans. (a) : Uniform Resource Locator (URL) also
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II known as web address is a unique address where web
Ans. (a) : In the context of the World Wide Web pages are located. To view or receive web pages, web
(WWW), a bookmark is a Uniform Resource Identifier pages are accessed by typing URL in the search bar of
(URI) that is stored in various storage formats for later the web browser.
retrieval. Bookmarks are a great way to save and 1077. The feature that fills up forms etc
organize websites so that you can visit them again. automatically with pre-set values is called-
1071. By whom was the Firefox web browser (a) AutoFill (b) Instant Fill
developed? (c) Filler (d) Fill Up
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
(a) Apple (b) Microsoft
Ans : (a) AutoFill is a function found primarily in web
(c) Mozilla Corporation (d) Google browsers such as Chrome, Opera and Firefox, the only
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) one purpose of an AutoFill extension is that it
Ans : (c) Firefox is a web browser developed by automatically fills fields and load a page without any
Mozilla Corporation. user interaction.
Computer 110 YCT
ye
p
1078. Alta vista is a _____ which was purchased by (c) Gmail -> preferences -> General -> Spelling
_____ in 2003. or Grammar
(a) Web browser, Google (d) Gmail -> Design -> General -> Spelling or
(b) Web browser, Yahoo Grammar
(c) Search engine, Yahoo KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(d) Search engine, Google Ans. (a) : Here are the steps to activate spelling and
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 grammar in Gmail.
Ans. (c) : Alta Vista was a web search engine Gmail → Settings → General → Spelling or Grammar
established in 1995. It was the most used search engine 1084. Which of the following fields will briefly identify
initially. After the arrival of Google search engine, its what we are writing about in the e-mail?
use started decreasing and in 2003 it was purchased by (a) CC (b) Subject
Yahoo. (c) From (d) To
1079. Which of the following statement(s) is/are UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
incorrect? Ans. (b) : Subject field will briefly identify what we are
(i) Altavista and Lycos are examples of early writing about in the e-mail.
search engines. 1085. Which of the following is an area of the
(ii) Web crawler is also known as web spider. mailbox in e-mail where messages that are in
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii) the process of being sent or that have failed to
(c) Only (i) (d) Only (ii) be sent are stored?
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) (a) Spam (b) Inbox
Ans : (a) AltaVista is a web search engine from (c) Sent Mail (d) Outbox
Yahoo, produced by Digital Electronics Corporation UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
(DEC). It was publicly launched as a search engine on Ans. (d) : Outbox is the area of the mailbox in e-mail
December 15, 1995. Lycos and AltaVista are both early where messages that are in the process of being sent or
search engines. A web crawler, also known as a web that have failed to be sent are normally stored.
spider, is a program that visits web pages and reads 1086. Which of the following statements is true with
their pages and information to create entries for the respect to e-mail address?
search engine index. (a) A domain name is not specific to an
1080. Find the odd one out from the given alternatives. organization
(a) Bing (b) Internet Explorer (b) Popular e-mail providers for business or
(c) Firefox (d) Chrome personal use include email, yahoo
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) (c) The # symbol is a connector between the
Ans : (a) All are web browsers except Bing, while domain and the person to whom the e-mail
Bing, Yahoo are search engines. address belongs
1081. The origin of the word BLOG is from ------------ (d) Domain names cannot be commercial or
---------. personal
(a) Web login (b) Web logging RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(c) Web log (d) Basic log Ans. (b) : Popular e-mail providers for business or
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 personal use include G-mail, Yahoo. A domain name is
specific to an organization.
Ans : (c) The origin of the word BLOG is from web The @ symbol is a connector between the domain and
log. It is an online informational website in which any the person to whom the e-mail address belongs. Domain
information is presented in reverse chronological order. names can be commercial or personal.
1082. Which of the following is the correct option in 1087. Which of the following is not a method by
Gmail to turn on the spell checking feature any which we can access and use mail boxes?
time you compose an e-mail message? (a) Pager (b) Email clients
(a) Settings>See all settings > General > Spelling (c) Mobile phone (d) Webmail
(b) Settings > See all settings > Labels > Spelling DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
(c) Settings > See all settings>Labels>Language Ans. (a) : We can access and use mail boxes through e-
(d) Settings>See all settings>General>Language mail client, mobile phones, web mail etc, but pagers are
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 not used to send emails. Pager is an online messaging
Ans. (a) : In Gmail, the following procedure needs to be tool for sending text messages to someone.
followed to turn on the spell check feature while 1088. Which of the following operators can be used
composing an email. when we want to search a specific word and any
Setting → See all setting → General→ Spelling. synonym for that word in Google search engine?
1083. Which of the following is the sequence of steps (a) Minus (b) Period
to activate spelling and grammar in Gmail? (c) Tilde (d) Quotations
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(a) Gmail -> Settings -> General -> Spelling or
Grammar Ans. (c) : When we want to search a specific word and
(b) Gmail -> Options -> General -> Spelling or any synonym for that word in Google search engine
Grammar then we use tilde operator.

Computer 111 YCT

ye
p
1089. Which of the following is a communication Ans. (c) : In the context of sending a new email, the email
service provided by Internet? address of the sender is not automatically stored in the To
(a) File Transfer Protocol (b) Gopher field whereas the email address has to be filled in the To
(c) Archie (d) E-mail field. Hence, all the three statements given are true.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 1093. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true
Ans. (d) : E-mail is a communication service provided about instant messaging using smileys?
by internet, it is used for messaging through internet & (i) Instant messaging smileys can be sent with
computer, whereas file transfer protocol is used as text messages.
protocol. Gopher is used for listing internet content and (ii) Smiley is a pictorial representation of emotion.
Archie is a tool for indexing FTP archive, allowing (a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
users to more easily identify specific file. (c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i)
1090. Which of the following is the correct way to UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
configure the outlook e-mail client on a PC? Ans. (b) : Instant messaging is an online chat facility
(a) Actions -> account Settings that enables the transfer of messages in real time between
(b) Tools -> Account Settings two or more people over the Internet. In instant messaging,
(c) View -> Account Settings smileys can be sent along with text messages. A smiley is a
(d) Edit -> Account Settings pictorial representation of an emotion.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
1094. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true
Ans. (b) : To configure outlook e-mail client on PC, go about email?
to tools or file and select email accounts or account (i) It is used to send electronic messages through
settings. Click on your email address and select edit the Internet.
change or add new.
(ii) The format of email address is
1091. Which of the following statements is correct ‘domainname@username’.
regarding replying to emails? (a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i)
(a) The ‘Reply BCC’ option is used to reply to (c) (i) and (ii) both (c) Neither (i) and nor (ii)
all recipients on BCC lines. It is not used to GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
reply to the original sender. Ans. (b) : E-mail (Electronic Mail) is a means of
(b) The ‘Reply’ option is used to reply only to
sending or receiving messages through electronic
the original sender.
devices through the Internet. It is a type of digital
(c) ‘Forward’ option is used only to reply to the
message. It is one of the most commonly used features
original ‘sender’.
on communication networks. The format of e-mail
(d) ‘Reply All’ option is used to reply to all
recipients on the CC lines. It is not used to address is User Name Symbol Domain Name Example
reply to the original sender. is- [email protected]
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w 1095. Which of the following statements is/are false?
Ans. (b) : Regarding replying to emails, the Reply (i) You may include as many addresses as you
option is used only to reply to the original sender. wish in the 'To' field of an email or as many
BCC→ Hiding the recipient of an email by using Blind address as are permitted by emailing system.
Carbon Copy so that no other person knows to whom (ii) The same email address cannot be entered
the e-mail has been sent. in both the 'To' and 'Cc' fields.
CC → Carbon Copy is used to send information (a) Only (ii) (b) Neither (i) or nor (ii)
through a mail to more than one person. The person (c) Only (i) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
receiving the e-mail at the address mentioned on the CC UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
box can know whether the same e-mail has been sent to Ans. (a) : (i) You may include as many addresses as
other addresses other than his. you wish in the 'To' field of an email or as many
Forward→ Use the Forward option to send a message address as are permitted by emailing system the above
to someone who is not on the To or CC line. statements is true.
1092. Which of the following statements regarding (ii) The same email address can be entered in both the
sending a new email is incorrect? 'To' and 'Cc' fields. Hence statement (ii) is false.
(a) The subject of the message is entered in the 1096. Which of the following symbols should be used
field. in email addresses to separate username and
(b) Full form of CC is Carbon Copy, which is domain name?
used to send the same message to more than (a) @ (b) #
one person and they all see the list of (c) $ (d) %
recipients of this message. RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(c) The email address of the sender is Ans. (a) : The @ symbol is used in email addresses to
automatically stored in the ‘To’ field.
separate the username and domain name.
(d) The full form of BCC is Blind Carbon Copy
used to send the same message to more than 1097. The first part of the email address is………..
one person and none of them can see the list (a) username (b) mail server
of recipients of this message. (c) domain name (d) system name
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
Computer 112 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : The full form of email is electronic mail, the 1103. Which of the following statements is false
first part of which is the user name. Email is made up of regarding email forwarding?
the user name a symbol (@), and the domain name. As (a) When forwarding an email, it is possible to
- [email protected]. delete existing attachments.
1098. Which of the following options of the Gmail (b) When forwarding an email, it is possible to
App Launcher is used to add, access, create forward it to multiple recipients.
groups, view and edit contacts in Gmail? (c) When forwarding an email, it is possible to
compose a message and/or modify an existing
(a) Tasks (b) Contacts message.
(c) Calendar (d) Mail (d) When forwarding an email, it is not possible
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 to delete existing attachments.
Ans. (b) : The Contacts option in Gmail App Launcher GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
is used to add and access, create groups, view and edit Ans. (d) : When forwarding an email, you can delete
contacts in Gmail. existing attachments and forward it to multiple
1099. In desktop versions of Outlook, you can recipients and also compose a message or modify an
manually check the spelling in your email existing message. So, statements of option (d) is false.
messages at any time by going to ___________. 1104. Which of the following features of Outlook 365
(a) File -> Spelling & Grammar can be used to restrict intrusive spam?
(b) Review -> Spelling & Grammar (a) Block senders (b) Block recipients
(c) Safe senders (d) Safe recipients
(c) Insert -> Spelling & Grammar RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
(d) Options -> Spelling & Grammar Ans. (a) : In outlook 365, the 'Block sender' feature
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 allows you to prevent emails from a specific sender or
Ans. (b) : In desktop versions of Outlook, you can email address from reaching your inbox. When you
check the spelling in your email message at any time by block a sender, their emails are typically sent to your
clicking Review, Spelling and Grammar. junk email folder automatically. This feature can help
1100. Which of the following is used in the Google you manage and reduce unwanted or spam emails.
search engine to search for articles or content 1105. Junk email are also known as:
on a certain website? (a) Spoof (b) Inbox
(a) Asterisk (*) (b) Hyphen (-) (c) Spam (d) Crumbs
RRB NTPC 02.03.2021 (Shift-II) Stage Ist
(c) Colon (:) (d) Tab Ans. (c) : Junk email is also known as spam. This is
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 unsolicited email. A TV program or the funny copy of
Ans. (c) : A colon (:) is used to search for articles or the film is called spoof.
content on a certain website in the Google search 1106. All sent mails are stored in____ folder by default.
engine. The colon is an invalid character unless it is (a) Sent (b) Inbox
used for its intended purpose. For example (http://), (c) Draft (d) Trash
while the special characters asterisk (*), hyphen (-) are UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
not included. Ans. (a) : All sent mails are stored in sent folder by
default. Sent folder serves as a record of the messages you
1101. You can choose to create a ______ that will
have sent to others. This folder is helpful for keeping track
appear at the end of every email you send. of your outgoing emails and can be useful for reference or
(a) formatting options (b) attachments confirmation that an email was sent successfully.
(c) subject (d) signature 1107. Which of the following statements is correct
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 about sending a new e-mail?
Ans. (d) : The full name of e-mail is electronic mail. It is a (a) The subject of the message is entered in the
type of digital message and can contain text files or images. heading field
An email signature is a black of text that is automatically (b) The sender's e-mail address is automatically
inserted to the end of an email message you send. A stored in 'To' field
signature is used to provide the recipient with your name, (c) BCC means 'Blind Carbon Copy', which is
used to send the same message more than one
e-mail address, business contact information, website URL person and all of them can see the list of
or even memorable anecdotes. recipients of this message
1102. Which of the following tabs of Settings can be (d) The recipient's e-mail address is entered in the
used to turn on or off the Spelling, Grammar 'To' field
and Autocorrect tools in Gmail? UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(a) Add-ons (b) General Ans. (d) : Some correct statements about sending a new
(c) Labels (d) Accounts and Import e-mail are-
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (i) The subject of the message is entered in the
Ans. (b) : The general tab in settings can be used to turn 'Subject' field.
on or off the spelling, grammar and autocorrect tools in G - (ii) The sender's email address is automatically stored
mail. in 'From' field.
Computer 113 YCT
ye
p
(iii) BCC means Blind Carbon Copy', which is used to Ans. (b) : Ctrl + Shift + 2 → Activate the emoji pane in
send the same message to more than one person Gmail.
and all of them cannot see the list of recipients of Ctrl + Shift + 5 → Previous Font.
this message.
(iv) The recipient's e-mail address is entered in the 'To' Ctrl + Shift + 6 → Next Font.
field. 1114. If an email message was undeliverable, most
So the option (d) is correct. emailing systems will inform. Which of the
1108. Which of the following statements is/are true following characteristic of an email system does
abut instant messages using smiles? it reflect?
(i) Only text message can be sent in instant (a) Speed (b) Reliability
messaging. (c) Forgery (d) Generality
(ii) Smiley is a graphical representation of GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
emotion. Ans. (b) : If the message does not reach its destination
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (ii) the first time, the email server notifies the sender or
(c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (i) returns the message. This feature is called reliability of
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 the e-mail system.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014Ans. (b) : 1115. E-mail addresses often include the name of the
Instant messaging using smileys involves country the address is from and it is the last two
communicating with other through text - based characters of the address. Which of the following
messages accompanied by emotions or smiley faces to domains indicates the country Brazil?
convey emotions, tone or reactions. (a) .br (b) .bo
Smileys are often used to express happiness, human or (c) .bs (d) .bt
positivity in a conversation. UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
1109. When a mail (message) is digitized in G-mail Ans. (a) : .br – Brazil
once done, it remains in the folder for 30 days. .in – India
(a) Trash (b) Spam .au – Austalia
(c) Draft (d) Deleted .cn – China
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 1116. In the standard inbox of the outlook
Ans. (a) : In Gmail, when a mail (message) is deleted, it application, messages are usually set to _____
remains in the Trash folder for 30 days. If it is as the default option.
permanently deleted from the folder cannot be retrieved. (a) By Size (b) By Date
1110. Which of the following is used to add a mail (c) By Subject (d) By Type
address to the address book in Gmail? GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
(a) Add to Address book (b) Add to mail Ans. (b) : In the standard inbox of the outlook
(c) Add to Contacts (d) Add to list application, messages are usually set to by date as the
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 default option.
Ans. (c) : Add to contacts is used to add a mail address 1117. Which of the following statements is
to the address book in Gmail. INCORRECT about email protocols?
1111. Which of the following options is used to create (a) MIME is part of email protocols
a new e-mail message in G-mail? (b) SMTP and IMAP are email protocols
(a) Create (b) Add (c) MIME and FTP are email protocols
(c) Amend (d) Compose (d) SMTP and POP3 are email protocols
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Ans. (d) : To create a new e-mail in G-mail, you should Ans. (c) : Email protocols are a set of rules and standards
look for the "Compose" option. that govern the sending, receiving and management of
1112. Which option has to be clicked to reply to a email message. They ensure that different email systems
single email or the last email in a thread in can communicate and work together effectively. Some
Gmail? common email protocols include-
(a) Reply (b) Reply all (i) SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)
(c) Forward all. (d) Forward (ii) IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (iii) POP3 (Post Office Protocol Version 3)
(iv) MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions)
Ans. (a) : Reply option has to be clicked to reply to
While FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is a standard
a single email or the last email in a thread in Gmail. network protocol used to transfer file from one host to
To reply to an email within a thread, click reply all to another over a TCP-based network, such as the internet.
forward a single email or the lost email in a thread, click
forward. 1118. An email account CANNOT be created using
which of the following?
1113. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is
used to activate the emoji pane in Gmail while (a) Rediffmail (b) Yahoo! Mail
composing an email? (c) Gmail (d) Fmail
(a) Alt + Shift + 2 (b) Ctrl + Shift + 2 GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(c) Ctrl + Shift + 3 (d) Tab + Shift + 2 Ans. (d) : You can create email account on Rediffmail,
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Yahoo! mail and Gmail while fmail is nothing.
Computer 114 YCT
ye
p
1119. Which of the following is not a benefit of e- 1125. Which of the following statements is correct
governance? regarding sending a new e-mail?
(a) Expanded reach of government (a) The subject of the message is entered in the
(b) Low transparency "Subject field" and its mandatory
(c) Direct participation of constituents (b) In the field, only one recipient's e-mail
(d) Increased convenience address should be entered
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (c) The signature of the sender is optional
Ans. (b) : Benefit of e-governance- (d) If the same message is to be send to more
1. Expanded reach of government than one person, only one e-mail address is
2. Direct participation of constituents entered in the field and the remaining e-mail
3. Increased convenience addresses are and/or fields
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
1120. The webmail is hosted on: Ans. (c) : The full form of e-mail is 'Electronic mail'.
(a) desktop disk (b) client To send an e-mail address is required which is made up
(c) laptop disk (d) cloud server of user name and domain name. The sender's signature
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 is optional. The subject of the message is entered in the
Ans. (d) : Webmail (or web-based email) is an email 'subject' field and it is not mandatory.
service that can be accessed using a standard web 1126. Which of the following statements regarding
browser. Webmail can be hosted on cloud servers, cloud emailing is incorrect?
email provides you with robust email tools and gives (a) Primary contacts are placed in the 'To' field.
you access to them over the Internet.
(b) Tertiary contacts are placed in the 'BCC' field.
1121. Inbox is default location for all ………………. (c) Email addresses placed in the BCC field can
(a) incoming mail (b) forwarded mail be viewed by all recipients of the email.
(c) sent mail (d) deleted mail (d) Secondary contacts are placed in the 'CC' field.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
Ans. (a) : Inbox is the default location for all incoming Ans. (c) : The full form of e-mail is electronic mail. It
mails. An inbox is a repository in an email application provides the facility to the user to send or receive
that accepts incoming messages. message in electronic mode over the Internet.
1122. Which of the following symbols is used to insert (i) To is a field in which the e-mail address of the
smiley emoji in email in outlook 2016? primary recipient is written.
(a) :-O (b) ;-) (ii) Full form of CC is Carbon Copy and it is a
(c) :-) (d) :-( secondary field.
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 (iii) BCC is the short form of Blind Carbon Copy and
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017Ans. (c) : In it is a tertiary field email addresses placed in this
outlook 2016, the :-) symbol is used to insert a smiley field can't be seen by all recipients of the email.
emoji in an e-mail. 1127. Amitabh has sent an email to different
1123. Which of the following types of files are not recipients in To, Cc and Bcc fields. Which of
allowed to be sent as attachments by most e- the following statements is true?
mail service providers? (a) All the recipients can see the email addresses
(a) .doc (b) .jpg in To, Cc and Bcc fields.
(b) The recipients in the Bcc field can see the
(c) .pdf (d) .exe email addresses in To and Cc fields.
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(c) The recipients in the To field can see the
Ans. (d) : .exe or bin files are generally not allowed to email addresses in Cc and Bcc fields
be sent as email attachments by most e-mail service (d) The recipients in the Cc field can see the
providers because executable files can introduce virus email addresses in To and Bcc fields.
in to system. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
1124. Which of the following statements is correct Ans. (d) : The recipients in the Cc field can see the
regarding e-mail forwarding? email addresses in To and Bcc fields, because the
(a) New messages cannot be included in recipients listed in the "To" field are the direct
forwarded e-mail messages addresses of your email message. In email, Cc stands
(b) E-mail can be forwarded to only one person for Carbon Copy and Bcc stands for Blind Carbon Copy.
(c) E-mail only manually can be forwarded The Bcc recipients will be able to see the email address
(d) Apart from the original attached files, some you have entered into the Cc field, but the recipients
new files can also be attached with the entered the To and Cc fields won't be able to see the
forwarded email addresses of any contacts entered into the Bcc field.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I 1128. Which of the following statements about Bcc in
Ans. (d) : The full form of e-mail is 'Electronic Mail'. It e-mail is false?
is made up of username and domain name. This can (a) The address entered in the Bcc field can be
also include forwarding email to more than one person forwarded.
and creating a new messages while forwarding in (b) When you enter e-mail addresses in the Bcc
addition to the original attached files, some new files field of a message, those addresses are not
can be attached with the forwarded e-mail. visible to e-mail recipients.
Computer 115 YCT
ye
p
(c) For security and privacy reasons, it is best to (c) Viewing account statements
use the Bcc feature when sending e-mail (d) Viewing recent transactions
messages to a large number of people. HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
(d) Recipients will receive the message, but will Ans. (b) : Cash cannot be withdrawn from the account
not be able to see the address listed in the Bcc through internet banking, although it can be withdrawn
field. from the ATM which runs by the internet itself but
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 ATM is a machine with the help of which cash is
Ans. (a) : Blind carbon copy allows the sender of a withdrawn, whereas applying for loan, viewing account
message to hide the person entered in the BCC field details, viewing work details etc. are all done through
from other recipients. When you enter an email address internet banking.
in the BCC field, it means that a copy of the email you 1134. Which of the following is not a way to control
are sending will be forwarded to that address as well, spam in the context of e-mails?
but anyone receiving the email will not be able to see (a) Not responding to spam message
the address in the BCC field. When an email is (b) Downloading spam filtering tools and anti-
forwarded to, everyone’s addresses in the To and CC virus software
fields are also forwarded along with the message, (c) Declare post your e-mail address publicly
Addresses placed in the BCC field are not forwarded. (d) Think before clicking hyperlink
1129. Which of the following is NOT an application UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
of Information Technology in railways? Ans. (c) : Following are the ways to control spam in the
(a) E–ticketing context of email -
(b) SMS Gateway 1. Not responding to spam messages.
(c) Bullet Trains 2. Avoid clicking on any unnecessary/expired hyper
(d) National Train Enquiry System links.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 3. Using spam filtering tools and antivirus.
Ans. (c) : E-ticketing, SMS Gateway and National Train 4. Use public spam lists to block messages from
Tracking or enquiry System etc. are all applications of known spammers.
Information Technology in Railways whereas Bullet 5. Identify fake emails designed to appear legitimate.
Train is one of the fastest mode of transport. 1135. In Gmail, if you delete an email it will go to
1130. ...............is a video collaboration tool for real- the____ folder.
time communications. (a) Inbox (b) Trash
(a) Zoom (b) Anydesk (c) Outbox (d) Spam
(c) Docker (d) Vmware KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 Ans. (b) : In Gmail, if you delete an email it will go to
Ans. (a) : E-ticketing, SMS Gateway and National Train the trash folder.
Tracking System etc. are all applications of Information 1136. Which of the following statements is/are true?
Technology in Railways whereas Bullet Train is one of (i) When you delete an e-mail from the Trash
the fastest mode of transport. folder, the contents will be deleted
1131. Which of the following is a time sensitive permanently.
service on the Internet? (ii) E-mails from senders in your whitelist
(a) E-mail (b) File transfer always go to your Inbox.
(c) Internet telephony (d) File download (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (i)
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) (c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (ii)
Ans. (c) : Internet telephony is the type of UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
communication service, with the help of which you can Ans. (a) : When we delete any mail from the Trash
make calls using the internet even without a SIM card. folder, it is permanently removed from our e-mail. When
This technology is called Voice over Internet Protocol a valid mail arrives, it always goes to our e-mail inbox.
(VoIP) technology. 1137. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
1132. Which among the following describes an Applet? (i) Once you delete an email from the trash
(a) A tag in HTML folder, the content will be lost forever.
(b) A security protocol (ii) The sent folders contains all the emails sent
(c) Picture displayed on a web page by you. If necessary, you can resend messages
(d) Program that can be embedded in another from this folder.
application (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (ii)
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 (c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
Ans. (d) : Applets are small programs used in Internet GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
computing. These programs can be transported from one Ans. (a) : If you delete an e-mail from your inbox.
computer to another over the Internet. The applet can be Deleted emails are usually stored for a defined time at
run by browser or any java enabled web browser. the trash folder. Once you delete an email from the trash
1133. Which of the following can NOT be done folder, the content will be lost forever and the sent
through Internet Banking? folder contains all the emails sent by you. If necessary
(a) Applying for loan you can resend messages from this folder. Hence
(b) Withdrawing cash statements (i) and (ii) are true.
Computer 116 YCT
ye
p
1138. Which of the following statements is/are true? 1142. When sending an email, we put the email
(i) E-mails from those senders who are in address of the primary recipient(s) of the email
your blacklist always go to spam. in the field.
(ii) The draft folder contains your saved e- (a) BCC (b) TO
mails, which you can send or edit later. (c) CC (d) Subject
(a) Only (i) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(c) Only (ii) (d) (i) and (ii) both
Ans. (b) : The general rule is that the "To" field is
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
reserved for the main recipients of your email. Other
Ans. (d) : The spam folder is used to store incoming interested parties can be included as a CC so they can
unwanted commercial e-mails. have their own copy of the email.
E-mails from senders in your blacklist always go to the
spam folder. The spam folder contains e-mails that have 1143. Which of the following fields CANNOT be left
been automatically identified as spam. blank while sending an email?
The Draft folder contains written or stored e-mail (a) Subject (b) To
messages that the user has not yet completed or is (c) Cc (d) Bcc
planning to send later. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
1139. Which of the following is not proper Ans. (b) : While sending e-mail, there is a field ‘To’ in
Internet/email etiquette? which the e-mail address of the primary recipient is
(a) Subject your email appropriately and reflect written, that is, the user to whom the e-mail is to be
the subject being discussed. sent, has an e-mail address, without which we cannot
(b) Spell checking the material to ensure that there send e-mail. Because when we do not give the
are no spelling mistakes in the material. recipient’s email, then to whom will the email send?
(c) Using the ‘Reply All’ option in email very BCC and CC are separate fields or say that this is also a
carefully. type of To fields in which we can send e-mail copy of e-
(d) Forwarding messages without explaining why mail to more than one recipient by writing e-mail address.
it is being sent and what it is supposed to do 1144. What is the full form of 'MIME' in email
with. format?
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) (a) Multipurpose Internal Mail Exchanges
Ans. (d) : Various etiquettes are necessary for a proper (b) Multipurpose Internal Mail Extensions
e-mail such as keeping proper subject for the e-mail and (c) Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
indicating the subject in respect of which the discussion
is being done, checking the spelling of the content and (d) Multipurpose Internet Mail Exchanges
using the ‘Reply All’ option, use with caution etc. E- Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
mail should not be forwarded without assigning any Ans. (c) : 'MIME' stand for ' Multipurpose Internet Mail
reason. Extensions '. Its a standard that extends the format of
1140. Which of the following statements regarding e- email messages to support text in character sets other
mail forwarding is incorrect? than ASCII, as well as attachments of audio, video,
(a) A new message cannot be added to a forward images and application programs.
e-mail message 1145. A wants to send an email to B, and a copy of
(b) An e-mail can be forwarded to many people the same email to C and D. He also wants to
(c) In addition to the original attached files some send a copy of the same email to B. However,
new files can also be attached with the none the first three recipients should know
forwarded e-mail about E, but E must know about them. To do
(d) An e-mail can be forwarded either manually this whose email ID should be listed in the BCC
or automatically fields?
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (a) X (b) B
Ans. (a) : Forwarding e-mail is a common practice that (c) A (d) E
involves sending an e-mail you have received to another UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
recipient. An email can be forwarded to many people Ans. (d) : When you enter E's email ID in the BCC
and forwarded either manually or automatically. A new fields of an email, E's email ID is invisible to other
message can be also added to a forwarded e-mail recipient A, B, C and D.
message.
1146. Which part of the email address
1141. Which of the following fields in an e–mail
cannot be left blank? '[email protected]' is called the domain
(a) BCC (b) Attachment name?
(c) To (d) CC (a) @ (b) someone
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (c) example (d) .com
Ans. (c) : In the field given in the compose dialog box UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
of the e-mail, the To field cannot be left blank because Ans: (c) The name of an internet website after the dot
the address of the recipient is entered in To itself, at the end of the URL is called domain name.
whereas BCC, Attachment and CC are not necessary for Example- .com is a domain name in
normal messages. [email protected].

Computer 117 YCT

ye
p
1147. Which of the following is not an option to deal 1151. Identify the extension for a graphics file.
with spam in Gmail? (a) .avi (b) .mid
(a) Block (b) Report spam (c) .dbf (d) .jpg
(c) Report phishing (d) Mark as unread
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Ans. (d) : There are following ways to deal with spam Ans. (d) : . A .jpg file is a raster image saved in the
in Gmail- JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) format,
which is commonly used for storing digital photographs
1. Report the email as spam. and graphics created by image-editing software.
2. Block spam email addresses.
3. Delete suspicious emails 1152. When you -------, Gmail gives you the option to
resurface it later in the day, tomorrow, later
4. Complete spam protection without ever touching this week, on the weekend or next week.
your device. (a) Snooze a mail (b) Archive a mail
5. Report the email as phishing. (c) Add a mail to Tasks (d) Add star to a mail
6. Use third party email filters. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
Mark as unread is not a suitable option for dealing with RRB Kolkata LP-2009
spam in Gmail.
Ans. (a) : When we snooze an email in Gmail, it disappears
1148. Identify the TRUE statement about labels in for a while. When you want, your email will return to the top
email. of your inbox at your selected time, whether it’s tomorrow,
(a) Labels do not flag emails. next week or even this evening. You can find your snoozed
(b) Labels do not collate emails as they flow into items under Snooze in the menu.
your inbox 1153. Which of the following is the correct format of
(c) You cannot apply multiple labels to an email. E-mail address?
(d) Labels do not require emails to be stored and (a) sales@website@into
organised at one place. You can search for (b) [email protected]
massages under each label. (c) sales.website.info
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w (d) sales.bebsite@info
Ans. (d) : In Gmail, you use labels to categorize your (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
email. Labels are like folders, but with a twist you can Ans : (b) The correct format of an email address is the
apply multiple labels to an email, then find the email following-
later by clicking on any of its labels from the left panel. [email protected]
You can also search by label. Hence, [email protected] is the correct format of
1149. The email address ‘abcdef.gmail.com’ is email.
invalid because which of the following must be 1154. Which of the following statements about e-mail
in an email address? address is/are incorrect?
(a) One numeric character (i) The recipient's name is proceeded by the
(b) At most one dot (.) character @ sign.
(c) At least one upper case letter (ii) The domain name is followed by the @
(d) One and only one @ character sign.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (ii)
Ans : (d) The use of @ symbol in the e-mail ID is used (c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (i)
to indicate the name of the e-mail service provider or UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
the name of the social networking site. E-mail ID has Ans. (c) : Every e-mail address has two main parts: first
two parts. one username and second one domain name. The user
For example-
name comes first, followed by the @ symbol and then
[email protected]
the domain name.
↓ ↓
Example - [email protected]
User Name Domain Name
(Local Address) In the above example “VirusHacker” is the username
and “yct.com” is the domain name.
1150. In computer network, what is full form of
WAN? 1155. Which of the following is not a valid email ID?
(a) Wide Area Network (a) [email protected]
(b) Wide Actual Network (b) [email protected]
(c) Windows Area Network (c) abc@[email protected]
(d) Windows Actual Network (d) [email protected]
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
Ans. (a) : WAN is the short form of Wide Area Ans. (c) : abc@[email protected] is not a valid email ID
Network. It is made up of Local Area Network and is a as @ is not allowed more than once in an email ID.
network of networks. The Internet is an example of the 1156. Which of the following options is an invalid e-
largest WAN network. Thus the network has been mail address? Let’s assume that the content
developed to operate globally, at the country level. after @ is correct.
Computer 118 YCT
ye
p
(a) #a.. [email protected] (b) #[email protected] Ans. (b) : Spam email is unsolicited and unwanted junk
(c) a.b.c#[email protected] (d) #[email protected] email sent in bulk to an indiscriminate recipient list.
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 Typically spam is sent for commercial purposes. It can
Ans : (a) #a.. [email protected] is an invalid e-mail address be sent in massive volume by bolnets, network of
that contains two dots (..) in the middle of a word. infected computers.
1157. Which of the following is NOT a valid email id? 1162. Which of the following statements is TRUE for
(a) [email protected] a valid email address?
(b) [email protected] (a) Email addresses are not case sensitive
(c) [email protected] (b) Email addresses are not unique
(d) [email protected] (c) Email address can have hyphen as a first
character
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
(d) Spaces are allowed between characters in an
Ans. (c) : A valid e-mail address consists of two parts, email address
an e-mail user ID (prefix) and an e-mail domain, the UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01)
user ID appears to the left of @ (at the rate) symbol and
the domain to the right of the @ (at the rate) symbol. Ans: (a) Email ID is not case sensitive. Email ID is
For example, in an e-mail address yctpublication unique for all, space cannot be given between letters in
@gmail.com, the @, – symbols are used, while the email address and hyphen cannot be used as first letter
(hyphen) is not used in an e-mail. of email ID.
1158. Which of the following statements is incorrect? 1163. Which of the following TCP/IP layers includes
(i) The e-mail address should contain only one the powerful Internet Protocol (IP), the
@ character. Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), and the
(ii) B.C.C. field is similar to C.C. field, the only Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)?
difference is that the recipients remain (a) Transport layer (b) Internet layer
anonymous. (c) Physical layer (d) Data link layer
(a) Only (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii) KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii) Ans. (b) : The Internet layer, also known as the network
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) layer, accepts and distributes packages for the network.
It includes Internet Protocol, Address Resolution
Ans. (d) : Email (Electronic Mail):- It is a type of
Protocol and Internet Control Message Protocol.
digital message which is used to communicate from one
Physical network layer – It specifies the characteristics
user to another. According to the question, the full form
of the hardware to be used for the network.
of the e-mail is Electronic Mail, and it has some other
features as well. Data Link Layer - The Data Link Layer provides the
functional and procedural means to transfer data
CC (Carbon Copy):- It is a copy sent to a person other
between network entities and may also provide the
than the main recipient in CC,
means to detect and potentially correct errors that may
BCC (Blind Carbon Copy):- It can be used to send an e- occur in the physical layer.
mail to a recipient, without seeing the other recipients.
Therefore, both statements are true. 1164. What is the maximum size limit for standard
attachments in G-mail?
1159. E-mails from senders on your blacklist always (a) 25 KB (b) 25 GB
go to the _____folder. (c) 25 TB (d) 25 MB
(a) Trash (b) Draft
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(c) Inbox (d) Spam
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 Ans. (d) : Gmail is a free email service provided by
Ans. (d) : The senders’ E-mails included in your Google. The maximum size limit for standard
blacklist always go to the Spam folder. The Spam folder attachments in G-mail is 25Mb.
contains e-mails that are automatically detected as a 1165. When an email is sent by a user to another
spam and if you mark an e-mail as spam, e-mails of that user, the sender will usually find the sent email
senders will always be placed in the Spam folder. in the ––––––– folder.
1160. Which of the following are unsolicited mails? (a) Archive (b) Draft
(a) Trojan Horse (b) Virus (c) Inbox (d) Sent
(c) Spam (d) Worm UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Ans. (d) : The sender will usually find the sent email in
Ans. (c) : Sending messages or advertisements the Sent folder. Received mail is stored in the Inbox,
repeatedly to people on the Internet which they have not while sent folder stores the mail sent to the sender.
requested means sending unwanted messages or 1166. Which of the following statements is incorrect?
advertisements to people is called spam.
(a) Email ID cannot contain spaces.
1161. Which of the following email folders keeps
(b) You cannot create more than three email IDs
junk mail out of sight so that it does not clutter
your inbox and prevent you from seeing using the same personal computer.
legitimate email messages? (c) An email ID should contain only one @
(a) Inbox (b) Spam alphabet.
(c) Outbox (d) Trash (d) The email ID is case-sensitive.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
Computer 119 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (*) One must have a computer and internet (a) Only I (b) Both I and II
connection to create an e-mail ID. More than one e- (c) Neither I nor II (d) Only II
mail IDs can be created in a personal computer with UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
different names. Email is not case sensitive. In above Ans : (d) In the above question the statement I is
question, two options (b & d) are true. But option (b) is correct and statement II is incorrect. Because Bing is
accepted by commission. search engine, so option (d) is correct.
1167. Junk e-mail is also known as ……………… 1173. Which of the following is not an option when
(a) Spare (b) Spool replying to e-mails in Gmail on a desktop
(c) Spoof (d) Spam computer?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 (a) Report Phishing (b) Translate Message
Ans : (d) Junk email is also called spam, this type of (c) Copy Message (d) Report Spam
email is not a legitimate email message. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
1168. _____ an email means that it will disappear for Ans. (c) : Gmail on a desktop computer has the option
a while and then, will come back to the top of to report phishing, translate messages and report spam
your inbox at the time you pick as though you when replying to emails, while there is no option to
are receiving it all over again. make a copy of the messages.
(a) Snoozing (b) Marking as Unread 1174. An example of email that is NOT a webmail is :
(c) Muting (d) Archiving
(a) AOL mail (b) Mozilla Thunderbird
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
(c) Yahoo Mail (d) Gmail
Ans. (a) : Email snooze gives users the option to UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
remove an email from the inbox for a set period of time.
Reminder email will return to the top of the inbox once Ans. (b) : Mozilla thunderbird is a free and open-source
the set time expires. application but it is not a webmail.
1169. 1024 Gigabyte is equal to: 1175. Which of the following characters should occur
(a) 1 Terabyte (b) 1 Petabyte only once in an email id?
(c) 10 Petabytes (d) 1 Exabyte (a) star(*) (b) At (@)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 (c) dollar($) (d) Dot(.)
Ans. (a) : 4 bits – 1 Nibble UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
8 bits – 1 Byte = 2 Nibble Ans. (b) : At the rate (@) character should occur only
1024 bytes – 1 KB (Kilobyte) once in an email id.
1024 KB – 1 MB (Megabyte) 1176. When you enter email addresses in the ____
1024 MB – 1 GB (Gigabyte) field of an email, those addresses are invisible
1024 GB – 1 TB (Terabyte) to email recipients.
1170. Identify the FALSE statement about archiving (a) To (b) Bcc
email messages. (c) Subject (d) Cc
(a) Archiving removes the message from view in UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
the inbox. Ans. (b) : Blind Carbon Copy (BCC) can be used to
(b) Archived messages cannot be searched. send an email to a recipient without the recipient
(c) Messages addressed to a group of people can knowing who else the email was sent to.
return to your inbox if someone on the 1177. Broadcasting a mail to multiple unrelated
address list replies to the original. recipients is usually done under:
(d) Archive puts the message in the All-Mail area (a) BCC (b) To
in case you ever need it again.
(c) None of these (d) CC
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans. (b) : All statements can be made with reference to
the archive email message, except statement (b) because Ans. (a) : BCC is short form of Blind Carbon Copy. It
archived message can be searched. allows user to hide recipients in email messages.
1171. To find messages older than two days in Gmail, 1178. Which of the following statements is false in the
which of the following should be entered? context of writing e-mail?
(a) older_than:2d (b) olderthan:2d (a) We can not add more then one address in the
(c) older:2d (d) older-than:2d 'TO' field
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 (b) We can leave the BCC 'field blank
Ans. (a) : To find messages older than two days in g- (c) We can leave the CC 'field black'
mail, you should type older_than:2d in search bar of g- (d) The 'To' and 'CC' fields are often used
mail. interchangeably
1172. Which of the following statements is incorrect? UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
I. Google is a search engine originally Ans. (a) : To → We can add more than one address in
developed by Larry Page and Sergey Bing. the TO field.
II. Bing is a web browser developed by BCC → The full form of BCC is Blind Carbon Copy. It
Microsoft. is used to send a copy of an e-mail to a person without
Computer 120 YCT
ye
p
the other recipient knowing about it. BCC field can be 1184. Which of the following statements about
left blank. sending file attachments using email is correct?
CC → CC Stands for Carbon Copy, it is used to include (a) Normally, any person can send attachment up
a secondary recipient in the e-mail. You can leave this to 75 KB in size using an email.
field blank. The TO and CC fields are often used (b) Can send PowerPoint presentations as
interchangeably. attachments via email.
(c) Word document and spreadsheet files cannot
1179. Which statement about sending file attachment be sent as attachments in an email.
using email is wrong? (d) Only one file attachment can be sent in a
(a) A word document and a spreadsheet file email
cannot be sent as attachments in an email. UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(b) Email server and email clients often limit the Ans. (b) : Statement (b) is true.
size of attachments.
(c) Attachments can be any type of file, including 1185. In Gmail, when you want to apply a label to
video files, provided the size of all attachment meeting invitations and skip sending them to
files are below the upper limit. the inbox, use the option :
(a) Create Addons (b) Create Filter
(d) PowerPoint presentation can be sent as an
attachment using email. (c) Create Label (d) Create Meet
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
Ans. (b) : If you want to skip sending meeting
Ans. (a) : A word document and a spreadsheet file can invitations to the inbox, you will need to create a filter,
be sent as attachment to an email. An attachment can be first check the attachments box then click create filter,
any type of file including a video file. check the box that applies label and automatically
1180. Which of the following statements is/are shortens incoming event response message. Choose a
incorrect? label to do. To move response messages out of your
(i) You should click logout/signout after you inbox, check the box and leave.
have finished reading or sending the email. 1186. Once an e-mail has been sent, it is moved from
(ii) In respect of email, BCC abbreviation the ______ folder to the _____ folder.
Black Carbon Copy. (a) outbox, sent (b) inbox, outbox
(a) (i) and (ii) both (b) Only (ii) (c) inbox, sent (d) outbox, inbox
(c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii) KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) Ans. (a) : When an email is being sent to someone or
Ans : (b) In the above question the statement (i) is fails. It remains in the email outbox and if the sent mail is
correct but statement (ii) is incorrect because the successfully sent then it moved to outbox to send folder.
abbreviation of BCC is 'Blind Carbon Copy'. 1187. If an email is written and not sent to any user,
1181. EDGE, UMTS, FDD and TDD are _____ in which folder is it normally stored?
cellular networks. (a) Sent (b) Archive
(a) 3G (b) 4G (c) Inbox (d) Draft
(c) 2G (d) 5G UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 Ans. (d) : If email is written and not sent to any user,
Ans. (a) : EDGE, UMTS, FDD and TDD are 3G the draft folder represents unsent message.
cellular networks. Cellular network is a mobile 1188. Which of the following is a valid email ID?
communication network whose the last link is wireless. (a) [email protected]
1182. While composing an email in MS - Outlook 365 (b) Abc#[email protected]
desktop version, attachment of file can not be (c) abc@[email protected]
selected from which of the following options? (d) [email protected]
(a) Browse this PC UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(b) Browse web locations Ans. (d) : The full form of email is 'Electronic mail'. It is a
(c) Browse internet medium of exchange of information with the help of
(d) Recent items Internet. The two parts of an e-mail address are the user
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 name and the domain name. This is a valid email Id
Ans. (c) : In MS - Outlook 365 desktop version, while [email protected]. An email address can contain parts
composing an email, you can not select an attachment like dot (.), @ and underscore (_), but can't contain spaces.
file from the browse internet option. 1189. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
1183. We can send the same e-mail to multiple people (i) A gmail email id can contain a single dot(.)
at once, with their email addresses separated character.
by _____ (ii) A gmail email id cannot contain two or
(a) Dollar sign (b) Commas more consecutive dot characters.
(c) Colons (d) Hash sign (a) Only (i) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) (c) Only (ii) (d) (i) and (ii) both
Ans :(b) We can send the same e-mail to multiple UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
people at once, with their email addresses separated by Ans. (d) : Both statements are true regarding syntax of
Commas. email address.
Computer 121 YCT
ye
p
1190. Which of the following space cannot be left (c) Pen Drive (d) Documents
blank while composing and sending emails? WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(a) “subject” Field (b) “To” Field HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
(c) “CC” Field (d) “BCC” Field Ans : (a) The extended form of e-mail is electronic
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) mail. It is a communication method that uses electronic
Ans. (b) : While composing and sending mail we can't devices to deliver/receive mails across computer
leave the "To" field blank. CC (Carbon Copy) and BCC networks. An e-mail ID is required to send an email.
(Blind Carbon Copy) field comes under "To" field. 1198. When you want to send email to more than one
1191. Which one of the following is not an email recipient, you separate their email addresses
related protocol? using ____.
(a) POP (b) FTP (a) Adder (b)Ampersand
(c) IMAP (d) SMTP (c) Semi-colon (d) Comma
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
Ans : (b) Except FTP (File Transfer Protocol) all of the Ans : (d) To send email to more than one recipient, you
above are the email related protocol. should use comma to separate their email address.
1192. In relation to an email service, pop means 1199. Which of the following is a multi user chat
(a) Popular Office Protocol system that lets you join channels or groups to
(b) Post Organization Protocol communicate privately or in groups?
(c) Post Office Protocol (a) E-mail (b) VoIP
(d) Primary Organization Protocol (c) Video conferencing (d) Internet Relay Chat
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Ans : (c) POP stands for Post Office Protocol which is Ans. (d) : Internet Relay Chat (IRC) is a text based chat
helpful in receiving and sending e-mails. This protocol system for instant messaging. IRC is designed for group
is used to retrieve email from the server. POP3 is its communication in discussion forums, called channels, but
updated version protocol. also allows one on one communication via private messages
1193. With which of the protocols only one mailbox as well as chat and data transfer including file sharing.
can be created on the server? 1200. Which of the following is like a real time
(a) FTP (b) POP conversation with your friend or relative?
(c) SMTP (d) IMAP (a) Chatting (b) E-Commerce
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) (c) Discussion Forum (d) Email
Ans. (b) : The POP Protocol stands for 'Post Office HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
Protocol'. With the help of protocol you can create mail Ans : (a) On the internet, chatting is like real time
box on server. conversation with your friend or relative.
1194. How many attachments can we send through
1201. Which of the following is used to provide remote
email?
access to servers and networking devices?
(a) We cannot send attachments through email.
(a) HTTP (b) FTP
(b) We can send only 1 attachment.
(c) SMTP (d) Telnet
(c) We can send many attachments.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
(d) We can send only 2 attachments.
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 Ans : (d) Telnet is used to provide remote access to
servers and networking devices.
Ans : (c) There is no limit of the count of attachments.
In mail services the total attachments of the mail is 1202. Which of the following statements is correct
unlimited. about the world wide web (WWW)?
(a) It is an intranet that is established as a private
1195. Which of the following category of the files is
generally not allowed to be sent as network in an organisation.
email/attachment? (b) It was invented by John Bob.
(a) .RAR files (b) .DOC files (c) It is based on the OSI reference model.
(c) .EXE or BIN files (d) .ZIP files (d) The HTTP protocol is to access a web page.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) RRB Kolkata LP-2009
Ans : (c) .EXE or .BIN files are not allowed to be sent KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
as email attachments. Ans. (d) : The World Wide Web (WWW), often referred
to simply as the web, is a system of interconnected
1196. The 'BCC' option available while sending an hypertext documents and multimedia content that is
email means accessed via the internet using web browsers and the
(a) Blank Carbon Copy (b) Blank Copy HTTP protocol is to access a web page. It was created by
(c) Blind Carbon Copy (d) Blind Copy British computer scientist Tim Berners-Lee in 1989 and
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 became publicly available in 1993.
Ans : (c) BCC stands for Blind Carbon Copy. BCC is a 1203. Which of the following statements is correct
way of sending copies of an email to other people. regarding the World Wide Web (WWW)?
1197. What is required to send e-mail? (a) It is based on TCP/IP reference model
(a) Email ID (b) Floppy (b) It uses HTTP protocol to access the webpage
Computer 122 YCT
ye
p
(c) It is the LAN that was set up for an organization (a) Tim Berners-Lee
(d) It was invented by John Bob (b) Sergey Brin and Larry Page
RRB Jammu-Shrinagar L.P. 2005 (c) Steve Jobs
Ans. (b) : The full name of WWW is "World Wide (d) Bill Gates
Web". It was developed by Tim Berners-Lee in 1989. It UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
uses the HTTP protocol to access web pages. Ans. (a) : The World Wide Web (WWW) is a graphical
1204. What is World Wide Web? interface to the internet that was first introduced to the
(a) A method of exchanging information between public on 6 August 1991. It was invented by Tim
computers on the internet, Typing them Berners-Lee.
together into a vast collection of interactive 1208. The process of publishing original content on
multimedia resources. the Internet is called
(b) A large, global computer network consisting (a) Community publishing
of set of smaller networks. (b) Digital publishing
(c) Another name of internet (c) Web publishing
(d) Share data, storage and processing resources (d) Desktop publishing
on the internet RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) Ans. (c) : Web publishing is process of publishing
Ans. (a) : World Wide Web is a method of exchanging original content on the internet.
information between computers on the internet. Tying 1209. In the URL
them together into a vast collection of interactive "https://www.computerorganisation.com/jargo
multimedia resources. n/w/example.htm", which part refers to the
website?
1205. Identify whether the following statements are (a) www
true or false. (b) https
i) World wide web (WWW) is a repository of (c) comuterorganisation.com
information linked together from points all (d) example.htm
over the world. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
ii) The data link layer adds reliability to the Ans.(c): In this URL
physical layer by adding mechanisms to detect "https://www.computerorganisation.com/jargon/w/exam
and retransmit damage or lost frames. ple.htm" question computerorganisation.com refers to
iii) The transport layer divides the stream of the website. Website is a collection of files and related
bits received from the network layer into resources accessible via the World Wide Web and
manageable data units called frames. organized under a particular domain value.
(a) i-True, ii- True, iii- True 1210. Error number ________ indicates that a
(b) i-True, ii-False, iii-True specific URL has been renamed or has become
(c) i-True, ii-True, iii- False non-existent.
(d) i-False, ii- True, iii- True (a) 402 (b) 404
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (c) 401 (d) 405
Ans. (c) : WWW (World Wide Web) is indeed a HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
repository of information linked together from points all Ans. (b) : The HTTP 404 or 404 not found. Error
over the world, forming a global network of message is a hypertext transfer protocol standard
interconnected web pages and resources. So this response code which means specific URL has been
statement is true. The statement (ii) is also true because renamed or has become non-existent.
the data link layer in networking adds reliability to the 1211. Which of the following is NOT a social media
physical layer by adding mechanisms to detect and platform?
retransmit damaged or lost frames. While statement (iii) (a) PayTm (b) Facebook
is false due to the transport layer is responsible for (c) Instagram (d) Twitter
segmenting the data received from the upper layers into KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
manageable data units called segments, not frames that Ans. (a) : PayTm is an application through which
is typically associated with the data link layer, not the online money transaction and recharge, ticket booking
transport layer. etc. can be done whereas Facebook, Instagram, Twitter
1206. Which of the following statements is incorrect? are all social media platforms.
(a) The WWW has a large number of interlinked 1212. A ____site is a collection of interlinked web pages.
web pages. (a) Telenet (b) IP Address
(b) WWW is owned by the US. (c) World Wide Web (d) Email ID
(c) WWW was invented by Tim Berners-Lee. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
(d) The full form of WWW is World Wide Web Ans : (c) The World Wide Web is a group of documents
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) that are linked to each other by hypertext. Hypertext
Ans : (b) Except option (b) all statements are true about document consists of text, image and sound etc.
World Wide Web. 1213. Links that lead to another webpage are called-
1207. World Wide Web is a graphical interface for (a) Hyperlinks (b) HTTP Links
the Internet that was first introduced to the (c) Embedded Links (d) URL
public by ______. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Computer 123 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (a) A hyperlink is an icon, graphics or text that 1220. Data entry on a web page can be done by using
links to another object or files. (a) forms (b) Tables
1214. The _______ of a website serves as a table of (c) Lists (d) Images
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
contents
Ans : (a) A data entry website that is also called form
(a) access point (b) home page
site, is a page on web that allows users to present any
(c) server page (d) entry level page type of information. Data entry is performed using
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 forms on web page.
Ans. (b) Homepage is known as the main page of the 1221. A _______ is software that searches websites on
website, it is the root point of a website where all pages the www for a specific keywords and provides
are linked by navigation heading, hyperlinks, headers, a list of results.
footers etc. are all included on the home page. The (a) Seek Engine (b) Explorer Engine
home page of a website serves as a table of contents. (c) Hut Engine (d) Search Engine
1215. A program that serves requested HTML files KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
and page is Ans : (d) Search engine is a web base tool which is use
(a) Web address (b) Web page to get information about any person, object etc. on the
(c) Web server (d) Home page World Wide Web. MSM, Google and Yahoo are
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 example of search engine.
Ans : (b) The program that serves HTML files and pages 1222. World Wide Web was created by:-
is called a web page. Web pages are created using (a) Sergey Brin (b) Tim Berners-Lee
HTML and are Linked to each other by hyperlinks. The (c) Steve Wozniak (d) Larry Page
place where these pages stored is called a website. The UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
first page of every web site that provides a list of Ans. (b) : The World Wide Web was created by Tim
information contained within it is called the home page. Berners-Lee in 1989. It is hypertext based information
system, which can access through the internet.
1216. HTML is the most widely used markup
1223. Internet surfing included all of the following
language for developing web pages. There are except
some basic tags in HTML. Which of the (a) Starting a web browser
following options is not a basic tag of that type? (b) Typing the address of a web page
(a) Heading (b) Home (c) Opening of windows explorer to search a file
(c) Paragraph (d) Line break (d) Navigation between web pages
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans : (b) In HTML heading, paragraph and line break Ans : (c) Internet surfing included all of above except
are basic tags but home page or start page is part of a option (c).
website. 1224. Almost every search engine uses a program or
1217. Which of the following are stored on web automated script, called a ____, to
servers and contain a vast amount of systematically browse the World Wide Web
information including text, graphics, audio, and Index them in a local repository.
video and hyperlinks? (a) Spyware (b) Crawler
(a) URL (b) Web browser (c) Spooler (d) Adware
(c) Client (d) Web page UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) Ans : (b) A web Crawler is a program or automated
Ans. (d) : A web page is a hypertext document script which browses the World Wide Web in a
provided by a website that is stored on a web server. A methodical automated manners.
web page contains a vast amount of information 1225. Which of the following is not a service provided
including text, graphics, audio and hyperlinks that a by ISPs?
user receive on a web browser. (a) Dial- up Access
(b) Internet Access
1218. What is the default scripting language in ASP? (c) Leased Line Access
(a) JavaScript (b) Perl (d) Database Management
(c) ECMA Script (d) VB Script UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 Ans. (d) : Internet Service Provider (ISP) is a service
Ans. (d) : The default scripting language used for writing provider company that provides access to the Internet.
ASP is VB script, although you can use other scripting ISP can provide internet access through dial-up, DSL,
language like Jscript (Microsoft version of JavaScript). Cable wireless, Leased line etc, whereas database
1219. Which of the following is used to produce management is an application software.
interactive, data-driven web applications over 1226. The first page of any website is called the ____
the internet? page.
(a) ASP (b) HTML (a) Index (b) TOC (Table of contents)
(c) CSS (d) URL (c) Home (d) Title
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
Ans : (a) ASP is used to produce interactive, data Ans : (c) The first page of a website is called homepage
driven web applications over the internet. or main page.
Computer 124 YCT
ye
p
1227. Which of the following statement is incorrect 1234. Which of the following is NOT a web browser?
regarding the Google web search engine? (a) Firefox (b) Safari
(a) It was developed in the year 1972 (c) DuckDuckGo (d) Edge
(b) It was developed by Sergey Brin and Larry WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
Page Ans. (c) : Firefox, Safari and Edge are web browsers
(c) It is the most popular web search engine while DuckDuckGo is example of search engine.
(d) It was originally known as BackRub 1235. The systematic process of solving an issue is
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 called:-
Ans. (a) : Google is a popular web search engine. It was (a) Feedback (b) Troubleshooting
developed in 1998 by Sergey Brin and Larry Page. It (c) Update (d) Patching
was originally known as BackRub. HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
1228. Files can be safely transferred using Internet Ans. (b) : The systematic process of solving a problem
through- is called troubleshooting or problem solving.
(a) FTP (b) SMTP Troubleshooting is often applied to the repair of failed
(c) TCP/IP (d) HTTP product or processes on machines or systems.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 1236. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of
Ans : (a) FTP is a standard network protocol which is cashless payments?
used to transfer computer files to clients and servers (a) Independent of digital devices
through computer networks. (b) All of these
1229. SSL is (c) Convenience
(a) a scripting language (b) a browser (d) More secure
(c) A secure connection (d) an authoring tool Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 Ans. (a) : Digital devices do not have the benefit of
Ans. (c) : SSL stands for secure sockets layer. It is a independent cashless payments. Benefits of cashless
security protocol that ensures a safe connection between payment are following–
the web servers and the browser. 1. Convenience
1230. Mozilla Firefox, Google Chrome, Opera etc. 2. Secure
are the examples _______. 3. More Secure
(a) Railway services (b) Web browsers 4. Speed
(c) Search engine (d) Email services 5. Versatility
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 1237. Linux is portable operating system. Which of
Ans. (b) : Mozilla Firefox, Goolge Chrome and Opera the following best describes the portability
Mini are example of web browser. A web browser is an feature of Linux?
application software that allows users to view and (a) Linux can support multiple user at the same
explore information on the web. time
1231. Which of the following statements is/are true? (b) Linux can support multiple at the same time
(i) Mozilla Firefox has the ability to (c) Linux can support GUI
synchronize across multiple computers (d) Linux can work on different type of hardware
using the Mozilla Weave option. KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(ii) Incognito mode runs in a separate window Ans. (d) : Linux is a portable operating system which
from your normal chrome window. means that can works on different types of hardware in
(a) both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) same way.
(c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i) 1238. Which of the following are applications of
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 Information Electronics and Communication
Ans. (a) : Statement (i) and statement (ii) are true. Technology (IECT)?
1232. _______ is a piece of software that acts as add (a) E-Banking and multimedia & entertainment
on to a web browser and provides addition (b) E-Governance and Multimedia & Entertainment
functionality to the browser. (c) E-commerce and E-Governance
(a) Plugin (b) URL (d) E-Banking and E-Commerce
(c) Path (d) Hyperlink UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) Ans. (b) : The complete form of IECT is Information
Ans. (a) : A plugin is a software component that adds a Electronics and Communication Technology. The
specific feature to an existing computer program. applications of IECT are E-governance and multimedia
and entertainment. IECT is employed to provide
1233. Which of the following is not a browser government services, communicate information from
software? the government to citizens and from citizens to the
(a) DuckduckGo (b) Chromium government and conduct communication transactions.
(c) Microsoft Edge (d) Brave 1239. In which phase of e-governance in India most
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 government offices were equipped with computers
Ans. (a) : DuckDuckGo is an example of a search and the use of computers started with word
engine and all others are examples of web browsers. processing soon followed by data processing?
Computer 125 YCT
ye
p
(a) Computerization (b) Networking Ans : (b) NEFT (National Electronic Fund Transfer)
(c) On-line interactivity (d) On-line presence and RTGS (Real Time Gross Settlement) are payment
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 systems that facilitate one to one fund transfer. Using
Ans. (a) : Computerization refers to the process of NEFT and RTGS people can electronically transfer
using computers to perform tasks that were previously money from any bank branch to a person holding an
done by humans. account with any other bank branch.
This can include tasks such as data entry, scheduling and • Fund transfers through the NEFT system do not occur
communication. In the computerization phase of e- in real time basis and the fund transfer settles in 23
governance in India, most of the government offices were half hourly badness.
equipped with computers and the use of computers started • In RTGS money is credited in the beneficiary's
with word processing soon followed by data processing.
account in real-time and on grass basis.
1240. Which of the following is NOT a primary type
of e-commerce model? 1245. Which of the following channels may NOT be
(a) B2B (b) B2C used to initiate IMPS transactions?
(c) C2D (d) C2B (a) SMS
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II (b) PAN
Ans. (c) : Electronic commerce, or e-Commerce, is a (c) Bank app on smartphones
business model that lets business and consumers buy or sell (d) Internet Banking
online. There are six major e-commerce business models. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
1. Business to Consumer Ans. (b) : PAN (Permanent Account Number) is not
2. Business to Business used to initiate IMPS transactions.
3. Business to Government 1246. Which among the following is not an example
4. Business to Business to Consumer of online Payment Gateway?
5. Consumer to Consumer (a) Paypal (b) Insight
6. Consumer to Business (c) CC Avenue (d) Citrus
1241. Flipkart is an example of which type of website? (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
(a) Celebrity website Ans : (b) Paypal, CC Avenue and Citrus are example of
(b) Forum Website online payment gateway but insight is not example of
(c) E-commerce website online payment gateway.
(d) Social networking website 1247. Which of the following banking is a technology
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) that allows you to access your bank account
Ans : (c) Flipkart is an example of e-commerce website from a mobile device?
or app. (a) Home banking (b) Mobile banking
1242. IRCTC is a/an ______. (c) Internet banking (d) Tele banking
(a) Plastic money (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
(b) Email services provider Ans : (b) Mobile banking is a technology that allows
(c) Railway services provider you to access your bank account from a mobile device.
(d) e-wallet
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
1248. Skype is an example of ____
(a) Interent telephony Service
Ans. (c) : Indian Railway Catering and Tourism
Corporation is a subsidiary of the Indian Railway. It is (b) Dial-up Service
used to handle the catering, tourism and online ticketing (c) Traditional Telephone Service
operation of the Indian Railways. (d) Voice Call Service Only
1243. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Internet Banking? Ans. (a) : Skype is an example of internet telephony
(a) Get higher rate of interest service. The term IP telephony is often used
(b) Pay bills online interchangeable with XOIP.
(c) Transfer funds on–the–go 1249. Online conversation in which we can send and
(d) View account statements anytime receive instant messages to each other is called
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 ____.
Ans. (a) : Benefits of internet banking are following– (a) Chat (b) Email
• Pay bills online (c) Uploading (d) Browsing
• Transfer money or fund UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
• View account statements anytime Ans : (a) Chatting is the process of communicating with
• Deposit cheques online other through the internet, in which two or more user
Get higher rate of interest is not benefit of internet banking. can send or receive text, voice or video messages to
1244. What are NEFT and RTGS about? each other through the internet.
(a) Cheque truncation process 1250. Which of the following is also known as smiley
(b) Electronic fund transfer from bank to bank in the context of instant messaging?
(c) Electronic payment products within a bank (a) Emotions (b) Emoticons
(d) Various deposit products (c) Spontaneous (d) Commotion
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
Computer 126 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : Emoticons are punctuation marks, letters and designing the animated and interactive web pages. CSS
numbers used to create symbols that usually represent is used to define structure and content of web page. MS-
an emotion smiley, sad, angry etc. word is used for publishing blog, starting blog,
1251. Which of the following is/are the statement(s) registering, adding account and content.
regarding instant messages using smiley? 1256. Which of the following email features is used to
(i) In instant messaging, only smiley or send email to multiple recipients without
emoticons can be sent. revealing their identities (i.e. email IPS) to each
(ii) A smiley or an emoticons is a pictorial other?
representation of facial expressions that (a) Subject (b) CC
represent emotion. (c) Starred (d) BCC
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (ii) UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
(c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 Ans : (d) The full form of BCC is blind Carbon Copy.
It is used to send email to many people at once and want
Ans. (b) : Through instant messaging we can do that no one can see the list of whom e-mail has been
multimedia sharing, messaging, group chat, audio and sent.
video call with our contacts and apart from this, we can
send messages to more than one person at a time in the 1257. Which of the following is not a proper internet
instant messaging app. A smiley or emoticon is a pictorial etiquette?
representation of facial expression that show emotion. (a) Do note write long email, with many subject
1252. ............an example of Instant Messaging (b) Email are usually written in upper case letters
Application : to make it easier to read
(a) Hangouts (b) Facebook (c) Check carefully before clicking on the "Reply
(c) Google Chrome (d) Flipkart All" option
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) (d) Use proper and concise subject headers
Ans : (a) Whatsapp, Skype, Facebook Messenger and UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
Google Hangouts etc are example of instant messaging Ans. (b) : Except statement (b) all statements comes
application. under internet etiquette.
1253. Which of the following is an information 1258. Which of the following is used to assign a name
retrieval service provided by the internet? to an IP address so that a user can locate a
(a) Telnet (b) E-mail computer through a name in association with
(c) News group (d) Gopher the Internet?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 (a) TCP/IP (b) UDP
Ans. (d) : Gopher is an information retrival service (c) HTTPS (d) DNS
provided by the Internet. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
1254. In relation to user interface, the abbreviation Ans. (d) : DNS is the short form of Domain Name
CLI is used for? System. The function of DNS is to convert domain
(a) Command Line Interface name into IP address. IP address is a long numerical
(b) Command Line Interrupt code, due to which it is difficult to remember hence
(c) Command Language Interrupt DNS is used to make it easily remembered.
(d) Common Language Interface 1259. In Gmail, you can choose a username that
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) is____ characters long.
Ans : (a) In respect of user interface, CLI is used for (a) 6 to 30 (b) 6 to 64
command line interface. It is a text based user interface. (c) 8 to 64 (d) 4 to 30
1255. Which of the following resources are required RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
to create a blog? Ans. (a) : In Gmail, you can choose a username that is 6
Resources: to 30 characters long.
i) Domain name Your user name can be any combination of letters,
ii) Hosting numbers or symbols.
iii) CMS
iv) Approvals from security agencies 1260. Which of the following characters is not
v) DHTML allowed as a component of email ID in Gmail?
vi) CSS (a) At the rate @ (b) Ampersand (&)
vii) MS-Word (c) Numbers (0-9) (d) Dot (.)
(a) Only i, ii, iii and vii UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(b) Only i, ii, iii and v Ans. (b) :
(c) Only i, ii and iii • Usernames can contain letters (a-z), numbers (0-9)
(d) All of i, ii, iii, iv, v, vi and vii and periods (.).
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 • Usernames cannot contain an ampersand (&), equals
Ans. (d) : A blog is a website to create blog posts. To sign (=), underscore (_), apostrophe ('), dash (-), plus
operate it, the website needs domain name and hosting, sign (+) comma (,), brackets (<, >), or more than one
CMS is used to place website's contents and media files. period (.) in a row.
Approvals from security agencies help streamline • Usernames can begin or end with non-alphanumeric
process and minimize errors. DHTML is used for characters except period (.).
Computer 127 YCT
ye
p
1261. Which of the following options allows users to (a) Status Line (b) GET Method
follow a path to other pages or sites on the web? (c) Request Line (d) Accept Field
(a) Cookies DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
(b) Add-ins Ans. (a) : The start line of an HTTP response, called the
(c) Uniform Resource Locator status response line.
(d) Hyperlinks 1267. URN stands for ________.
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w (a) Uniform Resource Network
Ans. (d) : A hyperlink, often referred to simply as a (b) Uniform Resource Name
"link", is a clickable element in a document or webpage (c) Unique Resource Name
that, when selected directs the user to another location. (d) Unique Resource Network
1262. Which of the following part of the URL format MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
specifies the sequence of directories leading to Ans. (b) : URN stands for Uniform Resource Name. It
the target? is a formal naming scheme that identifies a resource but
(a) Server (b) resource does not indicate its location or how to access it.
(c) path (d) Scheme 1268. Who gives information about the location of
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 the document in the internet.
Ans. (c) : The full form of URL is Uniform Resource (a) UML (b) UDL
Locator. It is used to locate a resource Locator. It is (c) URL (d) UHL
used to locate a resource on the Internet. It is also called WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
web address. Ans : (c) URL (Uniform Resource Locater) is a unique
follow the structure: Scheme://Server/path/resource, identifier used to locate a resource on the internet.
where the scheme specifies the resources access 1269. Which of the following is the addressing
method. The server determines the computer's name on scheme used by the www browser to locate
which the resource is stored. The path specifies the websites on the Internet?
order of directions leading to the target. (a) HTTP (b) URL
1263. Which of the following is called a pointer to (c) TCP (d) DNS
some bit of data on the web, be it a web HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
document, an image, a style sheet or a Ans. (b) : The URL stands for uniform resource locator. It
JavaScript script? is a addressing scheme used by the www to locate websites
(a) Firewall on the Internet. URL was first introduced in 1994 by Tim
(b) World Wide Web Berners-Lee and the engineering working group.
(c) Network protocol 1270. URL
(d) Uniform Resource Locator (a) Unique Resource Label
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (b) Uniform Resource Locator
Ans. (d) : URL stands for Uniform Resource Locator. (c) Unique Reference Label
A URL is nothing more than the address of a given (d) Uniform Reference Locator
unique resource on the web. Each valid URL points to a UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
unique resource. Such resources can be an HTML page,
a SCC document, an image etc. And point to some bit Ans. (b) : URL is the short form of Uniform Resource
of data on the web be it a web document an image a Locator. It is the address of a resource, which can be a
style sheet or a JavaScript script. specific web page or a file on the internet.
1264. What does URL stand for? 1271. Which of the following is not search engine?
(a) Uniform Resource Locator (a) Google (b) Yahoo
(b) Unique Resource Lister (c) Twitter (d) AltaVista
(c) Unique Record Locator GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(d) Uniform Record Locator Ans. (c) : A search engine is a software that allows
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 internet user to search for content through the World
Wide Web (WWW). Google, Yahoo, Bing, Alta Vista
Ans. (a) : URL stand for Uniform Resource Locator. are examples of search engine whereas Twitter is a
The URL is the internet's link address. social media platform.
1265. What is a document of the internet written and 1272. HTTP is an application layer protocol which
constructed using HTML and translated by enables the Internet to function smoothly and
web browser knows as? effectively. What is the full form of HTTP?
(a) Web server (b) Internet (a) Hypertext Transformation Protocol
(c) Domain (d) Web page (b) Hypertext Transfer Pipeline
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 (c) Hypertext Transfer Protocol
Ans. (d) : A web page is a simple document displayable (d) Hypertext Transformation Pipeline
by a browser. Such documents are written in the HTML KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
language. All web pages available on the web are Ans. (c) : Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is a
reachable through a unique address. network protocol for distributed, collaborative
1266. When the Web Server responds with an HTTP hypermedia information systems that enables the World
response message to the Web Client that response Wide Web to function smoothly and effectively which
message has which of the following sections? is an application layer protocol.
Computer 128 YCT
ye
p
1273. Which of the following protocols is used for Ans. (c) : The full form of GPRS is General Packet
communication between web clients and Radio Service. It is a Packet Oriented Mobile Data
servers? standard on the 2G and 3G cellular communication
(a) HTTP (b) SMTP network global system for mobile communication.
(c) TCP (d) IP 1279. Files can be safely transferred using Internet
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 through:-
Ans. (a) : HTTP stands for Hypertext Transfer Protocol. (a) FTP (b) SMTP
It is the protocol that helps to communicate between (c) TCP/IP (d) HTTP
web servers and web browsers. It is used to transfer data Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
over the Internet such as text, image and video. HTTP is Ans. (a) : FTP is short form of File Transfer Protocol.
a request response protocol, meaning that client sends a It is a standard internet protocol provided by TCP/IP
request to a server and the server sends a response back used for transfer the file from one node to another.
to the client. 1280. State whether the following statements are true
1274. What is the full form of WAN? or false
(a) Wide Antenna Network (i) FTP is primarily designed for large file
(b) Wide Area Network transfers with the ability to resume
(c) World Area Network downloads after a download has been
(d) Wide Asia Network interrupt.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 (ii) TCP establishes a connection at both ends
before any data can flow.
Ans : (b) The full form of WAN is Wide Area Network. It (a) (i) True, (ii) False (b) (i) True, (ii) True
is a computer network that covers a large geographical
area consisting of two or more LANs or MANs. (c) (i) False, (ii) True (d) (i) False, (ii) False
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
1275. NIC NET of the National Informatics center
connecting all the districts and state Ans. (b) : Both statements are true.
headquarters is an example of which of the 1281. Which among the following protocols is used in
following? www?
(a) Wide Area Network (a) ftp (b) w3c
(b) Metropolitan Area Network (c) http (d) None of these
(c) Personal Area Network MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(d) Local Area Network Ans. (c) : Hyper Text Transfer Protocol is used in
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) World Wide Web.
Ans. (a) : NIC NET is a satellite based nationwide 1282. Which of the following statements about the
communication network which is a type of wide area World Wide Web (WWW) is incorrect?
network. (a) It was invented by Tim Berners-Lee.
1276. In Digital payment, the transfer mode (b) It is a collection of websites or web pages that
preferred for large transactions is: is stored on a web server.
(a) IMPS (b) NEFT (c) It is an intranet, which is established as a
(c) UPI (d) RTGS private network in an organization.
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 (d) In WWW, web pages are accessed using the
Ans. (d) : The acronym 'RTGS' stands for Real Time HTTP protocol.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
Gross Settlement. It is a funds transfer system based on
grass settlement concept where we can transfer money Ans. (c) : The World Wide Web consists of a collection
from one bank to another bank in real time. In RTGS no of websites or web pages stored on a web server. It was
maximum limit on transfer amount but using this you invented by Tim Berners-Lee in 1989. Web pages are
can transfer minimum 2 lakhs at a time. accessed using the HTTP protocol.
1283. Which of the following is the term used to
1277. Which of the following represents the set of rules describe the process of transferring files from a
that control the electronic transmission of data? web server to your PC on the Internet?
(a) Domain Name (b) Medium (a) Downloading (b) Spoofing
(c) Protocol (d) IP address (c) Uploading (d) Spooling
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
Ans : (c) A protocol is a set of rules using which we Ans. (a) : The process of a computer receiving
exchange data over the internet. information from a server on the Internet is known as
Mainly two protocols are used in the exchange of data. downloading.
1. HTTP - Hyper Text Transfer Protocol 1284. The process of a computer receiving
2. FTP - File Transfer Protocol information from a server on the internet is
1278. The full form of GPRS is ______. known as–
(a) Global Packet Radio Service (a) pulling (b) pushing
(b) Global Protocol for Radio Service (c) downloading (d) transferring
(c) General Packet Radio Service (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
(d) General Protocols for Radio Service Ans : (c) The process of a computer receiving information
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 from a server on the internet is known as downloading.
Computer 129 YCT
ye
p
1285. Which of the following terms is used to (c) Technically Correctly Protocol
describe the process of transferring files over (d) Tele-Communication Protocol
the Internet from your PC to another KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
computer, usually a web server? Ans. (b) : TCP stands for Transmission Control
(a) Downloading (b) Uploading Protocol. It is a transport layer protocol that facilitates
(c) Spoofing (d) Processing the transmission of packets from source to destination.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
1293. TCP is a _______ protocol, whereas UDP is a
Ans. (b) : Uploading terms is used to describe the ____ protocol.
process of transferring files over the Internet from your
PC to another computer, usually a web server (a) connection-oriented; connection-less
(b) application-layer; connection-oriented
1286. What is the full form of ISP? (c) connection-less; connection-oriented
(a) Internet Server Protocol (d) connection-less; application-layer
(b) Internet Service Protocol UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(c) Internet Support Protocol
(d) Internet Service Provider Ans. (a) : TCP is a connection-oriented protocol,
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I) whereas UDP is a connectionless Protocol.
Ans. (d) : The full form of ISP is Internet Service 1294. TCP/IP data connectivity level is called a
Provider. It is a company that provides access to the _____.
internet. (a) Segment (b) Page
1287. Eavesdropping is an example of ________ type (c) Frame (d) Datagram
of cyber attack GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(a) Phishing (b) Denial of Services Ans : (c) A frame is a digital data transmission unit in
(c) Man in the middle (d) Malware computer networking and telecommunication. TCP/IP
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 data connectivity level is called a frame.
Ans. (c) : Eavesdropping is the term used to refer to the 1295. Which of the following statements is/are true?
interception of communication between two parties by (i) IPv4 class - A address uses the first 8 bits for
malicious third party (man in the middle). In the digital the network ID.
age this term is known as cyber attack. (ii) IPv4 class - C address, last 8 for host ID
1288. The Internet is also called a packet switched uses bits.
network because it uses _____. (a) Only (i) (b) Either (i) nor (ii)
(a) HTTP (b) SMPT (c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (ii)
(c) HTTPS (d) TCP/IP DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) Ans. (c) : The full form of IPv4 is Internet protocol
Ans : (d) TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet version 4. When any device uses the Internet it is
Protocol) is communication protocol whose main function assigned a unique IP address like - 192.0.2.1.
is to connect devices to the internet. The IP address in IPv4 is of 32 bits. This class A
1289. Which of the following keys is pressed to stop address uses the first 8 bits for the network ID and the
page loading in Google chrome browser? class - C address uses the last 8 bits for the host ID.
(a) Alt + S (b) Ctrl + S 1296. Each of the 4 parts of an IPv4 address is always
(c) Tab (d) Esc
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) a number in the range of
(a) 0-255 (b) 0-256
Ans. (d) : The Esc key is used to stop the loading of a (c) 1-256 (d) 1-255
site in Google Chrome. Google believes that it should
not be counted as a page interaction. UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01)
1290. Which of the following keys can be used to stop Ans: (a) Each of the 4 parts of an internet protocol
a page from loading in Google Chrome? version 4 (IPv4) address is always a number in the
(a) Esc (b) Tab range of 0-255.
(c) Backspace (d) Delete 1297. Which of the following statement(s) is/are
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 correct?
Ans. (a) : Esc (Escape) key is used to stop a page from (i) The length of an IPv4 address is 64 bits.
loading in Google Chrome. (ii) The length of IPv6 address is 256 bits.
1291. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts can (a) (i) and (ii) both (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
be used to go to the last tab (right side) in (c) Only (i) (d) Only (ii)
Google Chrome browser? UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
(a) Ctrl + L (b) Ctrl + 0 Ans. (b) : (i) The length of an IPv4 address is 32 bits.
(c) Alt + L (d) Ctrl + 9 (ii) The length of IPv6 address is 128 bits.
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) Hence both statements are wrong.
Ans. (d) : Ctrl+9 is used to go to the last (right side) 1298. Which of the following versions of internet
container is Google Chrome browser. protocol is most widely used on the internet?
1292. What is the full-form of TCP? (a) IPv1 (b) IPv3
(a) Transistor Control Protocol (c) IPv4 (d) IPv6
(b) Transmission Control Protocol RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Computer 130 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (c) : IPv4 stands for Internet Protocol Version 4. It 1304. How many layers are there in a TCP/IP
is most widely used on the internet. TCP/IP uses a 32 network?
bit logical address known as IPv4 and a 128 bit logical (a) 6 (b) 3
address known as IPv6. (c) 5 (d) 7
1299. Sending and receiving data in TCP is done GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
using: Ans. (c) : The TCP/IP model consists of five layers.
(a) line stream (b) character stream i. Physical Network Layer
(c) byte stream (d) word stream ii. Data-Link Layer
iii. Internet Layer
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
iv. Transport Layer
Ans : (c) In TCP sending and receiving is done using v. Application Layer
byte stream.
1305. Which of the following is not an application
1300. The internet architecture is based on this layer protocol?
general idea: all networks want to carry a (a) TCP (b) TELNET
single packet type, a specific format called the (c) HTTP (d) FTP
____. UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(a) FTP (b) Internet Protocol
Ans. (a) : 1. Application Layer Protocol
(c) SMTP (d) HTTP i. DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) ii. DNS
Ans. (b) : Internet Protocol is a protocol with a special iii. FTP
format. It handles the sending of the packet over internet. iv. HTTP
Each packet has a source and a destination address. v. IMAP
1301. Which of the following is the form of an IP vi. POP3
address? vii. SMTP
(a) <byte>.<byte>.<byte>.<byte> viii. Telnet
(b) <nibble>.<nibble> ix. SNMP
(c) <bit>.<bit>.<bit>.<bit> 2. Transport Layer Protocol
(d) <byte>.<bit>.<byte> i. TCP
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 ii. UDP
3. Network Layer Protocol
Ans : (a) In IPv4, IP address consists of 4 numbers i. IP
separated by the dots. Each number can be from 0-255 ii. ICMP
in decimal number. Format of IP address is-
4. Datalink Layer Protocol
<byte><byte><byte><byte> i. ARP
Example– 168.212.226.204
1306. IP address of a system changes with the change
1302. Which of the following is a network layer in.............:
protocol? (a) Internet Service Provider (b) Web page
(a) IP (b) SMTP (c) RAM (d) Web Browser
(c) HTTP (d) TCP (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 Ans : (a) IP address of a system changes with the
Ans. (a) : Network layer also known as the internet change in Internet Service Provider (ISP). Public IP will
layer, accepts and delivers packets for the network. This change when you change to another ISP.
layer includes the Internet Protocol (IP), the Address 1307. The word 'WWW' stands for
Resolution Protocol (ARP), and the Internet Control (a) Warm World Web
Message Protocol (ICMP). (b) World Wild Web
1. IPv4 32 bit (c) World Wide Web
2. IPv6 128 bit (d) World Warm Voices
1303. Which of the following statement(s) is/are UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
correct? Ans : (c) The World Wide Web (WWW), commonly
(i) TELNET is used for remote login over the known as the web, is an information system enabling
Internet documents and other web resources to be accessed over
(ii) A computer connected to the Internet has the internet. The web was invented at CERN by Tim
an IP address Berners-Lee.
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii) 1308. The address of a computer on a network is
(c) Only (i) (d) Only (ii) known as–
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) (a) URL (b) IP
Ans : (b) TELNET is a network protocol that is used (c) host (d) domain name
to remote login over a TCP/IP network. Each computer (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
on the internet has a unique IP address hence the both Ans : (b) The address of a computer on a network is
given statements are correct. known as IP address.

Computer 131 YCT

ye
p
1309. Which of the following is essential for every Ans: (c) IANA stands for Internet Assigned Numbers
computer connected to the internet? Authority. The well-known port are assigned by IANA
(a) Have a processor of at least 2.1 GHz
and cover the range 0 to 1023.
(b) They (IBM) are personal computers
(c) He has a unique IP address 1315 . Which of the following messages is broadcast
(d) Have modem connection by a DHCP client when it first attempts to
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) connect to the network?
Ans. (c) : An unique IP address is essential for every (a) DHCP Discover (b) DHCP Request
computer connected to the internet. (c) DHCP Inform (d) DHCP Offer
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)
1310. Which of the following protocols can only be Ans: (a) Dynamic host Control Protocol (DHCP) is a
used for sending emails? client/server protocol that automatically provides an IP
(a) IMAP (b) POP3 host with its IP address and other related configuration
(c) SMTP (d) HTTP information such as subnet mask and default gateway.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 DHCP discover is a first message generated in the
Ans : (c) Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is communication process between server and client. This
used for sending emails. SMTP is a push protocol message is generated by client host in order to discover if
whereas POP (Post Office Protocol) and IMAP (Internet there in any DHCP servers are present in a network or not.
Message Access Protocol) are used to retrieve emails. 1316. Which of the following is one of the fastest web
SMTP is an application layer protocol work used by browsers and has been specially developed to
port 25. HTTP stands for Hyper Text Transfer Protocol. run on Apple devices?
It is an application layer protocol for transmitting (a) Mozilla Firefox (b) Safari
hypermedia document, such as HTML. (c) Edge (d) Chrome
1311. Popular protocols for sending and receiving UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
emails are ____ and ____, respectively. Ans. (b) : The fastest safari browser has been developed
(a) SMTP3; POP3 (b) POP3; SMTP3 to run on Apple devices. Overall best browser is Google
(c) POP3; SMTP (d) SMTP; POP3 Chrome.
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 Microsoft Edge is the best web browser for windows.
Ans. (d) : Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Mozilla Firefox is more secure in terms of security.
transfers e-mail from source to destination between mail 1317. What is the full form of POP?
servers. Post Office Protocol3 (POP3) is most (a) Post Office Provider
commonly used protocols for receiving email over the (b) Post Office Permissions
Internet. (c) Post Office Protocol
1312. Which of the following options allows the client (d) Post Office Promoter
to modify email messages on the server without KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
downloading the program to the local Ans : (c) Post Office Protocol (POP3) and Internet
computer? Mail Access Protocol (IMAP4) both are message access
(a) IMAP (b) HTTP protocol.
(c) FTP (d) POP 1318. What is the 'class' of an IP address
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) 222.120.50.11?
Ans. (a) : IMAP stands for Internet Message Access (a) Class C (b) Class D
Protocol. IMAP allows the client program to manipulate (c) Class B (d) Class A
the e-mail message on the server without downloading GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
them on the local computer. IMAP is also used by email Ans. (a) : An IP address is a number used to identify a
clients to retrieve email messages from a mail server. computer system or any other device on the internet.
1313. The port used by SMTP is IP addresses uniquely identify the source and
(a) 21 (b) 22 destination of data transmitted with the Internet
(c) 23 (d) 25 Protocol. There are five types of IP address.
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Class First byte
Ans : (d) Port No. Protocol A → 0___127
20 FTP B → 128___191
23 Telnet C → 192___223
25 SMTP D → 224___239
53 DNS E → 240___255
80 HTTP Class D is used for multicast addresses and class E is
110 POP3 reserved for future use.
143 IMAP 1319. Which of the following is required for process-
443 HTTPS to-process delivery at each end in network?
1314. What is the valid range of well-known ports (a) Only port number
which are controlled by IANA? (b) Only IP address
(a) 0 to 1022 (b) 1 to 1024 (c) Neither IP address nor Port number
(c) 0 to 1023 (d) 1 to 1023 (d) IP address and Port number
UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01) UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)

Computer 132 YCT

ye
p
Ans: (d) Network layer required the IP address for Ans : (a) DNS (Domain Name System) is a hierarchical
appropriate routing of packets in a similar way transport and decent realized homing system for internet
layer required a port number to correctly deliver the connected resources. DNS maintains a list of domain
segments of data to the correct process among multiple homes along with the resource, such as IP addresses,
processes running on a particular host. that are associated with them. The function of DNS is
1320. Total number of IP address classes is : the translation of human friendly domain name to a
(a) 6 (b) 5 numeric IP address.
(c) 3 (d) 4 1326. What is the set of rules (protocol) called by
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) which remote login is done from one computer
Ans : (b) Total number of IP address classes is five they to another?
are : A, B, C, D and E. (a) FTP (b) TELNET
1321. Which of the following statement(s) is/are (c) SMTP (d) HTTP
correct? HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(i) An address consists of bits Ans : (b) TELNET is an abbreviation for Terminal
(ii) The internet cannot be accessed from a Network. Telnet is a network layer protocol used to
dual-boot PC (i.e. a PC with two boot remote login.
operating system) 1327. DNS enrollment is a human friendly
(a) Only (i) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) technology of the system and a set of rules
(c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (ii) (protocol) in the _____ layer.
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) (a) Application (b) Physical
Ans : (a) An IP address consists of 32 bit. The internet (c) Data link (d) Presentation
can be accessed from a dual boot PC. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
1322. State whether the following statements are true Ans : (a) Domain Name System (DNS) is an
or false? application layer protocol. The application layer is the
(i) The size of an IPv4 address is 32 bits top layer of the OSI and TCP/IP models. The protocol
(ii) IPv4 addresses are usually represented by works on application layer– DNS, TELNET, FTP,
decimal dotted notation. MIME, POP, HTTP, TFTP, SMTP, SNMP, DHCP.
(a) (i)- True, (ii) - False 1328. In which of the following access technologies do
(b) (i)- True, (ii)- True the stations share the bandwidth of the channel
(c) (i)- False, (ii)- True in time slots?
(d) (i)- False, (ii)- False (a) FDMA (b) CDMA
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) (c) TDMA (d) DDMA
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01)
Ans. (b) : An IPv4 address is 32 bits. IPv4 address are
usually represented in dotted-decimal numbers. Ans: (c) Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) is a
channel access method for shared medium networks. It
1323. What is the full form of TCP/IP in the context of? allows several users to share the same frequency
(a) Transmission control protocol and intranet channel by dividing the signal into different time slots.
protocol The users transmit in rapid succession, one after the
(b) Transmission control protocol and other, each using its own time slot.
international protocol
(c) Transmission control protocol and internet 1329. Domain name ".co" indicates_____:
protocol (a) Internet country code top-level domain
(d) Transfer control protocol and internet protocol (ccTLD) assigned to Colombia
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) (b) Commercial website
(c) Government website of Congo
Ans. (c) : TCP/IP stands for Transmission Control
(d) Organisational website
Protocol/Internet Protocol. The TCP/IP is a suite of (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
communication protocols used to interconnect network
devices on the internet. Ans : (a) A country code top level domain (ccTLD) is
an internet top-level domain generally used or reserved
1324. Which of the following is an application-layer for a country. Domain name ".co" indicates internet
internet standard protocol used by local e-mail country code top-level domain (ccTLD) assigned to
clients to retrieve e-mail from a remote server Colombia.
over a TCP/IP connection?
.us → United States
(a) SMTP (b) POP
(c) HTTP (d) FTP .uk → United Kingdom
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 .au → Australia
Ans : (b) POP (Post Office Protocol) is the email retrieval .ge → Germany
protocol used to receive emails from the server. .ca → Canada
1325. The function of DNS is to convert .in → India
(a) domain name into IP address 1330. Which among the following is used for testing
(b) IP address into domain name the network?
(c) domain name into email address (a) Ns (b) Ping
(d) email address into domain name (c) Locate (d) Domain
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Computer 133 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : Ping is used to perform network testing. It is and electrical connectors that connect a wide variety of
a utility that uses the internet control message protocol electronic musical instruments, computers and related
to handle requests and responses. audio devices for playing, editing, and recording music.
1331. ECS stands for 1337. Which of the following is NOT a valid
(a) Electronic Clearing System multimedia authoring metaphor?
(b) Electronic Centered System (a) Hierarchical metaphor
(c) Electronic Cross System (b) Scripting language metaphor
(d) Electronic Conversion System (c) Flow-control metaphor
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) (d) Automatic metaphor
Ans : (a) (ECS) is an electronic mode of GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
payment/receipt for transaction that are repetitive and Ans. (d) : Automatic metaphor is not a valid
periodic in nature. ECS is used by institutions for multimedia authoring metaphor. The authoring
making bulk payment of amounts of distribution of metaphor is the methodology by which the authoring
divided interest, salary, pension etc. system accomplishes its task.
1332. ______ send a visitor to a web page that no Multimedia Authoring Metaphor–
(i) Scripting Language Metaphor
longer exists. (ii) Hierarchical Metaphor
(a) disabled link (b) hyperlink (iii) Iconic/Flow-control Metaphor
(c) deleted link (d) broken link (iv) Slide show metaphor
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(v) Frames Metaphor
Ans : (d) Broken links are the links or hyperlinks (vi) Card/Scripting metaphor
which are linked to the external web pages that are no (vii) Cast/score/scripting metaphor
more existing in the websites. Broken link are also
known as "deadlinks". 1338. Which of the following is NOT a format for
videos?
1333. E-mail message can be protected by (a) MSQ (b) MP4
(a) mirroring (b) caching (c) WMV (d) AVI
(c) encryption (d) resending UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans. (a) : MSQ file is not a format for videos. MSQ
Ans. (c) : When there is a need to protect the file format is belong to multimedia workshop, while
confidentiality of an email message, it can be encrypted. MP4, WMV and AVI is video file format.
Encrypting an e-mail message means converting it from
plain text to cipher text, which can only be decrypted or 1339. Which of the following refers to the process of
readable by the recipient who has the private key can improving the visibility of a site when people
converting plain text into cipher text is called encryption. search for business - related products or services
in Google, Bing and other search engines?
1334. The technique by which data is encoded in such (a) Linear Optimization
a way that it cannot be easily understood by an (b) Search Engine Optimization
unauthorized person is called? (c) Swarm Optimization
(a) Encryption (b) Modulation (d) Ant Colony Optimization
(c) Decryption (d) Demodulation UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans. (b) : Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is the
Ans : (a) Data encryption translating data into a code so process of improving the quality and quantity of website
that it cannot be easily deciphered by an unauthorized traffic to a website or a web page from a search engine
person. Encryption is the most effective way to achieve so its pages can be discovered by people searching for
data security. what you have to offer, the through search engine.
1335. Which of the following formats does not 1340. JPEG stands for
represent a compressed file? (a) Joint Photographic Experts Group
(a) .pdf (b) .zz (b) Joint Photogenic Entity Group
(c) .rar (d) .zip (c) Joint Picture Experts Group
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) (d) None of these
Ans : (a) .pdf file formats does not represent a compressed RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
file, while other represent compressed file format. Ans. (a) : JPEG stands for Joint Photographic Experts
1336. ____ is a system for transmitting electronic Group. It is a standard image format for consisting lossy
musical instruments. and lossless compressed image data.
(a) Musical Instrument Digital Interchange 1341. The number of bits in an audio sample is called
(b) Musical Instrument Digital Interface (a) Bit depth (b) Bit density
(c) Musical Instrument Digital Interaction (c) Audio resolution (d) Audio depth
(d) Musical Instrument Data Interface KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
KSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Ans. (a) : In digital audio using pulse-code modulation
Ans : (b) MIDI is short form of musical instrument (PCM) bit depth is the number of bits of information in
digital interface. MIDI is a technical standard that each sample and it directly corresponds to the resolution
describes a communications protocol, digital interface of each sample.
Computer 134 YCT
ye
p
1342. Which among the following is the full form of 1349. The process through which a vector image is
AVI? converted into a bitmap image is called.
(a) Audio Visual Interface (a) Pixilation (b) Quantization
(b) Audio Video Interface (c) Rasterization (d) Sampling.
(c) Audio Video Interleave MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(d) None of these Ans. (c) : In computer graphics the process of
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 converting a vector image to a bitmap image is called
Ans. (c) : The full form of AVI is the Audio Video rasterization. Quantization involved in image processing
Interleave. Microsoft introduced the AVI format in is a lossy compression technique achieved by
1992 and is still commonly used today. compressing a range of values to a single quantum
1343. Which among the following is not a colour (discrete) value. When the number of discrete symbols
specification format? in a given stream is reduced, the stream becomes more
(a) CMYK (b) HSB compressible. Quantization is opposite to sampling.
(c) RGB (d) GIF 1350. Which of the following is not a valid image
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 format?
Ans. (d) : GIF stands for Graphics Interchange Format. (a) tiff (b) gif (c) jpeg (d) mpeg
GIF is not a colour specification format. WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
1344. Which of the following file extensions is used Ans. (d) : TIFF stands for Tag Image File Format is a
for audio files? computer file used to store raster graphics and image
(a) .xlsx (b) .pptx information.
GIF stands for Graphics Interchange Format which is a
(c) .mp3 (d) .docx common file format used for web images and uses
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w software programs.
Ans. (c) : An MP3 file is an audio file format developed JPEG stands for Joint Photographic Expert Group.
by the Moving Picture Expert Group (MPEG), while MPEG stands for Moving Picture Expert Group. It is a
.xlsx, .pptx and .docx are file extension used for Excel, set of specification for compressed audio and video file.
PowerPoint and Word respectively.
1351. Multimedia can contain-
1345. Which of the following is a disadvantage of (a) graphics, animation, video, music and voice
multimedia? (b) only numeric-type data
(a) Cost (b) Adaptability (c) numeric, text and picture data
(c) Usability (d) Relativity (d) databases that in turn contain other databases
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 creating a massive data collection
Ans. (a) : Production of multimedia is more expensive HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
than others because it is made up of more than one Ans. (a) : Multimedia is a form of communication that
medium. uses a combination of different content forms such as
Production of multimedia requires an electronic device, text, audio, graphics, animation, video into a single
which may be relatively expensive multimedia requires interactive presentation.
electricity to run, which adds to the cost of its use.
1352. A smaller version of an image is called a:
1346. Which among the following file extensions (a) thumbnail (b) bitmap
represents graphic files only? (c) clipart (d) portable network graphic
(a) TXT and STK (b) JPEG and TXT KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(c) BMP and DOC (d) BMP and GIF
Ans. (a) Thumbnail is a term used by graphic designers
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
and photographers for a smaller image representation of
Ans. (d) : .BMP, .GIF and .EPS are graphic file a larger image. Thumbnails are usually designed to
extensions represent graphic files. make viewing or managing a group of large images
1347. Which of the following design tools shows the simpler and quicker.
overall flow of a multimedia presentation? 1353. Which of the following is not a video file
(a) Link (b) Flow-chart extension?
(c) Story board (d) Gantt chart (a) .mp4 (b) .avi (c) .jpg (d) .mov
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans. (c) A story board is a graphic organizer that Ans. (c) : .mp4, .avi and .mov are video file extension
provides the viewer with a high-level project. while .jpg is a image file extension.
1348. Which of the following is the file extension of a 1354. Special programs used to create multimedia
multimedia file commonly supported by the
presentations are called:
operating system?
(a) .lib (b) .exe (c) .obj (d) .mpeg (a) authoring programs (b) graphics programs
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning (c) Utility program (d) UI program
Ans. (d) : A file extension is the suffix of a computer GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
file that the operating system uses to identify the file Ans. (a) Authoring programs are high level computer
type. The file extension of a multimedia file is .mpeg programs designed to create computer based training,
and multimedia files have different formats and interactive presentation and multimedia authoring programs
extensions such as .wav, .mps, .mwv, and .avi. translate commands that are presented as symbols
Computer 135 YCT
ye
p
1355. Which of the following are used for combing 1362. State whether the following statements is true
different kinds of media formats and deliver or false?
them as multimedia contents? (i) An analog timer is an example of frame
(a) Multimedia authoring tools based animation.
(b) Device drivers (ii) In forward mapping more than one input
(c) Scanners pixel cannot be mapped to a single output
(d) Media Players pixel
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (a) (i) – False, (ii) True
Ans. (a) : Multimedia authoring tools give an integrated (b) (i) – False, (ii) False
environment for joining together the different elements
of a multimedia production. (c) (i) – True, (ii) False
1356. Which of these is a valid audio file format? (d) (i) – True, (ii) True
(a) .vob (b) .flv (c) .png (d) .aiff KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Ans. (c) : Statement (i) is true because an analog timer
Ans. (d) : Audio Interchange File Format (AIFF) is an is an example of frame based animation.
uncompressed audio file format developed by Apple in 1998. Statement (ii) is false. In forward mapping more than
1357. ".png" image format supports ______ colors. one input pixel can be mapped to a single output pixel.
(a) 7000 (b) upto 8 million 1363. With respect to multimedia, the term SNR
(c) upto 16 million (d) 256 stands for:
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (a) Signal with Noise Rate
Ans. (c) : PNG files, which use the .png extension, can (b) Signal to Noise Rate
handle 16 million colours. (c) Signal and Noise Rate
1358. .mp4 is a digital multimedia container format (d) Signal to Noise Ratio
which is basically _______. KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(a) mpeg4 part 21 (b) mpeg4 part 3 Ans. (d): Signal to noise ratio (SNR) is a measure of the
(c) mpeg4 part 19 (d) mpeg4 part 14 strength of the desired signal relative to background
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 noise, which informs about the signal quality a ratio
Ans. (d) : MPEG-4 Part 14 or MP4 is a digital higher than 1 : 1 (greater than 0 dB) indicated more
multimedia container format most commonly used to signal than noise.
store other data such as subtitles and still images. 1364. ______ is a language that is used to design
1359. With respect to multimedia, sampling rate is the standardised web pages so that the web pages
number of times the analog sound is taken per: contents can be read and understood from any
(a) month (b) second computer across the globe.
(c) hour (d) minute (a) Hyper Traffic Markup Language
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 (b) Hyper Transmission Markup Language
Ans. (b) : A sampling rate is the number of times the (c) Hyper Text Markup Language
analog sound is taken per second. A higher sampling (d) Hyper Text Machine Language
rate implies that more samples are taken during the UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
given time interval and ultimately, the quality of Ans. (c) : Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) is a
reconstruction is better. language designed for web pages so that we can read or
1360. Recognize extensions for video files. understand it on any computer around the world
(a) .gif (b) .mid (c) .avi (d) .dbf because it runs on a browser, anyone can read or see it.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II 1365. Which of the following statements is/are
Ans. (c) : Important Video file extensions– MP4, INCORRECT with respect to viewing the
MOV, WMV, AVI, AVCHD, FLV, MPEG-2 contents of an HTML file?
.gif → Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) is an image A. The output of an HTML file is viewed using
file extension. Internet Explorer, Mozilla, Opera, Mosaic
.mid → A MID file is a standard Musical Instrument or any internet browsing tool.
Digital Interface (MIDI) file used by music authoring B. HTML headings are defined with the <h1>
and mixing programs. to <h6> tags. While <h1> defines the most
.dbf → A DBF file is a standard database file used by important heading, <h6> defines the least
dBASE, a database management system application. important heading.
1361. Which of the following multimedia text-based (a) Neither A nor B (b) Only B
feature generalize the concept of footnotes and (c) Only A (d) Both A and B
cross-references for accessing text documents? HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
(a) footnote and cross-reference Ans. (a) : The output of an HTML file is viewed using
(b) text list any web browser.
(c) hypertext HTML headings are defined with the <h1> to <h6>
(d) text finder tags. While <h1> defines the most important heading,
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 <h6> defines the least important heading.
Ans. (c) : Hypertext generalizes the concept of footnotes Thus, neither A nor B is incorrect in the given
and cross-references for accessing text documents. option. Hence option (a) will be correct.

Computer 136 YCT

ye
p
1366. Which among the following is/are NOT true Ans. (a) : Front end language is the web browser
with reference to Id selector? understandable language, which is used to design the
A. The id of an element should be unique webpage or website. There are two types of languages
within a page, so the id selector is used to used in web development.
select one unique element. 1. Frontend language– HTML, CSS, JavaScript.
B. The id selector uses the id attribute of an 2. Backend Language– Java, PHP, Python.
HTML element to select a specific element. 1370. Which among the following is/are NOT a
(a) Only A (b) Neither A nor B feature of W3.CSS?
(c) Only B (d) Both A and B A. In-built responsive designing
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 B. Standard CSS
Ans. (b) : The id selector uses the id attribute of an (a) Both A and B (b) Only A
HTML element to select a specific element. The id of (c) Only B (d) Neither A nor B
an element is unique within a page, so the id selector is DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
used to select one unique element. Ans. (d) : Both given statements (A) & (B) are the
To select an element with a specific id, write a feature of W3.CSS.
hash (#) character, followed by the id of the element. Hence the option (d) is true. W3.CSS is a modern CSS
An id name cannot start with a number. framework with built-in responsiveness. When you use
1367. Which among the following is not true with CSS and HTML to resize, hide, shrink, enlarge or move
respect to syntax of HTML tags? the content to make it look good on any screen is called
A. Title begins with <Title> tag and ends with responsive web design.
</Title> tag. 1371. _____ is a simply designed language intended
B. Head begins with <Head> tag and ends with to simplify the process of making web pages
</Head> tag. presentable.
(a) Only B (b) Both A and B (a) CSS (b) CAS
(c) Neither A nor B (d) Only A (c) C (d) JavaScript
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Ans. (c) : The <title> tag defines the title of the Ans. (a) : CSS stands for Cascading Style Sheets.
document. The title must be text only; syntax– CSS describes how HTML elements should be
<title> title name </title> displayed.
The <head> tag in HTML is a container for metadata and 1372. When the mouse pointer becomes a pointer
is placed between the <html> tag and the <body> tag. finger while pointing at some text or pictures
Syntax :- on a webpage, such text or picture is called.
<head> (a) Hyperspace (b) Hypersheet
<title> YCT </title> (c) Hypertext (d) Hyperlink
</head> HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
1368. An html file consists of: Ans : (d) A hyperlink is a text or an icon that you can
A. Head B. Body click on to open the other website. The link is usually
(a) Only A (b) Both A and B blue and is underlined, serves as a reference point that
(c) Neither A nor B (d) Only B connects a particular page to other page over the web.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 1373. HTML is a
Ans. (b) : An html file is a file written in the HTML (a) programming language
language for a webpage, which is used to structure the (b) scripting language
web page and its content. An HTML file is made up of (c) mark up language
various tags, heading, link, element etc. (d) network protocol
Ex- UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
<!DOCTYPE html> Ans. (c) HTML is a markup language.
<html> 1374. In an HTML page, the <img> tag is used to
<head> embed an image, and its _______ attribute
<title> Page title Name </title> specifies the path of the image to be displayed.
</head> (a) src (b) path
<body> (c) source (d) root
<h1>my first heading</h1> MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
</body> Ans. (a) : The <img> tag is used to embed an image in
</html> an HTML page. The src attribute specifies the location
1369. Which among the following are front end (URL) of the external source.
languages? 1375. Which of the following is used with the <img>
A. HTML tag as an attribute to specify an alternate text
B. CSS for an image, if the image for some reason
C. JavaScript cannot be displayed?
(a) All A, B and C (b) Only A and C (a) auxiliary (b) duplicate
(c) Only A and B (d) Only B and C (c) alt (d) alternate
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
Computer 137 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (c) : Alt attribute specifies an alternate text for an (c) What You Send What You Go
image, if the image cannot be displayed. The alt (d) What You See Is What You Get
attribute provides alternatives information for an image GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
if a user for some reason cannot view it. Ans. (d) : WYSIWYG is an acronym for "What You
1376. What is the full form of HTML– See Is What You Get." WYSIWYG editors enable users
to manipulate the content or layout without having to
(a) High Transfer Markup Language
type any commands.
(b) Hyper Text Markup Language
(c) High Text Machine Language 1381. Which of the following is the correct syntax to
(d) Hiper Text Machine Language include a comment in an HTML document?
(a) /*Comment*/ (b) <!--Comment-->
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 (c) // (d) //Comment//
Ans : (b) The full form of HTML is Hyper Text UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
Markup Language.
Ans. (b) : <!--⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅--> The comment tag is used to
1377. Identify whether the following statements are insert comments in the source code. Comments are not
true or false. displayed in the browsers you can use comments to
i) The tabindex attribute specifies the tab explain your code, which can help you when you edit
order of an element in HTML. the source code at a later date. This is especially useful
ii) The accesskey HTML attribute allows web if you have a lot of code.
developers to assign certain keyboard 1382. To make character appearance bold, which
shortcuts to web element HTML tag is used?
iii) The 'class' attribute of HTML tags is a (a) <i> character </i>
global attribute. (b) <b> character</b>
(a) i-True, ii-False, iii-True (c) <bold>character</bold>
(b) i-False, ii-True, iii-True (d) <br> character</br>
(c) i-False, ii-True, iii-False UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
(d) i-True, ii True, iii-True Ans. (b) : In HTML the <b> tag is used to apply bold
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 formatting to text.
Ans. (d) : The tabindex attribute specifies the tab order 1383. The front end of a website is built with all of
of an element in HTML (when the "tab" button is used the following languages, EXCEPT:
for navigating). The accesskey HTML attribute (a) HTML (b) CSS
provides a hint for generating keyboard shortcuts for the (c) JavaScript (d) SQL
current web elements to be assigning certain keyboard UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
shortcuts for web developers. The 'class' attribute is part GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
of the global attribute which can be used on any HTML Ans. (d) : The front end of a website is the part that
element. Hence, all statements are true. users see and interact with. It is created using HTML,
1378. Style definitions are normally saved in CSS and JavaScript. Structured Query Language (SQL)
external_____. is a programming language that is used to communicate
(a) .txt files (b) .js files with and manipulate data in Relational Database
(c) .css files (d) .script files Management System (RDBMS). SQL is used to power
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 the back ends of many web applications.
Ans. (c): The style definitions are normally saved in 1384. How many correct statements regarding web
external .css files with an external style sheet file, you page are given below?
can change the look of an entire website by changing 1. A webpage is identified as a distinct URL.
just one file. 2. Web pages can be both static and dynamic.
1379. Which of the following is NOT a valid CSS type 3. The core element of a web page is generally
used to set the style in web pages that contain an HTML page.
HTML elements? (a) 0 (b) 2
(a) Inward CSS (c) 1 (d) 3
(b) External CSS UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(c) Inline CSS Ans. (d) : A web page is a single document or page of
(d) Internal or embedded CSS content that is part of a website on the world wide web. It
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 is identified as a distinct URL. It can be both static and
Ans. (a) : You can add CSS file three types Inline- by dynamic. The core element of a web page is generally an
using the style attribute inside HTML elements. HTML page, so given all statements are correct.
Internal- by using a <style> element in the <head> 1385. Which of the following symbols is used to
section. comment in CSS?
External- by using a <link> element to link to an (a) /*comment*/
external CSS file. (b) <#comment#>
(c) #comment
1380. In web designing and publishing, what does <comment>
WYSIWYG stand for? (d) comment
(a) What You Sell Is What You Give <comment>
(b) What You Save Is What You Gain KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Computer 138 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : A CSS comment is placed inside the <style> source code. HTML comments are visible to anyone the
element, and starts with /* and ends with */. For views the page source code. You can add comments to
example : your HTML source code by using the following syntax.
/* This is a single-line comment */ <!-- .... -->
1386. Which tag is used inside an HTML page to There is an exclamation point (!) in the start tag but not
define an internal CSS? in the end tag. Comment can be used to hide content.
(a) <style> (b) <show> 1391. What should be the first tag in any HTML
(c) <view> (d) <css> document?
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (a) <html> (b) <1>
(c) <start> (d) <begin>
Ans. (a) : In HTML, the <style> tag is used to define
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
inline CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) for a specific
element or a set of elements within the web page. It Ans : (a) First tag in any HTML document is <html>
allows you to apply styling rules directly to the content ..... </html> tag.
without the need for an external CSS file. The <html> element is the root element of an HTML
page.
1387. Which tag is used to create an ordered list in < ! DOCTYPE html>
HTML? < html>
(a) <ol> (b) <lt> <head>
(c) <list> (d) <olist> <title> Page Title </title>
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 </head>
Ans. (a) : The <ol> tag in HTML is used to create <body>
ordered lists. Ordered lists are used to represent a list of The Content document..........
items where the order of the items is significant, </body>
typically displayed with numbers or letters to indicate </html>
the sequence. Each item within the <ol> element is
1392. Element between <td> and </td> tag of HTML
defined with the <li> tag. table are_____by default.
1388. Which of the following statement is (a) justify (b) Left Alignment
INCORRECT? (c) Centre Alignment (d) Right Alignment
(a) Angular JS supports the model-view- UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
controller (MVC) design pattern but it does Ans. (b) : The <td > tag defines a standard data cell in
not support the model-view- an HTML table. An HTML table has two kinds of cells:
viewmodel(MVVM) design pattern. Header Cell– Contains header information created with
(b) Window object is the main entry point of a the <th> element.
client-side JavaScript Data Cell– Contains data created with the <td>
(c) A client side JavaScript code can be element. The text in <td> elements are regular and left
embedded within an HTML document. aligned by default.
(d) An array can be used in JavaScript The text in <th> elements are bold and centered by
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w default.
Ans. (a) : JavaScript is a versatile programming 1393. Identify the attribute value in the following
language commonly used in web development. It allows HTML statement.
you to add interactivity and dynamic behaviour to <p align = "left">final examination </p>
websites. An array can be used in JavaScript. Window (a) left (b) <p> and </p>
object is the main entry point of a client-side JavaScript. A (c) align (d) final examination
client-side JavaScript code can be embedded within an RRB Kolkata LP-2009
HTML document. Angular JS supports the Model-View- Ans. (c) : <p align = "left" > final examination </p>
Controller (MVC) design pattern and it also support the In the above HTML statement <p> align attribute is used
model-view-view model (MVVM) design pattern. to specify the alignment of the paragraph text content.
1389. In an HTML page, the <a> tag defines a Attribute value–
hyperlink, and its ________attribute specifies Left– It sets the text left align.
the URL of the page the link goes to. Right– It sets the text right-align.
(a) link (b) href Centre– It sets the text center align.
(c) img (d) path Justify– It stretch the text of paragraph to sets the width
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II of all lines equal.
Ans. (b) : The href attribute specifies the URL of the The P align attribute is not supported by HTML 5.
page the link goes to. If the href attribute is not present, 1394. The _______element is the root element of an
the <a> tag will not be a hyperlink. HTML page.
1390. HTML comments placed between ______ tags. (a) <head> (b) <body>
(a) <t-- ... --/t> (b) <!-- .... --> (c) <html> (d) <title>
(c) <c-- .... --/c> (d) <p-- ... --/p> UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 Ans. (c) : The <html> element is the root element and it
Ans : (b) HTML comments are not displayed in the defines the whole HTML document. It has a start tag
browser, but they can help document your HTML <html>. The <body> element defines the documents body.
Computer 139 YCT
ye
p
1395. The world wide web may be considered a Ans. (d) : In the above question statement (i) is true,
universe of information available through: because to launch MS Word in MS Office type
(a) HTTP (b) TELNET winword.exe in run dialogue box to and click ‘OK’.
(c) SMTP (d) FTP Hence statement (ii) is false.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II 1400. Which of the following is the file extension for
Ans : (a) HTTP stands for Hyper Text Transfer Protocol. PC batch file in windows operation system?
It is an application layer protocol used to access the data on (a) DBF (b) BMP
the world wide web. (c) BAT (d) CSV
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
1396. Links that lead to another webpage are called:- GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(a) Hyperlinks (b) HTTP Links Ans. (c) : BAT file is a DOS batch file which is used
(c) Embedded Links (d) URL with windows command prompt (cmd.exe) to execute
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 commands. It consists of a series of line commands in
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 plain text that are executed to perform various tasks,
Ans. (a) : Links that lead to another webpage are called such as starting programs or running maintenance
Hyperlinks. Generally a hyperlink is a text that you utilities with in windows.
click on to get to another webpage. The link is usually 1401. Which of the following is the latest version of
blue. The HTML <a> tag defines a hyperlink. windows operating system?
(a) Windows 10 (b) Windows Vista
X. Microsoft Windows (c) Windows 11 (d) Windows 8
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
1397. Which of the following option best describes Ans. (c) : The latest version of windows operating
the correctness of the following statements? system is windows 11.
(i) The windows taskbar normally appears as a 1402. Which of the following features of control
horizontal line at the bottom of the screen. panel can be selected to uninstall or change a
(ii) The windows to taskbar contains a search program on windows 11?
box that can be used to browse both the (a) Programs and Features
computer and the web. (b) Devices and Printers
(a) (i) True (ii) False (b) (i) False (ii) True (c) Device Manager
(c) (i) False (ii) True (d) (i) True (ii) True (d) Default Programs
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Ans. (a) : To uninstall or change a program on windows
Ans. (d) : Both the above statements are true regarding 11, select program and features in control panel. You
windows taskbar. can also uninstall any program installed from the
The taskbar is the area between the start menu and the programs and features option is windows 11.
icon of the left of the clock. Normally the taskbar is at 1403. Which of the following statements is incorrect
the bottom of the desktop, but you can move it to either about the Windows operating system?
side (right/left) or up/down of the desktop as your (a) Windows NT was developed by Oracle and
requirement. marketed by Microsoft.
1398. Which of the following can be used to change (b) Windows 10 was released in 2015.
the desktop background in a windows 10 (c) Windows 1.0 was an extension of the Windows 10
operating system.
operating system? (d) Windows NT supports active (preemptive)
(a) Double click anywhere on the desktop multitasking.
(b) Right click and select 'personalize' option RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
(c) Triple click anywhere on the desktop Ans. (a) : Windows NT was developed by Microsoft.
(d) Right click on the desktop and select 'New' option Windows NT Server is a preemptive multitasking
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 network operating system. The first version of Windows
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 NT was released on July 27, 1993.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 1404. Which of the following statements is false
Ans. (b) : To change the desktop background in windows regarding windows system?
10 operating system, the following procedure - (a) A folder can contain both files and folders
Select Start→Setting→Personalization → Background. (b) A folder can contain many folders
or Right click on the desktop and select personalize option. (c) A folder can contain folders and files with the
1399. Which of the following option best describes same name
the truth of the given statements? (d) A folder cannot contain both PDF and ZIP
(i) Type "Winword.exe" without question files together
marks in the run dialogue box and click 'OK'. KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
(ii) In the Run dialogue box - type "word.exe Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
without the question marks and click 'OK' Ans. (d) : A folder can contain both PDF and ZIP files
(a) (i) True (ii) True (b) (i) False (ii) False together ZIP is an archive file format that supports
(c) (i) False (ii) True (d) (i) True (ii) False lossless data compression.
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Zipped (compressed) files take up less storage space.
Computer 140 YCT
ye
p
1405. Which of the following sequence of steps is used 1410. Which of the following is a portable network
to set the time and time zone in Windows 10? graphics file format supported by the windows
(a) Start->Settings-> Update & Security-> Date OS?
& time (a) ppt (b) pdf
(b) Start-> Setting-> Network & Internet-> Date (c) png (d) pot
& time HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(c) Start-> Settings-> System-> Date & time Ans. (c) : PNG is a portable network graphics file
(d) Start-> Settings-> Time & language-> Date & format supported by the windows operating system.
time 1411. In Windows OS, if a windows screen is
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 maximized, the maximize button will be
Ans. (d) : To set the time and time zone in Windows temporarily replaced with the ______button.
10, Start → Settings → Time and Language → Date (a) Restore (b) Undo
and Time sequence is used. (c) Close (d) Minimize
1406. Which of the following statements is FALSE with UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
reference to task bar in the Windows 10 OS? Ans. (a) : In Windows OS, if a windows screen is
(a) Locking the taskbar is handy to ensure it maximized, the maximize button will be temporarily
remains the way it is set up. replaced with the Restore button.
(b) By default, the taskbar is at the bottom of the 1412. Match the following columns-
desktop. List -A List- B
(c) It cannot be moved to either the side or the (i) File Explorer (a) Default storage
top of the desktop. location for files
(d) The lock and unlock the taskbar section can
be used to find out if it is locked. (ii) My document (b) Displays the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 networking
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 connectivity
Ans. (c) : The bar at the bottom of the windows desktop (iii) My Network (c) Manages files and
screen is called the taskbar. In this icons of some Places folders
commonly used application date & time, battery status
network and connectivity etc. are visible. It can be (a) (i)- (b), (ii)-(c), (iii)-(a)
moved to any side or on top of the desktop hence (b) (i)- (c), (ii)-(a), (iii)-(b)
statement (c) is incorrect. (c) (i)- (b), (ii) - (a), (iii)-(c)
(d) (i)- (c), (ii)- (b), (iii)- (a)
1407. Which of the following is not an option in Date UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
& Time setting in the Windows 10 OS? DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
(a) Language (b) Speech Ans. (b) : Following are the matched options -
(c) Region (d) Continent List-(A) List - (B)
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (i) File Explorer Manage files and folders
Ans. (d) : Windows 10 OS has language, speech and (ii) My Document Default storage location
region options in date and time whereas continent is not. for files
1408. Identify whether the given statements are True (iii) My Network Displays the networking
or False. Places connectivity
I. Windows OS provides users with a 1413. The built-in browser in Windows 10 is called:
graphical user interface (GUI) and (a) Internet Explorer (b) Bing
multitasking capabilities. (c) Microsoft Outlook (d) Microsoft Edge
II. Windows operating system is developed by UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
Google. Ans. (d) : Microsoft edge is a cross platform web
(a) (i) - False, (ii)- True (b) (i)- True, (ii)- False browser created and developed by Microsoft. It was
(c) (i)- False, (ii)- False (d) (i)- True, (ii)- True first bundled with Windows 10 in 2015.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 1414. What is the keyboard shortcut to open
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
Windows Explorer (or file explorer) in
Ans. (b) : In this question statement (i) is true windows windows operating system?
OS provides the user with graphical user interface and (a) Windows key + F (b) Windows key + E
multitasking ability windows operating system (c) Windows key + W (d) Alt + Ctrl + F
developed by Microsoft. UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
1409. In windows, to run a program or application, Ans. (b) : In Windows operating system to open
one can double-click the _____. Windows explorer shortcut is Windows + E.
(a) Batch file (b) System file 1415. In which year was Windows 10 released
(c) Object file (d) Executable file (a) 2015 (b) 2018
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (c) 2017 (d) 2010
Ans. (d) : An executable file, is a type of computer file UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
that contains a program or software application that can Ans. (a) : Windows 10 is a major release of Microsoft's
be run or executed by a computer in operating system Windows NT operating system. It is the direct successor
when you double - click or lunch an executable file, it to Windows 8.1. Windows 10 was released to
initiates the execution of a specific program or process, manufacturing on 15 July, 2015 and later to retail on 29
allowing it to perform its intended functions. July 2015.
Computer 141 YCT
ye
p
1416. As of May 2019, what is the latest version of 1422. Windows 7 was the immediate successor of
Windows operating system ____.
(a) Windows 16 (b) Windows 8 (a) Windows Vista (b) Windows XP
(c) Windows 10 (d) Windows 7 (c) Windows 95 (d) Windows 2000
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Ans. (c) : The most recent version of Windows Ans. (a) : Windows 7 is the Microsoft Windows
operating system PCs and tablets is Windows 11, Operating System (OS) released commercially in
version "21 H2". It was launched on 5 October 2021. As October 2009 as the successor to Windows Vista.
of May 2019, the latest version of Windows operating
system is Windows 10. 1423. Which of the following is NOT a video
conferencing tool?
1417. The First Version of Window was launched in (a) Go To Meeting (b) Cisco WebEx
(a) 1990 (b) 1987 (c) Skype (d) Azure
(c) 1984 (d) 1985
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Ans. (d) : The first version of Windows, released in
Ans. (d) : Go To Meeting, Cisco WebEx and Skype is
1985, was simply a GUI offered as an extension of
Microsoft existing disk operating system or MS-DOS. a video conferencing tool. Azure is also known as
Windows Azure.
1418. Which of the following statement is incorrect
about windows operating system? 1424. Four options have been given, out of which
(a) Windows NT, Multitasking is not supported three are alike in some manner and one is
(b) Windows 10 was released in 2015 different. Select the one that is different.
(c) Windows NT was developed by Microsoft (a) MS-Word (b) MS-Windows
(d) Windows 10 operating system is part of the (c) MS-PowerPoint (d) MS-Paint
Windows NT category HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 Ans. (b) : MS Word is a word processing software, MS-
Ans. (a) : Windows are a GUI (Graphical User PowerPoint is a presentation software and MS Paint is
Interface) operating system. Windows 10 operating a graphics software. These are applications of Microsoft
system was developed by a famous IT company Office. While MS-Windows is an operating system that
Microsoft in 2015. It is a part of the windows NT provides a platform to other software.
family. It acts as an interface between the hardware and 1425. Windows is an _____ which was designed by
other software on the computer. This operating system Microsoft
is available for both 32 Bit and 64 Bit platforms. (a) Operating System (b) Utility Program
1419. Which of the following is a/are GUI based (c) Interpreter (d) Application software
operating system(s)? UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
GUI Ans : (a) Windows is an operating system designed by
(a) MS DOS (b) MS Windows Microsoft. An operating system (OS) is system software
(c) Unix (d) All of these that manages computer hardware, software resources
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 and provides common services for computer programs.
Ans : (b) GUI stands for Graphical User Interface. It is 1426. Which of the following group of home tab in
a visual representation of communication presented to MS - Word 365 includes bullets and
the user for easy interaction with the machine. The Numbering feature?
actions in a GUI are usually performed through direct (a) Paragraph (b) Clipboard
manipulation of graphical elements like buttons and (c) Editor (d) Styles
icons. Communication can be performed by interacting DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
with these icons rather than the usual text-based or Ans. (a) : MS-Word 365 includes the Bullets and
command-based communication. The different types of Numbering feature in the paragraph group of the Home tab.
the operating system based on GUI are MS Windows, The clipboard group includes cut, copy, paste and
Linux, Android, Apple iOS and Mac OS. format painter features.
1420. Which of the following version of windows 7 1427. Windows 8 OS was followed by _____.
does not support multiple monitors? (a) Windows 10 (b) Windows XP
(a) Starter (b) Home Premium (c) Windows Vista (d) Windows 98
(c) Professional (d) Home Basic RRB Kolkata LP-2009
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Ans. (a) : Windows 8 is an operating system produced
Ans. (a) : There is no multi-monitor support on by Microsoft for use on personal computers, including
Windows 7 starter edition, while other editions of name and business desktops, laptops and tablets. It is
Windows 7 support multiple monitors. part of the Windows NT family of operating systems,
1421. Windows 7 has ____editions. succeeds Windows 8.1 and Window 10.
(a) 8 (b) 7 1428. Considering the file naming restriction in
(c) 5 (d) 6 Windows OS, which of the following characters
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 CANNOT be used in a file name?
Ans. (d) : Windows 7 editions come in 6 editions: (a) Plus (+) (b) Underscore (_)
Starter, Home Basic, Home Premium, Professional, (c) Asterisk (*) (d) Minus (−)
Enterprise and Ultimate. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
Computer 142 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (c) : There are some illegal characters in Windows Ans : (c) In Windows 8, the shortcut key 'Windows key
OS which we cannot use while creating files like, -\, /, + X' is used to display pop-up menu that included
:, ’’, <, >, |, *, ? control panel.
* and ? reserved for as wild card characters. 1435. Match the following actions with their result in
1429. Which of the following is a cloud storage Windows 8.
service provided by Microsoft? (a) Right-click on (i) Close or sign out
(a) iCloud (b) OneDrive desktop
(c) IDrive (d) Dropbox (b) Right-click on (ii) Refresh
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01) Taskbar
Ans: (b) OneDrive is a file hosting service operated by (c) Right-click on (iii) Properties
Microsoft. First launched in August 2007, it enables Windows start
registered users to share and synchronize their files. (a) a - i, b - ii, c - iii (b) a - ii, b - iii, c - i
OneDrive also works as the storage backend of the web (c) a - iii, b - ii, c - i (d) a - ii, b - i, c - iii
version of Microsoft Office. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
1430. Which of the following work can NOT be done Ans : (b) The sequence of the following actions in
via Disk Cleanup? Windows 8 is as follows.
(a) Remove temporary web files (a) Right-click on desktop for refresh.
(b) Remove temporary Windows files (b) Right-click on the taskbar for go to properties
(c) Empty the Recycle Bin (c) Right-click on windows start button is used to shut
(d) Change Power options down the system or sign out.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 1436. Which of the following versions of windows is
Ans. (d) : Disk Cleanup is a system tool, with its help, not released by Microsoft.
the disk is scanned and unnecessary files are removed
from it. It removes temporary web files, temporary (a) Windows 10 (b) Windows 8
Windows files and Recycle Bin files. Changing power (c) Windows 9 (d) Windows 7
options is not a function of Disk Cleanup. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
1431. What is Cortana? Ans : (c) Microsoft Windows is a major computer
(a) Tonal quality checker operating system developed by Microsoft. List of
(b) A voice-based personal assistance for Microsoft Windows versions are Windows XP,
Windows 10 Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1,
(c) Stands for corneal tonal assistance Windows 10 and Windows 11. Windows 9 is not
(d) S/W for drawing cartoons in Windows released by Microsoft.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 1437. Which of the following windows operating
Ans. (b) : Cortana was virtual assistant developed by system is not valid versions?
Microsoft that uses the Bing search engine to perform (a) Windows XP (b) Windows 10
tasks such as setting reminders and answering questions (c) Windows 7 (d) Windows 11
for the user. It is a voice-based personal assistance for UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
Windows 10 and Windows 11. Ans. (d) : In the above question option 'd' is correct
1432. Which of the following control panel items in because windows 11 was not lunched at the question
Windows 10 allows users to uninstall programs time.
already installed on the computer? 1438. What key combination must be used to delete
(a) Program (b) System and security the selected item and move it to the recycle bin
(c) Hardware and sound (d) User Account in Windows 7
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) (a) Ctrl + X (b) Shift + Delete
Ans : (a) Program dialog in control panel allows the (c) Ctrl + D (d) Alt + Delete
users to uninstall and change existing software packages, RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
as well as indicating now much space individual programs
take and how frequently they are used. Ans : (c) In Windows 7, the shortcut key Ctrl + D
combination is used to delete the selected item and
1433. In Windows 7 which shortcut keys display the move it to the recycle Bin. Ctrl + X shortcut key is used
shortcut menu for the selected item. to cut the selected item and the shortcut key shift +
(a) Shift + F4 (b) Ctrl + F10 delete is used to permanently delete the selected item
(c) Shift + F10 (d) Alt + F12 without sending it to the Recycle Bin.
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
Ans : (c) In Windows 7 the shortcut keys Shift + F10 is 1439. The screen saver setting in Windows 8 includes
used for the display the shortcut menu for the selected _____ tab.
item. (a) Two (b) Four
1434. In Windows 8, the shortcut key 'Windows key (c) Three (d) One
+ X' is used to display pop-up menu that UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
include ____? Ans : (d) Windows 8 is developed by Microsoft and has
(a) Create (b) View been available in the market since 26 October 2012.
(c) Control Panel (d) Open Screen saver settings in Windows 8 includes only One
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Tab.
Computer 143 YCT
ye
p
1440. Screensaver wait time in Windows 8 is in ____? 1446. To add or remove printers using Windows OS,
(a) Minutes (b) Hours click on the printers icon from the _____.
(c) Seconds (d) Nano-seconds (a) Control Panel (b) Printer Management
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 (c) Task Bar (d) Printer Folder
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans : (a) Screensaver wait time in Windows 8 is in
minutes. Ans. (a) : Control panel is used to add or remove any
hardware or software in a computer system. To add or
1441. Who owns the Windows operating system? remove a printer, click the printer icon in the control panel.
(a) Intel (b) IBM
(c) Apple (d) Microsoft 1447. Which of the following are all methods except
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) for creating a new folder in Windows 10?
Ans : (d) Company – Product (a) Creating a folder from the Ribbon menu or
Microsoft – Windows Operating System windows explorer.
Apple – Macintosh Operating System (b) Pressing Ctrl + Shift + N where you want to
create a new folder
Intel – Microprocessors
(c) Right clicking and selecting New folder.
IBM – Computer Hardware
(d) To create a new folder, press the Ctrl key and
1442. Which of the following is not an accessory double click on an existing folder.
program in Windows? GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
(a) WordPad (b) VLC Player Ans : (d) To create a new folder in windows 10, a new
(c) Paint (d) Notepad folder can be created from the ribbon menu on the
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II window explorer and by pressing Ctrl + Shift + N, a
Ans. (b) : Windows accessory includes Word pad, Paint new folder is also created by right-clicking with the
and Notepad, which are inbuilt in windows. While VLC mouse. Whereas pressing the Ctrl key and double
player is a media player software that needs to be installed clicking on a folder is not created.
separately. 1448. Which of the following is used to move the
1443. Windows user interfaces are developed using contents of the window to see information that
_____? is currently out of view?
(a) GUI (b) Open GL (a) Scroll bar (b) Minimize button
(c) X-Windows (d) Window-Graphics (c) Status bar (d) Title bar
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans : (c) The X-Window system provides the base Ans. (a) : Window often only has one scroll bar, which
technology for developing graphical user interfaces. At is a vertical scroll bar, which allows you to move up and
a very basic level, X draws the elements of the GUI on down in a window, as you resize the window or zoom
the user's screen and build in methods for sending user in, so many programs interact with each other. In the
interactions back to the application. form of wrap text, we are used to scroll bar to see it.
1444. The operating system hides the function of the 1449. Which of these is a boot loader for Windows 10?
_____ from the user. (a) NTLDR (b) BOOTMGR
(a) CPU (b) Input/Output Device (c) BOOTX (d) GRUB2
(c) Hardware (d) Software UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I) Ans. (b) : BOOTMGR is the windows boot sequence
Ans. (d) : The operating system operates the devices manager first introduced in Windows Vista. It replaces
connected to the computer as well as provides on the NTLDR boot manager in previous versions of
interface for the user to perform tasks easily. Whatever Windows, BOOTMGR reads boot configuration data
happens between the operating system and the hardware and displays the operating system selection menu.
is hidden from the user. That is, the user cannot directly 1450. The instant messaging application that comes
see the work of the operating system. in a Windows OS is called:-
1445. Which of the following tabs of the mouse (a) Windows Messenger (b) Windows Chat
component in control panel should be used to (c) Talk (d) Microsoft Outlook
select the pointer speed of the mouse in KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
windows 10? Ans. (a) : Windows messenger is a discontinued instant
(a) Pointer options (b) Hardware messaging client included in Windows XP. Designed
(c) Buttons (d) Pointers for use by both corporate and home users, it was
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 originally created, in 2001, as a streamlined and
integrated version of MSN Messenger.
Ans. (a) : The pointer options tab of the mouse Windows chat is a simple LAN based text
component in control panel should be used to select the chatting program included in Windows for work groups
pointer speed of the mouse in windows 10. and later, the windows NT-line of operating systems.
The size of the mouse pointer can be changed through
1451. Regarding file system, which of the following is
the pointers tab. Double click speed and click lock are not a valid category of FAT?
set by the buttons tab. (a) FAT 10 (b) FAT 32
Information about the mouse is available through the (c) FAT 12 (d) FAT 16
hardware tab. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Computer 144 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : File Allocation Table (FAT) file system is a (d) A folder can contain both files and other folders
simple designed for small disks and simple folder HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
structures. FAT 12, FAT 16, FAT 32, 8 bit FAT, FAT Ans. (a) : About file organization in windows operating
16B, ExFAT, FATX, FAT+ all these are categories of system. The following is the statement -
file systems. (i) File name may contain numeric digits.
1452. In the term 'NTFS', the letter 'N' stands for: (ii) A folder may contain another folder.
(a) Nearest (b) Notch (iii) A folder can contain files and other folder also.
(c) Nano (d) New Hence, statement of option (a) is incorrect.
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 1457. Which of the following statements regarding
Ans. (d) : In the term 'NTFS', the letter 'N' stands for windows file system is incorrect?
'New' because the full form of 'NTFS' is 'New Technology (a) The folder may contain other folders and files
File System'. This system is the official structure for the (b) The name of the file may contain both
windows NT operating system, that is developed by uppercase and lowercase letters.
Microsoft and started with Windows NT 3.1. (c) File names cannot contain numeric characters.
1453. Which of the following is not a valid Windows (d) The folder can contain both .doc and .pdf files
file system? UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(a) FAT32 (b) NTFS Ans. (c) : In the above question except option (c) all
(c) FAT14 (d) exFAT options are correct.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 1458. What is the use of Notepad in Microsoft
Ans. (c) : In above option FAT14 is invalid file of
Windows?
windows system.
(a) To make a picture
NTFS → It is stands for the New Technology File (b) To create binary files
System, is the file system that the Window NT
(c) To take a picture
Operating system uses for storing and retrieving files on
Hard Disk Drives (HDDs) and Solid-State Drives (d) For creating text documents only
(SSDs). KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
FAT 32- FAT stands for File Allocation Table, which is Ans : (d) Notepad in Microsoft windows is used only
the simplistic file system supported by windows for creating text documents. Notepad is a simple text
operating system. It is commonly used with floppy editor.
disks, flash, drives and embedded devices. 1459. Which of the following cannot be related to
exFAT → exFAT (Extensible File Allocation Table) is windows operating system?
a file system introduced by Microsoft in 2006 and (a) Portable (b) GUI support
optimized for flash memory such as USB flash drives (c) Multi tasking (d) Open source
and SD cards. UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
1454. Which of the following is NOT a setup type in Ans : (d) Portable, GUI support and multitasking is
Windows? related to windows operating system. Whereas open
(a) Partial (b) None of these source denotes that permission or license has to be
(c) Typical (d) Custom obtained to use its source code, design document, etc. in
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 a software.
Ans : (a) Windows setup is the program that installs 1460. What is the full form of OLE in relation to
windows or upgrades an existing windows installation. there windows applications?
are three types of upgrade, typical and custom window (a) Online Linking and Embedding
setup. While partial is not a type of windows setup. (b) Object Linking and Embedding
1455. What happens when a file is edited and closed (c) Online Linking and Embarking
in a windows system without saving its contents (d) Object Linking and Embarking
(a) The file will go to the Recycle Bin. UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
(b) The file will be closed without saving the Ans : (b) Object linking and embedding (OLE) is a
contents Microsoft technology that facilitates the sharing of
(c) The file will not be closed until the content is application data and objects written in different formats
saved. from multiple service. It is a mechanism that allows
(d) ]A dialog box will appear for user input to users to create and documents containing items or
save the file. 'object' created by multiple applications.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) 1461. The 'file name' consists of two parts: the first is
Ans : (d) When the file is edited and closed without name and the second is ____?
saving, a dialog box appears for input as 'Yes' or 'No'. (a) Property (b) Characteristic
1456. Which of the following statements is incorrect (c) Type (d) Extension
about file organization in windows operating UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
system?
(a) File names can't contain numeric digits Ans : (d) Computer file records the data. A computer
(b) Folder and directory both are the same concept file has two parts, the first file name and the second
(c) A folder can contain another folder extension separated by a dot(.).
Computer 145 YCT
ye
p
1462. Shortcut used to hide all the tabs and go Ans. (d) : The full name of GUI is Graphical User
directly to the desktop:- Interface. It is a form of user interface that allows users
(a) Ctrl+window (b) Windows+Up Arrow to interact with electronic device through graphical
(c) Windows+D (d) Window+K icons and audio indicator such as primary notation,
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 instead of text-based user interface, typed command
Ans. (c) : Windows + D shortcut key is used to hide all labels or text navigation.
tabs and go directly to the desktop, windows + K 1468. Which of the following operating systems does
shortcut key is used to connect quick action and NOT support GUI?
windows + Up Arrow shortcut key is used to maximum (a) Android (b) iOS
the window. (c) Mac (d) DOS
1463. During the typing text when the right margin is UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
encountered the insertion point will Ans : (d) A DOS (Disk Operating System) is an
automatically return to the beginning of the Operating system that runs from a disk drive. DOS
text, this frame is called ___. system used a command line interface. A program is
(a) Drop Cap (b) Word Wrap started be entering its filename at the command prompt.
DOS operating systems does not support GUI.
(c) WordArt (d) Clip Art
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
1469. If you want to temporarily exit the screen
without closing a window, click the ______
Ans : (b) Word Wrap is a word processing tool that (a) minimize button (b) scroll bar
insertion point will automatically return to the beginning (c) maximize button (d) status bar
of the text when the defined margin touched. UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
1464. Where will the deleted files or folder be kept? Ans. (a) : If you want to temporarily exit the window
(a) Desktop (b) Floppy without closing the screen. You must use the minimize
(c) CD-Drive (d) Recycle Bin button. It reduces the size of your screen.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 1470. The Windows Explorer user _____ in parts
Ans : (d) The Recycle Bin is a location in Windows OS interface is divided.
where deleted files or folders are temporarily stored. (a) Two (b) Six
The Recycle Bin allows the users to restore the files that (c) Five (d) Three
were deleted in the Windows. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
1465. Moving an object around by clicking on it with Ans : (a) The arrangement for establishing inter
a mouse is called– connection between the computer and the user is called
(a) Clicking (b) Dragging user interface. Interface is used to execute programs run
(c) Shifting (d) Dropping applications and connect devices. There are mainly two
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
types of interfaces–
(i) Command Line Interface.
Ans. (b) : Dragging is used to move an object from one (ii) Graphical User Interface
position to another position on the computer screen. To
drag any other object, first of all, we have to select the 1471. GUI is not present in
object that we want to move on the screen by holding (a) Calculators (b) Laptops
the mouse button down. As cursor moved on the screen, (c) Smart phones (d) MP3 players
the object is also moved with the cursor position. When UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
the cursor reached the desired position, the button is GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
released. Ans : (a) GUI (Graphical User Interface) allows the
user to interact with the electronic device through the
1466. Which of the following is called windows user
graphical icons. GUI is not present in the calculator.
Interface?
1472. What is the full form of GUI in computer class
(a) CUI (b) GUI
(c) WUI (d) MUI terminology.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (a) Graphical User Interconnection
Ans : (b) The main component of the user interface of (b) Graphical User Interface
the windows operating system is the Graphical User (c) Graphical Unique Interface
Interface (GUI). All MS Windows versions use GUI for (d) Gopher User Interface
communication. UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
1467. Which of the following statements regarding Ans : (b) The extended form of GUI is graphical user
GUI is incorrect? interface. This system, there is a graphical interface
(a) GUI is the sort form of Graphical User between the computer and user, it includes graphical
Interface elements such as Icon, Menus, Button etc. in this various
(b) An OS that supports GUI may also have a units are shown on the screen in the form of pictures.
text based command line interface. 1473. Which of the following GUI components allows
(c) Not all OS may support GUI users to select one option at a time
(d) A text based command line interface more (a) Check Box (b) Radio Button
user friendly than GUI. (c) Text Box (d) List Box
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
Computer 146 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (b) Radio button is a graphic control element that 1479. The small pictorial representation of software
allows a user to select only one of a range of on the screen is called:
interactively given options. (a) Tool (b) Map
1474. Which of the following GUI components allow (c) Logos (d) Icons
users to select one or more options from a set. RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(a) Radio button (b) Drop down list Ans. (d) : A small graphical representation of software
(c) Check box (d) Text box on the screen is called on icon. To access the program
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) or data, can serve as an electronic hyperlink or file
Ans : (c) Check box is a GUI (Graphical User Interface) shortcut. User can activate icons using Mouse, Pointer
component which allows the user to select one or more finger or more recently voice commands. Tool is the
options. This is a different from a radio button where name of a menu in MS Word. This implementation is
the user can select only one option. done to facilitate a certain type of work level. Marking
1475. The Windows operating system would be a the position of places, cities, countries, mountains,
rivers etc. in miniature on paper with the help of a scale
failure without a ______interface. is called mapping. Logo is a graphic image. Chosen to
(a) Scanner (b) modem represent a company or organization.
(c) mouse (d) webcam
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 1480. In Window, if an icon has a slightly curved
arrow on it, it represents ____
Ans : (c) Mouse Interface is an essential peripheral
device in Windows operating system. It is difficult to (a) Shortcut icon (b) Slider
operate a computer system without a mouse. Touch (c) Folder icon (d) Dialog box
pads are used to some other devices such as a laptops. UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
1476. Following device aids in a GUI-based OS Ans. (a) : In Windows, the shortcut icon resembles a
(a) Keyboard (b) Touchpad curved arrow that opens when you double-click it.
(c) All of these (d) Mouse Shortcut icon provide easy access to certain object on
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 our systems, such as a program document or printer.
Ans. (c) : GUI full form is Graphical User Interface. 1481. The purpose of the Eyedropper Tool is :
Operating system (OS) based on GUI helps to operate (a) copying and transferring a text
the computer hardware in user friendly manner. Mouse, (b) copying and transferring a colour
Keyboard, Touch pad all these devices support GUI (c) copying and transferring a Clip Art
based operating system. (d) copying and transferring a shape
1477. Which brand of computers first used the MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
combination of GUI and mouse together? Ans. (b) : Eye dropper tool is used to pick a color from
(a) IBM Computers (b) Babbage computers an image or a photoshop document or in other words.
(c) Macintosh (d) Microsoft Windows The eye dropper tool is used to sample a color from a
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 given image and use that color the way you want. Can
Ans. (c) : Macintosh is the first category of personal do whatever you want.
computer that was introduced by a company called
apple in January launched in the market in 1984. The 1482. An/A ____ is a pictorial representation of
Macintosh was the first commercially successful PC objects, important not only for aesthetic
(Personal Computer). Which mouse and GUI were reasons but also as part of the visual identity of
made available for the first time. Microsoft Window is a a program.
series of software operating system and graphical user (a) Pictures (b) Icon
interface produced by Microsoft this GUI was added to (c) Shortcut (d) Menu
MS-DOS in 1985. UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
1478. Which of the following have a faster learning Ans : (b) Icon is used to give visual identify to any
curve? program. Icon is a pictorial representation.
(a) Text-based user interface 1483. To change the desktop background, screen
(b) Graphical user interface saver etc., in Windows 10, one can:
(c) Command Line Interface (a) double click anywhere on the desktop
(d) Command Prompt
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
(b) right click on the desktop and select ‘New’
(c) right click on desktop and select ‘Personalize’
Ans. (b) : Graphical user interface is a faster learning
curve. Text-based user interfaces are also called terminal (d) left click on the desktop and select
user interfaces. It can used to entire screen and can accept ‘Personalize’
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
mouse and other inputs. The user intract with electronic
devices such as computer, hand head device, and other Ans. (c) : To change desktop background, screen saver
devices through graphical user interface. command line etc. In window 10, right click on desktop and select
interface is interacting with computer program. Where are personalize option. Other way–
the user command line interpreter application found in most Go to setting personalization lock screen and select
windows operating system. It is an input field that serves as screen saver setting and this setting select screen saver
a text based user for an operating system or program. from the drop down list.
Computer 147 YCT
ye
p
1484. The Windows operating system has_______ d) Press Enter or tap in a blank area.
standard icons. e) With the New Folder name selected, type a
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7 new name.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 (a) d, a, c, b, e (b) a, c, e, b, d
Ans : (a) There are four standard icons in the windows (c) a, c, b, e, d (d) c, a, b, e, d
operating system. (i)Documents (ii) Applications (iii) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Toolbars (iv) Menu bars Ans : (c) The correct sequence to create the folder in
1485. Consider the statements given below and windows 7 is follows.
(a) Tap the 'File Explorer' icon on the taskbar.
choose the correct option accordingly.
(c) Open the drive or folder where you want to create a
S1 Deleting the shortcut only the icon/button
folder.
that loads the original program will be deleted.
But the original program will not be destroyed (b) Click or tap the 'New folder' button on the Home tab.
and will remain in your computer. (e) With the New Folder name selected, type a new name.
S2– When you drag and drop a file above the (d) Press Enter or tap in a blank area.
Recycle Bin the file is deleted from its original 1489. Which of the following Windows 7 features
location help you to stack windows open by any mouse
(a) Both the statements are correct gesture as per your wish?
(b) Both the statements are wrong (i) Aero Snap
(c) Only S1 is correct (ii) Aero Shake
(d) Only S2 is correct (a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i)
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
Ans : (a) When we delete the shortcut icon of a file HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
only icon is deleted. The original file or program is not Ans. (b) : Aero snap is a new Window management
deleted. But when we delete the main file, the icon is feature in windows 7. The goal of this Aero snap feature
also deleted along with the file. When the file is is to provide the user with an easy way to position
dragged on the recycle bin icon, the file gets deleted (resize) your open windows any way they want with
from the original location. Hence the statements S1 and minimal clicks and effort.
S2 in the above are true. Aero shake lets you easily drag the title bar of the
1486. A small push/button like object with image Windows to the left and right side.
thumbnail which loads your files with quick 1490. Which of the following is the keyboard shortcut
double click with mouse is called. to open file explorer in windows 10 OS.
(a) Screensaver (b) Desktop (a) Windows logo key + E
(c) Icon (d) Wallpaper (b) Ctrl + E
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 (c) Ctrl + S
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (d) Windows logo key + S
Ans : (c) Icon is a small graphical representation of a KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
program or file. When you double click an icon, the Ans. (a) : The keyboard shortcut to open file explorer in
associated file or program will open. windows 10 is "windows logo key + E".
1487. Which of the following best describes the 1491. In Windows Explorer, Which of the following
process of renaming a file in a window system includes Change Icon View?
does the option. (a) Address bar (b) Title bar
(a) Double click on the file icon and select copy (c) Navigation pane (d) Menu bar
option. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(b) Right click on the file icon and select copy Ans : (d) The initial name of file explorer was Window
option. explorer. It is a part of the operating system itself.
(c) Left click on the file icon and select rename Which presents many user interface items on the
option. monitor. To change the view of the icon inside it use the
(d) Right click on the file icon and select the Menu bar. Menu bar have drop down list many option
option rename. such that extra large icons, large icons, medium icons,
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) small icons etc.
Ans : (d) To rename a file in Windows system, right 1492. Which of the following button is not found in the
click on the file icon and right click on rename icon and upper right corner of almost every window?
select rename option. (a) Close (b) Maximize
1488. Arrange the following steps in the correct (c) Open (d) Minimize
sequence to create a folder in Windows 7. UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
a) Click or tap the 'File Explorer' icon on the Ans : (c) The open button is not in the top right corner
taskbar. of almost every window.
b) Click or tap the 'New folder' button on the 1493. In Window XP, where is the recycle bin icon.
Home tab. (a) In the shortcut Menu
c) Open the drive or folder where you want to (b) On the desktop
create a folder. (c) On the status bar
Computer 148 YCT
ye
p
(d) In the properties dialog box Ans. (c) : To change the size of text and apps in
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 Windows 10, select the Scale and layout option of the
Ans : (b) If a record is deleted; it gets stored in the display in Settings in which scale, display resolution,
recycle bin. In Windows XP, It is on the desktop. display orientation, multiple displays are available.
1494. Substitute the question mark with the 1500. In Windows 10, which of the following options
of Display in Settings is to be selected to change
appropriate option. In Window 10, where must
the screen resolution?
you go to add icons like. This PC, Recycle bin
(a) Calibrate display color
etc. Your desktop to start > settings >
(b) Display orientation
personalization > ? > desktop icon settings
(c) Display resolution
(a) Themes (b) start
(d) Scale and layout
(c) background (d) colors DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
Ans. (c) : In the display resolution row, select the list
Ans : (a) Windows 10 is the latest version of Windows. and choose an option. It's usually best to stick with the
In this following steps to add icons like recycle bin etc. one that's marked.
Let's fallow- Screen resolution represents the number of dots or
Start > Setting > Personalization themes desktop icons pixels in an image. It occurs in a computer monitor,
> Setting. television or any other display device.
1495. In Windows are a small picture used to open a 1501. Which of the following statement is incorrect
program or documents regarding changing the text size of a windows 10?
(a) Button (b) Icon (a) In the Scale and Layout section, change the size
(c) Shortcut key (d) Menu of text, apps and other items field is present
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 (b) The recommended value for the change the size
of text, apps and other items field is 100%
Ans : (b) An icon is a small graphical representation of (c) Start → Settings → System → Display is
a program of file. When we double-click on an icon the used to open the display setting window
associated file or program opens. (d) Selecting an option from the drop-down menu
1496. Which part of the window contains Forward of the change the size of text, apps and the
and backward buttons? other items field
(a) Menu bar (b) Title bar HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
(c) Navigation pane (d) Address bar Ans. (b) : To change the text size of the windows 10,
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 first of all Start → Setting → System → Display is used
Ans : (d) The Window address bar has forward and to open the display setting windows. Hence option (b)
back work buttons. through which you can see the next statement is false.
page and the previous page. 1502. _____ is the first screen that appear after the
1497. Which of the following is the first screen booting process of the windows operating
displayed after the booting process of a system is complete.
windows system? (a) folder (b) desktop
(a) Status bar (b) Menu bar (c) icon (d) palmtop
(c) Desktop (d) Icon KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 Ans. (b) : After the completion of the booting process,
Ans. (c) : After the completion of the booting process, the first screen which appears on the monitor is a
the first screen that appears on the monitor in a windows system is known as a desktop.
windows system is known as the desktop. 1503. The first screen that appears after completion
1498. Which of the following categories of of the booting process of a Windows system is
computers are larger and not meant to be called _____.
portable? (a) Desktop (b) Dialogue box
(a) Notepads (b) Palmtops (c) Home page (d) Status bar
(c) Laptops (d) Desktops UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 Ans. (a) : The first screen that appears when Windows
Ans. (d) : Desktop categories of computers are large, due loads after the Windows booting process is complete is
to which they are not portable, whereas notepads, called the desktop. When we open the computer. We get
Palmtops and laptops are small in size and easy to portable. the welcome Window on the screen. Which displays
1499. To change the size of your text and apps in many small pictures on the screen of the Monitor. This
Windows 10, which one of the following options screen itself is called the desktop. The small picture on
from display in settings is selected? the screen are known as icons.
(a) Display resolution 1504. In Windows 10, When you right-click on 'This
(b) Calibrate display color PC' icon on the desktop, how many options are
(c) Scale and layout displayed in the pop-up menu?
(d) Display orientaiton (a) 10 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 5
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Computer 149 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (a) In Window 10 when right click on PC, then shortcut item on the list -> Close or minimize
10 types of option open up. all open windows.
1505. When a Windows application is minimized. It (a) Right-click on the file or folder
(b) Left-click on the file or folder
is appears as a small icon on the top of the
windows operating system. (c) Select file or folder
(a) Menu bar (b) Taskbar (d) Double-click on the file or folder
(c) Title bar (d) Screen bar KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) Ans : (a) In this situation we always right click on the
Ans : (b) The taskbar is located in the form of a file or folder.
horizontal blue bar at the lowest part of the computer 1511. In Windows XP, which combination of keys is
screen. In which minimized any application appears as a used for deleting a file permanently from a
small icon. computer?
1506. The default screen on the monitor when no (a) Shift + Ctrl (b) Shift + Delete
other application is running is called- (c) Alt + Ctrl (d) Alt + Delete
(a) Login Screen (b) Interface UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)
(c) Desktop (d) Screensaver Ans: (b) In Window XP shift + Delete is used to
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 permanently delete a file from the computer.
Ans : (c) Desktop is the main screen area, which you see 1512. When you select file or directory icon in
after starting your computer and logging on to Windows. windows and press the shift and delete keys.
This keeps all the icons organized on the screen. What will happen if you press together.
1507. Which of the following statements are (a) The file or directory will be moved to the
True/false with respect to Windows systems. archive folder
(i) Related to deleting shortcuts an application (b) A dialog box will appear to confirm whether
program is also deleted. you want to permanently delete the file or
(ii) Shortcut cannot be created for folders directory.
(a) (i) – True (ii) – False (c) The file or directory will be moved to the my
(b) (i) – True (ii) – True documents folder.
(c) (i) – False (ii) – True (d) The file or directory will be moved to the
(d) (i) – False (ii) – False Recycle bin
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans. (d) : Deleting the shortcut of any application in Ans : (b) In Windows, when we want to permanently
Windows system does not delete any program. Unless delete a file or directory icon. We press with shift and
uninstalled from there in the control panel. Shortcut can delete buttons simultaneously. Which displays a dialog
also be made for any files or folders. For this right click box and give the option Yes/No if the file is to be
on the desired file or folder and click on create shortcut. deleted. So we choose the Yes/No.
1508. By default, all the user-made files in Windows 1513. Keyboard shortcut for navigating across
are stored in: multiple open windows is:
(a) My Files (b) My Documents (a) Ctrl + Tab (b) Alt + Shift
(c) Local Drive (d) Desktop (c) Ctrl + Shift (d) Alt + Tab
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Ans. (b) : My Documents– This is the system folder
Ans. (d) : When we keep more than one window open
of the computer. When we create a file and save it in the computer and switch between them from one
directly, it gets saved in my Documents by default. windows to another. If you want to do this, then use the
Folder like my music, my picture, my videos etc. reside Alt + Tab key from the keyboard.
in this by default. 1514. In Windows 8, what is the short key to create a
1509. Data stored on your Windows system in a fixed new folder on the desktop?
format is called: (a) Ctrl + Shift + N (b) Ctrl + Shift + F
(a) File (b) Database (c) Ctrl + Shift + G (d) Ctrl + Alt + T
(c) Register (d) Cluster GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Ans. (a) : Data stored on your Windows system in a Ans : (a) To create a new folder on the desktop in
fixed format is called file. window 8 the shortcut key Ctrl + Shift + N is used.
1510. Given below are the steps for creating a 1515. Arrange the following steps in the correct
desktop shortcut for a file or folder in sequence to change the screen saver in window 7.
Windows. One of the steps is missing. Replace a) Select the 'Appearance and
the question mark with the appropriate option. Personalization' category
Navigate to the file or folder on your computer b) Open the Control Panel from the Start
->?-> A menu will appear, Scroll down the menu
menu that appears -> Left – click the 'Send To' c) Choose 'Change Screen Saver' from the
item on the list-> Left-click the 'Desktop' Icon Personalization area.
Computer 150 YCT
ye
p
d) Click 'OK' Steps to change date and time in windows -
e) Select a screen saver image (i) Right - Click on the time at the bottom right of the
(a) b, a, c, d, e (b) b, a, c, e, d screen.
(c) a, b, c, e, d (d) b, c, a, e, d (ii) Select the adjusted date/time.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (iii) Select the date and time tab on the left side of the
Ans : (b) To change the screen saver in Window 7 'Setting' pop -up window.
following are the steps. (iv) Click on change under change Date/Time.
b) Open the Control Panel from the Start menu (v) Enter the time and Press change.
a) Select the 'Appearance and Personalization' category
1520. In Windows 7, When you right-click on the
c) Choose 'Change Screen Saver' from the
Personalization area. desktop, the 'sort By' on the pop-up menu
e) Select a screen saver image DOESN't include _____ option
d) Click 'OK' (a) Name (b) Size
1516. Which of the following is the maximum cursor (c) Item Type (d) Author Name
speed of the mouse in windows 10? GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(a) 20 (b) 40 (c) 10 (d) 30Ans : (d) When we right-click on any Windows
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 desktop. The options like Name, Size and item type etc.
Ans. (a) : In windows 10 the mouse cursor speed is 10 are included under 'sort by' on the pop-up menu
by default and maximum cursor speed 20. whereas it has nothing to do with author name.
1517. There are different versions of Window 7 each 1521. In Windows, the right-click is used to _______.
of which is separate. But interoperable consists (a) interact with folders
of a set of pervasive capabilities. (b) drag and drop
(a) five (b) seven (c) interact with files
(c) eight (d) six (d) display popup menu
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans. (d) : There are six different versions of windows 7
each of which is different. Lower versions feature set in Ans : (d) When we right click in windows, the display
each versions and additional feature are included. popup menu comes.
(i) Windows 7 starter operating system 1522. In Windows OS, mouse right click leads to:
(ii) Windows 7 home basic operating system (a) display context menu
(iii) Windows 7 home premium operating system (b) drag and drop
(iv) Windows 7 professional operating system (c) interact with folders
(v) Windows 7 enterprise operating system (d) interact with files
(vi) Windows 7 ultimate operating system UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
1518. State whether the given statements are true or Ans. (a) : Usually on right clicking the mouse in
false. window OS. It opens the context menu of the item you
(i) The control panel can be used to uninstall have clicked on.
the pre-installed programs on a Windows
1523. Which of the following commands is used to get
system.
rid of the fragmented system hard drive in
(ii) The date and time of Windows system
cannot be changed more than once in a day Windows 10?
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are true (a) Ifrag (b) Defrag
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are false (c) Fragd (d) Sfrag
(c) (i) is false, (ii) is true RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
(d) (i) is true, (ii) is false Ans. (b) : In Window 10, the defrag command is used
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 through the command prompt to get rid of the
Ans. (d) : Programs that are already installed in fragmented system hard drive and improve the
windows systems can be uninstalled using the control performance of the computer system.
panel. Hence statement (i) is true. The date and time of 1524. Which of the following steps can be used to change
the window system can be changed by the user as many the desktop back ground in Windows 10 system.
times as he wishes hence statement (b) is false. (a) Triple click anywhere on the desktop
1519. Using the windows taskbar, which of the (b) Right Click on the desktop and select
following features can be set/changed? personalize option.
(i) Date (c) Double click anywhere on the desktop
(ii) Time
(d) Right click on the desktop and select the new
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (i) option
(c) Only (ii) (d) (i) and (ii) Both
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
Ans. (d) : The taskbar is at the bottom of the desktop, Ans : (b) To change the desktop background in
but you can also move it to either side or the top of the Windows 10 system, first of all we will right click on
desktop. the desktop and select the option personalize.

Computer 151 YCT

ye
p
1525. In Windows operating system, choose settings (a) Choose 'Insert Password'
→ Personalization → Background → Choose a (b) Choose 'Create a Password for Your Account'
fit → Stretch, Which of the following is correct or 'Change your Password'
meaning of stretch? (c) Choose 'Reset Password'
(a) The image is centered on the screen at its (d) Choose 'Remove Password'
original size. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
(b) The image fills the screen horizontally and Ans : (b) This sequence is also very important in order
vertically but does not maintain its original to change the password in window 7 (Create a Password
aspect ratio. for Your Account' or 'Change your Password).
(c) The image fills the screen horizontally and
vertically and maintains its original aspect ratio. 1529. What does disk defragmenter do?
(d) The image stretches across multiple monitors. (a) Puts fragmented pieces of disks together.
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning (b) Allows files to be stored across disk
Ans. (b) : The image is centered on the screen. The partitions.
image fills the screen horizontally and vertically but (c) Keeps track of the fragmented portions.
does not maintain its original aspect ratio. (d) Removes holes (unused disk blocks/sectors)
1526. The file management application in windows on the disk for better utilisation of the disk
space.
10 is named as ____ which is used by the
windows operating system to browse folders HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
and files. Ans : (d) Disk de-fragmentation is the process of
(a) File explorer (b) File browser eliminating redundant or unusable files and rearranging
(c) File navigation (d) File search files and unused space.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) 1530. Which of the following statement is incorrect
Ans : (a) File explorer is a computer program. Which about the notification areas of the windows 10
provides user interface to manage files and folder. operating system.
1527. Arrange the following steps in the correct (a) Icons of pinned application are also displayed
in the notification area
order to change the desktop background image
(b) It is located on the right side of the taskbar
in windows 7.
a) Right-click on a blank space of the desktop (c) Internet connection status is displayed in the
notification area
b) Click on the 'Desktop Background' option
along the window's bottom left corner (d) Speaker volume level in the notification on
c) Choose 'Personalize' area is displayed
d) Click on any one of the pictures WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
e) Click the 'Save' button Ans. (a) : Windows 10 is an operating system. It is
(a) a, b, c, d, e (b) a, c, b, d, e located on the right side of the taskbar in the
(c) a, b, c, e, d (d) c, a, b, d, e 'notification area'. Internet connection status and
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II speaker volume level are displayed in the notification
area. While icons and pinned applications are displayed
Ans : (b) The correct order to change the desktop
on the left side of the taskbar.
background image in windows 7 is follows-
(a) Right-click on a blank space of the desktop 1531. If the screen is maximized the maximize button
(c) Choose 'Personalize' will be temporarily replaced by the ______
(b) Click on the 'Desktop Background' option along the button.
window's bottom left corner (a) Close (b) Open
(d) Click on any one of the pictures (c) Re-store (d) Minimize
(e) Click the 'Save' button HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
1528. Below are the steps that Helps to set up or Ans : (c) The restore button is temporarily used to
change your password in Windows 7 operating replaced the maximize button.
system. One of the steps in missing. Identify the 1532. What happens when the minimize button is
option that will replace the question mark in clicked can a window?
step 3 below. (a) the concerned application gets deleted
1) Click the 'Start' button and then click (b) The window closes
Control Panel.
(c) The windows is turned horizontally
2) In the Control Panel, click 'User Accounts
and Family Safety' and then choose (d) The windows disappears from the desktop
'Change Your Windows Password', and appears on the taskbar appears as a button
3) ? UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
4) Type a password. Ans. (d) : By clicking the minimize button given the
5) If asked, retype that same password in the title bar of the windows, the window disappeared from
'Confirm New Password' box. the desktop as given below. Appears as a button in the
6) Type a hint to remind you of the password. taskbar and when clicked again as a button visible in the
7) Click the 'Create Password' button. taskbar, the window starts appearing in the desktop.

Computer 152 YCT

ye
p
1533. Which of the following is a movable, hide able Ans. (d) : The start menu in windows 10 operating
icon bar that is set at the very edge of a system is typically located in the bottom - left corner of
Graphical User Interface (GUI) desktop and the screen. It is represented by the windows logo icon.
serves as a launching pad for application? You can click on it to open the start menu, which
(a) Start menu (b) Task bar provides access to your installed apps, settings and
(c) Icon (d) Application various system features.
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w 1538. Where is the taskbar placed in Microsoft
Ans. (b) : At the bottom edge of the desktop, there is a Windows in the default settings?
thin horizontal bar like box with a start button at one end (a) At the top of the screen
and a lock at the other end, this is known as the taskbar. (b) At the bottom of the screen
All those programs and files are displayed as icons in the (c) At the center of the screen
taskbar list which are minimized at that time. (d) At no place on the screen
1534. Which of the following is a special section of RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
the windows taskbar that displays programs GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
running in the background and information Ans : (b) The taskbar in default setting of Microsoft
such as time and date, notifications, internet Windows is at the bottom of the screen. It is always
connection status and current volume level? visible and highlighted so it can be easily seen.
(a) Menu icon (b) Start menu 1539. Which of the following option in setting is used
(c) Quick launch bar (d) Notification area to set time and time zone in windows 10 OS?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 (a) Time & language (b) Accounts
Ans. (d) : The notification center is located at the right (c) Network and Internet (d) System
end of the taskbar. It contains icons you might find WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
yourself selecting often battery level, volume central, Ans. (a) : In windows 10, to set the time and zone, you
date & time, internet connection, notification area etc. can go to "Settings" and then select "Time language"
1535. Which of the following statements is incorrect section, you will find option to set the date and time as
about the taskbar of the Windows 10 operating well as the time zone.
system? 1540. Which of the following options in setting in
(a) The Start menu is on the left side of the taskbar. windows 10 OS is used to change the screen
(b) Internet connection status is displayed in the layout to Landscape, Landscape (flipped), etc?
notification area of the taskbar. (a) Display Resolution
(c) The taskbar is at the bottom of the screen. (b) Scale and Layout
(d) Icons of pinned applications are displayed in (c) Display Orientation
the notification area of the taskbar. (d) Rotation Lock
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
Ans. (d) : The bar at the bottom of the Windows 10 Ans. (c) : To change the screen layout to options like
desktop screen is called the taskbar and the Start menu landscape, landscape (flipped), portrait (flipped) in
is displayed on the left side of the taskbar and Internet windows 10, you would go to "setting" within the
connection status is displayed in the notification area on "system" settings, select "display" here, you can adjust
the right side of the taskbar. You can change or the orientation or screen layout setting to change the
customize the taskbar as per your choice. The Start display orientation as desired.
button, search bar, task view button, quick launch, 1541. A horizontal thick line visible at the bottom of
notification area element is located on the taskbar. the windows operating system is called a _____.
1536. Which of the following options in the Windows (a) Scroll bar (b) Progress bar
10 operating system places an app directly on (c) Taskbar (d) Status bar
the taskbar for quick access when it is on your HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
desktop? Ans. (c) : The taskbar is an example of a category of
(a) Save to taskbar (b) Pin to taskbar always visible graphical user interface elements that
(c) Assign to taskbar (d) Store to taskbar provide access to fundamental operating system
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 functions and information.
Ans. (b) : The Windows 10 operating system uses pin 1542. Arrange the steps in correct order to change
to taskbar for quick access when on the desktop and the date/time in Windows 10.
displays the pin to taskbar icon in the taskbar after the a) Select 'Adjust Date/Time'
application is closed. b) Right-click on the time on the bottom-right
1537. Which of the following statements is correct of the screen.
about the start menu of windows 10 Operating c) On the left side of the 'Setting' pop-up
System? window select the Date & Time tab.
(a) It is located in the menu bar of the window d) Enter the time and press 'Change'.
(b) It is located in the middle of the menu bar of e) Under 'Change date and time' click
the window 'Change'.
(c) It is located in the right corner of the taskbar (a) a, b, c, e, d (b) b, a, e, c, d
(d) It is located in the left corner of the taskbar (c) b, a, c, e, d (d) b, a, c, d, e
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Computer 153 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (c) Following are the correct sequence of stops to 1549. In the Windows operating system, when you
change date/time in windows- choose Settings → Personalization →
( b) Right-click on the time on the bottom-right of the Background → Choose a fit. Which of the
screen. following is NOT an option for Fit?
(a) Select 'Adjust Date/Time' (a) Full (b) Tile
(c) On the left side of the 'Setting' pop-up window select (c) Stretch (d) Center
the Date & Time tab. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(e) Under 'Change date and time' click 'Change'. Ans. (a) : When we select personalization from settings
(d) Enter the time and press 'Change'. in Microsoft windows the following options are
1543. Which of the following options is Not available available. Preview, back ground and if we select a fit if
in 'Taskbar and start Menu Properties' for we do. We get Tile, stretch, counter, file, fit, span. But
customisation of the taskbar? full is not given hence option is a wrong.
(a) Lock the Taskbar 1550. If you have more than one window open at the
(b) Auto-Hide the Taskbar same time. So you can quickly switch between
(c) Disable Taskbar them by clicking on the ____ icon for that
(d) Use Small Icons windows?
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (a) Desktop (b) Menu bar
Ans : (c) Taskbar and start Menu properties do not (c) Task bar (d) Program list
contain the disable task bar for customization. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
1544. Which of the following is NOT a power option? Ans : (c) Taskbar is a part of the graphical user
interface. Which has many functions. You can switch
(a) Shutdown (b) Sleep windows by clicking on the taskbar icon.
(c) Hibernate (d) Logout
1551. Which of the following sequences opens the
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Date and Time window in Windows 10 that is
Ans : (d) Logout means end access system. It is also used to change the system date and time?
called sign off in other words.
(a) Start > Settings > Date & Time
It is not a power option.
(b) Start > Settings > Date & Language > Date &
1545. There is a special area of your desktop that Time
keeps track of all your running programs and (c) Start > Settings > Date > Date & Time
their windows, constantly updating itself to (d) Start > Settings > Time & Language > Date
show icons for your running programs/______ & Time
(a) Control Panel (b) TaskBar UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
(c) Windows Explorer (d) Title Bar Ans. (d) : To change the date and time in Windows 10,
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w click on Start and open the settings. Then after clicking
Ans : (b) At the bottom edge of the desktop there is a on Time and Language, click on Date and Time and
thin strip-like box with a start button at one end and a turn off Set time zone automatically and go to Time
clock at the other end which is known as the task bar. Zone drop-down menu and select India Standard Time.
1546. In Windows 7, how many check boxes are 1552. Which of the following options is used to
available under the 'Taskbar' tab in 'Taskbar change the time from 24 - hour format to 12 -
and Start Menu Properties' dialogue box? hour format in windows 10?
(a) 4 (b) 2 (a) Start → Settings → Date → Date & time →
(c) 5 (d) 3 Change data formats
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 (b) Start → Settings → Time & language →
Ans : (a) There are three dialog boxes under the taskbar Region → Change data formats
in Window 7. It is a taskbar such as, Lock the taskbar, (c) Start → settings →Time & language → Date
Auto hide the taskbar, use small icons. & time → Change data formats
1547. In Windows 7, the taskbar lists all the (d) Start → Settings → Date & language → Date
programs and files which are______. & time → Change data formats
(a) deleted (b) open UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
(c) closed (d) moved Ans. (b) : In windows 10, for change the time from 24 -
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 hour format 12 - hour format used to following steps.
Ans : (b) The windows 7 taskbar lists all the programs Start → Settings → Time & language → Region →
and files that are currently open as icons. Change data formats.
1548. In Windows 10, a menu with 'Taskbar Settings' 1553. Which of the following key board shortcuts are
used to open the start menu of Windows.
appears when you right-click on _____. (a) Alt + Esc (b) Ctrl + Esc
(a) Taskbar (b) This PC icon (c) Esc (d) Ctrl + S
(c) Windows icon (d) Desktop UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 Ans. (b) : If you are using a keyboard that does not
Ans : (a) Window 10 is system software in which right have a Windows key, Ctrl + Esc shortcut will open the
click for taskbar setting gives the option of taskbar. start Menu.
Computer 154 YCT
ye
p
1554. The keyboard can be controlled and Ans : (d) .BIN file extension is used for binary files.
customized using options under options in The file extension tells what type of file.
Windows? 1560. What does audio file extension "AMR" stands
(a) Start Menu (b) Taskbar for?
(c) Desktop (d) Control panel (a) Adaptive Media-Rate (b) Audio Multi-Rate
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) (c) Adaptive Multi-Rate (d) Audio Media-Rate
Ans. (d) : Start Menu–The start button is on the left corner (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
of the task bar. The start menu has the following options. Ans : (c) The audio file extension "AMR" stand for
1. Left pane 2. All program 3. Search adaptive multi rate with the help of extension, the
4. Right pane 5. Shut down computer detect which file will run with software. For
Taskbar– This is a thin bar at the bottom of the desktop. example– .JPG is used for photos and AMR or MP3 is
On whose left side is the start button and on the right side used for audio.
the task bar clock which are called quick launch. 1561. Which of the following filename extensions
Control panel– The keyboard or any hardware can be suggests that the file is a backup copy of
controlled and customized in the control panel. another file?
1555. In windows OS, a window can be maximized by (a) .txt (b) .com (c) .bas (d) .bak
double - clicking on its _____. (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
(a) Ruler (b) Title bar Ans : (d) .txt– Text file extension
(c) Menu bar (d) Status bar .com– Domain name in internet
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 .bas– It is the extension of the BASIC code source file
.bak– It is the extension of the backup file
Ans. (b) : The title bar at the top of a window display
an application defined icon and line of text. The text 1562. Which of the following is not an image file
specifies the name of the application and indicates the extension?
purpose of the window. The title bar also makes it (a) jpg (b) gif
possible for the user to move the window using a mouse (c) png (d) wav
or other pointing device. In windows OS, a window can (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
be maximized by double clicking on its title bar. Ans : (d)
1556. Which of the following in NOT a process for JPG/ Jpeg = joint photographic Expert Group
GIF = Graphics interchange format
Windows setup?
PNG = Portable network graphics
(a) Offline configuration
Wav= Wave Audio file format
(b) Online configuration Of these, WAV is the audio format and all others are
(c) Windows PE extensions of image files.
(d) Down-level 1563. Files and folders on windows computers are
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 organized in a ____ structure.
Ans : (a) Offline configuration contains Sample (a) Stack (b) Linear
Offline XML file which is in directory install . (c) Graph (d) Tree
1557. Microsoft Windows allows users to type file MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
names up to characters including spaces Ans. (d) : Files and folders on windows computers are
provides facility. organized in a tree structure.
(a) 255 (b) 55 1564. Which option in the view menu in window
(c) 5 (d) 155 explorer is used to sort data by name
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 (a) Name (b) Type
Ans : (a) In Microsoft Windows user can write any file (c) Title (d) Authors
name up to 255 characters, including spaces such that Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
minimum 1 and maximum 255.
Ans : (a) Windows explorer is a file manager application.
1558. An e-mail or icon on a web page that links to In which the name option is used to sort the data.
another web page is called?
(a) URL (b) Hyperlink 1565. Alignment buttons are available on the–
(c) Add-ons (d) plug-ins (a) status bar (b) formatting toolbar
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) (c) standard toolbar (d) none of these
Ans. (b) : Hyperlinks are the primary method used to (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
navigate between web pages and web sites. Hyperlinks Ans : (b) According to Window 2003, the alignment
point to other web pages, graphics, file and other location button comes under the formatting toolbar. There are
on the same web page. When text is used as a hyperlink. It four types of alignment– Left, Right, Center and Justify.
is usually underlined and appears as a different color. 1566. To close a window in Windows OS, you may
1559. Which file extension is used for binary files? use:
(a) .BAK' (b) .BAT' (a) Ctrl+F5 (b) Windows logo key+F4
(c) .BKF' (d) .BIN' (c) Shift+F1 (d) Alt+F4
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Computer 155 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : The shortcut key to close any open Window Ans : (b) The Ctrl + T shortcut key is used to open a
in the windows operating system is Alt + F4. Ctrl + f5 new tab in the Google Chrome web browser for
shortcut key is used to refresh the current window. If windows.
you want to know about a particular part of the screen 1573. The shortcut for opening a file is:-
then press Shift + F1 and your point turns into an arrow
with a question mark. then click on the thing you want (a) Ctrl+Alt (b) Shift+O
to know about. (c) Alt+O (d) Ctrl+O
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
1567. Shortcut used to hide all the tabs and go
directly to the desktop - Ans. (d) : The Ctrl + O shortcut key is used to open a
(a) Ctrl window (b) Windows +Up Arrow file.
(c) Windows + D (d) Windows + K 1574. Which of the following is a quick way to switch
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 between windows?
Ans : (c) Windows + D shortcut key used to hide all the (a) Alt+Tab (b) Ctrl+Tab
tabs and go directly to the desktop. (c) Shift+Tab (d) Shift+Alt
1568. To toggle from one window to another, within (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
an application in Windows OS, you may use: Ans : (a) Alt + Tab is the way to quickly switch
(a) Alt+F6 (b) Alt+F9 between windows.
(c) Alt+F10 (d) Alt+F8 Ctrl + Tab → Move between two or more open Excel
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 files.
Ans. (a) : Shift + Tab → To move to the previous field.
Alt + F6 → To toggle from one window to another. 1575. Windows 10 (OS) to maximize a Window, you
Alt or F10 → To move between different tabs. can use –––––.
Alt ± Shift ± D → To enter current time (a) F9
Alt ± Shift ± T → To use your keyboard to jump to the (b) Shift + F6
editor toolbar. (c) Windows Logo Keys + UP Arrow
1569. In MS-Word 2007, we can use undo/redo (d) Alt + F6
feature for up to...............action: UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(a) 200 (b) 300 (c) 150 (d) 100
Ans. (c) : In Window 10, we use window logo keys +
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
UP arrow to maximize a window. It is use to minimize
Ans : (d) In MS Word 2007 the Undo/Redo feature can windows logo key + down arrow.
be used 100 times.
F9 → When using Microsoft Word F9 will refresh your
1570. Redo is done by– document. It also triggers Microsoft outlook to send and
(a) Ctrl + Z (b) Ctrl + Y receive any outstanding email.
(c) Y (d) Z
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) 1576. Match the following correctly.
RRB NTPC, (Shift -1) Online, 19.03.2016 a) Ctrl + B i) Change case of letter
Ans : (b) Undo/Redo– Using the undo button located b) Ctrl + U ii) Print
on the standard tool bar. We immediately undo the work c) Ctrl + P iii) Make text bold
done. Ctrl + Z is used for undo if we are not satisfied d) Shift + F3 iv) Underline
with any work we have done. We can come back to the (a) a-iii, b-iv, c-i, d-ii (b) a-vi, b-iii, c-ii, d-i
previous state by doing redo (Ctrl + Y). (c) a-iii, b-iv, c-ii d-i (d) a-i, b-iv, c-ii, d-iii
1571. To open the setting in Window 10 OS, you can HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
use ––––.
(a) Windows logo key + down arrow Ans : (c) (a) Ctrl + B → Make selected text bold
(b) Windows logo key + S (b) Ctrl + U → Underline
(c) Windows logo key + D (c) Ctrl + P → Print
(d) Windows logo key + I (d) Shift + F3 → Change case of letter
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 1577. What is the shortcut key for copy ?
Ans. (d) : The shortcut key to open setting in Window (a) Ctrl + B (b) Ctrl + C
10 is window logo key + I. (c) Ctrl + A (d) Ctrl + D
Windows logo key + S → Search option opens, if you (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
are connected to internet then you can search on internet
otherwise you search in your stuff. Ans : (b) Ctrl + A → Select All
1572. What is the keyboard shortcut for opening a Ctrl + B → Bold
new tab in the Google chrome web browser for Ctrl + C → Copy
windows. 1578. To show the Print Menu, use:
(a) Alt + N (b) Ctrl + T (a) Tab + P (b) Shift + P
(c) Alt + Ctrl + T (d) ALt + T (c) Alt + P (d) Ctrl + P
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Computer 156 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (d) To print any file the shortcut key ctrl + P is 1584. What is the shortcut key to open Windows
used as soon as it is hit the print dialog box will appear. Explorer (File Explorer)?
Which you can print the page by making setting related (a) Windows key +E (b) Windows key +W
to the page. (c) Windows key + O (d) Ctrl + O
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
1579. The shortcut key used for pasting text from Ans : (a)
clipboard is
(a) Ctrl +X (b) Ctrl +V Windows key - It is used to open windows
+E explorer (file explorer).
(c) Ctrl +C (d) Ctrl +D
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
Windows key - It is used to find the setting.
+W
Ans : (b) Ctrl + X → Cut Ctrl + O - It is used to open Microsoft
Ctrl + C → Copy Office files.
Ctrl + V → Paste 1585. What happens if you press Windows + E
(a) File will be closed
1580. Which shortcut key is used to make the text
(b) The Windows application(s) will be closed
italic ? (c) File explorer will open
(a) Ctrl + U (b) Ctrl + T (d) Internet browser will open
(c) Ctrl + I (d) Ctrl + P RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) Ans : (c) When we press window (system software) +
Ans : (c) Ctrl + U → Underline the text. E. Then file explorer will open.
Ctrl + I → Italicize text. 1586. What is the shortcut key to display "Insert
Hyperlink" dialog box in a document?
Ctrl + P → Print selected text. (a) Ctrl +H (b) Ctrl +L
1581. What happens when you select the option (c) Ctrl +K (d) None of these
empty Recycle Bin? (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
(a) All files are permanently deleted from your Ans : (c)
computer. Ctrl + K To display the insert hyperlink dialog
(b) All the files get stored in C:\ drive of your box.
computer. Ctrl + H Find in notepad, word pad and MS
(c) All the files are re-stored at their respective Word and open replace.
places Ctrl + L Selecting the address bar in the
(d) All the files are installed on your desk top browser.
or
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 Left alignment in MS Word.
Ans : (a) This is a special folder in the Windows operating 1587. Which of the following options best describes
system with the help of which you can easily save your the truth of the following statements?
deleted files and folders. When we empty the recycle bin (i) The Windows taskbar is usually a appears
those files and programs are permanently deleted. as a horizontal bar
1582. In Windows the shortcut Shift + Delete is used to (ii) The windows 10 taskbar contains a search
(a) Delete the selected item permanently without box that can be used to browse both the
placing the item in the Recycle bin computer and the web.
(a) (i) True (ii) False (b) (i) False (ii) False
(b) Copy the selected item (c) (i) True (iii) True (d) (i) False (ii) True
(c) Rename the selected item UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
(d) Create a shortcut to the selected item Ans : (c) In both statement (i) and (ii) above are true,
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) window taskbar generally appears as a horizontal bar at
Ans : (a) In windows the shortcut shift + delete is used the bottom of the screen while Windows 10 taskbar is
to permanently delete the selected item without moving useful tools. With this, both computer and web can be
into the recycle bin. browsed.
1588. The keys marked as F1, F2, etc., on a PC
1583. Which of the following will you press to open keyboard are known as:
the windows task manager? (a) faster keys (b) follow keys
(a) Shift + Alt + Ctrl (b) Ctrl + Alt + Esc (c) function keys (d) fixed keys
(c) Ctrl + Alt + Delete (d) Shift+Ctrl + Delete DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 Ans. (c) : There are the function key from F1 to F4
Ans. (c) : Task Manager keeps information about every which have their own different functions.
service running in the background running in the F1 → Can get information about any window.
computer. Which service is taking up so much space, F2 → Rename document file name.
how much network is being used and how much load is F4 → Create document file in program.
being taken can the CPU. There are several methods to F5 → Open a document in a program.
open task manager. Hence option (c) will be the given F11 → Save a file in the active window.
option is press to open the window task manager. F12 → Print a file in the active window.
Computer 157 YCT
ye
p
Windows keybord shorcut key 1589. As of December 2018, the most recent version
Shortcut key Function of Microsoft Window is _____ and was released
F1 Opening the help window. in ____
F2 Rename selected item. (a) Windows 10, 2017
F3 Find the file and folder. (b) Windows 8, 2016
F4 Display list of active lists. (c) Windows 10, 2015
F5 Refresh active windows. (d) Windows 7, 2015
F10 Display the menu bar in the UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
active program. Ans : (c) Windows 10 is the latest version of Microsoft.
F7 Checking spelling and It is an upgraded version of Windows 8.1 in which the
Grammar. latest features have been provided. It was launched by
Shift + F10 Display the shortcut menu of Microsoft on July 29, 2015. It is current update and the
the selected item. latest version of windows. Window 11, was released on
Alt + F4 Close active tab. 05 October 2021. Windows 11, incorporates a
Ctrl + F4 Close active program. redesigned user interface.
Shift + F3 Change sentence case. 1590. What starts by pressing Ctrl + Alt + Delete in
Esc End current job. Windows 7
Del Delete the select item. (a) Control Panel (b) Task Manager
END Reaching the end of active (c) My Computer (d) Windows Explorer
window or line. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Home Reaching the start of the active
Ans : (b) There is a thin strip-like box on the bottom
windows or line.
edge of the desktop. Which has a start button at one end
Enter Command to edit or replace and a clock at the other end. It is known as the taskbar.
paragraphs in a word program.
Task Manager is a windows utility program that
Tab Move forward in options move displays the processes and programs currently running
forward in table. on your computer. In Windows 7, the shortcut key is
F12 Open the save as dialog box. opened by pressing 'Ctrl + Alt + Delete.
Windows Logo + L Locking the computer.
1591. Which of the following executable files are used
Windows Logo + M Minimizing all windows.
to open Microsoft Power Point application
Windows Logo show or hide the start menu.
through windows run/search box?
Ctrl +Esc Open the start menu.
(a) Powerpnt.exe (b) Ppoint.exe
Alt + Tab Go to the another running
(c) MSPowerpoint.exe (d) Powerpoint.exe
program
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
Alt + Enter Open the properties of the
selected object. Ans : (a) To open PowerPoint through window
Shift + del Delete without sending to Run/Search box, click on the start button, which will
Recycle bin. launch the search box, type powerpnt. exe. and press the
Ctrl + Shift +Esc Open the Windows Task enter button which will open the power point program.
Manager 1592. What does the following chat abbreviation
Ctrl + Home Go to beginning of document. mean?
Ctrl + F2 View Print Preview
Ctrl + End Go to end of document.
(a) Smile (b) Frown
Menu Keyboard Available options in
(c) Come back later (d) Wink
shortcuts drop down menu.
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
File Alt + F New, Open, Close, Save,
Save As, Page Setup, Ans : (a) Smiley in chat abbreviation is an emoji
Print Preview, Print,
Properties etc. which means smiley.
Edit Alt + E Undo/Repeat, Cut, Copy, 1593. Which of the following is not an option in the
Paste, Paste Special, screen saver settings dialog box?
Clear, Select, All, Find, (a) Circles (b) 3D text
Repalace, Object (c) Ribbons (d) Mystify
Properties, Picture Object.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
View Alt + V Normal, Web Layout, Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Print layout, Outline,
Toolbars, Ruler Ans : (a) Screen saver setting dialog box have
Document Map, Header following drop list available 3D text, Blank, Bubbles,
and Footnote, Full Screen, Mystify, Photos, Ribbons but there is no circle available
Zoom, Comments. in screen saver.
Computer 158 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (c) : In toggle case, lowercases the first letter of
XI. Microsoft Office each word and uppercases the rest of the letter.
1594. What will be the output if sentence case is Example -
applied to the phrase 'attempting to run' in MS oNLINE tEST.
Word 365? 1600. Which of the following icons is the font color
(a) ATTEMPTING TO RUN icon in MS-Word 365?
(b) ATTEMPTING to RUN (a) (b)
(c) Attempting To Run
(d) Attempting to run (c) (d)
UPPCL Technical 20.03.2021 Grade-II (Shift-II) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
Ans. (d) : Sentence case helps in changing the first Ans. (d) : In the Font group of the Home tab, the arrow
letter of the first word of the sentence to capital. For next to font color (A) and then select a color. You can
example- Attempting to run. also use the formatting options on the mini toolbar to
1595. In MS-Word, if Microsoft Office Button exists, format text.
then it is located on the ______corner of the 1601. Which of the following sequence of steps is used
window. to open the MS-Word 365 software?
(a) top-left (b) bottom-right (a) To bring up the Run dialog, press windows
(c) bottom-left (d) top-right key + ‘R’ -> without the quotes in the box,
UPPCL Technical 20.03.2021 Grade-II (Shift-II) type ‘Win.exe’.
Ans. (a) : In MS-Word, if Microsoft Office Button (b) To bring up the Run dialog, press windows
exists, then it is located on the top-left corner of the key + ‘R’ -> without the quotes in the box
window. Office button is an essential element of type ‘WinWord.exe’.
Microsoft suite 2007, this button was introduced in (c) To bring up the Run dialog, press windows key
office with new ribbon in 2007. When click on office + ‘R’ -> without the quotes in the box type
button it displays some useful options which are very ‘Word.exe’.
frequently used. In particular, the office button provides (d) To bring up the Run dialog, press windows
us with an option to open a document, save it and print. key + ‘R’ -> without the quotes in the box
1596. Which of the following main menu items of type ‘MS-Word.exe’.
MS-Word 2007 contains the 'Footnote and UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
Endnote' command? Ans. (b) : To bring up the Run dialog in MS-Word,
(a) Page Layout (b) Insert press Windows key + R and without the quotes in the
(c) Home (d) References box, type ‘winword.exe’ to open the MS Word 365
UPPCL Executive Assistant 25.11.2022, Shift-II software.
Ans. (d) : In MS - Word 2007, footnotes appears at the 1602. Which of the following sequence of steps is used
bottom of the page and endnotes come at the end of the
to open an existing (MS-Word) 365 document?
document. A number or symbol on the footnote or endnote
matches up with a reference mark in the document. For (a) Home-> Open (b) File-> Open
inserting footnotes and endnotes, you can usually go to the (c) Home-> New (d) File-> New
"References" tab on the ribbon at the top. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
1597. Which of the following function keys are used Ans. (b) : To open an existing document in MS-Word
to open the help viewer windows in MS Word 365, after clicking on the File, click on the Open option
365 at any time? and select and open the existing document.
(a) F1 (b) F5 1603. Which of the following paste options will paste
(c) F10 (d) F4 using original formatting of pasted text in MS-
UPPCL Technical 20.03.2021 Grade-II (Shift-II) Word 365?
Ans. (a) : In MS Word 365, F1 function key is used to (a) (b)
open the help viewer windows for the office.
1598. In which of the following tabs is page borders
(c) (d)
options available in MS- Word 365?
(a) Preview (b) Developer UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
(c) Home (d) Design Ans. (d) : Word preserves the original formatting when
UPPCL Technical 20.03.2021 Grade-II (Shift-II) you paste content into a document using Ctrl + V, the
Ans. (d) : Design > Page Borders. paste button or right click + paste.
Page Border is present in the design tab in MS word 365. 1604. Which of the following sequence of steps is used
To use the page border option in MS word 365, follow to create a bulleted list for existing text in MS-
the steps - Word 365?
Design → Page Borders. (a) Layout→ Bullets (b) Design → Bullets
1599. Which of the following options is the result of (c) Home → Bullets (d) Insert → Bullets
applying toggle case option on the word 'Online UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
Test' in MS word 365? Ans. (c) : Type * and a space before your text and word
(a) Online test (b) ONLINE TEST
will make a bulleted list and the Home → Bullets sequence
(c) oNLINE tEST (d) Online tesT
UPPCL Executive Assistant 21.11.2022, Shift-II
is used to make text in MS-Word 365 bulleted.
Computer 159 YCT
ye
p
1605. If you always want first-line indentation, which of 1611. The drop cap feature of MS word 365 can be
the following indentation options of the used to create very large size letters at ______
Paragraph tab is to be selected in MS-word 365? of a paragraph.
(a) Hanging (b) Alignment (a) Start (b) End
(c) First line (d) Spacing (c) Second row (d) Last line
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Ans. (c) : To do first line indentation in MS Word 365, Ans. (a) : In MS - Word 365, the drop cap feature is a
first line indentation is selected in the paragraph tab. formatting option that allows you to create an
1606. Which of the following icons is not available in ornamental capital letter at the beginning of a paragraph
the Clipboard group of the Home tab in MS- or section of text.
Word 365? 1612. Identify whether the given statements are true
or false with reference to MS Word 365.
(a) (b) (I) The shading option is used to color the
background behind the selected text or
(c) (d) paragraph.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 (II) Multi - level list is not supported in MS
Ans. (c) : MS word clipboard group collected mainly Word document.
four tools name cut, copy, paste and format painter, (a) I- False, II- True (b) I- False, II- False
whereas highlighter is available in font group. (c) I- True, II- True (d) I- True, II- False
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
1607. What is the purpose of the keyboard shortcut
'Ctrl + Left bracket ([)' in MS-Word 365? Ans. (d) : In MS - Word 365, shading refers to the
(a) Center the text application of a background color to a selected portion
(b) Cancel a command of a text or a specific element, such as a table cell or a
text box. This shading can be used to highlight or
(c) Decrease the font Size by 1 point emphasize text or elements within your document. A
(d) Split the document window multi-level list is a type of numbered or bulleted list that
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
has more than one level hierarchy. A multi-level list is
Ans. (c) : Keyboard shortcut keys - supported in MS - Word document. So, statement (i) is
Ctrl + Left bracket ([) - Decreases the font size by 1 true and statement (ii) is false.
point. 1613. What does the command 'Shift + End' do in
Ctrl + Right bracket (]) - Increases the font size by 1 MS-Word?
point. (a) Ending an editing session
1608. Which of the following is not a word processing (b) Ending an Insert session
file extension? (c) Selecting from the cursor position on the text
(a) .bat (b) .doc to the end of the line
(c) .rtf (d) .docx (d) Closing a document
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Ans. (a) : A .bat file is a DOS batch file used to execute Ans. (c) : In MS-Word, pressing the "Shift + End"
commands with the windows command prompt whereas keyboard shortcut is used to select text from the current
.doc, .rtf and .docx are word processing file extensions. cursor position to the end of the current line. It's a quick
1609. Which of the following Break options inserts a way to highlight or select text within a line without having
new section break and starts the new section on to manually drag the cursor to the end of the line.
the same page in MS-Word 365? 1614. Which of the following is a tool in MS Word
(a) Odd Page (b) Continuous that is used to quickly apply the same
(c) Next Page (d) Even Page formatting, such as colour, font style and size
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 and border style, to multiple pieces of text
Ans. (b) : Continuous section break starts the new graphics?
section on the same page. This type of section break is (a) Format Painter (b) Paragraph
often used to change the number of columns without (c) Styles (d) Font
starting a new page. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
1610. Which of the following operations is not Ans. (a): Format Painter to quickly apply the same
possible with respect to inserting rows and formatting such as color, font style and size, or border
columns in MS Word 365 table? style, to multiple pieces of text or graphics.
(a) Insert Left (b) Insert Across 1615. What is the MS Word feature lets you to search
(c) Insert Right (d) Insert Below your document for specific text, highlight text
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 and/or replace it with different text or
Ans. (b) : In MS Word 365, four options are displayed formatting called?
to insert rows and columns in the table which are as (a) Conditional formatting (b) Autocorrect
follows - (c) Sorting and filtering (d) Find and replace
→ Insert Columns to the Left UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
→ Insert Columns to the Right Ans. (d): If we are working with a lot of text and need
→ Insert Rows Above to search and replace a word or a phrase, use find and
→ Insert Rows Below. replace in MS Word.
Computer 160 YCT
ye
p
1616. To copy and paste the text in the same MS 1622. Which of the following is the keyboard shortcut
Word document, what is the correct order of to open a document in MS-Word 2007?
keyboard shortcut commands? (a) Shift + O (b) Ctrl + O
(a) Ctrl + C and Ctrl + V (c) Ctrl + Alt + O (d) Alt + O
(b) Ctrl + S and Ctrl + N UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
(c) Ctrl + P and Ctrl + S Ans. (b) : The most frequently used shortcuts in
(d) Ctrl + V and Ctrl + C Microsoft Word are:
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 Ctrl + O → Opens a document.
Ans. (a) : To copy and paste keyboard shortcut- Alt + O → Opens the format menu.
Ctrl+C for copy, Ctrl+V for paste and Ctrl + X for cut. Ctrl + Alt + O → Switches to the outline view.
1617. What is the keyboard shortcut key to open a Ctrl + N → Creates a new document.
'New Blank' document in Microsoft Word? Ctrl + W → Closes the document.
(a) CTRL + M (b) CTRL + P 1623. Which of the following statements is/are True
(c) CTRL + N (d) CTRL + S regarding page setup in MS Word 2007?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 (i) In 'Normal' the value of margins is 2.0 cm in
Ans. (c) : In MS Word- each direction.
Ctrl + M → Indent The paragraph. (ii) The size of A3 paper is 21 cm × 20.7 cm
Ctrl + P → Print the document. (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (i)
Ctrl + N → Create a new document (c) Only (ii) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
Ctrl + S → Save the document Ans. (d) : In Microsoft Word, the default margin value
1618. Which function key is used to open the 'Save are usually set to 2.54 cm (1 inch) in each direction. The
As' window in MS Word 365? A3 paper size is 29.7cm × 42 cm (11.7 × 16.5 inches). It
(a) F4 (b) F12 (c) F5 (d) F7 is commonly used for posters, drawings and other larger
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 documents. So both statements (i) and (ii) is incorrect.
Ans. (b) : In Microsoft Word 365, the F12 function key 1624. Which of the following statements is
is typically used to open the "Save As" dialog box, INCORRECT about alignment of text of a
allowing you to save the current document with a new paragraph in MS-Word 2007?
name or in a different location. (a) Alt + L shortcut keys may be used to align
1619. Which of the following features in MS - Word text to the left.
365 is used to automatically correct misspelled (b) Ctrl + R shortcut keys may be used to align
words and correct capitalization of words? text to the right.
(a) Auto Format (b) Auto Text (c) Ctrl + L shortcut keys may be used to align
(c) Auto Fill (d) Autocorrect text to the left.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (d) Ctrl + E shortcut keys may be used to align
Ans. (d) : Autocorrect in MS - Word 365 is a feature text in the centre.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
that automatically corrects common spelling and typing
errors as you type. It helps improve the accuracy and Ans. (a) : Shortcut keys about alignment of text of a
consistency of your documents by automatically paragraph in MS - Word 2007 are-
replacing misspelled words or common abbreviations ALT+L → Show the tools menu
with their correct counterparts. Ctrl + L → Align text to the left
1620. Which of the following is the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + R → Align text to the right
to open the 'Print Preview' window in MS- Ctrl + E → Align text in the centre
Word 365? Ctrl + J → Justification.
(a) Ctrl + F1 (b) Ctrl + F4 1625. Which of the following is the extension of the
(c) Ctrl + F2 (d) Ctrl + F3 file (in MS Word 2007) when saved in word 97
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 - 2003 document format?
Ans. (c) : Keyboard shortcut for MS - Word 365 - (a) docx (b) doc
Ctrl + F1 → Displays or hides the ribbon. (c) dox (d) doxc
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
Ctrl + F2 → Displays the print preview area on the print Ans. (b) :Microsoft Word uses the file extension
tab in the backstage view. ".docx" for its newer file. Older versions of word used
Ctrl + F3 → Cuts the selected content to the spike. ".doc" for their file extension.
Ctrl + F4 → Closes the current document. When the file is saved in word 97 - 2003 document
1621. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is format, the file extension in MS Word 2007 is ".doc".
used to change the casing of selected text in 1626. Which of the following commands is a part of
MS-Word 2007? the Page Setup menu is MS Word 2007?
(a) Shift + C (b) Ctrl + A (a) Watermark (b) Orientations
(c) Shift + F3 (d) Shift + F5 (c) Page Color (d) Page Border
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
Ans. (c) : In MS - Word 2007, using shortcut keys 'Shift Ans. (b) : The Page setup menu in MS Word is a set of
+ F3' typically toggles the text case of the selected text. options that allow you to customize the layout and
It allows you to switch between Uppercase, Lowercase formatting of your document's pages. It includes
and Title case. Shortcut key Shift + F5 used for move to settings for adjusting page size, margins, orientation
the last change. (Portrait or Landscape) paper source and more.
Computer 161 YCT
ye
p
1627. Which of the following texts in MS-Word is an 1633. Which of the following icons refers to the LINE
example of superscript? and Paragraph spacing options of the Home
(a) X = 25 (b) X = Y – 10 tab in MS Word 365?
(c) H2O (d) X2 + Y2 = 20 (a) (b)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 (c) (d)
Ans. (d) : In MS - Word, superscript is a formatting UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
option that allows you to raise a character or number Ans. (a) : icon refers to the Line and Paragraph
slightly above the regular text line. It's commonly used spacing option of the Home tab in MS Word 365.
for things like mathematical exponents. For example - 1634. To delete a word on the left side in an MS -
X2 + Y2 = 20. Word 365 document, which of the following
1628. Which of the following menu items of MS- keyboard shortcuts is used?
Word 2007 contains the 'Columns' command, (a) Ctrl + Backspace (b) Ctrl + Delete
which is used to split text into two or more (c) Ctrl + Enter (d) Ctrl + Insert
columns. UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
(a) Home (b) Page Layout Ans. (a) : In MS Word 365, Ctrl + Backspace shortcut
(c) Insert (d) References key is used to delete a word on the left side of a document.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 1635. Which of the following options in MS - Word
Ans. (b) : MS - Word 2007, the Page Layout menu item 365 is used to apply formatting to specific
contains the 'Columns' command, which is used to borders of a table?
divide text into two or more columns. This Page Layout (a) Table Style (b) Border Painter
is present under setup group. (c) Border Style (d) Pen color
1629. When we click File -> Print in MS-word 365, UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
on the ________ , we'll see a preview of our Ans. (b) : In MS - Word 365, the Border Painter is used
presentation and on the _____, we'll see the to apply formatting to specific borders of a table.
Print button and the configurable settings. 1636. Which of the following is added to the end of
(a) Right, Left (b) Left, Right document to add explanatory information in
(c) Top, Bottom (d) Bottom, Top MS - Word 365?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 (a) Footnote (b) Endnote
Ans. (a) : When we click File -> Print in MS-word 365, (c) Header (d) Footer
on the Right , we'll see a preview of our presentation UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
and on the Left, we'll see the Print button and the Ans. (b) : Footnotes appear at the bottom of the page
configurable settings. and endnotes come at the end of the document. A
1630. Which of the following symbols should be number or symbol on the footnote or endnote matches
typed to automatically convert a sentence into a up with a reference mark in the document.
bulleted list in MS - Word 365? 1637. Which of the following orientation option is
(a) * (b) # used to display a document horizontally in MS
(c) $ (d) % - Word 365?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 (a) Vertical (b) Landscape
(c) Portrait (d) Layout
Ans. (a) : Type * and a space before your text then word UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
will be made a bulleted list. To complete your list, press
Enter until the bullets or numbering switch off. To start a Ans. (b) : There are generally two types of page
numbered list type 1, a period (.), a space and some text orientation in MS Word 365, Portrait and Landscape.
Word will automatically start a numbered list for you. Landscape is used to display a document horizontally
and portrait is used to display it vertically.
1631. Strike through option, which is used to cross
something by drawing a line is available in 1638. In MS Word 365 a specific text box that points
which tab of MS Word 365? to a specific location on a document, with or
(a) Mailings (b) Home without a small background, is called _____.
(a) Format painter (b) Footnote
(c) Developer (d) Review (c) Endnote (d) Callout
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
Ans. (b) : Strike through option, which is used to cross Ans. (d) : A callout is a type of text box that also
something by drawing a line is available in Home tab at includes a line for pointing to any location on the
the top of MS Word 365. document. A callout is helpful when you need to
1632. When multiple copies of pages are given for identify and to explain parts of a picture.
printing in MS Word 365, then which of the 1639. Which of the following can be used to remove a
following print options is used to print the page portion of text from one place and insert it
sequentially? somewhere else in an MS Word 365 document?
(a) Normal margins (b) Collated (a) Cut and Paste (b) Copy and Paste
(c) Print on both sides (d) No staples (c) Copy and print (d) Cut and save
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
Ans. (b) : Multiple copies of pages are given for Ans. (a) : Cut and Paste is used to remove a part of text
printing in MS Word 365, then collated print option is from one place and insert it somewhere else in an MS
used to print the pages sequentially. Word 365 document.
Computer 162 YCT
ye
p
1640. Find whether the given statements are true or Ans: (a) MS Office packages mainly includes Word,
false. Excel, PowerPoint, MS access etc, which are used in
(i) MS - Word table has not less than two rows. office work, whereas Photoshop, Gmail and Chrome
(ii) MS-Word table has not less than two etc. are not include MS Office package.
columns. 1646. ________ is not an example of Presentation
(a) (i) false (ii) false (b) (i) true (ii) true Graphics Software.
(c) (i) true (ii) false (d) (i) false (ii) true
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
(a) Macromedia (b) CorelDraw
(c) FoxPro (d) PowerPoint
Ans. (a) : In the MS-word a table must have at least one
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
row and one column. In the MS Word application
columns and rows make up a table structure. In a table, Ans. (c) Macromedia, CorelDraw, PowerPoint are
data is organized into rows and columns. example of presentation graphics software whereas
1641. Which of the following options is INCORRECT FoxPro is a text based procedurally oriented
with respect to the citation styles of the programming language.
documents? 1647. Which of the following are the products of MS
(a) IEEE (b) MP Office suite?
(c) MLA (d) HARVARD-ANGLIA I. Word II. Oracle III. Access
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 (a) I and II only (b) I and III only
Ans. (b) : Citation styles are standardized systems for (c) I, II and III (d) II and III only
referencing sources in academic and professional UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
writing. There are many different citation styles, but Ans: (b) Word and Access are the product of MS
they typically use one of three basic approaches- Office suite while Oracle is not.
(i) Parenthetical citations - AAA, APA, APSA, ASA, 1648. _______ is an example of graphics, Multimedia
Chicago, Harvard, MLA. and Presentation package.
(ii) Numerical citations - ACS, AMA, IEEE, NLM, (a) Page Stream (b) Corel Ventura
Vancouver. (c) CorelDraw (d) PagePlus
(iii) Note citations - Blue book, OSCOLA. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
1642. Under the 'Draw' ribbon, we can add the 'Pen' Ans. (c) : CorelDraw is an example of graphics,
option and the following can be selected. Select multimedia and presentation package. It is also known
the odd option. as Corel graphics suits, which includes the bitmap
(a) Paintbrush (b) Pen image editor, Corel paint as well as other graphics
(c) Highlighter (d) Pencil related programs.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
1649. Which of the following is NOT a valid MS
Ans. (a) : The Draw ribbon tab is primarily used to Office extension?
draw new one line diagrams or edit existing one lines by (a) .docx (b) .pot
adding, moving, formatting or resizing existing one line (c) .xlsm (d) .pptl
objects. Under the Draw ribbon, we can add the Pen, UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
Pencil, Highlighter options, while Paintbrush is the
tools of Paint application. Ans. (d) : MS Office is an application software which
was developed by Microsoft in 1989. MS Office has
1643. A software application capable of creating, different types of package like MS Word, MS Excel,
storing and printing documents is called:
MS PowerPoint, MS Access etc.
(a) Word processor (b) Browser
(c) Image editor (d) electronic mail MS Word → .docx
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 MS Excel → .xlsx, xlsm
Ans. (a) : A word processor is a computer program that MS PowerPoint → .pptx
allows users to create, edit format and print documents. MS Access → .accdb
It allows you to type and manipulate text insert images PowerPoint templates → . pot
and perform various formatting tasks. Popular word 1650. _______ is not an example of a word processor.
processors are MS Word processors are MS Word, (a) Open Office Calc (b) Google Doc
Google Docs, LibreOffice writer. (c) MS-Word (d) Notepad
1644. Which of the following programes/software is UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
NOT used for creating a word document?
(a) Notepad (b) Adobe Acrobat Reader Ans. (a) : Open office calc is part of the open office
(c) Microsoft Word (d) Word Pad software package. It is a spreadsheet program similar to
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 MS Excel.
Ans. (b) : Notepad, Microsoft Word and Word Pad are 1651. The window that can be opened to see in
used to create word document but adobe acrobat reader advance what your document will look like
is used to read PDF. when it is printed is called
1645. Which of the following applications belongs to (a) Print Preview (b) Printer Window
MS Office? (c) Print Demo (d) Print Viewer
(a) Word (b) Photoshop UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
(c) Gmail (d) Chrome Ans : (a) Print preview is a function that allows a user
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 to see what a document will look like if printed.
Computer 163 YCT
ye
p
1652. A ______ can be defined as collection of related 1658. Which of the following is the correct sequence
records that provide a complete set of of turning off bullets and numbering in MS
information about a certain item or entity. Word 365?
(a) File (b) Type file 1. Select auto correct options and then click
(c) File name (d) File extension the auto format as you type tab.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 2. File > Options > proofing
Ans : (a) File stores related records that provide a 3. Select ok.
complete set of information about a certain objector entity. 4. Select or clear automatic bulleted lists or
1653. The term 'wide ', 'Mirrored,' 'Narrow' describe automatic numbered list.
which of the following options in MS word 365 (a) 1, 2, 3, 4 (b) 2, 4, 1, 3
in terms of the layout the document? (c) 2, 1, 3, 4 (d) 2, 1, 4, 3
(a) Breaks (b) Margins UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(c) Size (d) Orientation Ans. (d) : The correct sequence to turn off automatic
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 bullets and numbering is as follows: 2,1, 4,3.
Ans. (b) : The Margins options in the Page Setup group 1659. 'Screenshot' option is available in ------- tab of
of MS Word, page layout includes wide, Mirrored, MS - Word 2010.
Narrow, Normal, Moderate, default and custom. (a) Home (b) Review
Apply a predefined margin setting (c) Insert (d) Design
(1) Select Layout - Margins UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(2) Select the margin measurements you want. Ans. (c) : To take a screenshot in MS Word 2010
(3) You can also create custom margins. follow the step -
1654. In MS - Word 365 which of the following 1. Click the insert tab at the top of the window.
function keys, if possible repeats the last 2. Click the screenshot drop-down menu, then choose
command or action? the open window from which you want to pull the
(a) F3 (b) F1 (c) F4 (d) F2 screenshot.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 1660. Which of the following options in MS Word
Ans. (c) : F4 → Repeat the last command or action, if 365 is used to create your table by creating cell,
possible. row and column borders?
F1 → Displays the word help Task Pane. (a) Create table (b) Quick table
F2 → Move the selected text or graphic. (c) Draw table (d) Insert table
Shift + F3 → switch case. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
F5 → Display the Go to dialog box. Ans. (c) : Draw table option is used to create a table by
1655. In MS - Word 365 which the following refers to the creating cell, row and column manually, whereas create
use of a short, dashed line to break a word when it table, quick table and insert table create table by get
reaches the edge of a document or container? command.
(a) Hyphenation (b) Strikethrough 1661. Which of the following tabs MS- Word 365 has
(c) Wrap text (d) Merge and Center options likes Save, Save as, Open a New
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 Document etc?
Ans. (a) : In MS word 365, hyphenation refers to the (a) Data (b) Review
use of a short dashed line to break up a word when it (c) Home (d) File
reaches the edge of a document or container. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
1656. Which of the following options best describes the Ans. (d) : File tabs has New, Open, Save, Save as, Print
words regular, bold and Italic in MS Word 365? etc. options which is used for create a new file, open
(a) Font Size (b) Color existing file and print file etc.
(c) Effects (d) Size 1662. Which of the following main menu items in
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 MS-Word 2007 includes the ‘Watermark’
Ans. (a) : Font size option best describes the words- command?
regular, Bold and Italic in MS Word 365. (a) Page layout (b) Insert
1657. In MS - word 365, when we click on 'Delete' (c) Home (d) References
option in the Mini toolbar, which is displayed RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
by right - clicking on the table cell, row or Ans. (a) : In MS Word 2007, click Watermark on the
column which you want to delete. If you click, Page Layout tab, and then click on Printed Watermark.
which of the following option is not available?
(a) Delete Rows (b) Delete Columns Click Picture Watermark or Text Watermark in the
(c) Delete Cells (d) Delete Pages Printed Watermark dialog box.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 1663. Which of the following is the keyboard
Ans. (d) : In MS word 365 when we see the mini shortcut to save the contents of the currently
toolbar which is displayed when we right click in those open Word document in MS Word 2007?
table cell row or column. In this, on clicking 'Delete' (a) Alt + S (b) Shift + S
option the following options are displayed - (c) Ctrl +Alt + S (d) Ctrl + S
→ Delete cell RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
→ Delete columns Ans. (d) : In MS Word 2007, the Ctrl + S keyboard
→ Delete Rows shortcut is used to save the contents of the currently
→ Delete Table. open Word document.
Computer 164 YCT
ye
p
Shortcut key- 1669. The keyboard shortcut to open a new blank
Ctrl + Alt + S = Splits the current document. document is which of the following?
Alt + Shift + C = Deletes the Document Windows (a) Ctrl + N (b) Ctrl + Alt + N
partition. (c) Shift + N (d) Alt + N
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
1664. Which of the following texts is an example of
subscript in MS-Word? Ans. (a) : In MS word, the shortcut key to open a new
(a) X = 12 (b) X = 10 + Y blank document is Ctrl + N. The Microsoft Word is a
(c) H2O (d) X2 + Y2 word processor developed by Microsoft.
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 1670. Which of the following menus enables you to
Ans. (c) : A superscript or subscript in Word is a switch between single page and two page views
number, shape, symbol, or indicator that is smaller than in MS-Word 2016?
the normal line of type and is set it slightly above (a) View (b) Home
(superscript) or below (subscript). (c) Review (d) Design
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Ex- X 2 + Y 2 , H2O
Ans. (a) : View menu enables you to switch between
1665. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is
single page and two page views in MS - Word 2016.
used to go to the File tab in MS-Word 2010?
(a) Alt + N (b) Alt + F 1671. Mention the keyboard shortcut used to access
(c) Alt + H (d) Alt + G 'Insert Hyperlink' window in MS - Word 2016.
(a) Alt + L (b) Ctrl + H
RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(c) Alt + K (d) Ctrl + K
Ans. (b) : In MS Word 2010, the Alt+F shortcut key is DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
used to go to the File tab. The File menu has options to Ans. (d) :
manage Microsoft Word files. Alt + F shortcut key is
used to open the file menu. ‘Key tips’ are displayed on Ctrl + K → Opens the hyperlink window.
the file menu page options. Ctrl + H → Opens find and Replace window.
1666. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true 1672. Which of the following is not a valid tab in the
about page setup in MS Word 2007? Table Properties window in MS - Word 2016?
(i) The value of margin is normally 2.54 cm in (a) Row (b) Column
each direction. (c) Table (d) Sheet
(ii) The size of A4 paper is 21 cm × 29.7 cm. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
(a) Only (i) (b) Only (ii) Ans. (d) : Valid tabs in table properties window in MS -
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii) Word 2016 are table, row, column cell in which table is
RRB Kolkata LP-2009 default tab and sheet is not a valid tab.
Ans. (d) : The default A4 paper size in MS Word 2007 1673. Which of the following MS-Word features
page setup is 21 × 29.7 cm or 8.27 × 11.69 inches, and the draws a line passing through the text?
typical margin value is 2.54 cm. Page setup can change the (a) Underline (b) Drop Cap
structure and layout of the pages in the document. (c) Strikethrough (d) Subscript
1667. Which of the following statements is correct MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
about the alignment of paragraph text in MS- Ans. (c) : The strikethrough feature of MS - Word draws a
Word 2007? horizontal line through the middle of each word.
(a) The keyboard shortcut ‘Ctrl + L’ can be used Apply or remove single line strikethrough formatting.
to align the text to the left. (1) Select the text that you want to format.
(b) The keyboard shortcut ‘Ctrl + R’ can be used (2) Go to Home > Strikethrough.
to align the text to the right. 1674. In MS-Word 2016, options like bold, underline
(c) The keyboard shortcut ‘Ctrl + C’ can be used and italic appear under the _____menu/tab.
to center align the text. (a) Design (b) Insert
(d) The keyboard shortcut ‘Alt + L’ can be used (c) Review (d) Home
to left align the text. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008 Ans. (d) : In MS - Word 2016, option like bold,
Ans. (a&b) : Text alignment is a paragraph formatting underline and italic appear under the Home menu/tab.
attribute that determines the appearance of text 1675. Which of the following options is not available
throughout the paragraph and is used in MS Word 2007, in the Page Setup group of the Layout tab in
the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + L is used to align text to MS-Word 365?
the left and Ctrl + R is used to align text to the right. (a) Spacing (b) Line numbers
1668. Which of the following commands is not related (c) Hyphenation (d) Breaks
to ‘Page Setup’ menu in MS Word 2007? WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(a) Page Color (b) Margins Ans. (a) : In Microsoft Word 365, in Layout tab of Page
(c) Paper Size (d) Orientations Setup group, Line Number, Hyphenation, Breaks, Size,
RRB Gorakhpur L.P.-2008
Orientation options are available while Spacing is
available in Paragraph group.
Ans. (a) : In MS Word 2007, Margin, Paper Size,
1676. Which of the following statements is incorrect
Orientation options are available in the Page Setup with respect to the Help option in MS-
menu in the Page Layout tab, whereas the Page Color Word 365?
option is not present in the Page Setup menu. Page (a) The F5 function key can be used to open the
Color Options is available in Page Background menu. Help Viewer window at any time.
Computer 165 YCT
ye
p
(b) You have to need to add a help shortcut to the Ans. (d) : In Microsoft Word 365, when deleting a row
Quick Access Toolbar to get it easily. or column in a table, the "Delete Cell" pop-up window
(c) The Help option can be accessed from the offers three valid options.
File menu. 1. Shift cells left
(d) To get help you have to type your query “Tell 2. Shift cells up
me what you want to do” in the box. 3. Delete entire row or delete entire column
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I The "Shift cells right" option is not a valid option in this
Ans. (a) : For the Help option in MS Word 365, Word Help pop-up window when deleting a row or column in a
can be opened at any point of time by using F1 function key table.
and help option can be accessed from File menu. 1683. Which of the following options in MS - Word
1677. In MS-Word, the keyboard shortcut ‘Ctrl + E’ 365 changes the on - screen font size without
is used for which of the following purposes? affecting any other features?
(a) Left-align text (b) Justify text (a) Subscript (b) Superscript
(c) Right-align text (d) Center text (c) Zoom (d) Change case
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
Ans. (d) : In MS-Word, the keyboard shortcut ‘Ctrl + Ans. (c) : The zoom feature in MS Word 365 changes
E’ is used to center align the text. Some keyboard the on-screen font size without affecting any other
shortcuts are following- features.
Ctrl + L - Left-align text 1684. Which of the following is NOT a character
Ctrl + R - Right-align text formatting option in Microsoft Word?
Ctrl + J - Justify text (a) Effects (b) Underline
1678. Which of the following options is not available (c) Indentation (d) Font style
in the Editing group of the Home tab in MS- HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019
Word 365? Ans. (c) : Effect, Underline, Font style are the character
(a) Find (b) Start Dictation formatting options but indentation is the paragraph
(c) Replace (d) Select formatting option in MS Word.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II 1685. Which of the following images represents the
Ans. (b) : Find, Replace, Select options are available in icon used to remove all formatting from
Editing group of Home tab in MS Word 365 whereas selected text in MS word 365?
Start Dictation option is not available in Home tab and (a) (b)
Editing group.
1679. Which of the following is not a menu bar (c) (d)
option in MS-Word 365? KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
(a) References (b) Dictate Ans. (c) : Home tab → Click Clear All Formatting
(c) Mailings (d) Developer In MS PowerPoint 365. The icon of option (c) is used to
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II remove all formatting from selected text.
Ans. (b) : In MS - Word 365, there are Home, Insert, 1686. Which of the following options is used to set the
References, Mailing, Developer etc. under the Menu bar layout option of a page in MS word 365?
whereas Dictate is not the menu bar. (a) Review (b) Design
1680. Which of the following indent book styles is (c) Page Setup (d) Draw
used for printing and when you select it, the left KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
and right margins becomes inside and outside Ans. (c) : Page setup options are used to set the layout
margin in MS Word 365? and print options of a page in MS word 365. To use the
(a) Mirror (b) Right page setup dialog box, click the page layout tab, then
(c) Left (d) Special click dialog box launcher in the page setup group.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II 1687. Which of the following statements is true
Ans. (a) : General, Indentation and spacing options are regarding print preview in MS - Word 365?
available under paragraph dialog box. (a) Word combines print and preview in single
Under Indent options, mirror indent book style is used window
for printing and when you select it, the left and right (b) By clicking file > Print on the right side you will
margins become inside and outside in MS Word 365. see the print button and configurable settings
1681. Which of the following options of page setup is (c) In the paragraph group of the Home tab, we
used to select the page size for a document in can select option like printing only certain
MS Word 365? pages, changing the page orientation etc
(a) Columns (b) Margins (d) On clicking file > print on the left you will
(c) Orientation (d) Size see a preview of you presentation
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
Ans. (d) : The size option of Page setup is used to select Ans. (a) : In MS word 365, when Ctrl + P shortcut key
the page size for the document in MS Word 365. is used to print a document, word combines print and
1682. In MS - Word 365, which of the following is not preview in a single window.
a valid option in the delete cell pop-up window 1688. How many options are available in the
when deleting a row or column in a table? alignment group to align text in a table in MS
(a) Delete entire row (b) Shift cells left word 365?
(c) Shift cells up (d) Shift cells right (a) 6 (b) 3 (c) 7 (d) 9
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Computer 166 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : 9 options are available in the alignment group Ans. (a) : In MS Word 365 page size option is used to
to align text in a table in MS 365. change the paper size.
1689. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is To switch the page between portrait and landscape
used to create a new blank document in MS - layout.
Word 365? (i) Click Page Layout→Page setup dialog box launcher.
(a) Ctrl + N (b) Shift + N (ii) In the page setup box, under orientation, click
(c) Esc + N (d) Alt + N portrait or landscape.
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (iii) Click the apply to box, and click selected text.
Ans.(a): To quickly create a new blank file press Ctrl + N. Bold, Italic and regular are known as font styles, hence
1690. Which of the following can be used to select a statement (ii) is true.
particular word in a MS - Word document? 1695. Which of the following is the purpose of paste
(a) Left click on the word twice special option 'Keep Text Only' in MS-Word 365?
(b) Right click on the word once (a) Pasting text or other content as an image
(c) Left click on the word thrice (b) Preserving the formatting of pasted text
(d) Left click once on the word (c) Changing the formatting of the posted text to
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 match the formatting of the new location
(d) Removing the formatting of the pasted text
Ans. (a) : To select a single word quickly double - click and adding the formatting of the new location
that word. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
• To select a line of text, place your cursor at the start of Ans. (d) : The purpose of the "Keep Text Only" feature
line and press shift + down arrow. of MS - Word 365 is to paste the copied content as plain
1691. The 'Ctrl+W' keyboard shortcut is used for which text without retaining any formatting, styles or other
of the following purposes in MS-Word 365? elements from the source.
(a) To cut the selected content to the Clipboard 1696. Which of the following is a portion of your
and paste the contents of the clipboard document's text that is extracted from the same
(b) To copy the selected content to the clipboard document and displayed as a graphic element
(c) To paste the contents of the Clipboard on a page in MS - Word 365?
(d) To close a document (a) Comment (b) Block quote
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 (c) Footnote (d) Pull quote
Ans. (d) : Use of keyboard shortcuts in MS -Word 365 - KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ctrl + W → Close the currently open document. Ans. (d) : Pull quotes are short sentences usually a
Ctrl + X → Cut selected text. quote from someone important to the story, but
Ctrl + Y → Redo the last action performed. sometimes just a short, interesting sentence set off from
Ctrl + Z → Undo last action. body text to grap the reader's attention. Pull quotes
Ctrl+C → To copy the selected content to the clipboard. should be short from a few words to a few lines.
Ctrl + V → To paste the contents of the clipboard. 1697. Which of the following options of MS - Word
1692. Which group in the Layout Tab of the Table 365 is used to change the background color of
tools menu is used to add and delete table rows selected text, paragraph or table cell?
and columns in MS Word 365? (a) Shading (b) Text Highlight color
(a) Merge (b) Rows & Columns (c) Font Color (d) Text Effects and Typography
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(c) Cell Size (d) Draw
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 Ans. (a) : Shading option or feature in MS - Word 365
Ans. (b) : To add and delete table rows and columns in is used to change the color behind the selected
MS Word 365, the rows and columns group in the paragraph or table cell.
Layout tab of the table tools menu is used. 1698. Which of the following tabs is the default tab in
1693. Which of the following options in MS Word MS Word 365?
365 is used to save an open document under a (a) File (b) Design (c) Home (d) Layout
different name to a different location? KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(a) Layout-> Save (b) Home-> Save Ans. (c) : The Home tab is the default tab in Microsoft
(c) File-> Save as (d) View-> Save Word. It has five groups of related commands - clipboard,
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 font, paragraph, styles and editing. It helps you change
Ans. (c) : File save as option in MS - Word 365 is used document settings like font size, adding, bullets, adjusting,
to save an open document under a different name to a styles and many other common features.
different location. 1699. With respect to Microsoft Word documents,
The shortcut key for save as option in MS -Word is F12. which of the following statements is FALSE?
1694. Find out whether the given statements are true (a) Footers help users to repeat content at the
or false with reference to MS Word 365. bottom of every page.
(i) Page size option is used to switch the page (b) Headers help users to repeat content at the top
between portrait and landscape layout. of every page.
(ii) Bold, italic and regular are known as font (c) Page numbers can appear either at the top or
styles. the bottom of every page.
(a) (i) False, (ii) True (b) (i) False (ii) False (d) A single document cannot have both Roman
(c) (i) True, (ii) True (d) (i) True, (ii) False and Arabic numerals as page numbers.
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Computer 167 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : In above question statement (d) is wrong 1705. MS Word is basically used for
because a single document can have both Roman and (a) creating databases
Arabic numerals as page numbers. (b) analyzing the data
1700. Which of the following statements is incorrect (c) preparing the various documents
regarding paragraph indentation in Microsoft (d) preparing slides
Word? GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(a) Left indentation can be set as a positive value Ans : (c) MS Word is word processor software program
(b) Left indentation can be set as a negative value and it is developed by Microsoft. Its main function is to
(c) The right indentation can be set as a negative handle text or documents. With the help of MS Word
value. we can create professional quality documents, reports,
(d) The right indentation can be set as a positive letters and resumes etc.
value 1706. Which of the following statements regarding
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Microsoft Word is incorrect?
Ans. (c) : With respect to Microsoft paragraph expect (a) A paragraph can contain only one sentence
statement (c), all the other statements are true. Right (b) A document can contain multiple tables
indentation cannot be set as a negative value under (c) Each document must have a drop cap
paragraph indentation in MS Word. That is paragraph (d) A document can be renamed multiple times
cannot be shifted to left outside the margin. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
1701. Which of the following statements are correct Ans. (c) : It is not mandatory to have a drop cap in all
regarding Microsoft Word. the documents of MS Word. This is an optional
(a) Every document should contain at least one function. Through which we make our document
table. attractive. You can use following procedure to use the
(b) The document cannot contain both bullet and drop cap feature.
number lists. Insert → Drop Cap
(c) Different paragraphs of a document may have Cap drop is used at the beginning of a paragraph. In the
different alignments. above question all the statements are true except option (c).
(d) The document cannot have more than one 1707. To copy a sentence in a document and paste it
drop cap. to a different part of the document, which of
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 the following sequence is used?
Ans. (c) : Statement (c) of above question is correct, (a) Cut, Copy, Paste (b) Select, Edit, Paste
because different paragraphs of the document may have (c) Copy, Cut, Paste (d) Select, Copy, Paste
different alignments. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
1702. Which of the following is not a valid option to Ans. (d) : To copy a sentence in a document and paste
insert rows and columns in MS - Word 365 it in various differnet places, first select that sentence,
table? then copy and paste it, for this process 'shortcut key'
(a) Insert Left (b) Insert Between Ctrl + A, Ctrl + C and Ctrl + V.
(c) Insert Right (d) Insert Below 1708. Under which tab do you find 'Preview Results'
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 in MS-Word?
Ans. (b) : To insert rows and columns in MS Word 365 (a) View (b) References
table, Insert Menu have many tools like insert left, (c) Design (d) Mailings
insert right, insert below while insert between option is GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
not valid. Ans. (d) : In MS-Word, you can find the 'Preview
1703. ______ provide a neat way to present complex Results' options under the "Mailings" tab when you are
information in vertical columns and horizontal working with a mail merge. It allows you to preview
rows of cells in Microsoft Word. how your merged documents will appear before
(a) Gridlines (b) Pictures completing the merge.
(c) Tables (d) Margins 1709. Which of the following statements is/are
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 correct with respect to MS Word 2007.
Ans. (c) : In Microsoft Word, tables provide a neat way (i) In the page layout menu of a Microsoft Word
to present complex information in vertical columns and document, there is a margin named 'Normal'.
horizontal rows of cells. (ii) More than one Microsoft Word document can
be viewed at a time and they can all be edited
1704. Tap stop markers can be removed _____ in at the same time.
Microsoft Word (a) (i) - False, (ii) -False (b) (i) -True, (ii) -False
(a) By pressing Ctrl +S while keeping the cursor (c) (i) - False, (ii) -True (d) (i) -True, (ii) -True
outside the ruler. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(b) Sliding the tab stop marker out of the ruler. Ans. (b) First statement true regarding to Microsoft but
(c) Keeping the cursor on the tab stop, press the second statement is false because we can't view or edit
enter key more than one document at a time in MS Word.
(d) By pressing Ctrl + R while keeping the
cursor on the tap stop. 1710. The ‘Screenshot' option is available under the
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
______ tab of MS-Word 2019.
(a) Review (b) Design
Ans : (b) Tab stop markers in Microsoft Word can be (c) Draw (d) Insert
removed by sliding the tab stop marker out of the ruler. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Computer 168 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : The 'screenshot' option is available under the Ans. (a) : Multimedia software generally do not
insert tab of MS-Word 2019. incorporate word document because multimedia has no
Insert Tab → Illustrations group → Click Screenshot needs of text document.
1711. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is 1718. Google Docs is an example of _____.
used to open 'Font' dialog box in MS - Word? (a) word processor (b) workbook
(a) Ctrl + T (b) Ctrl + F (c) worksheet (d) document compressor
(c) Ctrl + D (d) Alt + T GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 Ans. (a) : Google Docs is an online word processor
Ans. (c) : To active the 'Font' dialog box in MS Word, included as part of the free, web-based Google Docs
use the Ctrl + D shortcut key. Ctrl + F shortcut key editor suite offered by Google, which also includes
opens the search box. Google sheets, Google slides, Google Drawing, Google
1712. Which among the following is a sans serif font? forms, Google sites and Google keep.
(a) All of these (b) Arial 1719. Which among the following is not a tool for
(c) Courier (d) Times
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 analysing spreadsheets?
(a) Mail merge (b) What-if analysis
Ans. (b) : Sans serif font include Helvetica, Arial,
Calibri and Verdana. It is hard to read. (c) Goal seeking (d) Sorting
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
1713. Microsoft Word is an example of a/an:
Ans. (a) : Mail merge is not tool for analysing
(a) application software (b) system software spreadsheets. It is tool of MS Word and what if analysis,
(c) database (d) operating system Goal seeking and sorting are the tool of spreadsheets.
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Ans : (a) Microsoft Word is an example of application 1720. In case of Title Case:-
software. It is also called word processor which is use to (a) Every letter is converted to uppercase
create both simple and complex documents. (b) Every word in a sentence is capitalized
1714. Which of the following is not a word processing (c) Every word in the beginning of sentence is
software? capitalized
(a) Word Pad (b) Open Office Impress (d) Lowercase is converted to uppercase and vice
(c) Open Office Writer (d) Microsoft Word versa
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans : (b) Open office Impress is a presentation software Ans. (b) : In title case the first letter of every words are
which is used to create presentation slide. capitalize.
1715. Which of the following is/are function of MS 1721. Which of the following options in (MS - Word
Word Software? 2007) is a file extension when it is saved in word
I. Creating, editing, saving and printing document format?
documents (a) .doxc (b) .docx
II. Copying, pasting, moving and deleting text (c) .dox (d) .doc
within a document GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
III. Creating and editing tables Ans. (b) : The file extension of MS office 2007 is as
(a) I, II and III (b) III only
(c) II only (d) I only follows -
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 MS - Word → .docx
Ans: (a) Functions of MS Word software– MS - Excel → .xlsx
• Creating and editing text documents. MS - Access → .accdb
• Saving and printing text documents. MS - PowerPoint→.pptx
• Making a text document interactive with features and tools. 1722. In newer versions of Microsoft Word (ie Word
• Copying, Pasting, Moving, Deleting text document. 2016) document are saved with the ____
• Creating and editing tables. extension by default
1716. Which is a popular software used primarily for (a) .docx (b) .dotm
creating documents such as letters, brochures, (c) .doc (d) .dcox
learning activities, tests, quizzes and students' GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
homework assignments? Ans : (a) Microsoft Word is also application software
(a) Paint (b) MS Word in which documents are saved with the .docx extension
(c) MS Access (d) Calculator by default.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
1723. In MS Word 2019 document, an e-mail address
Ans: (b) MS Word is primarily used for creating
document such as letters, brochures, learning activities, text string is automatically displayed as a
tests, quizzes and students home work assignments hyperlink. Which of the following options we
invitation card etc. have to select to remove this link.
(a) Edit Hyperlink (b) Convert to regular text
1717. Multimedia software usually do not
(c) Remove underline (d) Remove hyperlink
incorporate ________. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(a) Word document (b) Sound
(c) Images (d) Video sequence Ans. (d) : To remove hyperlinks of email in MS Word
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 2019 you have to select the remove hyperlink option.
Computer 169 YCT
ye
p
1724. In MS Word, you can create automate 1731. Which of the following is a customizable bar
frequently used task by creating and running that comes with a set of independent
_____. commands and gives you an easy reach to
(a) Hyperlink (b) Macro commonly used commands, such as Save,
(c) Document Map (d) Mail merge Undo, Redo, etc., in MS-Word?
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (a) Title bar (b) Status bar
Ans. (b) : In MS Word macro is a series of commands (c) Menu bar (d) Quick access toolbar
and instructions that you group together as a single KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
command to complete a task automatically. Ans. (d) : The quick access toolbar is located next 40 the
1725. Which of the following provides the facility to Microsoft Office button. When you click on the drop-
create and print letters and envelopes for a down arrow next to the quick access toolbar, it provides
group of individuals in Microsoft Word? commands like New, Open, Save, Undo, Redo etc.
(a) Mail Merge (b) Pivot Table 1732. Which of the following is NOT a Section Break
(c) Drop Cap (d) Pagination type?
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (a) Odd Page (b) Next page
Ans. (a) : Mail merge is a component of MS Word and it (c) Column (d) Even Page
provides the facility to create and print letters and emails KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
or labels and envelopes for a group of individual in Ans : (c) Section break is 4 type which are following–
Microsoft Word. • Next page section break
1726. What do we use mail merge option for in • Continuous section break
Microsoft Word? • Even page section break
(a) To join several emails together • Odd page section break
(b) To join individual paragraphs of mail Column is not section break type.
(c) To toggle between Microsoft Word and 1733. Which among the following method is used to
outlook. insert clipart in MS Word?
(d) To send the same content to multiple mails at (a) Add Picture command
once. (b) Insert Object command
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (c) Insert File command
Ans : (d) In Microsoft Word, we use mail merge to (d) Insert Picture command
send the same content to multiple mails. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
1727. Executing the command "winword.exe" using Ans. (d) : To insert clipart in MS Word document we
window's search/run box will open which of the should use insert picture command.
following applications? 1734. Which of the following is NOT a basic text
(a) Clipboard (b) Word formatting feature?
(c) Notepad (d) WordPad (a) Italic (b) Underline
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (c) Capitalize (d) Bold
Ans. (b) : Command winword.exe is used to start MS - KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Word in the run dialog box. Ans. (c) Italic, underline and bold are the basic features
1728. In the RUN command dialog box, the ___ of formatting but capitalize usually comes under the
sentence change case.
command will start the Microsoft Word
application. 1735. How many different methods are there to save
(a) word.exe (b) winword.exe a documents?
(c) microword.exe (d) msword.exe (a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 2
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Ans : (b) The command winword.exe is used to open Ans : (b) There are three methods for saving any
document.
Microsoft Word in the RUN command dialog box.
1. Using Ctrl + S
1729. The default Zoom level in Word is set at
(a) 0% (b) 125% 2. By File option
(c) 100% (d) 1% 3. Using the quick access toolbar
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 1736. Which of the following statements is wrong?
Ans. (c) : The default zoom level in MS Word (i) In Microsoft Word, all the cells of a table
document is set at 100%. should have the same background color
• The minimum zoom is 10% in MS Word document. (ii) Another table can be inserted inside a table
• The maximum zoom is 500% in MS Word document. in Microsoft Word.
1730. Which of the following is not in–built feature of (a) Only (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
MS Word? (c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
(a) Live Stream (b) Spell Check KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(c) Thesaurus (d) Translate Ans : (c) In Microsoft Word, the background color of
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 all the cell of a table as per the requirement. So
Ans. (a) : Spell check, Thesaurus and Translation is statement (i) is wrong.
inbuilt part of MS Word, but live stream is not inbuilt We can insert any table inside the table so statement (ii)
part of MS Word. is right

Computer 170 YCT

ye
p
1737. Which one of the following options is correct 1742. Which of the following statements is/are true
about the banded rows and columns in a table regarding page setup in MS - Word 2007?
in Microsoft Word 2007? (i) Orientation will be either portrait or
(a) A banded row/column may contain one or landscape.
more additional cell than other rows and (ii) Gutter position either right or bottom.
columns. (a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (ii)
(b) Banded row/column display the summary of (c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (i)
all the rows/columns GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(c) Even and odd rows/columns are displayed Ans. (d) : In MS-Word 2007 the page setup of the page
with another colour in the banded layout tab includes orientation commands, which are two
row/column types portrait and landscape. Gutter position is also included
(d) A banded row/column is formed by joining in the page setup group which will be on the left or top.
two or more rows/columns 1743. A part from A4 size document, which of the
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 following size of documents can also be created
Ans. (c) : In MS Word 2007, adding a color to alternate using MS Word 2007 or later versions?
rows or columns called color binding. It can make easy (a) A5, legal and executive
to scan your worksheets data. The banded column is (b) A7, postcard and letter
available under the design tab. Regarding to the (c) Postcard and letter
question statement (c) is correct. (d) Postcard and A5
1738. Which of the following can be used to convert GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
all the letters of a Microsoft Word document to Ans. (a) : In MS Word 2007 or later version, the size of
upper case letters? paper text is letter, A4, A5, Legal, custom etc and A4
(a) Select all contents and click 'show/Hide' size paper is set by default.
button 1744. Which of the following options is not valid
(b) Select all contents and press Ctrl + X
(c) Select all contents and press Ctrl + U. menu item in Microsoft Word 2016?
(d) Press Ctrl + A and select the upper case (a) Insert (b) Home (c) Review (d) Tools
option from the 'Change case' list in the 'Font GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Menu' Ans : (d) In Microsoft Word 2016 File, Home, Insert,
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 Draw, Design, Layout, References, Mailings, Review,
Ans : (d) The change case function in MS Word allows View and Tell Me are menu items whereas Tools does
you to change the text case instead of retype it. To convert not comes under Menu.
to upper case, press Ctrl+A and select the 'upper case' 1745. Which of the following is used in a word
option from the 'change case' list in the Font Menu. processor window to present application or
1739. What will happen if you press Ctrl + Y while window - specific menu such as Home, Insert
working MS - Word? and Design?
(a) The contents of the entire file will be deleted (a) Ruler Bar (b) Title Bar
(b) The last word of the file will be deleted (c) Status Bar (d) Menu Bar
(c) The last action will be redone GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(d) The last action will be undone Ans. (d) : The menu bar in a word processor window is
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 used to access application or window specific menus
Ans. (c) : The last action will be redone if you press such as Home, Insert and Design.
Ctrl + Y while working MS - Word. • Ruler bar is used as a comprehensive tool in Microsoft
1740. Which among the following methods can be Word or MS Word document. The width of indents,
used to right align a text? tabs and margins is adjusted for a document.
(a) Ctrl + I (b) Ctrl + Z • The horizontal bar at the top of the window is called
(c) Ctrl + J (d) Ctrl + R the title bar, in which the name of the running
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 program and the name of the file are displayed.
Ans. (d) : • The status bar is a horizontal window below the
Ctrl + Z → To Undo an action parent window in which an application displays a
Ctrl + R → Right aligns a paragraph or object in variety of status information.
current document 1746. While editing a text document in MS Word, the
Ctrl + I → Make the selected text italicize combination keys used for copying and pasting
Ctrl + J → Align the selected text or line to justify text are respectively :
1741. The two types of Page Orientations are (a) Ctrl + C, Ctrl + Z (b) Ctrl + C, Ctrl + V
(c) Ctrl + X, Ctrl + V (d) Ctrl + V, Ctrl + C
Portrait and _____ GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(a) Landscape (b) Paper Size
(c) Print (d) Paper source Ans : (b)
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Ctrl + C → Copy the selected text or document
Ans : (a) In MS Word page orientation is of two types Ctrl + V → Paste the copied text or document
portrait (vertical) and landscape (horizontal). By default Ctrl + Z → Undo
the page orientation is portrait. Ctrl + X → Cut the selected content

Computer 171 YCT

ye
p
1747. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is (a) Shift + W (b) Ctrl + U
used to cut the selected text in an MS - Word (c) Ctrl + Shift + W (d) Ctrl + Shift + U
document? GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(a) Ctrl + Z (b) Ctrl + C Ans : (c) Ctrl + Shift + W shortcut key use for under line
(c) Alt + T (d) Ctrl + X word. It can be use for under line space between words.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 1753. What will be the result if you press Alt + F4
Ans. (d) : Ctrl + X keyboard shortcut is used to cut the while working on some application (s) like
selected text in an MS - Word document. Microsoft Word?
Ctrl + O → Open a document. (a) Exit from application
Ctrl + N → Create a new document. (b) Nothing will happen
Ctrl + S → Save the document. (c) The current document will be saved
Ctrl + C → Copy the selected content to the clipboard. (d) Will switch to another running application(s)
Ctrl + V → Paste the contents of the clipboard. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Ctrl + Z → Undo the previous action. Ans : (a) Alt + F4 shortcut key is used to closed active
Ctrl + Y → Redo the previous action. window.
1748. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is 1754. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is
used to move text from one place to another in used to copy the formatting of selected text in
an MS - Word document? MS - Word 2007?
(a) Ctrl + X and Ctrl + V (a) Alt + Shift + C (b) Shift + C
(b) Ctrl + C and Ctrl + V (c) Ctrl + Shift + C (d) Ctrl + Alt + C
(c) Ctrl + Y and Ctrl + Z GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(d) Ctrl + C and Ctrl + Z Ans. (c) : The keyboard shortcut Ctrl + Shift + C is used
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 to copy the formatting of selected text in MS Word 2007.
Ans. (a) : To move text from one place to another in an 1755. Which tool in MS Word copies the entire
MS Word document, cut it with the Ctrl + X keyboard format and style of selected text.
shortcut key and paste it with the Ctrl + V shortcut key. (a) Format Painter (b) Formatter
1749. Which one of the following shortcuts is used for (c) Format Brush (d) Format Selector
paste command in computer keyboard? GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(a) CTRL + C (b) CTRL + E Ans. (a) : Format painter is a tool of MS Word, it can
(c) CTRL + V (d) CTRL + Z copies the entire format and style of selected text.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Steps for apply format painter–
Ans. (c) : Select Formated text → Ctrl + Shift + C
Shortcut key Command in MS Word → Select where you want to paste → Ctrl + Shift + V
Ctrl + O → Open selected file (to paste the format).
Ctrl + N → Create new file 1756. What is the shortcut key to "Center Align" the
Ctrl + C → Copy selected text?
(a) Ctrl + C (b) Ctrl + E
Ctrl + V → Paste (c) Ctrl + F (d) Ctrl + H
Ctrl + Z → Undo GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Ctrl + Y → Redo Ans : (b)
1750. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is Ctrl + E : Centre align the selected text
used to create a new MS-Word 365 document? Ctrl + C : Copy the selected content to the Clipboard
(a) Ctrl + N (b) Ctrl + D Ctrl + F : Opens a Find box
(c) Ctrl + F (d) Ctrl + O Ctrl + H : Opens the Find and Replace tool
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 1757. Which of the following feature of MS - word is
Ans. (a) : The keyboard shortcut used to create a new used to replace all occurrence of a word with
MS-Word 365 document is Ctrl + N. Ctrl + D shortcut other words in a large document?
is used to open Font dialog box, Ctrl + F is used to open (a) Thesaurus (b) Word wrap
Find dialog box and Ctrl + O is used to open an existing (c) Find & Replace (d) Spellcheck
file or document. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
1751. Which of the following is a correct way to Ans. (c) : MS- Word, find & replace feature is used to
select a single word in a Microsoft Word replace all occurrence of a word with other words in a
document? large document. Find and replace feature available in
(a) Double click on the word to be selected Home Tab and can also be accessed by pressing the
(b) Right click on the word to be selected and keyboard shortcut key Ctrl + F.
select the 'word' option 1758. Which of the following main menu contains
(c) Press Ctrl + A 'Line Numbers' command, which is used to add
(d) Press Ctrl + W line numbers in the margin for each line of the
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 document in MS - Word 2007?
Ans : (a) To select any word in Microsoft word you (a) Home (b) Page Layout
should double click on the selected word or you can also (c) Insert (d) References
select the word by clicking left arrow (←) with shift key. KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
1752. To underline only words in a sentence, learning Ans. (b) : The Page Layout tab contains the 'Line
space between words, you can press _____ in Number' command which is used to add line number to
Microsoft Word. the margin for each line in MS - Word 2007.
Computer 172 YCT
ye
p
1759. In Word processing, the Gutter margin in Page (c) Print option generally comes under "File Menu"
setup allows extra space only to: (d) A document can be printed in any one of
(a) side margins, top margins or inside margins three quality modes e.g "draff", "Normal" or
of a document that you plan to bind "Best" is
(b) bottom margins of a document that you plan UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
to bind Ans. (a) : Except statement (a) other statements are true
(c) left margins of a document that you plan to because "Ctrl + P" print active.
bind
(d) right margins of a document that you plan to 1766. Which of the following statements is incorrect
bind regarding printing a document using word
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 processor?
Ans. (a) : Gutter margin in word processing adds extra (a) It is possible to Ctrl print more than one copy
space to the edge of the document, top margin or inside of a document using the option present in the
margin of a document that you plan to bind. "print sub menu".
1760. Which of the following shortcut keys is used to (b) To select the pages to be printed "Control +
enter endnote in MS-Word 2019? P" is a shortcut.
(a) Alt + Shift + F12 (b) Alt + Ctrl + F (c) Normally, the print option is in the "File
(c) Ctrl + Alt + D (d) Alt + Shift + X Menu."
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (d) Preview shows the way the document will be
Ans. (c) : In MS-Word 2019, printed on paper based on the current settings.
Ctrl + Alt + D → Endnote UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
Alt + Shift + F12 → Select the question option Ans. (b) : Except statement (b) other statements are
Alt + Shift + X → Mark and index entry correct. After pressing Ctrl + P, a dialog box will be
1761. There is word "Haryana" in many places in a displayed in which set how many copies you can to be
document. It needs to be removed from all printed and formatting as both sides or single etc.
places in the document. Which is correct 1767. In MS Word, what is the function of Ctrl +
command to do this? Right?
(a) Search and delete all
(b) Find and replace all (a) Moves to next character
(c) Find and delete all (b) Moves to next page
(d) Search and replace all (c) Moves to next word
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (d) Moves to next paragraph
Ans. (b) :To remove repeated words in MS Word UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
document we should use find and replace command. Ans. (c) : In MS Word, you can take cursor to the next
1762. Pressing Ctrl + D keys invokes the ____dialog word by using Ctrl + Right shortcut key, it means the
box in MS-Word. mouse pointer will reach at the word presents at right side.
(a) Hyperlink (b) Find and Replace 1768. The usual options for text alignment in text
(c) Paragraph (d) Font editor are:
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014
(a) Top and right justified
Ans. (d) : Ctrl + D key is used to open the font dialog (b) Bottom justified and centered
box in MS Word.
(c) Right and left justified
1763. Which keys are used to remove the entire formatting (d) Centered text, right and left justified
of a selected text in Microsoft Word document. UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
(a) CTRL + SHIFT + SPACEBAR
(b) CTRL + SHIFT + F3 Ans : (d) In MS Word there are four types of paragraph
(c) SHIFT + SPACEBAR alignment available. These are following–
(d) CTRL + SPACEBAR → Left Aligned
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 → Right Aligned
Ans : (d) Ctrl + Spacebar is for remove entire → Center Aligned
formatting of a selected text in MS Word document. → Justified Text
1764. In Microsoft Word 2013, What is the shortcut 1769. Which shortcut keys are used to open the font
key for print preview? size box?
(a) Ctrl + F4 (b) Ctrl + F2 (a) Alt + P (b) Ctrl + P
(c) Ctrl + Alt + F3 (d) Ctrl + F12
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 (c) Alt + Shift + P (d) Ctrl + Shift + P
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
Ans : (b) In MS Word 2013 Ctrl + F2 shortcut key is
used for print preview. Ans : (d) Ctrl + Shift + P shortcut key is use to open
1765. Which one of the following statements about font dialog box.
printing a document using a word processor is 1770. An application on desktop can be opened
incorrect? through shortcut by
(a) "Control + P" is a shortcut that selects the (a) Double clicking on its shortcut
part of the document that needs to be printed. (b) Right clicking and choosing "open" option
(b) How will the document be printed on paper? (c) Selecting the icon and pressing enter
It is shown in print preview based on current (d) All of these
settings. UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
Computer 173 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (d) An application on desktop can be opened 1777. What is the keyboard shortcut to redo the last
following ways– operation in an MS -Word document?
(1) By double clicking on the shortcut (a) Ctrl + Y (b) Ctrl + R
(2) Right click → select open option (c) Alt + Y (d) Alt + R
(3) Selecting the icon and pressing enter UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
Hence all the statements are correct. Ans. (a) : Use of shortcut keys in MS - Word -
1771. Which tab in the menu bar of Microsoft Word Ctrl + Y → Redo in the document.
2007 provides the facility of proofing, making Ctrl + R → To Right align the text.
changes, comparing them commenting? Ctrl + P → Open the print window.
(a) Design (b) Page layout Alt + R → Open the review tab.
(c) Review (d) References
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 1778. What is the shortcut key to undo the last action
Ans. (c) : Word document in the menu bar of Microsoft in a document in MS-Word?
Word 2007, the review tab is provided for proofing, (a) Ctrl+X (b) Ctrl+Y
commenting, modifying the word document. (c) Ctrl+Z (d) None of these
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
1772. In Microsoft Word 2007, which is the keyboard (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
shortcut to change the font style of select text to RRB NTPC, (Shift -1) Online, 05.04.2016
italic? Ans : (c)
(a) Alt + I (b) Ctrl + U Ctrl + X = Cut the selected text
(c) Ctrl + R (d) Ctrl + I
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) Ctrl + Y = Redo
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 Ctrl + Z = Undo
Ans. (d) : Ctrl+U → Underline selected text 1779. In MS Excel 2016, what is the shortcut key
Ctrl + B → Make selected text bold launch the Open dialog box?
Ctrl + I → Make selected text Italicize (a) Alt + F12 (b) Ctrl + F12
(c) Shift + F12 (d) F12
1773. In an MS-Word 2019 document, an email UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
address appearing in a text is shown as a
hyperlink. To convert the email address into Ans: (b) In Microsoft Excel 2016 Ctrl + F12 shortcut
regular text, right click on the address key used to launch the open dialog box?
followed by: 1780. What is the default number of cells in a
(a) make it regular (b) edit hyperlink Microsoft Word table with two rows and three
(c) remove underline (d) remove hyperlink columns?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 (a) 8 (b) 5 (c) 9 (d) 6
Ans. (d) : If the email address is shown as a hyperlink in UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
the MS Word 2019 document, the hyperlink has to be Ans. (d) : The default number of cells in a table made
removed and it change into normal text. To remove the up of two cell rows and three columns in Microsoft
hyperlink without removing the text, you should right click Word is 6.
on hyperlink and select remove hyperlink from the option.
1774. What is the smallest font size that can be
applied to text in a Microsoft Word document?
(a) 10 (b) 8 (c) 12 (d) 1
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
Ans : (d) The smallest font size in MS Word is 1 and
the larges font size is 1638 and by default is 8. 1781. The maximum number of columns, that can be
1775. In Microsoft Word 2013, which of the following inserted in MS-Word 2019 through ‘Insert
Table’ operation is ________.
menus includes Insert row/column in table? (a) 32 (b) 63 (c) 64 (d) 60
(a) Design (b) Insert UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
(c) Layout (d) Page Layout UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
Ans. (b) : In Microsoft Word 2019, a table of maximum
Ans : (c) In Microsoft Word 2013 layout menus 63 columns and 32767 rows can be created through
includes insert row/column. 'through' insert table operation'.
1776. The first sentence of the third paragraph is 1782. Activating the 'Show/Hide' option in MS -
underlined with double lines. Which of the Word 365 displays the spaces between words as
following keyboard shortcuts in MS-Word
2016 can be used to underline text with double ____.
lines? (a) Dashes (b) Commas
(a) Alt + Shift + D (b) Alt + Shift + U (c) Arrows (d) Dots
(c) Ctrl + Shift + D (d) Ctrl + Shift + U UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 Ans. (d) : Activating the "Show/Hide" option in MS
Ans. (c) : Ctrl + Shift + D keyboard shortcut is used to Word 365 displays spaces between words as a special
underline the text with double line and can also remove character that look like a dot (.).
underline by using this shortcut 'key'. In MS Word, Alt This feature helps you visualize formatting elements,
+ Shift + D is used to insert the current date in the paragraph marks, spaces and other non-printing
document. characters in your word document.

Computer 174 YCT

ye
p
1783. Which of the following symbols is used for 1789. Which view is in MS Word shows the tree like
referencing numbered section of a document in structure of the document to the users?
MS - Word 365? (a) Full screen view (b) Outline view
(a) & (b) * (c) § (d) ¶ (c) Print layout view (d) Web layout view
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ans. (c) : In MS Word 365, the "section" symbols (§) is Ans. (b) : In Outline view in MS Word, the entire document
appears as outline and a tree-like structure appears, similar to
used to refer to a numbered section of a document. the paragraph list available in the document.
1784. Identify whether the given statements are true 1790. In which view the menu bar is hidden (not
or false- displayed) in Microsoft Word 2007?
(i) Two consecutive cells of a column in an MS - (a) Web Layout view (b) Draft view
Word table cannot be merged. (c) Outline view (d) Full screen reading view
(ii) Two consecutive cells of one row of MS - UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
Word table cannot be merged. Ans. (d) : Full screen reading view in MS Word 2007
(a) (i) True, (ii) False (b) (i) True (ii) True provides full screen view to read. In this view menu
(c) (i) False, (ii) True (d) (i) False, (ii) False bars are hidden and only thin toolbar is displayed at the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 top of document.
Ans. (d) : (i) Two consecutive cells of a column in an • Document pages are displayed side-by-side in this
MS - Word table can be merged. mode, which can only be read and cannot be edited.
(ii) Two consecutive cells of one row of MS - Word 1791. ________ MS Word 2016 ranges from the
table can be merged. following to more the following to more
1785. In Microsoft Word 2013, which menu includes complex graphs and organization diagrams
'Table row height' to change the height of the row? such as graphical list, process diagrams and
(a) Page layout (b) Design venn diagrams.
(c) Layout (d) Insert (a) 3D Models (b) Shapes
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 (c) Smart Art (d) Equations
Ans : (c) You can change the height/width of the row or UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
column of the table by using the height/width under the Ans : (c) Smart Art is very useful and effective tool for
cell size group under the layout tab (Menu) in Microsoft displaying graphics.
Word 2013. 1792. How will MS Word respond in case a word is
1786. In an MS-Word document, the '____' option immediately repeated?
controls spacing between the words. (a) A green wavy line under the repeated word
(a) Left Alignment (b) Justification (b) A red wavy line under the repeated word
(c) Right Alignment (d) Center Alignment (c) A blue wavy line under the repeated word
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 (d) None of these
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
Ans. (b) : Justification controls the spacing between
words. When we justify the text in MS Word document, Ans : (b) In MS Word, when a word is repeated
space is added between words so that both edges of immediately, a red wavy line is formed at the bottom of
each line are lined left and right margins. the repeated word.
You can also change the alignment and justification 1793. To move from one cell to another in a sequence in
setting with the help of paragraph dialog box. a Microsoft Word table, the ______ key is used.
1787. Which of following is called 'show/hide' button (a) Shift (b) Spacebar
in Microsoft Word? (c) Enter (d) Tab
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
(a) (b) Ans : (d) In MS Word table, tab key is used to move
from one cell to another cell.
1794. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts
doubles the line spacing for the current
(c) (d) selection?
(a) Ctrl + D (b) Alt + D
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) (c) Alt + 2 (d) Ctrl + 2
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
Ans. (a) : The hide and show/hide ( ) button turns Ans. (d) : Ctrl + 1 → Single line spacing
hidden characters like spaces, paragraph markers or tab
Ctrl+2→Apply double spacing for the current selection.
marks on and off. Ctrl+D→Display the font dialog box.
1788. Which of the following determines the amount Alt+D→Select the URL in the address bar of the browser.
above or below a paragraph in a word document? Ctrl + I → Apply italic formatting to text.
(a) Line spacing (b) Paragraph spacing Ctrl + E → Center align the text.
(c) Character spacing (d) Word spacing Ctrl + 5 → Apply 1.5 - line spacing.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) 1795. Which command deletes personal information
Ans : (b) Paragraph spacing determines the amount added to a file in Microsoft Word?
above or below a paragraph in a word document. The (a) Inspect Document
by default line spacing in word is 1.15 (b) Insert table of authorities
Computer 175 YCT
ye
p
(c) Protect document Ans. (a) : You can mark a document as read only and
(d) Encrypt document still allow change allow changes to selected parts. You
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) make these unrestricted portion available to anyone who
Ans. (a) : The inspect document command in Microsoft open the document, or you may wish to specify allow
word removes personal information added to the file. individuals so that only they can change unrestricted
Follow these steps to use the inspect document part of the document.
command. 1802. What is Macro?
1796. To change selected text to All Capital Letters, (a) Small add-on programs that are installed
you have to click the change case button and afterwards if you need them
then click (b) A type of high level programming language
(a) Uppercase (b) Upper all (c) A type of low level programming language
(c) Caps lock (d) Lock upper (d) Small programs created in MS–Word to
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) automate repetitive tasks by using VBA
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
Ans : (a) If you want to change the text to all capital
Ans : (d) Micro is a small program created in MS Word
letters you have to click the change case button and then to automate repetitive task by using VBA, ie macro are
click uppercase button or select uppercase or Select the used to repeat a series of commonly used commands
text and press Shift + F3 for change. with limited user interaction.
1797. In MS Word, which of the following options under 1803. What is Microsoft Word used of Macro?
"Change Case" is used to convert the selected text (a) Java (b) C#
from upper case to lower case and vice versa? (c) C++ (d) Visual basic
(a) Lower case (b) Sentence case UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(c) Toggle case (d) Upper case Ans. (d) : Microsoft word uses the visual basic
UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01) language for Macros.
Ans: (c) Toggle case is a change case which is used to 1804. What is meant by Macro in the context of
change upper case to lower case and lower case to upper Microsoft Word?
case in MS Word. (a) Macro is a command used to send email
1798. MS-Word is basically used for– automatically.
(a) creating databases (b) Macro commands automatically create
multiple documents with similar content.
(b) analyzing the data (c) A Macro is a series of commands and
(c) preparing the various documents instructions that you bring together as single
(d) preparing slides command to automatically complete a task
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) (d) Macro command helps to create multiple
Ans : (c) MS Word is basically used for preparing the mails with different contents
various documents. UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
1799. If you apply 'Toggle Case' option in MS-Word Ans. (c) : See explanation of above question.
to the sentence "Good Morning", what will be 1805. What is the smallest and the largest available
the output? font on formatting toolbar ?
(a) gOOD mORNING (b) good morning (a) Smallest 8 and Largest 70
(c) Good morning (d) GOOD MORNING (b) Smallest 5 and Largest 72
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 (c) Smallest 8 and Largest 72
Ans. (a) : Simple sentence- "Good Morning. (d) Smallest 5 and Largest 70
Change into Toggle case- gOOD mORNING. (UPPCL TG-2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
1800. Which of the following features are available in Ans. : (c) Minimum font is 8 and maximum font is 72
on the formatting tool bar.
Microsoft
1806. What is the second largest font size that can be
I. Check the document for spelling and selected using the 'Font Size' drop-down list in
grammar errors MS-Word 2016?
II. Add header, footer and page number (a) 96 (b) 48 (c) 72 (d) 36
III. Protect the Word document with password UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
(a) I and III only (b) II and III only Ans. (b) : 48 is second largest font size in drop down
(c) I and II only (d) I, II and III list of MS Word 2016, and largest font size is 72.
UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01) 1807. In Microsoft Word, which of the following font size
Ans: (d) In MS Word, all features available which are can't be selected from the 'Font size' drop-down list?
discussed in above sentences. (a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 14 (d) 13
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
1801. When you open an MS-Word document, the
Ans. (d) : 13 font size cannot be selected from the drop
'Protect Document' option allows you to: down list.
(a) control what type of changes people can make 1808. What cannot be done by using the "font"
to the file option in a word processor?
(b) control document properties and author name (a) Changing the font style
of the file (b) Changing the width of font size
(c) control the folder in which the file is saved (c) Changing the font size
(d) control the versions of the file (d) Changing the color of the font
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
Computer 176 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : Font style changes the style of selected text to Ans. (c) : The Ctrl + 5 keyboard shortcut adjusts the
suit your style, font size changes the font size of line spacing to 1.5 for the current selection in an MS
selected text. Font color changes the selected text to the word document.
color of our choice. While there is no option to change Ctrl + O → To open the file
the width of the font. Ctrl + 1 → To single space line
1809. What is the minimum and maximum number Ctrl + 2 → To double space line.
of columns in Microsoft Word 2016 table? 1817. In Microsoft Word , zoom in/out can be done
(a) Minimum 1, Maximum 128 using the view tab. What will be zoom in/out
(b) Minimum 2, Maximum 63 limit in percentage?
(c) Minimum 2, Maximum 128 (a) 0 to 100 (b) 10 to 500
(d) Minimum 1, Maximum 63 (c) 20 to 200 (d) 75 to 200
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
Ans : (d) In MS Word 2016, you can insert a table with Ans : (b) The minimum zoom percentage available in MS
minimum 1 and maximum 63 columns. Word document is 10 and maximum limit is 500. Hence
1810. In Microsoft Word, how is the text in a table the limit of zoom in/out in MS Word in from 10 to 500.
aligned by default? 1818. What is the largest font size available in the
(a) Right (b) Left (c) Justify (d) Centre font feature under the Home tab in Microsoft
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Word?
Ans. (b) : In Microsoft Word, the text in a table by (a) 2 - 200 (b) 6 - 90
default left aligned. (c) 1 - 1638 (d) 0 - 1638
1811. What is the minimum number of rows and UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
columns that can be created from a table in Ans : (c) The largest font size available in the font
Microsoft Word? selection feature under the Home tab in Microsoft Word
(a) Rows:1, Column:0 (b) Rows:0, Column:0 is 1-1638.
(c) Rows:0, Column:1 (d) Rows:1, Column:1
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) 1819. What is the shortcut key to open the 'Font'
Ans. (d) : At least 1 row and 1 column can be created dialogue box in MS-Word?
from the table of MS Word. (a) Alt+F (b) Ctrl+D
(c) Alt+Ctrl+D (d) Ctrl+F
1812. In MS Word 365, the default font type is _____ UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
and the default font size is _____.
(a) Arial, 10 (b) Calibri, 11 Ans. (b)
(c) Book Antiqua, 10 (d) Tumes New Roman, 12 Ctrl+D = To open font dialog box.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 Ctrl+F = To open find dialog box.
Ans. (b) : In MS Word 365, the default font type is Alt +F = Open the file menu or file tab.
Calibri and the default font size is 11 point. Ctrl+I = To make the selected text Italic.
1813. Which of the following fonts is used as default 1820. Which of the following is NOT a valid menu
item in MS-Word 2016?
font in MS Word 2016?
(a) Arial (b) Calibri (a) View (b) Mailings (c) Home (d) Data
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
(c) Times New Roman (d) Verdana
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02) Ans. (d) : In the above options, view, mailings and
Ans: (b) Calibri font is used as default font in MS Home are valid menus while data is not valid Menu.
Word 2016. 1821. Which of the following is not part of 'Show'
1814. In Microsoft Word, Regular, Bold, Italic and group under 'View' tap in MS-Word 2019?
Bold Italic are example of which of following (a) Guidelines (b) Ruler
(c) Footer (d) Navigation Pan
(a) Style of font (b) Size of font UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
(c) Indentation (d) Name of font
Ans. (c) : In MS Word 2019 under 'View' tab,
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Guideline, Ruler, Navigation Pane are parts of 'show'
Ans. (a) : In MS Word, Regular, Bold, Italic and Bold group, while footer is present under 'Insert' tab.
Italic are example of style of font or font style.
1822. What is the smallest font size that can selected
1815. What is the default font name and size of MS from the 'Font size' drop-down list in Microsoft
Word 2016 document? Word 2007?
(a) Calibri, 11 (b) Arial, 10 (a) 1 (b) 11 (c) 8 (d) 10
(c) Calibri, 10 (d) Arial, 11 UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) Ans. (c) : In MS Word 2007, the smallest font size that
Ans. (a) : In MS Word 2016 document the default font can be selected from the 'Font Size' drop-down list will
Calibri, 10 is appear. But we can change font name and be 8, while the largest size will be 72.
font size according to our require.
1823. The status bar is displayed at the_____ of the
1816. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts Microsoft Word Window.
adjust the line spacing to 1.5 for the current
(a) top (b) left side (c) bottom (d) right side
selection in an MS - word document?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
(a) Alt + O (b) Ctrl + O
(c) Ctrl + 5 (d) Alt + 1.5 Ans : (c) In Microsoft Word window a status bar is a
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 horizontal window at the bottom of a parent window.

Computer 177 YCT

ye
p
1824. Which of the following would you choose to 1830. By "Save" option of word processor, we ___.
move selected text from one place to another? (Choose the most appropriate option)
(a) Move and Paste (b) Copy and Paste (a) Can rename the file and file gets close
(c) Cut and Paste (d) Delete and Paste (b) Save the file with its current name and the file
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) is closed.
Ans : (c) To move selected text from one place to (c) Save the file with its current name but the file
another you would choose to cut and paste command. remain open
1825. In MS Word, by pressing which of the following (d) Can rename the file
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
key combination a page break can be inserted? Ans. (c) : By the 'save' option, the file is saved with its
(a) Ctrl + F1 (b) Shift + Enter current name but the file remains open.
(c) Shift + F1 (d) Ctrl + Enter
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02) 1831. Opened document is saved from which of the
following?
Ans: (d) To insert page break you would press (a) Ctrl + O (b) Ctrl + P
combination of ctrl + enter key. (c) Ctrl + N (d) Ctrl + S
1826. What is the shortest possible technique for selecting UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
a paragraph in a Microsoft Word document? Ans. (d) : Ctrl + S → Save the document or file
(a) Selecting the starting point, select the paragraph Ctrl + O → Open the document or file
and move the mouse to the end point Ctrl + P → Print the document or file
(b) Place the cursor anywhere in the paragraph Ctrl + N → Open the new document
and press Ctrl + S 1832. When you use the 'Save As' option in an MS -
(c) Place the cursor anywhere in the paragraph Word 2019 document, identify the
and press the left mouse button three times. INCORRECT location to save the file.
(d) Place the cursor anywhere in the paragraph (a) Recent (b) Share
and press Ctrl + P (c) This PC (d) Add a Place
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Ans : (c) The shortest possible technique for selecting a Ans. (b) : When you select 'Save As' option in MS Word
paragraph in Microsoft Word document is to place the 2019 document, you have to select the file location to save
cursor anywhere in the paragraph and press the left the file, such as one drive or this PC. A share option is
mouse button three times. used to share document or file on network.
1827. Saving your current file as a new one without 1833. The 'Save as' dialog box in MS Word can be
overwriting the original file can be done via: opened by pressing ____.
(a) New (b) Save (a) Ctrl + F2 (b) Shift + F2
(c) Save As (d) Open (c) Shift + F12 (d) F12
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Ans. (c) : Save As command use to save your current Ans : (d) F12 shortcut key is used to open Save as
file as a new one without overwriting the original file. dialog box in MS Word.
F12 is shortcut key to use save as command. 1834. Which command is used to rename an already
1828. When we in MS-Word 2019, 'Capitalize Each open Microsoft Word document?
Word' option to the following sentence "Save (a) Save (b) Replace
the environment, save the world" apply on, it (c) Save as (d) Rename
changed to ––––––. UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(a) Save the Environment, Save the World Ans. (c) : An already open Microsoft Word document
(b) Save the environment, save the world can be saved by using the save as command to save the
(c) Save The Environment, Save The World document under another name.
(d) Save the environment, Save the world 1835. Which of the following cannot be used to open
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 Microsoft Word documents?
Ans. (c) : In MS Word 2019 we use 'Capitalize Each (a) Right click on the file icon and select open
Word' option to make capitalize the first letter of each (b) Double click on file icon
word. See the following sentence "Save the (c) Select file icon and press enter key
environment, save the world" applying 'Capitalize each (d) Only click on file icon
World' option the result will be– 'Save The UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Environment, Save The World'. Ans : (d) In above question all the statements regarding
to open a document in MS Word are correct except (d).
1829. Which of the following would you choose to Because a single click on icon will not open the file.
save a document with a new name ?
1836. In Microsoft Word 2007, which of the following
(a) Press Ctrl +S function keys opens the "Save as" dialog box
(b) Click File, Save (a) F12 (b) F2 (c) F5 (d) F10
(c) Click Tools, Option, Save UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
(d) Click File, Save as Ans. (a) : F12 shortcut key is used to open Save as
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) dialog box in MS Word.
Ans : (d) To save a document with same name. We 1837. In MS Word 2016, which of the following
click on Ctrl + S, or file→ save, while to save the groups has page formatting options like
document with a new name, click on file → save as. margins, size and orientation?
Computer 178 YCT
ye
p
(a) Page (b) Document (d) To copy selected text from the document and
(c) Section (d) Page Setup place it on the clipboard
UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
Ans: (d) In MS Word 2016 page setup group contains Ans. (c) : Use of shortcut keys -
formatting option like margin, size and orientation. Ctrl + C → To copy the selected text from the
1838. Page setup is a set of specific parameters document and place it on the clipboard.
involving the display and layout of a printed Ctrl + X → To cut selected text from the document and
page. In MS-Word 2019, which of the following place it on the clipboard.
is NOT a page setup option? Ctrl + V → To paste the contents of the clipboard.
(a) Margin (b) Color 1845. The keyboard shortcut to "cut" something is:
(c) Size (d) Orientation (a) Shift + X (b) Shift + Alt
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 (c) Ctrl + C (d) Ctrl + X
Ans. (b) : In MS-Word 2019 page setup dialog box UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
consists of four tabs– Page, Margin, Header/Footer and Ans. (d) : Ctrl + X → Cut the selected text or document
Orientation but color is not a page setup option.
Ctrl + C → Copy the selected text
1839. State whether the following statements are true Ctrl + V → Paste
or false.
(i) In MS Word, the portrait is a valid page 1846. Which of the following operations adds contents
margin from the clipboard to your Word document?
(ii) In MS Word, landscape is a valid page (a) Copy (b) Paste
orientation. (c) Cut (d) Hyphenation
(a) (i) – True (ii) –True (b) (i) –True (ii) –False UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(c) (i) – False (ii) –False (d) (i) –False (ii) –True Ans. (b) : In MS Word clipboard store text and graphics
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) that you can copy or cut from anywhere and it lets you
Ans. (d) : In MS Word portrait and landscape are page paste the stored items into any other document. Paste
orientation types so statement (i) is False and statement operation is used to adds contents from the clipboard to
(ii) is True. your word document.
1840. In the page setup group of Microsoft Word 2007, 1847. The shortcut key for GO TO menu in MS
which of the following margin is not there? Word is ____
(a) Normal (b) Wide (a) Ctrl + Del (b) Ctrl + G + T
(c) Framed (d) Narrow (c) Ctrl + C (d) Ctrl + G
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
Ans. (c) : The margins available in the page setup group Ans : (d) You can open the Go To Menu using the
are– menu or a keyboard shortcut key in MS Word.
→ Normal → Moderate → Mirrored On Windows–
→ Narrow → Wide → Office 2003 default • Click the Home tab
1841. To open a file in MS–Word, we use– • Go to editing group
(a) Ctrl+O (b) Ctrl + N • Click the arrow beside find button
(c) O (d) N • You will see the Go to ___ command in drop down list.
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) Using Ctrl + G → To open Go To Menu
Ans : (a) Ctrl + N = To create new file 1848. What are the shortcut key respectively for
Ctrl + O = To open the saved file shrinking and increasing font in MS Word?
1842. Which of the following is the keyboard shortcut (a) CTRL + SHIFT + S, CTRL + SHIFT + G
to go to the ‘View’ tab of MS-Word 2019? (b) SHIFT + ↓, SHIFT + ↑
(a) Ctrl+W (b) Alt+W (c) CTRL + Shift + <, CTRL + Shift +>
(c) Ctrl+C (d) Ctrl+S (d) CTRL + ↓, CTRL + ↑
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ans. (b) : Ctrl + W → Close the current window
Alt + W → Open the view tab Ans. (c) : Ctrl + Shift + < → To decrease font size
Ctrl + C → Copy the selected text Ctrl + Shift + > → To increase the size of font
Ctrl + S → Save the document 1849. Which of the following is a pre-designed
1843. Which of the following options is used to open a format of text and colour scheme ?
new file for writing report? (a) A template (b) A presentation
(a) Open (b) Open recent (c) A slide (d) None of these
(c) New document (d) Print preview (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) Ans : (a) A presentation template is a group of pre
Ans. (c) : Ctrl + N = To create new file designed slides that can be customized to suit any need.
Ctrl + O = To open the saved file The template is saved as a .dotx file.
1844. Ctrl + X shortcut keys are used – 1850. Which Shortcut key is used in MS Word to
(a) To paste clipboard content change the font?
(b) To copy the formatting of selected text from (a) Ctrl + F (b) Ctrl + Shift + F
the document (c) Shift + Alt + F (d) Ctrl + Alt + F
(c) To cut the selected text from the document (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
and place it on the clipboard Ans : (b) Ctrl + Shift + F → Change the font

Computer 179 YCT

ye
p
1851. Which keyboard shortcut key is used to move Ans. (a) : Any type of symbol can be inserted from the
the insertion point to the beginning of a symbol given in the insert menu of MS Word. The
Microsoft Word document. special symbols are not inserted through keyboards.
(a) CTRL + End (b) CTRL + Enter Step to find symbols in word
(c) CTRL + Home (d) ALT + Home Go to insert tab → symbol → more symbol → special
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) characters.
Ans. (c) : 1858. What is the blur text image that appears on the
CTRL + Home → Move the cursor to the beginning of background of the pages of your document called?
the document (a) Drop cap (b) Footnote
CTRL + End → Move the cursor to the end of the (c) Theme (d) Watermark
document UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
1852. Which of the following is a default tab stop in Word? Ans : (d) Watermark is the blur text or image that
(a) Center (b) Right (c) Left (d) Decimal appears mainly behind the main document. Step to
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 insert watermark in MS Word document.
Ans. (c) : In MS Word by default, left tab stops set at Design tab→Select watermark→Choose pre-configured
half inch (0.5 inch). Although this can also be changed watermark like confidential 1, confidential 2 ____
by clicking the home. Home tab and then clicking in Select watermark→custom water mark→select picture.
dialog launcher of the paragraph group. 1859. A character that is raised above the base line
1853. In Microsoft Word, at the end of the page, any and is smaller is known as
part of which of the following options is used to (a) Outlined (b) Raised
write the description of a particular word? (c) Superscript (d) Subscript
(a) Footer (b) Table (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
(c) Footnote (d) Endnote Ans : (c) Superscript → When a digit or letter is smaller
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) and higher than the baseline it is called a 'superscript'.
Ans : (c) Footnotes and endnotes are additional notes to Subscript → When a number or letter is smaller and
what is mentioned in the text, footnotes are located at lower than baseline, it is called a 'subscript'.
the foot of the page. 1860. In MS-Word ,_____allows the user to type the
Endnotes are at the end of a chapter, volume or entire text directly inside it.
work. (a) Cable (b) Print
Alt + Ctrl + F → To insert a Footnote (c) Callouts (d) Numbers only
Alt + Ctrl + D → To insert a Endnote UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
1854. In MS-Word 2019, the shortcut keys to insert a Ans : (c) In MS Word callout is a simple geometric
footnote are: shape in Word. The insert tab is used to create an MS
(a) Ctrl+Alt+F (b) Alt+Shift+F12 Word callout.
(c) Alt+Ctrl+D (d) Alt+Shift+F 1861. PDF document or Microsoft Excel sheets can
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 be inserted as ______ in Microsoft Word.
Ans. (a) : In MS Word 2019, you can press Ctrl + Alt + (a) Object (b) Text box
F to create a footnote, or Ctrl + Alt + D shortcut key is (c) Smart art (d) Chart
used to create an endnote in windows. UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
1855. Shortcut Key "Shift + Tab" is used for............. Ans. (a) : MS Word is word processing software, which
(a) Move forward through the Tabs can be used as PDF file, Excel sheet or objects that are
(b) Move backward through the Tabs included.
(c) Move forward through the options 1862. What is the shortcut key for making the
(d) Move backward through the options selected text subscript in MS-Word?
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) (a) Ctrl+ = (b) Ctrl+-
Ans : (d) Shortcut key " shift + tab" is used to move (c) Ctrl+Shift+ = (d) Ctrl+Shift+-
backward through the options. (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
1856. With which tool do you see the synonyms for Ans : (a) Ctrl + = → Subscript
given word in Microsoft Word. Ctrl + Shift + = → Superscript
(a) Thesaurus (b) Translate 1863. In Microsoft Word 2016, the subscript and
(c) Spelling and Grammar (d) Dictionary superscript options appear in the ____ group of
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) the _____ tab.
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) (a) Font, Home (b) Paragraph, Home
Ans. (a) : The Thesaurus is a software tool that is used (c) Paragraph, Design (d) Font, Design
in MS Word document to find the synonyms and UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
antonyms. Ans : (a) Subscript and superscript are used to set the
1857. In Word, the special symbols (not found on letter above or below the baseline in word. It appears in
keyboards) can be found in the font group of the home tab.
(a) Both Equations and Symbols 1864 . Choose the incompatible option from the
(b) Equations following options
(c) None of these (a) Subscript (b) Italics
(d) Symbols (c) Bold (d) Underline
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Computer 180 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (a) Subscript allows you to type characters that 1871. Word count is not included in MS Word 2016.
appears below the normal text line. It is incompatible (a) pages
option from the rest because these are font style. (b) character (no spaces)
In the above questions subscript is the is the incorrect (c) Character (with spaces)
option from the given alternatives. (d) sentences
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
1865. In an MS-Word document, when you define a Ans : (d) Sentence is not included in word count
new bullet, which of the following options is function in MS Word 2016.
available?
(a) Ink (b) Music (c) Symbol (d) Video 1872. Which of the following tab stops is generally
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 used to align numbers in MS Word 2016?
Ans. (c) : To define new bullet, symbol option is (a) Center (b) Left (c) Bar (d) Decimal
available under symbol. UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
1866. Which of the following features of a word Ans : (d) : In MS Word 2016 decimal tab stops is
processor enables you to automatically move to generally used to align numbers in MS Word 2016.
the next line when you completely fill a line 1873. In Microsoft Word 2013, which of the following
with text? are INCORRECT steps for creating a table?
(a) Strikethrough (b) Copy and Paste (a) Click on insert->Click on Table->Select table
(c) Cut and Paste (d) Word wrap (b) Click on Insert->Click on Table->Draw table
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 (c) Click on Insert->Click on Table->Insert table
Ans. (d) : The word wrap feature of a word processor will (d) Click on Insert -> Click on Table -> Move
automatically move the text to a new line when it reaches the cursor over the grid to select required
the right margin while typing. Strikethrough is the style of number of rows and columns
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
drawing a horizontal line between each word.
Ans : (a) Option (a) is incorrect steps for creating table
1867. MS-Word 2019 document, which of the in MS Word 2013.
following options is not available when you
define a new bullet? 1874. If alternate rows of a table are to be shared in
(a) Text (b) Picture different colors in a word document, which of
(c) Font (d) Symbol the following options will be used?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(a) Distribute Row (b) Banded Row
(c) Color Row (d) Split Row
Ans. (a) : When you define a new bullet in a MS Word UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
2019 document, symbol, picture and font options are Ans. (b) : A part of table in style in MS Word document
available. is the option to set banding inside the table. It allows you to
1868. We can emphasize text in Word using: automatically set shading on each row of the table. If you
(a) Word Wrap (b) Indentation want to shade alternate rows in different colors, Table
(c) Highlight (d) All of these styles are a quick and easy way to do this.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 1875. In which menu of a word processing software
Ans. (c) : If you want to highlight word in MS Word the options like "Insert", "Delete", "Convert"
you should select the word and click on it. Highlight and "Split cells" are available?
feature is use to emphasize the text in MS Word. (a) Edit (b) Table (c) Tools (d) Format
1869. Which of the following features of MS- Word UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
draws a line passing through the selected text? Ans. (b) : Insert table, Delete cell, Convert, Split,
(a) Cut and Paste (b) Strikethrough border and shading, Text direction and auto fit etc.
(c) Copy and Paste (d) Word wrap options are present in the table menu under the insert
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 tab of a word processing software.
Ans. (b) : Strikethrough is a font effect that causes text to 1876. Banded rows in a table of an MS-Word
appears as though it is crossed out. Strikethrough is primarily document mean:
used to mark text that is mistaken or to be removed. (a) the first row of the table is shaded in a
different colour
1870. Which of the following statements is FALSE (b) the first row and the last row are shaded in
about MS Word software? different colours
(a) MS Word software can create, edit, save and (c) the alternate rows of the table are shaded in
print documents different colours
(b) MS Word software can insert elements from (d) the header row and the first row are shaded in
other software, such as illustrations or different colours
photographs UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(c) MS Word Software cannot correct spelling Ans. (c) : In MS Word, banded row in a table mean one
and grammar row will be in a certain colour, the following will be in
(d) MS Word software can format text, such as another and so on.
font type, make the text bold, underline the 1877. In MS Word 2016, in which type of mode used
text and italicize the text for editing English language text, typing new
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01) characters will replace any existing characters
Ans: (c) Statement (c) is incorrect regarding to the to the right side of the insertion point?
(a) Retype mode (b) Insert mode
feature of MS Word. In MS Word we can correct
(c) Overinsert mode (d) Overtype mode
spellings using auto correct functions.
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)
Computer 181 YCT
ye
p
Ans: (d) Overtype mode in Microsoft Word 2016 is Ans : (a) The print range feature is used to print any
used for editing English language. In which when particular page. To use this feature you should type the
typing characters will replace any existing characters to numbers of pages followed by comma (,) or range of pages.
the right of the insertion point. 1885. Microsoft Word 2016 has a feature called a
1878. Notepad file extension is ___. _____ to provide additional information about
(a) .rtf (b) .txt (c) .doc (d) .xls a word or word arrangement by placing a note
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 at the bottom of a page.
Ans : (b) .txt extension is to save text file in Notepad. (a) Footnote (b) Bibliography
1879. In MS Word 2010, What is control + Shift + (c) Remark (d) Citation
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
F12 used for.
(a) To print a paragraph Ans : (a) In MS Word 2016 a footnote is additional
(b) To exit word information about document. It is a note that appears at
(c) To select the print command the bottom of a page.
(d) To unlock the sector 1886. Which of the following are the valid settings for
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 the ‘Margins’ option of the ‘PageSetup’ group
Ans : (c) In MS Word 2010 control + Shift + F12 in MS-Word 2019?
shortcut key is used for, to select the print command. (a) High, Low and Medium
(b) Normal, Wide and Narrow
1880. Which of the following statements is/are incorrect? (c) Left, Right, Top and Bottom
(i) The keyboard shortcut to open the 'Font' (d) Left, Right and Middle
dialog box in Microsoft Word is Ctrl + D UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(ii) The keyboard shortcut to centre align Ans. (b) : Every page in Word is automatically expanded
paragraphs in a Microsoft Word document by one inch margin. You can customize or choose
is Ctrl + E predefined margin settings. You can set margins for facing
(a) (ii) only (b) (i) only pages. Additional margin can allow space for document
(c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii) binding. You can set up the page by following some steps:-
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Select Layout → Margin → Select the margin → i.e. Last
Ans : (d) In above question statement (i) and statement Custom Setting, Narrow, Moderate, Wide, Mirrored, or
(ii) both are correct so option (d) is correct. Custom margin.
1881. Which of the following statements is/are 1887. Which of the following CANNOT be used to
true/false? delete a part of the text in an MS-Word 2019
(i) The template for the word document can document?
be selected while creating a new word (a) Select the text and press Ctrl+X.
document. (b) Select the text and press Shift+F3.
(ii) The shortcut key to go to the end of MS
Word document is shift + End (c) Select the text and press the Backspace or
Delete key.
(a) (i) – False (ii) – False
(b) (i) – True (ii) – False (d) Place the cursor next to the text then press the
Backspace key.
(c) (i) – False (ii) – True UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(d) (i) – True (ii) – True
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) Ans. (b) : Shift + F3 shortcut key is used to switches
Ans. (b) : While creating a new document in MS Word, the text between upper case, lower case and title case.
the template can be selected so statement (i) is true. Ctrl So this shortcut key is not used to delete a part of text in
+ END shortcut key is used to move the cursor to the MS Word 2019 document.
end of a MS Word document. So statement (ii) is false. 1888. Which of the following is not a page margin?
1882. In MS Word 2016, under which of the (a) Top (b) Left (c) Right (d) Center
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
following ribbon items is "Header and Footer"
option available? Ans : (d) A page margin is the space between the
(a) Insert (b) Tools (c) View (d) Format content and border of document. Top, Bottom, Left and
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02) Right page margin are available in MS Word document.
Ans: (a) In MS Word 2016, header and footer, options 1889. In Microsoft Word 2007, which of the following
are available in insert tab. alignment options places each line of a
1883. In Microsoft Word 2013, Which group menu of paragraph at an equal distance from the left
and right page margins?
the Home tab includes the Format Painter? (a) Left (b) Center
(a) Editing (b) Styles (c) Right (d) Left and Right both
(c) Clipboard (d) Paragraph UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
Ans. (b) : In MS Word 2007 center alignment the
Ans : (c) Microsoft Word 2013 clipboard group has paragraph is aligned in the middle of Ctrl + E shortcut
options of format painter, cut, copy and paste in Home tab. key is used for center alignment.
1884. How do you proceed to print only pages 2 and
1890. What is the minimum number of rows and
3 of a set of 10 pages?
(a) Pages with range 2-3 (b) Print Selection columns a word table can have?
(c) Print All (d) Print Current Page (a) 1 column and 1 row
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 (b) 3 column and 1 row
Computer 182 YCT
ye
p
(c) 4 columns and 4 rows (a) Background Color (b) Font
(d) 2 columns and 2 rows (c) Text Size (d) Indentation
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
Ans. (a) : The minimum number of rows and columns Ans. (d) : In MS Word document, the ruler bar is used
in a word table can be 1 column and 1 row. to adjust indents. There are two type of rulers- 1.
1891. To split a table in MS Word 2010, place your Vertical and 2. Horizontal. You can show/hide the ruler
mouse pointer on the row where you want to from the view menu.
split the table. Click on the ____ tab, and then 1897. What do the following directions signify when
click on the _____ button. It splits the table into inserting rows and columns from the Rows and
two tables. Columns group?
(a) Insert, Break table (b) Layout, Split table (a) a) Insert Above b) Insert Below c) Insert
(c) Page layout, split table (d) Insert, Break table Right d) Insert Left
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (b) a) Insert Above b) Insert Below c) Insert
Ans. (b) : To split a table in MS Word 2010, place your Left d) Insert Right
mouse pointer on the row from where you want to split (c) a) Insert Right b) Insert Below c) Insert Left
the table click on the layout tab, and then click on the d) Insert Above
split table button. It splits the table into two tables. (d) a) Insert Below b) Insert Above c) Insert
1892. Which of the following options best describes Left d) Insert Right
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
the truth of the following statements?
Ans : (a) Row and column can be inserted in the table
(i) A table in MS Word can have an even
on Above, Below, Right, Left of the table.
number of rows or columns.
(ii) The minimum number of rows in any table 1898 . The following steps are used to add a border to
cannot be less than 1. a paragraph in a document created using MS
(a) (i) - False (ii) - True Word 2010?
(b) (i) - False (ii) - False 1. Select the paragraph text that you want to
(c) (i) - True (ii) - True format.
(d) (i) - True (ii) - False 2. Click on the Home tab.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) 3. Click the Borders and Shading button
Ans. (c) : The number of rows or columns in any arrow, and then click the Border command
Microsoft Word table can be even or odd, so statement to add or remove a border.
(i) is true. In MS Word table rows and columns cannot Select the correct option for these steps
be less than 1. So statement is (ii) is also true. (a) 2, 1, 3 (b) 1, 2, 3
1893. To set a fixed column width, on the _____ tab, (c) 2, 3, 1 (d) 3, 2, 1
in the group, select your table, and select fixed UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
column width. Ans : (b) In a document created using MS Word 2010,
(a) Design, Cell Size the following sequence is followed to add border to the
(b) Layout, Fixed Column Width paragraph. Select the paragraph text you want to format.
(c) Layout, Cell Size On the Home tab, click the border and shading button
(d) Page Layout, Cell Size arrow, and then click the border command to add or
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 remove a border. Hence option (b) is correct.
Ans. (c) : To fix the width of the column of the table in 1899. Which of the following MS Word features is
MS Word, first select the table, then under the layout tab, used to create a document and send it to many
click on the autofit tool of the cell size group, in which a people?
drop down list will be displayed, in that click on the fixed (a) Broadcasting (b) Orientation
column width, so that the column will be fixed. (c) Breaks (d) Mail Merge
1894. What is the maximum number of columns a UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
table can have in a Microsoft Word 2016 Ans. (d) : In MS Word, mail merge feature is used to
document? create a document and it help to send the document to
many people.
(a) 83 (b) 56 (c) 36 (d) 63
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) 1900. In Preview Mode you can view :
Ans : (d) A Microsoft Word 2016 document you can (a) All the pages in your document
insert a table with upto 63 columns, that is maximum (b) Only the page you are currently working on
limit of columns in word table. (c) Only the title page of the document
(d) Only the last page of the document
1895. In Microsoft Word 2013 which of the following (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
menus includes the split cells option? Ans : (a) In MS Word, in preview mode you can preview
(a) Layout (b) Design all the pages of the document.
(c) Page Layout (d) Insert 1901. To delete multiple slides in MS - PowerPoint
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 365, we should ____ hold down, select the slides
Ans : (a) In Microsoft Word 2013 Layout menu we want to delete and then right click and
includes the split cells option. select delete slide.
1896. With the ruler bar in MS Word, you can (a) Tab (b) Alt (c) Home (d) Ctrl
adjust: UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
Computer 183 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : To delete multiple slides in MS - PowerPoint Ans : (b) In MS Word, there is a library of pictures
365, we should hold Ctrl, Select the slides we want to made with help of clip art graphices, in which there are
delete and then right click and select delete slide. many groups of pictures, we can put them in the word
1902. To delete backwards in the case of mistakes, document.
the ____ key is used. 1909. In a Microsoft Word 2007 document, which of
(a) Shift (b) Backspace the following command buttons is used to
(c) Delete (d) Tab display paragraph markers?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (a) Format Painter (b) Show/hide
Ans : (b) Backspace→The backspace key erases the text (c) Change case (d) Eraser
to the left of the insertion point one character at a time. UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
Delete → The delete key is used to delete the text Ans. (b) : In a MS Word 2007 document the show/hide
character at the right of the screen cursor. tool is used for displaying paragraph markers. It comes
under the Home tab.
1903. What is the full form of chat game BBL?
(a) Blue Bold Letter Home > Paragraph > Show / Hide
(b) Be Back Later 1910. What is the use of Drop caps feature in a MS
(c) Beautiful Blue Light Word document?
(d) Best Backgroud Colour (a) To drop all the capital letters
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (b) To begin a paragraph with a large dropped
Ans : (b) The full form of chat game BBL is Be Back initial capital letter
Later . (c) To automatically begin each paragraph with
1904. Which shortcut key is used to move directly to capital letter
the bottom of the word document in MS-Word? (d) To automatically begin each paragraph with
(a) Alt+End (b) End small letter
(c) Shift+End (d) Ctrl+End UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01)
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) Ans: (b) In MS Word document, A drop cap is a large
Ans : (d) In MS Word document Ctrl + End moves the capital letter that presents at the beginning of paragraph.
cursor to the end of the document. It is used to begin a paragraph with a large dropped
Ctrl + Home → Moves the cursor to the beginning of initial capital letter.
the document. 1911. Which of the following expands the first letter
1905. In Word processing, the efficient method of of a paragraph to multiple lines?
moving the third paragraph offer the fifth (a) Drop Cap (b) Auto Correct
paragraph is called (c) Subscript (d) Superscript
(a) Copy and Paste (b) Copy, Cut and Paste UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(c) Cut, Copy and Paste (d) Cut and Paste Ans. (a) : Drop Cap is a special feature of MS Word
(e) None of these document. It is a large capital letter that expands the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 first letter of a paragraph to multiple lines.
Ans : (d) In MS Word document to move the 3rd 1912. Which of the following features in MS - Word
paragraph after 5th paragraph, then first Select it, Cut 365 is used to raise one or more characters
and Paste where you want to move it. from the baseline?
1906. Which option is used to move folder from 'D' (a) Drop cap (b) Superscript
drive to 'E' drive? (c) Word wrap (d) Subscript
(a) Copy from D drive and paste to E drive UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
(b) Cut from D drive and paste to E drive Ans. (b) : When a number or letter is above the baseline
(c) Delete from D drive and paste to E drive and smaller, it is called a 'superscript'.
(d) Find from D drive and paste to E drive But when a number or letter is smaller bellow the
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) baseline, it is called a 'subscript'.
Ans : (b) Folder can be migrated from D drive to E Drop cap - A drop cap is a large capital letter that is
drive cutting it from D drive and pasting it in E drive. used as a decorative element at the beginning of a
paragraph or section.
1907. To create a large capital letter at the beginning By default the drop cap is set to 3 lines.
of the paragraph, command is available in
______ section of menu bar in MS-Word. 1913. In Microsoft Word if you keep typing,
(a) Insert (b) Review the_____feature will automatically move you to
(c) References (d) View the next line.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (a) Text Wrapping (b) New Line
Ans. (a) : To make a capital letter at the beginning of a (c) Border Adjustment (d) Left Alignment
paragraph, a command is available in the insert section UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
of the Menu bar in MS Word. Ans : (a) In Microsoft Word if you keep typing, the text
1908. Word includes a series of predefined graphics wrapping feature will automatically move you to the
next line.
called _____ that can be inserted into the Word
Document. 1914 . MS Word automatically moves text to the next
(a) Captions (b) Clip Art line when it reaches the right edge of the
(c) Bookmarks (d) Hyperlinks screen. It's called ____.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (a) carriage return (b) text wrapping
Computer 184 YCT
ye
p
(c) enter (d) text farming 1920. Shortcut key to undo previously done is ____.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (a) Ctrl + S (b) Alt + Z
Ans : (b) In text wrapping a line of text is filled, the word (c) Ctrl + Z (d) Ctrl + E
processor automatically moves the text to the next line. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
1915. Why are Drop Caps used in a document? Ans : (c) Ctrl + Z shortcut key is used to undo
(a) To begin a paragraph with a large dropped previously done action.
initial capital letter. 1921. What will be the effect of pressing Ctrl + A and
(b) To begin with a small letter. Ctrl + U in a Microsoft Word document?
(c) To automatically begin each paragraph with a (a) All texts in the document will be underlined.
capital letter. (b) All textual contents of the document shall be
(d) To drop all the capital letters. italicized.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (c) All the text contents of the document will be
Ans : (a) A drop Cap is a decorative element usually used encrypted.
at the beginning of a paragraph in which the beginning (d) All the contents of the document will be
deleted
letter is in a capital letter. By default in MS Word 2016, the UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
height of the Cap Drop Character is three lines. Ans : (a) In MS Word document Ctrl + A and Ctrl + U
1916. Which of the following statements are correct shortcut key are used to select all contents and
regarding text alignment in MS Word 2007? underlined selected text.
(i) Ctrl + C shortcut keys can be used to center 1922. Which keys are pressed simultaneously to
align the text of a paragraph.
change the selected text (Upper to lower and
(ii) Shortcut keys Ctrl + E can be used to lower to uppercase) in Microsoft Word?
justify the text of a paragraph. (a) SHIFT + C (b) SHIFT + F3
(a) Only (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) (c) CTRL + F3 (d) SHIFT + c
(c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (i) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 Ans : (b) Shift + F3 shortcut key switches the text
Ans. (b) : Regarding text alignment in MS Word 2007 - between uppercase to lowercase and title case.
Ctrl + E → Align text of a paragraph to the center. 1923. With reference to MS-Word 2019, match the
Ctrl + J → To justify the text of the paragraph. shortcut keys with their function.
1917. When 'change the text' is selected in MS - (i) Shift +F3 a) Change the letter case
Word 2007 and then Shift + F3 is pressed, (ii) Ctrl + U b) Print
which of the following output will you get? (iii) Ctrl +P c) Make text bold
(a) change the text (b) Change The Text (iv) Ctrl + B d) Underline
(c) change the text (d) Change THE Text (a) i-b; ii-d; iii-a; iv-c (b) i-c; ii-d; iii-b; iv-a
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 (c) i-a; ii-b; iii-d; iv-c (d) i-a; ii-d; iii-b; iv-c
Ans. (b) : MS - Word 2007, selecting 'change the text' UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
and then pressing Shift + F3 will yield 'Change The Ans. (d) : The matched options are as below–
Text' output. Shift + F3 → Change the letter case
1918. What is the function of the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + U → Underline
Ctrl + A in MS Word? Ctrl + P → Print
(a) All the contents of the file can be selected Ctrl + B → Bold
(b) Mail merge happens 1924. Text insertion location in ms-word cannot be
(c) The text gets highlighted with the selected changed by which of the following option?
colour (a) Space bar (b) Shift
(d) A hyperlink is added to the selected text (c) Enter (d) Tab
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
Ans. (a) : Ans. (b) : The text insert location cannot be changed by
Shortcut Key Function shift key in above option.
Ctrl + A → Select all document contents 1925. In MS Word 2013, 'Sort by' option is used for?
Ctrl + C → Copy the selected content (a) To delete the contents of the table
Ctrl + K → Insert a hyperlink (b) To update the contents of the table
Ctrl + Alt + H → To highlight text with the selected (c) To sort the contents of the table
(d) To enclose the contents of the table
colour. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
1919. The shortcut key for copying selected text is Ans : (c) In MS Word 2013, 'Sort by' is used to sort the
_____. content of a table.
(a) Ctrl + C (b) Ctrl + P 1926. …...…..clicking on mouse selects the entire
(c) Ctrl + A (d) Ctrl + F paragraph by default, while working with text
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 document is MS Word.
Ans : (a) (a) Alt + Single (b) Triple
Shortcut Key Function (c) Double (d) Single
Ctrl + A → Select all document contents UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Ctrl + C → Copy the selected content Ans : (b) While working in a text document of MS
Ctrl + P → Print the document Word, when the mouse is triple clicked, it selects by
Ctrl + V → Paste the copy or cut document. default the entire paragraph.

Computer 185 YCT

ye
p
1927. The selected portion of a text is called ______. 1934. What is the minimum and maximum sizes of
(a) formula (b) function zoom come in MS Word?
(c) block (d) method (a) 20 and 400 respectively
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 (b) 10 and 500 respectively
Ans: (c) The selected portion of a text is called block. (c) 30 and 300 respectively
1928. In which menu bar options like "Font", (d) 20 and 600 respectively
"Paragraph", "Bullets and Numbering" are UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
present in word processing software? Ans : (b) In MS Word the minimum and maximum size
(a) Tools (b) Layout of zoom is 10 and 500 respectively.
(c) Edit (d) Format 1935. The ______ tool rotates a text box or image to
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) the desired angle.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 (a) Rotate Tool (b) Text Tool
Ans. (d) : In MS Word or word processing software (c) Design Tool (d) Crop Tool
Font, Paragraph and "Bullets and Numbering options UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
are present in format menu. Ans : (a) The rotate tool rotates a text box or image to
1929. In a Microsoft Word document, email addresses the desired angle.
that appear in the text are automatically 1936. Which of the following are the types of
displayed as hyperlink. to convert this hyperlink alignments allowed in MS Word?
to normal text. You have to right-click on the A) Left Align B) Right Align
email address and click on ____. C) Center Align D) Justify
(a) Remove hyperlink (b) Make it regular (a) B and C (b) C, A and D
(c) Edit hyperlink (d) Remove underline (c) A, B, C and D (d) A and D
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans : (a) To convert hyperlink to normal text, right Ans : (c) There are 4 types of text alignments in MS
click on hyperlink and click remove hyperlink. Word. Left alignment, Right alignment, center
1930. Which keyboard shortcuts can be used to open alignment and justify alignment.
the insert Hyperlink dialog box in MS - Word 1937. Which type of alignments in Microsoft Word
2016? aligns paragraphs to both the left and right
(a) Alt + K (b) Ctrl + H page margins with extra space between words
(c) Alt + L (d) Ctrl + K when necessary?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 (a) Center (b) Justify
Ans. (d) : In MS - Word 2016, shortcut key can be used (c) Left (d) Right
as below- UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ctrl+K → To open the insert hyperlink dialog box. Ans. (b) : By the help of justify margin we can align
Ctrl+H → Go to the replace option in find and replace. paragraphs to both the left and right page margins by
Ctrl+D →Open the font window. placing additional spaces between words.
Ctrl+F → Open the find box. 1938. The default alignment of paragraphs in MS
1931. What happens when you press the F5 key while Word is ____.
editing in Notepad of Windows 10? (a) Left (b) Right
(a) The current date and time is entered (c) Center (d) Justify
(b) Nothing happens UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(c) Notepad window gets refreshed Ans. (a) : In MS Word the default alignment of paragraph
(d) The name of the file is entered is left. You can change according to your need.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 Ctrl + L → Left align
Ans : (a) Notepad is a simple text editor program of Ctrl + E → Center align
Microsoft. The shortcut key 'F5' is used to enter the Ctrl + R → Right align
current date and time in Windows 10. Ctrl + J → Justify
1932. The style of drawing a horizontal line through 1939. State whether the following statements are
the middle of each word is called ____. correct or incorrect?
(a) Normal (b) Italic (i) Page margins in a word document are
(c) Bold (d) Strikethrough always fixed and cannot be changed.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 (ii) A document cannot contain both header
Ans : (d) A strikethrough is a horizontal line drawn and footer.
through the middle of letter. It is used to indicate the (a) (i) Correct (ii) Incorrect
deletion of an error. (b) (i) Correct (ii) Correct
1933. In a document, the amount of vertical space (c) (i) Incorrect (ii) Correct
(d) (i) Incorrect (ii) Incorrect
between lines of quantity is called UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
(a) Single space (b) Line spacing Ans. (d) : In MS Word document page margin can be
(c) Vertical spacing (d) Double space changed as per your requirement, so statement (i) is
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 incorrect. In MS Word document, a document can have
Ans : (b) Line spacing is the amount of vertical space both header and footer, so statement (ii) is also
between the lines in a document. incorrect.
Computer 186 YCT
ye
p
1940. How many different alignment options can be 1946. Which of the following is used in Microsoft
selected using the 'Alignment' drop-down list of Word to apply formatting such as color, font
the 'Paragraph' window in MS-Word 2016? style and size to multiple places in the text?
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 5 (a) Cross Reference (b) Drop Cap
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 (c) Format painter (d) Clipboard
Ans. (a) : In MS-Word 2016 there are four alignment UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
options to be selected using the alignment drop down Ans : (c) The format painter tool is used to apply
list of the paragraph window- left, right, center, justified formatting in MS Word. It also allows you to copy the
alignment options are available in MS Word 2016 format which you want to apply.
alignment drop down list. You can use Ctrl + Shift + C to copy a format and Ctrl
1941. While entering a mathematical equation in + Shift + V to paste a format.
Microsoft Word, the graphical symbol used for 1947. In Microsoft Word, the 'hyphenation' option is
the 'radical' option in the menu is: available under______.
x n (a) View (b) Insert
(a) e x (b) ∫ (c) ∑ (d) n X (c) Margins (under Page Layout) (d) Page Layout
-x
t =0 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021 Ans : (d) In MS Word, the 'hyphenation' option is
Ans : (d) While entering the mathematical equation in available under layout tab.
Microsoft word, n X is used for the radical option in 1948. In the page setup group of a Microsoft Word
the Menu. 2007 file, which of the following margin is not
present?
1942. To view paragraph marks in Microsoft Word (a) Narrow (b) Wide
documents click on the ____ button (c) Mirrored (d) Framed
(a) Show/hide (b) Paste UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(c) Format painter (d) Change case Ans. (d) : In MS word 2007 file margin is the space
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) between the text and border of a document. In MS
Ans : (a) Click on the show/hide button to see the Word 2007, for page setup group following types of
paragraph marks in Microsoft Word documents. margin are available–
1943. In MS Word, the Shortcut key Ctrl + I is used → Normal
for/to: → Narrow
(a) Inserting a line break → Moderate
(b) make the selected text bold → Wide
(c) Apply italic format to selected text → Mirrored
(d) Increase font size → Office 2003 default
UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02) 1949. Which of the following options distributes your
Ans: (c) Ctrl + I → Italicize the selected text text evenly between the margins in MS-Word
Ctrl + U → Underline selected text 2019?
Ctrl + B → Bold selected text. (a) Left (b) Justify (c) Center (d) Right
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
1944. How will the phrase 'tips of exam' appear in a Ans. (b) : In MS Word 2019, Justify option, distributes
Microsoft Word 2016 document with the a paragraph's text evenly between the margins. The
'capitalize each word' option applied to it? justify button available on the home tab or simply press
(a) Tips of Exam (b) Tips of Exam the Ctrl + J shortcut key.
(c) Tips of exam (d) Tips of exam 1950. Which of the following options is an image and
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
graphics solution available in MS Word 2016?
Ans : (a) Microsoft Word 2016, the phrase Tip Of (a) Drop Cap (b) Hard disk
Exam will appear when 'capitalize each word case is (c) Clipart (d) WordArt
applied to the phrase tips of exam. UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)
* 'capitalize each word' case is used to capitalize the Ans: (c) In MS Word 2016, clip art is a graphics
first letter of each word. solution. It is a collection of images and graphics that
1945. Which of the following options best describes can be imported into a document of another program.
the truth of the following statements? 1951. Which of the following options is not a
(i) A word table cannot have an odd number of Microsoft tool in text font group?
rows or columns. (a) Underline (b) Bold
(ii) The minimum number of columns in a word (c) Overline (d) Italic/Emphasis
table is 2. UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
(a) (i) True (ii) True (b) (i) True (ii) False Ans : (c) Underline, Bold and Italic are Microsoft tool
(c) (i) False (ii) True (d) (i) False (ii) False in text font group in Microsoft word.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) 1952. Track change mode is run through the mode of
Ans : (d) There is no such rule in Microsoft Word that Microsoft Word to indicate the addition or
the number of rows or columns cannot be odd. In MS deletion of a new part of text.
Word we can draw a table as per your requirement. The (a) Citation (b) Share
minimum number of rows and columns in a word is 1. So (c) Reference (d) Review
both statements are false. UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
Computer 187 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (d) To indicate the addition or deletion of a new The Bold, Italic, and Underline commands can be used
part of the text, Track change is run through the review to help draw attention to important words or phrases in
menu of Microsoft Word. a document.
1953. In MS-Word 2019, which of the following 1958. In Microsoft Word 2007, which of the following
options is NOT available in the menu group is not a valid line spacing option in the
'Proofing' under the 'Review' Tab? "paragraph" dialog box?
(a) Spelling & Grammar (b) Word count (a) Single (b) 1.5 lines
(c) Comment (d) Thesaurus (c) Double (d) Triple
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans. (c) : In MS Word 2019, Spelling and Grammar, Ans. (d) : In MS Word 2007, valid line spacing options
Word Count and Thesaurus options are available in the are following–
menu group 'Proofing' under the 'Review Tab'. Single, Double, At least, Exactly, Multiple
1954. In MS Word, what is a hanging indentation? So in MS Word 2007 Triple is not valid line spacing
(a) The second and all the following lines of a option.
paragraph has more indentation value than 1959. We can close MS Word application by:
the first line (a) Choosing File menu and then Close submenu
(b) The first line of the paragraph is center (b) Clicking X button on Status bar
aligned and the rest is justified (c) Pressing Alt+F3
(c) The right side of the last line of the paragraph (d) Choosing File menu and then Exit submenu
is away from the centre UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
(d) All the lines of a paragraph are indented Ans: (a) We can close MS Word application by
more than the last and first line of the choosing file menu and then close submenu. Alt + F4
paragraph Shortcut key is also used to close MS Word application.
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02) It is shortcut of 'exit'. It asks user to save file or not
Ans: (a) In MS Word, a hanging indentation means that before closing the application.
the indentation value of the second and all subsequent 1960. To delete an embedded chart, click on it and
lines of a paragraph should be greater than the first line. choose by pressing ______ key.
1955. Which of the following cannot be performed (a) Edit (b) Delete
using the 'paragraph' command group in (c) Insert (d) View
Microsoft word 2016? UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
(a) Making a numbered list Ans : (b) To delete an embedded chart, click on it and
(b) Making a bulleted list choose by pressing Delete key.
(c) Indentation and line spacing 1961. Which shortcut key is used for previewing the
(d) Font and effect setting page before printing ?
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) (a) CTRL + F6 (b) CTRL + F2
Ans : (d) By using the 'paragraph' command group in (c) CTRL + F10 (d) CTRL + F5
Microsoft Word 2016, you can do the following- UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
* Creation of numbered list Ans. (b) : Ctrl+F2 shortcut key is used for previewing
* Create a bulleted list the page before printing. F2 function key is also used to
* Indentation and line spacing rename a file in Windows operating system.
While font and effect setting, belonging to the font
command group. 1962. _____ is a secondary window that allows users
to command, asks a question, provides
1956. How can you insert page number in a information to the users.
document in MS-Word? (a) Menu bar (b) Drop-down list
(a) From Insert menu by clicking page number (c) Option box (d) Dialog box
(b) From File menu by clicking Page Setup UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(c) From Insert menu by clicking Footnote Ans. (d) : Dialog box is a secondary temporary window
(d) From both a and c
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) that allows users to command, asks a questions from
users or provides information to users. Windows also
Ans : (a) In Microsoft word, from insert menu, by provides predefined dialog box that supports general
clicking page number, user can add the page number in menu items such as open, print.
MS-Word document.
1957. Which of the following statements is/are 1963. Which of the following file format is used to
FALSE? save a workbook as a comma - delimited text
(i) The Bold, Italic, and Underline commands file in MS Excel 365 to be used an another
can be used to help draw attention to windows operating system?
important words or phrases in a document (a) Text (MS-DOS)
(ii) If an MS-Word document contains a table, (b) CSV (comma delimited)
then it cannot have headers or footers (c) Unicode Text
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Only (i) (d) Formatted Text
(c) Both (i) and (ii) (d) Only (ii) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 Ans. (b) : CSV (Comma delimited) file format is used
Ans. (d) : In MS Word document it can have both table as to save a workbook as a comma delimited text file for
well as Header and Footer. Hence statement (II) is false. use on another windows OS in MS Excel 365.

Computer 188 YCT

ye
p
1964. Which of the following is the correct to print Ans. (d) : In MS excel 365-
worksheet in MS Excel 365? Ctrl + 1 → Open the format cell dialog box.
(a) File -> Print (b) View -> Print Ctrl + 2 → Bold the text.
(c) Pae Layout -> Print (d) Home -> Print Ctrl + 3 → Italic text.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
Ctrl + 4 → Underline the text.
Ans. (a) : To print worksheet in MS Excel 365, File ->
Print is used. Ctrl + 5 → Apply or remove strike through formatting.
Ctrl + 9 → Hide the selected row.
1965. Which of the following option is used to change
the size of rows in MS Excel 365? Ctrl + 0 → Hide the selected column.
(a) Home -> Insert -> Row Width or Row Height 1971. Which of the following is the correct order of
(b) Home->Format ->Row Width or Row Height inserting columns in MS excel 365?
(c) Home->Cell Styles->Row Width or Row Height (a) Design > Insert > Insert Sheet Columns
(d) Format as Table -> Format -> Row Width or (b) Draw > Insert > Insert Sheet Columns
Row Height (c) Home > Insert > Insert Sheet Columns
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 (d) Insert > Insert Sheet Columns
Ans. (b) : To change the size of rows in MS Excel 365 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
follow the following procedure - Ans. (c) : In MS - Excel 365
Step - 1 Select a row or range of rows. Insert or delete a column-
Step - 2 On the home tab, select format → Row width Select any cell within the column, then go to Home >
(or row height) Insert > Insert sheet columns or delete sheet columns.
Step - 3 Type the row width and select OK. Insert or delete a row -
1966. In MS - Excel 365 formula to refer to all cell in Home > Insert > Insert sheet rows or delete sheet rows.
row 5 which of the following is used to? 1972. Which of the following logical function returns
(a) $5$5 (b) 5:5 (c) 5 (d) 5$5$ true in MS Excel 365 if all its arguments?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 (a) FALSE (b) NOT
Ans. (b) : From the given answer option (b) 5:5 is used (c) AND (d) OR
to refer to all cells in row 5 in MS - Excel 365 formula, UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
while $5$5 and 5$5$ are erroneous cell reference name. Ans. (c) : AND logical function returns True in MS
1967. Which of the following option is used to display excel 365 all its arguments are true, and returns FALSE
the contents of the active cell in MS excel 2019? is one or more arguments evaluate to false.
(a) Formula bar (b) Scroll bar Example -
(c) Title bar (d) Ruler =AND (1=1, 2=2, 3=3) All argument true
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 =AND (1=2, 2=3, 3=4) All argument false.
Ans. (a) : The formula bar option is used to display the 1973. Which of the following features of the data tab
content of the active cell in MS excel 2019. in MS - Excel 365 allows you to set rules that
1968. Which of the following charts is suitable for determine what can be entered in a cell?
showing trends is data over equal intervals, (a) Data validation (b) Data sorting
such as month quarters or fiscal years in MS - (c) Data merging (d) Data filtering
Excel 365? UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
(a) Column (b) Map (c) Line (d) Pie Ans. (a) : The data validation features of the data tab in
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 Excel 365 allows the user to validate the values entered
Ans. (c) : In MS Excel 365, Line charts are used to into the worksheet according to set rules while inputting
show trends in data over time. Column charts are used data.
to compare values in categories. The pie chart displays 1974. If the contents of A1 to A8 are 'DATA, 1, 2, 3,
the contribution of each value to the total.
4, 5, 6, COUNT' then what will be the output of
1969. Which of the following option in MS - Excel the formula "=COUNTA(A1:A8)"
365 refers to display only rows that meet (a) 6 (b) 8
certain conditions? (c) Error (d) 2
(a) Merging (b) Pivoting UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
(c) Sorting (d) Filtering
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 Ans. (b) : The COUNTA function counts cells
containing any type of information, including error
Ans. (d) : Filter option in MS - Excel 365 refers to
display only rows that meet certain conditions. values and empty text. There are 8 contents filled in cell
Filtering a range of data - A1 to A8.
(1) Select a cell within the range. = COUNTA (A1:A8) = 8.
(2) Select data → filter. So, output will be 8.
(3) Select the column header arrow 1975. Which of the following options is used to easily
(4) Select the Text filter or Number filters and then identify trends in data by using bars, colors
select a comparison, like between. and icons to visually highlight important values
(5) Enter the filter criteria and select OK. in MS- Excel 365?
1970. In MS-Excel 365 which of the following (a) Cell Styles (b) Format as Table
keyboard shortcuts is used to italicize text or (c) Conditional Formatting (d) Pivot Table
remove italic formatting. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
(a) Ctrl + 1 (b) Ctrl + 2 Ans. (c) : Conditional formatting is used in MS Excel
(c) Ctrl + 4 (d) Ctrl + 3 365 to visually highlight values, bars, colors and icons
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 to make them easier to identify.
Computer 189 YCT
ye
p
1976. Referencing all cells in columns H to J in a Ans. (b) : In MS Excel, we select a range of cells to
formula in MS Excel 365 which of the following print all the data in all worksheets in the current
types of reference is used to do? workbook and by default, Excel prints all the data in the
(a) H-J (b) HJ current worksheet.
(c) $H$J (d) H:J 1982. Which of the following statements is incorrect
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 regarding cell references in MS Excel 2007?
Ans. (d) :In MS Excel 365, the H:J reference is used to (a) C$5 and $C5 are examples of mixed cell
refer to all of columns H to J in a formula. In this reference.
application first column and then row is used, for (b) C$5 is an example of a relative cell reference.
example A is the column and 1 is the row. (c) $C$5 is an example of an absolute cell
1977. Which of the following tabs in MS Excel 365 reference.
has the option to remove duplicate rows in a (d) Cell reference identifies the position of a cell
worksheet? that can be used in a formula, function, or other
(a) View (b) Formulas Excel command.
(c) Data (d) Review UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 Ans. (b) : A cell reference identifies the position of a
Ans. (c) : To remove duplicate rows from a worksheet cell that is used in a formula, function or other Excel
in Microsoft Excel 365, click Data tab then click command. There are three types of cell references –
remove duplicate. 1- A relative cell reference is how far a cell or group of
1978. Which of the following is the correct sequence cells is from another cell in the same spreadsheet.
of deleting rows in MS Excel 365? Relative cell references do not contain a dollar sign
(a) Insert > Delete Sheet Rows Example A1.
(b) Home > Delete > Delete Sheet Rows 2- Mixed Cell Reference - Mixed cell reference is either
(c) Draw > Delete > Delete Sheet Rows an absolute column and a relative row or an absolute
(d) Design > Delete > Delete Sheet Rows row and a relative column. Mixed cell references use a
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 dollar sign appended to a letter or number in a
Ans. (b) : To delete rows in MS Excel 365 click on reference, but not both (ie, $A1 or A$1).
Home tab, click on delete menu and then select delete 3- Absolute cell references - It can be locked by
sheet row. placing a dollar sign before cell and column references.
1979. Which of the following MS Excel functions will Example: Formula = $A$2.
give the result of factorization of a number? 1983. Which of the following MS Excel formulas
(a) FAC () (b) FACTORIAL () counts the number of cells of a string in the
(c) FACTR () (d) FACT () range A1 to A20 in a worksheet?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 (a) Count(A1:A20, *)
Ans. (d) : In MS Excel, the FACT() function is used to (b) CountIF(A1:A20, *)
calculate the factorial of a number. Microsoft Excel (c) Count(A1:A20, "*")
formula syntax. For example (d) CountIF(A1:A20, "*")
= FACT (5) = 5! = 120. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
1980. Assume that cell A10 contains the formula Ans. (d) : In MS Excel, the formula CountIF(A1:A20,
"=IF(A10 > 85, "A", IF(A10 < 65, "B", IF(A10 “*”) is used to counts the number of cells of a string in
> 75, "C", "D")))", where cell A10, contains the range A1 to A20 in worksheet.
“75”. Which of the following should be the 1984. Suppose the date ‘14-09-2022’ is stored in cell
output in cell B10? A1, which is ‘Wednesday’. Which of the
(a) C (b) A following formula of cell B1 will display
(c) B (d) D ‘Wed’?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 (a) =TEXT(A1, "dddd")
Ans. (d) : In Excel, the IF function performs a logical (b) =Day(A1, "dddd")
comparison between two parts. The result of the IF (c) =TEXT(A1, "ddd")
function is either true or false. Example- in cell B10 (d) =DAY(A1, "ddd")
The formula = IF(A10 < 85, "A", IF (A10 <65, "B", UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
IF(A10 > 75, "C", "D")))", where cell A10, contains Ans. (c) : In Excel, the TEXT function is used to
“75”. The output in cell B10 will be D convert numbers to text within a spreadsheet.
1981. Which of the following statements is Essentially, the function will convert a numeric value
INCORRECT about printing in MS-Excel into a text string. For example, cell A1 stored date '14-
2007? 09-2022', which is Wednesday. The formula '=TEXT
(a) The ranges of cells for printing may be (A1, " ddd")' returns 'wed'.
selected manually. 1985. Which of the following should be the address of
(b) By default, MS-Excel prints all data on all the third cell of the fifth row in MS Excel 2007?
the worksheets of the current workbook. (a) C5 (b) 35 (c) 53 (d) 5C
(c) It is possible to print non-contiguous ranges UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
of cells. Ans. (a) : In MS Excel 2007, each cell has its own
(d) By default, MS-Excel prints all data on the name or cell address depending on its column and row.
current worksheet. The cell represents column C and row 5, hence the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 address of the cell is C5.

Computer 190 YCT

ye
p
1986. Which of the following correctly defines the (c) Clicking in a cell and then typing new
default horizontal alignments in MS-Excel? characters
(i) Numeric values → Left (d) Clicking in the cell and then pressing delete
(ii) Text → Right UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(a) Only (i) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) Ans. (a) : To replace special characters in a cell in MS
(c) Only (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii) Excel 365, first select the special characters and then
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 type the new characters.
Ans. (b) : In MS - Excel by default text inside cells is 1992. What will be the output of the following MS -
left aligned horizontally and numeric values are right Excel functions?
aligned. = ROUNDUP(213.456, 0)
(a) 214 (b) 213.546
1987. Which of the following symbols/characters is
(c) 220 (d) 210
used to enter formula in the cell of an MS-
Excell worksheet? UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(a) Dollar ($) (b) Ampersand (&) Ans. (a) : The output of the =ROUNDUP (213.456,0)
(c) Equal (=) (d) Percent (%) MS-Excel functions are 214.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 Syntax
ROUNDUP (number, num_ digits)
Ans. (c) : Equal sign (=) is used to enter formula in the Number : Any real number that rounded up.
cell of an MS Excel worksheet. A formula in Excel Num_digits : The number of digits to which round
always begins with an equal sign (=) Excel interprets number.
the characters that follow equal sign as a formula. (i) = ROUNDUP (213.456,0)
1988. While entering data in a cell of an MS Excel Rounds 213.456 up to zero decimal places
worksheet, which of the following keys can be Result 214.
pressed once to cancel the entire contents of the (ii) = ROUNDUP (3.14159,3)
cell? = 3.142
(a) Backspace (b) Tab 1993. The feature that fills up forms etc
(c) Delete (d) Esc automatically with pre-set values is called:-
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 (a) AutoFill (b) Instant Fill
Ans. (d) : While entering data in a cell of an MS Excel (c) Filler (d) FillUp
worksheet, Escape (Esc) key can be pressed once to UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
cancel the entire contents of the cell. Ans. (a) : MS Excel has a feature that helps you
1989. What is the address of the cell in an MS - Excel automatically enter data. It is called auto fill.
worksheet which is located at the intersection 1994. In MS Excel 365, when you click on sort option
of the second row and third column? under data tab, which of the following is not
(a) C2 (b) 2C one of the fields under sort on?
(c) B3 (d) 3B (a) Cell Width (b) Cell Color
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 (c) Font Color (d) Cell Values
Ans. (a) : The address of the cell in an MS - Excel UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
worksheet which is located at the intersection of the Ans. (a) : On clicking sort option under data tab in MS
second row and third column is C2. Excel 365, sort on contains cell color, cell icon, font,
1990. Which of the following operations can be color and cell value, whereas not cell width.
performed on the worksheet tab in MS Excel 1995. In MS-Excel 365, to enable overtype mode, so
2016? that existing characters are replaced with new
(i) Delete characters as you type, you must press the
(ii) Rename _______key.
(iii) Hide (a) Insert (b) Backspace
(a) Only (i) and (iii) (b) (i), (ii) and (iii) (c) Enter (d) Shift
(c) Only (ii) and (iii) (d) Only (i) and (ii) UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 Ans. (a) : To enable overtype mode in MS Excel 365,
Ans. (b) : The following operations can be performed the Insert key is used to replace existing characters with
on the worksheet tab in MS Excel 2016- new characters while you are typing. The keyboard key
(i) Insert used to switch between Insert and Overtype modes or to
(ii) Delete insert an object at the current cursor position.
(iii) Rename 1996. Which of the following can be used to edit the
(iv) Protect Sheet content of a cell in MS-Excel 2016 worksheet?
(v)Tab color (i) F2,
(vi) Move or copy (ii) Double click
(vii) Hide, unhide (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (i)
(viii) Select all sheet (c) Only (ii) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
1991. Which of the following is correct to replace UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
specific character in a cell in MS Excel 365? Ans. (a) : To edit the contents of a cell in MS Excel
(a) Selecting specific characters and then typing
new characters 2016 worksheet, Press the F2 key or double - click in
(b) Clicking in a cell and then pressing backspace that cell.
Computer 191 YCT
ye
p
1997. In MS-Excel 2010, the _____________ feature (a) Shift + Enter (b) Ctrl + Enter
helps us to combine the contents of a cluster of (c) Tab + Enter (d) Alt + Enter
adjacent cells. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(a) Pivot Table (b) AutoFill Ans. (b) : In MS-Excel 365, to enter the same data in
(c) Charts (d) AutoSum multiple cells at the same time, cells must be selected in
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 which you want to enter the data (cells need not be
Ans. (d) : In MS-Excel 2010, the autosum feature helps contiguous). In the active cell, the data should be typed
us to combine the contents of a cluster of adjacent cells. and then press shortcut keys 'Ctrl + Enter'.
Pivot Table : Pivot table is a powerful tool to calculate, 2003. Based on a point scale, what is the maximum
summarize and analyze data that helps you to see size of a row height in MS-Excel 365?
comparisons, patterns and trends in your data. (a) 255 (b) 15 (c) 409 (d) 43
Autofill : Autofill, also known as AutoText in MS UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Word, has a feature that helps users to type faster by
automatically completing words. Ans. (c) : The maximum line height in MS Excel 365 is
Charts : Charts are used to display a series of 409 points, with 1 point being approximately 1/72 of an
numerical data in a graphical format to make it easier to inch or 0.035 cm.
understand large amounts of data and the relationship 2004. Which of the following function is used to
between different series of data. return the number of days between two dates
1998. What will be the output of the following MS-Excel? in MS-Excel 365?
= CEILING (5*9, 12) (a) DAY (b) FIND
(a) 50 (b) 48 (c) 46 (d) 45 (c) DAYS (d) DATE
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Ans. (b) : The CEILING function in Excel is used to Ans. (c) : MS Excel 365 DAYS function is a formula
round a number up to the nearest specified multiple or that caculates the number of days between two dates.
significance. Syntax- = DAYS (end_date, start_ date).
Given function = CEILING (5*9, 12) 2005. Which of the following functions in MS-Excel
= CEILING (45, 12); 365 is used search for an item in a range of
which would result in 48. cells, and then return the relative position of
1999. Which of the following sequence of steps is used that item in the range?
to change the chart type of an existing chart in (a) MATCH (b) Lookup
MS-Excel 365? (c) VLOOKUP (d) CHOOSE
(a) Page Layout -> Change Chart Type UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(b) Chart Design tab -> Change Chart Type
(c) Draw -> Change Chart Type Ans. (a) : The MATCH function searches for a
(d) Format tab -> Change Chart Type specified item in a range of cells and then returns the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 relative position of that item in the range. For example,
if the range A1 : A3 contains the values 5, 25 and 38
Ans. (b) : To change the chart type of a chart in MS then the formula.
Excel 365, click on the Chart Design Tab and then
select in the change chart type list. = MATCH (25, A1 : A3, 0) returns the number 2,
because 25 is the second item in the range.
2000. What will be the output of the following
formula of MS-Excel 365? 2006. Which of the following cell references is used
=20/10*7+4-1 for the cell in column Z and row 20 in MS-
(a) 20 (b) 17 (c) 27 (d) 30 Excel 365?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 (a) Z:Z (b) 20:20 (c) 20Z (d) Z20
Ans. (b) : In MS- Excel 365, the output of UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
= 20/10 × 7 + 4 – 1= 2 × 7 + 4 – 1 Ans. (d) : Z20 cell reference is used for cells in column
= 14 + 4 – 1 = 18 – 1 = 17 Z and row 20 in MS Excel 365 because cell is
2001. In MS-Excel 365, cells on other worksheets, in intersection of row and column, column is donated to
the same workbook, can be referred to by alphabet and row is denoted to numbers.
prepending a _________ symbol after the name 2007. The Wrap Text option is available in which
of the worksheet to begin the cell reference. group of the Home tab in MS- Excel 365?
(a) Exclamation point (!) (b) Colon (:) (a) Font (b) Cells
(c) Percentage (³) (d) Asterisk (*) (c) Alignment (d) Styles
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Ans. (a) : In MS Excel 365, the exclamation point (!) Ans. (c) : Wrap Text is available in the alignment group
symbol is used after the name of the worksheet to of the Home tab in MS Excel 365.
introduce cell references to cells on other worksheets in 2008. Which of the following options of the Home tab
the same workbook. is used to set a column to a specific width in
2002. In MS-Excel 365, to enter the same data in MS-Excel 365?
multiple cells at the same time, cells must be (a) Format as Table (b) Cell Alignment
selected in which you want to enter the data (c) Format (d) Cell Styles
(cells need not be contiguous). In the active cell, UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
the data should be typed and then press Ans. (c) : The format option of the Home tab in MS
_________. Excel 365 is used to set a column to a specific width.
Computer 192 YCT
ye
p
2009. In one or several formulas of an MS-Excel 365 Ans. (a) : Using the AutoComplete feature in MS Excel
worksheet, you cannot use a cell reference to 365 allows you to enter matching data end the entry
refer____. with unique data.
(a) data on table of other word document
(b) data on other worksheets in the same workbook 2015. Which of the following statements is false
(c) data from one or more contiguous cells on the regarding charts in MS Excel 365?
worksheet (a) Data arranged in columns or rows on a
(d) data contained in different areas of a worksheet worksheet can be plotted in a column chart
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 (b) Pie charts show the size of items with
Ans. (a) : In one or several formulas of an MS - Excel multiple data series
365 worksheet, you cannot use a cell reference to refer (c) Line charts can show continuous data over time
data on table of other word document. (d) Bar charts show comparisons between
2010. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is different items
used to create a chart immediately after UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
selecting the data in MS-Excel 365? Ans. (b) : Microsoft Excel 365 offers a variety of chart
(a) Alt + F1 (b) Alt + F2 types that you can use to visualize your data.
(c) Alt + F4 (d) Alt + F3 ⇒ Column Chart - Displays data in vertical bars, suitable
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Ans. (a) : Once you have selected data, you can create a for comparing values in different categories.
chart by pressing the shortcut key F11. This will create ⇒ Pie Chart - Represents data as a circle divided into
a default chart an a new worksheet. If you want to segments, useful for showing proportions or
create a chart on the same worksheet as your data, select percentages.
the cells you want to use and press Alt + F1. ⇒ Line Chart - Shows data points connected by lines,
2011. When MS-Excel 365 is in Edit mode, the word ideal for displaying trends over time.
'Edit' appears in the _____ corner of the Excel ⇒ Bar Chart-Similar to a column chart but with horizontal
program window. bars, useful for comparing values across categories.
(a) lower-left (b) lower-right Therefore, statement of option (b) is false.
(c) top-left (d) top-right
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 2016. In MS - Excel 365, which function key is used
Ans. (a) : When MS - Excel 365 in Edit mode the word to instantly change a cell reference in a formula
'Edit' appears in the lower-left corner of the excel to absolute?
program window. (a) F4 (b) F12 (c) F2 (d) F10
2012. What will be the output of the following MS- UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Excel 365 formula? Ans. (a) : In MS - Excel 365, the F4 function key is used
=50 + 20/5 – 3 to quickly change a cell reference in a formula to absolute.
(a) 51 (b) 60 (c) 11 (d) 61 Absolute cell references are used in formulas to lock a
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 specific cell or range so that when you copy the formula to
Ans. (a) : Divide 20 by 5- the division comes first another cell, the referenced cell or range remains constant,
according to the order of operations, so, 20 divided by 5 instead of adjusting relative to the new cell.
equals 4. 2017. In MS-Excel 365, which of the following options
Then perform the addition and subtraction from left of the Alignment group is used to move the cell
to right. So, starting with the addition 50+4 equals 54.
Then starting with the subtraction, content away from the left border of the cell?
54-3 = 51 (a) Orientation (b) Increase Indent
So, the result of formula is 51. (c) Text Control (d) Decrease Indent
2013. Identify whether the given statements are true UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
or false with reference to MS Excel 365. Ans. (b) : In MS Excel 365, the 'Increase Indent'
I. A workbook can't contain less than three function is a formatting option that allows you to adjust
worksheets. the alignment and positioning of text within a cell. This
II. The name of the first worksheet of an MS - can be used to move the cell content away from the left
Excel workbook can't be changed. border of the cell.
(a) I - False, II - True 2018. If cells A1 to A6 in MS - Excel 365 worksheet
(b) I - True, II - False are filled with 'A, 12, B, 20, C, 15' then what
(c) I - False, II - False will be the output of '=MAX (A1 : A6)'?
(d) I - True, II - True (a) A (b) !ERROR
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (c) 20 (d) #NUMBER
Ans. (c) : In the context of MS Excel 365, a workbook, UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
must have at least one visible worksheet and the first Ans. (c) : In MS-Excel 365, the =MAX () function is
worksheet of the MS Excel workbook must be named used to find the maximum value in a range of cells. It
by the user can be changed as per requirement. Hence, takes one or more arguments, which can be numbers or
in this question, both statements (I) and (II) are false. cell references and returns the largest value among them.
2014. Which of the following feature of MS Excel 365 Given range of numbers in cell A1 to A6 are filled with
scans cell the entries in the column in which 'A, 12, B, 20, C, 15' then output of =MAX (A1 : A6) is 20.
matching data is entered and selects the entry with 2019. Which of the following operators in MS- Excel 365
the unique match present in the column ends? formula operator raises a number to a power?
(a) AutoComplete (b) AutoFormat (a) % (percent sign) (b) ^ (caret)
(c) AutoCorrect (d) AutoFill (c) / (Forward slash) (d) * (asterisk)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Computer 193 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : In MS - Excel 365, the caret (^) operator is used (c) $A$5 (d) A5
to represent exponentiation or raising a number to a power. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
For example, if you want to calculate 2 raised to the power Ans. (c) : In MS Excel an absolute cell reference is a
of 3 you can enter the formula "=2^3" in a cell. way to lock specific cell or range of cells in a formula
2020. In MS - Excel 365, what is the cell reference so that they do not change when you copy the formula
'$C4' known as? to other cells. It is denoted by adding a "$" symbol
(a) Absolute column and relative row before both the column letter and row number in the cell
(b) Relative column and row reference. For example, if you have formula "=A5",
(c) Absolute column and row you can use absolute cell references like this "= $A$5".
(d) Relative column and absolute row 2025. Cell B1 has the formula "=IF (A1 > = 80,
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 "AB", IF(A1 < = 60, "BC", IF (A1 > = 70
Ans. (a) : In MS - Excel 365, the cell reference '$C4' is "CD", "DE"))) where in cell A1 stores 55.
known as an 'absolute column and relative row'. The Which of the following should be the output in
dollar sign ($) before the column letter 'C' indicates that cell B1?
the column reference is absolute. However, the row (a) CD (b) DE (c) BC (d) AB
reference '4' is relative, so it will adjust when you copy UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
the formula vertically to other cells. Ans. (c) : Given formula in cell B1 -
2021. In MS - Excel worksheet, cells A1 to A20 store = IF (A1 > = 80, "AB", IF (A1 < = 60, "BC", IF (A1 >
the names of 20 persons, which of the following = 70, "CD", "DE"))).
MS - Excel formula counts the number of IF cell A1 stores 55, then output of cell B1
persons whose names start with the letter "A" = IF (55 > 80, "AB", IF (55 < = 60, "BC", IF (55 > =
and end with "f"? 70, "CD", "DE")))
(a) =COUNTIF(A1:A20, "*Af") = IF (FALSE, "AB", IF (TRUE, "BC", IF (FALSE,
(b) =COUNTIF(A1:A20, "Af*") "CD", "DE"))).
(c) =COUNTIF(A1:A20, "A*f") = BC
(d) =COUNTIF(A1:A20, "A?f") 2026. Which of the following should be the address of
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 the range of the first five cells of the first
Ans. (c) : The COUNTIF formula in MS Excel is used column in MS - Excel 2007?
to count the number of cells within a range that meet a (a) 1A : 5A (b) A1 : E1
specified condition or criteria. (c) A1 : A5 (d) A1 : 5
Syntax - UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
= COUNTIF (range, criteria). Ans. (c) : In MS- Excel, a cell range refers to a group or
For example, a list of name in cells A1 to A20 and selection of adjacent cells within a spreadsheet. It's
counts the number of persons whose names start with identified by specifying the first cell in the range,
the letter "A" and end with "f". You can use the followed by a colon and then the last cell in the range.
COUNTIF formula like this - For example, "A1 : A5" represents a cell range that
= COUNTIF (A1 : A20, "A*f") includes the first five cells of the first column.
2022. Which of the following options of the 'Format 2027. Which of the following statements is correct
Cells → Alignment' menu is used to show about printing in MS-Excel 2007?
content of a cell from the lower-left to upper- (a) The ranges of cells for printing cannot be
right direction in MS-Excel 2007? selected manually.
(a) Horizontal Direction (b) Orientation
(c) Vertical Direction (d) Direction (b) It is not possible to print non-contiguous
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 ranges of cells.
(c) By default, Excel prints all data of the all
Ans. (b) : In MS - Excel 2007, Home → Orientation → worksheets of the current workbook.
Format Cell → Alignment menu is used to show content (d) By default, Excel prints all data of the current
of a cell from the lower-left to upper - right direction.
worksheet.
Under Orientation on the right side, in the degrees box, use
the up or down arrow to set the exact number of degrees UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
that you want to rotate the selected cell text. Ans. (d) : Printing in MS - Excel allows you to create
2023. Which of the following MS-Excel functions physical copies of your spreadsheets. By default, Excel
returns the binary number equivalent to a prints all data of the current worksheet. To print in
decimal number? Excel, follow these general steps -
(a) DEC2BIN() (b) TOBIN() 1. Open your Excel workbook.
(c) DECTOBIN() (d) DECIML2BINARY() 2. Go to the "File" tab or the office button
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 3. Select "Print" or "Print Preview".
Ans. (a) : In MS - Excel, the DEC2BIN () function is 2028. A1 cell stores the date "21-09-2022" which is
used to convert a decimal (base 10) number into its Wednesday. Which of the following formulas in
binary (base2) representation. You can use this function cell B1 display "21-Sept-2022"?
to perform binary conversions easily. (a) =TEXT(A1, "dd-mmm-yyyy")
Syntax - = DEC2BIN(). (b) =TEXT(A1, "ddd-mmm-yyyy")
2024. Which of the following is an example of (c) =TEXT(A1, "dd"-"mmm"-"yyyy")
absolute cell reference in MS-Excel 2007? (d) =TEXT(A1, "dd-mmmm-yyyy")
(a) A$5 (b) $A5 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Computer 194 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : The formula = TEXT (A1, "dd - mmm- (a) 6 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 2
yyyy") in MS - Excel is used to convert a date in cell UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
A1 in to a text string with specific date format. Cell A1 Ans. (b) : Value stored in cells A1, A2, A3 are 1, 2 and
contains a date like "21-09-2022", using = TEXT (A1, 3 respectively. On applying the formula in cell B1,
"dd - mmm - yyyy") Formula will display it as "21 - = A$1 * $A2
Sept-2022" in the cell B1. =1*2=2
2029. Two non-contiguous range of cells in a If drag the formula form B1 to B2 using the fill handle,
worksheet. How to select these two non- the formula will adjust based on the relative positions of
contiguous ranges of cells to print? the cells. In this case, the formula in B2 will be '=A$1 *
(a) Select the first range of cells→ Press shift → $A3'
Select the second range of cells. =1*3
(b) Select the first range of cells→ Press ctrl → =3
Select another range of cells So, value in B2 cell is 3.
(c) Select the first range of cells→ Press Alt → 2034. In an MS-Excel worksheet, cells A1 to A20
Select the second range of cells store the names of 20 persons. Which of the
(d) Select first range of cells→ Press Ctrl + Alt following MS - Excel formula calculates the
→ Select second range of cells number of persons whose name contains the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 letter 's' or 'S'.
(a) =COUNTIF(A1:A20, "*s*")
Ans. (b) : To print two non - contiguous range of cells in a (b) =COUNTIF(A1:A20, "s*")
worksheet, first click on the cells→ Select the first range of (c) =COUNTIF(A1:A20, "*s")
cells, press Ctrl then select the second range of cells. (d) =COUNTIF(A1:A20, "s")
2030. Which of the following value are in cell A1 of UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
an excel worksheet, if it contains the formula Ans. (a) : COUNTIF () function in MS - Excel is used
"=DEC2HEX(180)"? to count text, numbers and alphabets.
(a) B4 (b) 180 (c) 114 (d) 4B Syntax : = COUNTIF (range, criteria)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 When cells A1 to A20 in a worksheet store the names of
Ans. (a) : In MS Excel worksheet, the formula 20 people, the formula COUNTIF (A1 : A20, "*S*")
"=DEC2HEX(180)" in cell A1 will result in the value of counts the number of people whose names contains 's'
B4. Conversion decimal to Hexadecimal (180)10= (?)16 or 'S' is letter.
2035. To Automatically open a specific workbook
when you start MS Excel, you can place that
workbook in the ______ folder.
In Hexadecimal 11 → B (a) XLStart (b) Desktop
Output (B4)16 (c) At Startup (d) All Programs
2031. Which of the following values is in cell B1 of an UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
excel worksheet, if it contains the formula Ans. (a) : To automatically open a specific workbook in
"=IF(A1> = 80, A1 + 10, IF (A1 < = 60, A1- 5, an XLStart folder.
IF (A1 > = 70, A1*2, A1/2)))" and of cell A1 the (i) Click File > Options
value is 50? (ii) Click Trust Center and then trust under Microsoft
(a) 100 (b) 25 (c) 60 (d) 45 Office Excel Trust Center click center settings.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (iii) Click trusted locations and then verify the path of
Ans. (d) : In cell B1 of the Excel worksheet by applying the XLStart folder.
the formula = IF (A1>=80, A1+10, IF (A1<=60, A1-5, 2036. Which of the following represents the absolute
IF (A1> = 70, A1*2, A1/2))) the value of cell A1 is address of the cell at the intersection of the
given as 50 hence, fourth row and ninth column in MS Excel 365?
= IF (50>=80, 50+10, IF (50< = 60, 50–5, IF (50>=70, (a) 14 (b) 4$I$ (c) #I#5 (d) $I$4
50*2, 50/2))) UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
= IF (False, 60, IF ( True, 45, IF (False, 100, 25))) Ans. (d) : $I$4 represents the absolute address of the
= IF (True, 45) = 45. cell at the intersection of the fourth row and ninth
2032. In MS - Excel 2007, which of the following is column in MS Excel 365.
the first five class of the third row. What 2037. Which of the following is not a valid error type
should be the address of the range of (cells)? in MS Excel 365?
(a) C1:C5 (b) 3A:3E (a) #REF! (b) #NUM!
(c) 1C:5C (d) A3:E3 (c) #N/A! (d) #Errors!
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Ans. (d) : In MS - Excel 2007, the address of the range Ans. (d) : # Errors! is not a valid error type in MS Excel 365.
of first five cells of the third row will be A3 : E3. ###### Error
2033. 1, 2 and 3 are stored in cell A1, A2 and A3, This error is displayed when the width of the column in
respectively and the formula in cell B1 is Excel is not sufficient to show the value stores in the
"=A$1 * $A2", which results in the value 2. If cell.
B1 cell is selected and dragged to B2 cell using # N/A!
the fill handle, which of the following values This error is displayed when the value is not found in
should be in B2 cell? the given reference.
Computer 195 YCT
ye
p
# Num! 2043. In relative cell reference in MS - Excel 365, if
This error occurs when there is an invalid numeric value we copy the formula '=A4*B4' from cell E4 to
in the formula is displayed. E5, the formula in E5 is adjusted to the right
# REF! by one column and becomes_____.
This error is displayed when a deleted cell is reference (a) =E4*E5 (b) =E5*B5
in a formula. (c) =A5*B5 (d) =A5*E5
2038. Cell merging options are available in which UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
group of Home tab in MS Excel 365? Ans. (c) : In Relative cell reference of MS Excel 365, if
(a) Number (b) Font we copy the formula '=A4*B4' from cell E4 to E5 then
(c) Alignment (d) Styles cell = A5 * B5 will be displayed in E5.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 2044. Which of the following keyboard is used for
Ans. (c) : In MS Excel 365, cell merging option is inserting a new line in the same cell in MS
available in the Alignment group of the Home tab. Excel 2010 worksheet?
Merge cells - (a) Alt + Enter (b) Ctrl + Enter
(1) Select the cells to merge (c) Tab + Enter (d) Shift + Enter
(2) Select merge and center. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Unmerge cells- Ans. (a) : 'Alt + Enter' shortcut key is used to create a new
(1) Select the merge and center down arrow. line in the same cell in Microsoft Excel 2010 worksheet.
(2) Select unmerge cells. 2045. Which of the following is the primary
2039. Which of the following paste special options is executable for MS - Excel in windows
used to maintain the formatting (like font, size, operating system?
color etc.) of pasted text in MS - Excel 365? (a) excel.exe (b) msexcel.exe
(a) Keep Source Formatting (c) exel.exe (d) mexel.exe
(b) Merge Formatting UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(c) Keep text Only Ans. (a) : The primary executable file for Microsoft
(d) Picture Excel in windows operating system is typically
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 "excel.exe". This file is responsible for launching
Ans. (a) : Keep source formatting is used to maintain Microsoft Excel when you open the application.
the formatting of pasted text in MS - Excel 365. Step to 2046. Find the output of the following formula if the
apply keep source formatting -
(i) Select the cell whose formatting is to be copied. values of the cell are:
(ii) Copy the cell. B2 = 120, B3 = 130, B4 = 140, B5 = 150, B6 =
(iii) Select the cell in which formatting is to be pasted. 160? E3 = If (AND (B2> = B4, B2< = B5), B6,
(iv) Select paste special from the edit menu → select keep B7).
source formatting from the excel paste special dialog box. (a) 150 (b) 160 (c) 0 (d) 120
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
2040. In MS - Excel 2019, which of the following
allows worksheet data to be depicted Ans. (c) : In the above question, the condition B2 > =
graphically, making it easier to visualize B4 or 120 > = 140 is false and B2 < = B5 or 120 < =
comparisons and trends? 150 is true. As per the given condition, the value of E3
(a) Auto Sum (b) Pivot table will return B4 as false. While B4 cell will return 0 as
(c) Auto Fill (d) Charts result because in the condition of AND. If any one of
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 the two values is false. So the entire formula or value
Ans. (d) : Charts in MS Excel 2019 allows worksheet becomes false or null.
data to be depicted in graphical form making it easier to 2047. Which of the following is not a spreadsheet
make comparisons and visualize trends. application?
2041. Which of the following option in the Alignment (a) Open Office Calc (b) MS-Excel
group of MS Excel 365 enable used to rotate (c) Lotus 1-2-3 (d) Open Office Impress
the text up, down, or counter clockwise or to UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
align the text vertically? Ans. (d) : Open Office Impress is a free and open-
(a) Text Control (b) Orientation source presentation software included in the open office
(c) Text direction (d) Text alignment suite. It allows you to create and edit multimedia
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
presentations. While open office calc, MS - Excel and
Ans. (b) : In MS Excel 365, Orientation option in the Lotus 1-2-3 are a spreadsheet application.
Alignment group enables us to rotates the text up, down,
clockwise or counter clockwise or to align the text vertically. 2048. What will be the output of the following MS -
2042. MS - Excel 365, find the value of the formula Excel 365, if the numerical values in cells A1 to
'=CHAR(67)'. A5 are 1,2,3,4 and 5?
(a) C (b) A (c) D (d) B =SUM(A1:A3,A5)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (a) 4 (b) 11 (c) 15 (d) 6
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Ans. (a) : In MS-Excel 365, CHAR () function is also
known as the character function. It identifies the Ans. (b) : The numerical values in cells A1 to A5
character based on the number or integer, which is respectively 1,2,3,4 and 5 then
accepted by the computer language. For example, for = SUM (A1:A3, A5)
character 'C' the number is 67, so if use = CHAR (67), = SUM (A1:A2: A3, A5)
we get C. = SUM (1:2:3, 5) = SUM (6, 5) = 11
Computer 196 YCT
ye
p
2049. What will be the output of the following 2055. What the output of the following MS-Excel
formula in MS - Excel 365? formula of values in cells are A2 = 1-Jan-2022
= 105/0 and A4= 1-Feb-2022?
(a) #Name? (b) #Div/0! = DAYS360(A2, A4)
(c) 105 (d) 0 (a) 29 (b) 30 (c) 31 (d) 32
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Ans. (b) : MS - Excel shows the #Div/0! error when a Ans. (b) : The formula '=DAYS360(A2, A4)' in MS-
number is divided by zero(0). Excel calculates the number of days between two dates
=105/0 based on a 360 day year. In this case, it would consider a
#Div/0! 360 day year and calculate the number of days between 1,
2050. To instantly autofit all the columns in the January 2022 (A2) and 1 February 2022 (A4).
worksheet, we have to click the select all button The output of this formula would be 30 days.
on any range between two column heading in 2056. Which of the following software is used to
MS - Excel 365 and then click on will be. calculate loan installments?
(a) Double-click left button (a) Spreadsheets (b) Notepad
(b) Triple-click left button (c) MS-Power Point (d) MS-InfoPath 2007
(c) Single-click left button UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(d) Single-click right button Ans. (a) : Loan installment/repayment is the act of paying
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 back money previously borrowed from a lender. For this
Ans. (a) : To instantly autofit all the columns in the spreadsheet software is used. The spreadsheet software is a
worksheet, we have to click the select all button on any software tool that is used to store, manipulate and analyze
data organized in a series of rows and columns. For
range between two column headings in MS - Excel 365 example MS. Excel, Libre Office Calc, Quip, EtherCalc,
and then click on will be double - click left button. Zoho Sheets, Apple Numbers etc.
2051. Pressing the _____ key will cancel all edits 2057. Which of the following software is used for
made to cell contents in an MS Excel 365 mathematical and statistical calculation and for
worksheet? preparation of graphs?
(a) Enter (b) Shift (c) Insert (d) Esc (a) MS-PowerPoint (b) MS-Word
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (c) MS-Excel (d) WordPad
Ans. (c) : Pressing the ESC key will cancel all edits made UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
to the cell contents in an MS - Excel 365 worksheet. Ans. (c) : MS-excel is a part of the office package or
2052. The address of the cell at the intersection of the software which is used for mathematical and statistical
31st row and 20th column of an MS Excel 365 calculation or manipulation of data. It represents the
worksheet is _____. data in the form of graph. Excel also holds the records
(a) T31 (b) 31T in the form of rows and columns.
(c) 31S (d) S31 2058. Identify whether the following statements are
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 true or false.
Ans. (a) : The address of the cell of the intersection of i) Sheet2!A1 cell reference means to refer to
the 31st row and 20th column of an MS - Excel 365 cell A1 on Sheet 2 in the same workbook.
worksheet is T31. ii) [Book1.xlsx]Sheet1!A1 cell reference means
2053. Which of the following is not a valid way to edit to refer to cell A1 on Sheet 2 in the workbook
the contents of the active cell in MS - Excel Book1.xlsx.
365? iii) A relative cell reference is the one with the
(a) Clicking on the formula bar '$' sign in the row and column coordinates, for
example, $A$3.
(b) Double clicking the active cell (a) i-True, ii-False, iii- True
(c) Pressing the F5 key (b) i-False, ii-False, iii-True
(d) Pressing the F2 key (c) i-False, ii-True, iii-True
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 (d) i-True, ii-True, iii-False
Ans. (c) : Valid way to edit the contents of the active UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
cell clicking on the formula bar, double clicking the Ans. (d) : Sheet2! A1 cell reference means to refer to
active cell or pressing the F2 key while pressing the F5 cell A1 on Sheet 2 in the same workbook because to
key is not valid way. refer to a cell or a range of cells in another worksheet,
2054. What is the output of the following MS-Excel type the worksheet name followed by an exclamation
formula if values in cells are A2 = FALSE, A3 = point (!) before the cell or range. Hence statement (i) is
100, A4 = 1, A5 = 101 and A6 = TRUE? true. The statement (ii) is also true because it includes
= MAXA(A2:A5) the workbook name in square brackets followed by the
(a) 100 (b) 0 (c) 50.5 (d) 101 sheet name, exclamation point, and cell or range i.e.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 [Book1.xlsx.]Sheet1!A1. But statement (iii) is false
Ans. (d) : The MAXA function in MS-Excel is used to because a relative cell reference is a cell address
find the maximum value among a set of values, without $ sign in the row and column coordinates.
including numbers and text. It can handle both numeric 2059. Hyperlink option in MS Excel is available in
and text values within a range. The given value in cells __________ menu.
are A2 = FALSE, A3 = 100, A4 = 1, A5 = 101 and A6 (a) Formulas (b) View
= TRUE. The output of the formula = MAXA(A2 : A5) (c) File (d) Insert
is 101(maximum value). UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
Computer 197 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d) : Hyperlink option in MS Excel is available in WORKDAY() function returns a number that
Insert menu. represents a date which is the indicated number of
2060. _________ refers to a cell or a range cells on a working days before or after a date.
spreadsheet and can be used to find the values 2065. Which of the following tool is used for data
or data that the user wants a formula to Analysis:
calculate. (a) MS Word& (b) MS Access
(a) AutoSum (b) Column (c) MS Excel (d) MS PowerPoint
(c) Cell reference (d) Row UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 Ans : (c) MS Excel is a spreadsheet which is used for
Ans. (c) : A cell reference in Excel is a combination of data entry or calculation. It is used for data analysis.
a column letter and a row number that identifies a cell 2066. How many maximum rows can have a
on a worksheet, cell references can be used in formulas Microsoft Excel?
to refer to the values or contents of a there cells. (a) 1048576 (b) 524288
2061. Which of the following functions of Microsoft (c) 2097152 (d) 262144
Excel returns the maximum value from UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
selected database entries? Ans : (a) There is 1048576 total number of rows in
(a) DCOUNTA (b) DMAX Microsoft Excel 2019 and It has 16.384 columns. All
(c) DELTA (d) DCOUNT these numbers consist in a single worksheet.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
2067. Which of the following Menu bar is used to
Ans. (b) : DMAX function is classified under excel make chart in MS Excel 2016?
data base function, the function helps to find the (a) Data (b) Insert
maximum value of a specific field/column in the data (c) Home (d) Formula
base for the selected record based on the parameters UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
specified by the user. DMAX returns a numeric value Ans. (b) : Insert menu bar is used to make or create the
Formula– = DMAX (database, field, criteria) chart in MS-Excel 2016. There are following steps to
2062. Which of the following is the default value of add chart–
decimal places in ‘number’ type formatting of 1. Select the data for the chart
cell in MS Excel 2007? 2. Select Insert > Recommended Charts
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 1 3. To select the chart from the recommended chart tab
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 4. Select the 'OK'
Ans. (a) : MS Excel 2007 displays numbers with two 2068. The advantage of using a spreadsheet is:
decimal places by default. This can be changed by (a) calculation can be done automatically
selecting the cells whose format you want to change and (b) changing date automatically updates calculation
going to Format>Cells and selecting the number of (c) more flexibility
decimal places you want from the Decimal Places drop- (d) all of these
down in the Number tab of the Format Cells dialog box. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
2063. To start working in edit mode in MS Excel 365, Ans. (d) : Excel is an important part of Microsoft
which of the following is not correct? Office. It is a spreadsheet application. Data is represent
(a) Clicking the cell that contains the data you in tabular form in spreadsheet. Spreadsheet is the
want to edit and then press F2 collection of rows and columns. We can store,
(b) Clicking the cell that contains the data you manipulate and replace the data in Excel.
want to edit and clicking anywhere in the • It can be used to store text and number data there are
formula bar many advantages of spreadsheet.
(c) Double - clicking the cell that contains the • Calculation is automatically done.
data you want to edit • When any change happens in this it updates
(d) Clicking the cell that contains the data you automatically.
want to edit and then press F5 • It is more flexible.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 2069. There is grid of rows and column in each
Ans. (d) : To start working in edit mode in MS Excel worksheet of MS Excel file. What is said to this
365, click on the cell you want to edit and then press F2. each accessible element of grid?
Hence, statement of option (d) is not correct. (a) Object (b) Cell
2064. Which among the following is the function for (c) Chart (d) Template
today's date in the blank worksheet in UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
Microsoft Excel 2019? Ans. (b) : Cell are small rectangular box in the
(a) COUNTA() (b) AVERAGE() worksheet where we enter data. A cell is the intersection
(c) WORKDAY() (d) TODAY() a row and column. It is defined by row number and
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 column header. Worksheet is a single page in which
Ans. (d) : In MS Excel, TODAY() function returns the there is a collection of cell. User can perform several
current date. operations with cells in Excel. In cell user put the value.
COUNTA() function counts cells containing any type 2070. When Microsoft Excel 2016 is launched then
of information, whether that cell is empty or contains which of the following tab is active by default?
any data. (a) Data (b) Formula
AVERAGE() function calculates the (Average) (c) Home (d) View
arithmetic mean of the argument. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
Computer 198 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (c) MS Excel is very useful application software. Ans. (d) : CEILING function returns number round up,
In excel, user can work with multiple data at a time. away from zero, to the nearest multiple of significance.
When it is open by default 'Home' tab active. Syntax -
2071. What is the second name of Microsoft Word? CEILING (number, significance)
(a) System software (b) Workbook Number - The value you want to round significance -
(c) Database system (d) Word processor The multiple to which you want round.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 = CEILING (34, 10) = 40
Ans. (d) : The full name MS Word is Microsoft Word. It 2077. Which of the following MS-Excel 365 functions
is a software of Microsoft Office package. MS Word is a is used to combine the cells with a space in
word processor software. It is used for Open, Create, Edit, between them?
Formatting, Share & Print of the document. (a) =JOIN(B2," ",C2," ", D2)
(b) =COMBINE(B2," ",C2, " ", D2)
2072. What is the address of the second cell in an (c) =CONCATENATE(B2, " ",C2, " ", D2)
MS-Excel worksheet, considering cell (d) =ADD(B2, '' ", C2, " ", D2)
numbering in a row-wise order? UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
(a) A1 (b) B1 (c) A2 (d) 1B
Ans. (c) : The word 'concatenate' is just another way of
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 saying "to combine", or "to join together". This function
Ans. (b) : allows users to combine text from different cells into
S.N. A B C one cell.
1 2078. In a spreadsheet, the function MOD returns:
(a) The remainder when you divide two numbers
2 (b) The number in the middle of the set of given
In row wise order– numbers incremented by 1
(c) The mode of the numbers
Address of First Cell-[A1] (d) The number in the middle of the set of given
Address of Second Cell- [B1] numbers
Address of Third Cell- [C1] UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
2073. What is the address of the first cell of MS Excel Ans. (a) : In spreadsheet 'MOD' function returns the
spreadsheet? remainder after a number is divided by a divisor.
(a) 1A (b) 1Z (c) A1 (d) Z1 Syntax– = MOD (number, divisor)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 Example = MOD (45, 7)
Ans. (c) : The address of the first cell of the MS Excel result would be 3
spreadsheet is A1. The address of the active cell in the 2079. What is the result of the Excel formula
spreadsheet appears in the formula bar. "=CEILING(19,4) + FLOOR (19,4)"?
(a) 25 (b) 36 (c) 30 (d) 38
2074. Which of the following options can be used to
quickly generate a list of dates in sequential UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
order in MS Excel 365? Ans. (b) : In Excel 'CEILING' function rounds a
(a) Auto Hide (b) Fill Handle number up, to the nearest multiple of significance
(c) Auto Complete (d) Auto Run syntax–
= CEILING (number, multiple or significance)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
'FLOOR' function rounds a number down to the nearest
Ans. (b) : In MS Excel 365 and other MS Excel multiple of significance.
version, Fill handle is a tool that auto - fills the Syntax–
rows/columns with list of date values sequential order.
=FLOOR (number, significance)
2075. Assume that you input 12 in cell A10 and ‘7 in So, excel formula "=CEILING(19, 4) + FLOOR(19,4)"
cell B10. Entering ‘=A10 − B10’ in cell C10 20 + 16 = 36
would display 5 in that cell. What would we see
in D10 if we click Ctrl+C in C10 and Ctrl+V in 2080. What will be the output of the following MS
D10 (i.e., copy the formula)? Excel 365 formula?
(a) 5 (b) 6 (c) 0 (d) 2 = 12/8 × 6 + 4 – 2
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 (a) 12 (b) 8 (c) 11 (d) 10
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
Ans. (d) :
Ans. (c) : Given formula:
A B C D = 12 ÷ 8 × 6 + 4 – 2
= A10 − B10 ⇒ First perform the division and multiplication from
10 12 7 left to right.
=5
12 ÷ 8 = 1.5
If we copy the formula from C10 cell which is "=A10– 1.5 × 6 = 9
B10", and paste into cell 'D10' that would show formula ⇒ Now, you have:
as "=B10 – C10". Hence = 7–5 = 2 9+4–2
2076. What will be the output of the following MS ⇒ Finally, perform the addition and subtraction from
Excel function? the left to right.
=CEILING(34, 10) 9 + 4 = 13
(a) 50 (b) 35 (c) 30 (d) 40 13 – 2 = 11
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 So, the result of the Formula is 11.
Computer 199 YCT
ye
p
2081. The extension of Excel workbooks are- Ans. (c) : Workbook is a Excel File in which 255
(a) .txt (b) .jpg Worksheets exist and Each Worksheet is made by rows
(c) .zip (d) .xls and columns. The intersection area, where row &
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 column meets to each other, called cell. In a worksheet
Ans : (d) File extension is an identifier which is used in there are total 1,048,576 rows and 16,384 columns. So
the end of any computer file name. In MS Excel 2003, total number of cells would be 1,048,576×16,384 =
the file name extension is '.xls' while in excel 2007, it is 17,179,869,184 cells. Hence it is clear Ascending order
'.xlsx'. – Option (c) Cell, Worksheet, Workbook.
2082. An MS-Excel file can be called a: 2087. From which name is file known as to be made
(a) Cellbook (b) Gridsheet by Microsoft excel software generally?
(c) Worksheet (d) Workbook (a) Cell (b) Worksheets
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 (c) Grid (d) Workbook
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
Ans. (d) : The collection of worksheet is called
workbook. It helps to organize the data. MS Excel file is Ans. (d) : MS-Excel is a file in which three or many
known as workbook. In MS Excel 2007, Total number worksheets. Data is stored in worksheet. In MS Excel
of worksheets are 255. 2019, One workbook contains 255 worksheets. By
default three open sheet.
2083. An Excel workbook is a collection of: 2088. In MS-Excel worksheet, follow the given steps:
(a) worksheets (b) charts (i) Click on D5 cell
(c) workbooks (d) worksheets and charts (ii) Press shift key and click on B3 cell
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 (iii) Release the shift key
Ans : (d) Worksheet and charts– What will be ultimately displayed in the Name
• In Microsoft Excel, workbook is a collection of Box?
worksheets and charts. (a) A1 (b) 4C × 4R
• A Workbook contains several worksheets with (c) D5 (d) 4R × 4C
related content and only one of the worksheets is UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
active at a time. Ans. (c) : In MS-Excel, when click on D5 cell. Press
• Worksheets used in Excel documents is a collection shift key and click on B3 cell, release the shift key then
of cells organized in rows and columns. It is the name box displayed to D5.
working surface you interact with to enter data. 2089. What is the shortcut key to enable filtering of
2084. When you open a spreadsheet in MS-Excel, selected cells in MS-Excel?
____ displays the name of the Excel worksheet. (a) Ctrl + Shift + L (b) Ctrl + F
(a) Title Bar (b) Formula Bar (c) Alt + Click + L (d) Shift + F
(c) Cell (d) Menu Bar UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 Ans. (a) : By using the shortcut key 'Ctrl + Shift + L' in
Ans. (a) : When user open a spreadsheet in MS Excel, MS Excel, user can enable the 'Filter' option after
Title Bar displays the name of the Excel worksheet. selecting the cells.
What currently user is using. Microsoft Excel consists 2090. By using which of the following it can be seen
of basic components like an active cell, title bar column, only that data in column of worksheet which
heading a formula bar a Name box, the mouse pointer, follows the special criteria?
row headings, sheet tabs, a taskbar, tab scrolling buttons (a) AutoSum (b) Filtering
& toolbars. (c) Pivoting (d) Sorting
2085. Which of the following operations are not UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
allowed on 'protected worksheet' in MS-Excel Ans. (b) : Filter hides the data it only provides the
2019? desired output of data which follows the special criteria.
(a) Inserting a column It hides only for the temporary time period. By applying
(b) Format cells this, user can filter the data. We can apply the filter on
(c) Delete the worksheet table by using following steps–
(d) Inserting a row 1. Choose the header option of the column where you
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 want to apply filter.
Ans. (c) : From all the given options 'Delete the 2. Select those boxes which you want to see
worksheet' is not allowed on ' protected worksheet' in 3. Click on OK.
MS Excel 2019. Because worksheet is protected it could 2091. Label is placed South East in the cell of any
not be deleted until it opens. In order to delete the sheet spreadsheet and it is in Bold Format. Which of
follow the given steps– the following command will be used to remove
Home → Delete → Go to delete sheet the bold format and place that format in the
2086. Arrange the following options in ascending normal mode i.e. it would be unbold.
(a) Ctrl + R (b) Ctrl + I
order, on the basis of their size– (c) Ctrl + U (d) Ctrl + B
Worksheet, Cell, Workbook UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015
(a) Cell, Workbook, Worksheet
Ans. (d) : In the spreadsheet 'Ctrl + B' is used for bold
(b) Workbook, Worksheet, Cell format in order to bold any text. It user repeat the same
(c) Cell, Worksheet, Workbook shortcut key 'Ctrl + B' on applied format then that
(d) Worksheet, Cell, Workbook format will come to its normal position. Hence by using
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 'Ctrl+B' we can unbold any text after selecting that text.
Computer 200 YCT
ye
p
2092. CalC, Lotus 1-2-3, QuattroPro etc. are popular Ans. (b) : Table is a medium to represent multiple items
examples of ________. in the rows and columns it can store text and number. It
(a) Backup Utility user wants to show his/her presentation which is based
(b) Spreadsheet Packages on text and number, then he/she can use table.
(c) Word Processing Software 2099. Which of the following is a spreadsheet
(d) DBMS application program?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 (a) MS Word (b) MS Excel
Ans. (b) : Spreadsheet is a program which store and (c) MS Access (d) MS PowerPoint
analyze the tabular data. Some popular spreadsheet packages (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
are CalC, Lotus 1-2-3, QuattroPro, MS Excel etc.
Ans : (b) MS Excel is a spreadsheet application program.
2093. What would be alignment of point number, It is developed by Microsoft Excel is one of the most
when it is entered in the empty cell of any suitable programs that help us to store and represent the
spreadsheet? For example the number is data in tabular form, manage and manipulate data, create
345.67? optically logical charts and more. It provides the worksheet
(a) Right align (b) Left align to create a new document in it user can save the Excel File
(c) Middle align (d) Decimal align with .xlsx extension.
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I) 2100. The best application to express a large amount
Ans. (a) : When any number is entered in the vacant of detailed data would be:
cell of the spreadsheet then it would be right aligned (a) Outlook (b) Excel
and when it comes to any text string then by default it is (c) Word (d) PowerPoint
placed in left align. UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
2094. Microsoft Excel is a part of ____ application Ans. (b) : MS Excel is a spreadsheet program which
stores a large amount of data and these data can be
suit. create, Edit, Manipulate, Calculate and share. It is the best
(a) Microsoft Windows (b) Open Windows application to express a large amount of data. Excel
(c) Microsoft Office (d) Visual Basic contains multiple worksheet. A worksheet is made of rows
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) and columns that intersect each other to form cells where
Ans : (c) Microsoft Excel is a spreadsheet Application. data is entered. MS PowerPoint is used for presentation
It is a part of Microsoft Office package. It is generally purpose it is also a port of Microsoft Office package.
used to calculate manipulate of data. 2101. It is such a format, which is used for general
2095. Regardless of the number of digits displayed, a currencies value in spreadsheet and it shows
spreadsheet stores numbers with up to the default symbol of the number currency.
____digits of precision. You can instruct the Number of that decimal
(a) 14 (b) 16 (c) 13 (d) 15 places. which you want to use. It formats line
UPPCL Assistant Accountant 25.02.2022 (Shift-I) up the currency symbols and decimal points in
Ans. (d) : By default, Microsoft Excel calculates a column.
formulas and stores the results with 15 significant digits (a) General (b) Number
of precision. However, you can change this and make (c) Currency (d) Accounting
excel use the displayed value instead of the stored value UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I)
when it recalculates the formulas. Ans. (d) : Excel has an option in its ribbon to help you
2096. The column of a Microsoft Access table is quickly use the accounting number format in your
known as a/an: spreadsheet to applying this option–
(a) Inverted row (b) vertical cell Click on home tab → In Number Menu you will get
(c) record (d) field 'Accounting' option → (After selecting the table) click
on it. It formats line up the currency symbols and
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
decimal points in a column.
Ans : (d) The column of a Microsoft Access table is known
as a field. It represents the specific quality of record. 2102. Which of the following is not an archive format?
(a) Tar (b) Zip (c) .xlsx (d) rar
2097. Which of the following is a database
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
management system used for creating tables?
(a) MS Word (b) MS PowerPoint Ans. (c) : .xlsx, Extension is used in MS Excel
(c) MS Excel (d) MS Access documents file. while Tar, Zip and rar are used in
archive format. So '.xlsx' is not an archive format.
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
2103. “.xlsx” is an extension for:
Ans. (d) : Microsoft Access is a database management (a) Access (b) Excel
system offered by Microsoft. It uses the Microsoft Jet (c) Word (d) PowerPoint
database engine and comes as a part of the Microsoft UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
Office suite of application. It is used for creating table
and store the data for management. Ans. (b) : In Microsoft Excel, File document uses the
'.xlsx' extension. The extension of Microsoft access File
2098. It user want to show multiple items in any text is '.mdbx' and MS Word uses the '.docx' extension.
and number based presentation, then which while MS PowerPoint uses the '.pptx' extension.
among the following is very useful? 2104. Which among the following file extension is
(a) Shapes (b) Table used for spreadsheet file?
(c) Smart Art (d) Bullet (a) .xlsx (b) .sys (c) .pptx (d) .docx
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
Computer 201 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : .xlsx → It is used for spreadsheet file Ans. (d) : Among all the given options, chart is a
extension column chart. There are many charts available in
.sys → It is used in system file. Microsoft Excel. These are column chart, Bar Chart, Line
.pptx → This extension is used in MS PowerPoint. chart, Stock chart, Radar Chart, Area chart, XY and
.docx → It is the extension of word document. Bubble chart, Surface chart, Pie and doughnut chart etc.
2105. The file is created in MS Excel, called ____. 2110. Identify whether the given statement are true
or false.
(a) Grid (b) Database (i) Doughnut chart, show the size of items in a
(c) Worksheet (d) Workbook data series, proportional to the sum of the
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) items.
Ans : (d) MS Excel created file is called workbook. (ii) Doughnut chart is similar to pie chart, but
Workbook have 255 worksheet in it. by default only it can contain more than one data series.
three worksheet opens in windows. (a) (i) True, (ii) False (b) (i) False, (ii) False
2106. Which among the following is not the word (c) (i) False, (ii) True (d) (i) True, (ii) True
processing software? UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
(a) MS Excel (b) Note Pad Ans. (d) : The Doughnut chart is found under other
(c) MS Word (d) Word Pad charts in the charts group of the Insert tab. Doughnut
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) charts show the size of items in a data series being
Ans. (a) : Except MS Excel all of the given options are proportional to the sum of the items. A Doughnut chart
word processing software. A word processing software is similar to a pie chart but it may contain more than one
is used to edit, create, store and print the document data services.
related file. While MS Excel is a spreadsheet software it 2111. In a spreadsheet, identify the wrong option for
stores the data in tabular form. Excel is used to store, a legend in the chart.
sort, analyze and calculate the data. It is mostly used in (a) Left (b) Top (c) Down (d) Right
mathematical calculation. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
2107. Which of the following charts in MS -Excel 365 Ans. (c) : When we create a legend in chart, in MS Excel.
is used to show the size of items in a data series, We cannot down it because most of the chart uses the any
which is proportional to the sum of the items of kind of legend to help readers understand the charted data.
data arranged in a column or row? When user creates the chart, at the same time legend is
(a) Pie (b) Line (c) Scatter (d) Bar automatically created generated for that chart.
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 2112. Find out whether the given statements are true
Ans. (a) : MS Excel 365 Pie Chart data that is or false.
organized in only one column or row on an Excel sheet (i) Doughnut charts can be used when we have
can be plotted in a pie chart. Pie Chart show the size of more than one data series.
items in a data series that is proportional to the sum of (ii) Doughnut charts show data in rings, where
the items. each ring represents a data series.
2108. Which of the following are chart types in an (a) (i) False (ii) True (b) (i) False (ii) False
(c) (i) True (ii) False (d) (i) True (ii) True
MS-Excel 365 chart? UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
Chart types : Ans. (d) : Doughnut charts are similar to a pie chart and
i) Bubble ii) Scatter iii) Area are used when we have more than one data - series. A
iv) Radar Chart v) Surface Chart Doughnut chart shows data in rings, where each ring
vi) Doughnut represents a data series.
(a) Only ii, iii, v and vi
(b) Only i, ii, v and vi 2113. A Doughnut chart in Excel is similar to:
(c) Only i, ii, iii, and vi (a) Bubble chart (b) Bar chart
(d) All of i, ii, iii, iv, v and vi (c) Scatter chart (d) Pie chart
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 Ans. (d) : A Doughnut chart is a variant of the pie chart,
Ans. (d) : There are many types of chart in MS-Excel with a blank center allowing for additional information
365. These are : about the data as a whole a pie chart is a circular graph that
Column chart, Line chart, Pie and doughnut charts, shows individual categories as slices or percentages of the
Doughnut charts, Bar chart, Area chart, XY (Scatter) whole. The figure of both chart looks like same but in
and Bubble Charts, Bubble Charts, Stock Chart, Surface doughnut chart there is a center space in circle.
Chart, Radar Chart etc. 2114. In which of the following charts, categories are
2109. arranged along the vertical axis and values
along the horizontal axis?
(a) Bar (b) Pie
(c) Doughnut (d) Radar
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
Ans. (a) : In a bar chart, categories are typically
arranged along the vertical axis (y- axis), and values are
A chart given in a spreadsheet is a ––––– type represented along the horizontal axis (x- axis). So, in a
of chart. bar chart you would find categories going up and down
(a) Bar (b) Line along the vertical axis while the bars or columns
(c) Stock (d) Column repressing value extend horizontally along the
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 horizontal axis.
Computer 202 YCT
ye
p
2115. In a spreadsheet, the given chart is of ____ type. 2120. Making headings visible even while scrolling in
Excel can be done by using:-
(a) Free Pane (b) Paradox
(c) Fixed Pane (d) Carousel
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
Ans. (a) : Making headings visible even while scrolling
in Excel can be done by using 'Free Pane'. In excel, in
case of having more rows and columns. It handles the
visible row and column so that user can perform the
(a) column (b) stock proper task over there.
(c) line (d) bar 2121. What will be the address of the cell of MS -
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 Excel spreadsheet falling at the intersection of
Ans. (d) : In the above spreadsheet the given chart is the ninth and the sixth column?
bar chart. Bar chart illustrate the comparisons among (a) 9F (b) I6
individual items. A bar chart typically displays (c) 6I (d) F9
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
categories along the vertical (category) axis and values
Ans. (d) : F9 is the address of the cell of the
along the horizontal (value) x-axis. A bar chart can be
intersection of the ninth row and sixth column of the
different types. For example clustered Bar, Stacked Bar MS Excel spreadsheet.
and 100% Stacked Bar.
2122. In Excel, tiny charts placed in single cells are
2116. Every Microsoft Excel file is called: called-
(a) chart sheet (b) PDF (a) Spark Lines (b) Data Tray
(c) workbook (d) worksheet (c) Pivot Tables (d) Filters
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
Ans. (c) : Every Microsoft Excel file is called Ans. (a) : Spark line is small chart of an Excel. Which
workbook because it contains text and data which can is presented in the call of worksheet. In which you can
be modify Worksheet is a part of workbook it is the type the text and draw the spark line of that background
actual working area of Excel. when you put the spark line next to the data then you
2117. What is the maximum available number of can easily see the relation between data and sparkline.
sheets in Microsoft Excel? 2123. In Excel, where is the Cancel button located?
(a) No limit (restricted by the memory capacity) (a) Tool Bar (b) Menu Bar
(b) 8 (c) Title Bar (d) Formula Bar
(c) 28 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
(d) 48 Ans. (d) : Cancel button is located at the corner of
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 formula bar, next to the name box. In this box, excel
Ans : (a) There is no limit for worksheet in Excel formula is written.
workbook. Although user are limited to 255 sheets in a 2124. Match the points under the column 'MS-Excel
new workbook, Excel does not limit how many Function' with those under the column
worksheets user can add after user have created a 'Description.'
workbook. The only factor that ultimately limits the MS-Excel Function Description
number of worksheets your workbook can hold your a) = TODAY ()+1 i) This function returns
the number of days
computer's memory so it depends on the size of between two days.
memory that computer holds. b) =COUNTIF() ii) This function inserts
2118. How many columns are there in a sheet of the next date from the
Excel 2010? system date.
(a) 16024 (b) 16384 c) =WEEKDAY() iii) This function counts
(c) 1024 (d) 1600 the cells based on the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 criteria given.
Ans. (b) : In MS Excel 2010, there are 16384 columns d) =DAYS() IV) This function
returns a number from 1
in a sheets– to 7 identifying the day
Version - Row - Column of the week of a date.
2003 - 65536 - 256 (a) a-ii, b-i, c-iii, d-iv (b) a-iii, b-i, c-iv, d-ii
2007 - 1048576 - 16384 (c) a-i, b-ii, c-iv, d-iii (d) a-ii, b-iii, c-iv, d-i
2010 - 1048576 - 16384 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
2119. Which of the following is not an option when Ans. (d) : = TODAY () function returns the serial
you open a spreadsheet in Windows? number of current system date. But
(a) Data Place (b) Recent Workbooks = TODAY () +1 function returns the next date from the
(c) Computer (d) Add a Place system date.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 = COUNTIF () function counts the number of cells that
Ans. (a) : Data place is not an option when you open a meet a criterion.
spreadsheet in Windows. When we open the = WEEKDAY () function returns the day of the week
spreadsheet in Windows then there are the some options from a given date i.e. from 1 (Sunday) to 7 (Saturday).
we get such as recent workbooks, computer, add a = DAYS () function is a Date/Time function used for
place. calculating the number of days between two dates.
Computer 203 YCT
ye
p
2125. _____ of the Window MS Excel shows the items 2131. What will be the value of the following MS-
of the active cell? Excel function.
(a) Menu Bar (b) Status Bar · AVERAGE (2, 4, 5, 0, 0, 1)
(c) Scroll Bar (d) Formula Bar (a) 3 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Ans. (d) : Formula bar of the window MS Excel shows the Ans. (d) : In MS Excel, 'AVERAGE()' function returns
items of the active cell. It is located at the top of the Excel the average (arithmetic mean) of its arguments, which
Window spreadsheet. The left side of formula bar there is can be numbers or names, arrays or references that
location of Name box in which the cell address shows. contain numbers .....
2126. Which location among the following shows the = AVERAGE (2, 4, 5, 0, 0, 1) ⇒ 2
MS Excel File name?
(a) Menu Bar (b) Status Bar 2 + 4 + 5 + 0 + 0 + 1 12
= = =2
(c) Scroll Bar (d) Title Bar 6 6
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) So, the result is 2.
Ans. (d) : The name of MS Excel file name shows on the 2132. What will be the value of the following MS-
Title bar location. Title bar is located at the top of excel Excel 2019 function?
window screen. Microsoft Excel shows the current =AVERAGE (2, 4, 5, -1, 0)
workbook name which is being used at that time. (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 2
2127. When you delete any cell related to MS Excel UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
formula cell, which of the following False/Error Ans. (d) : In MS Excel 2019, 'AVERAGE' function
shows? returns the arithmetic mean of its arguments.
(a) #VALUE! (b) #NAME? = AVERAGE (2, 4, 5, –1, 0)
(c) #N/A (d) #REF! 2 + 4 + 5 + ( −1) + 0 11 −1 10
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) AVERAGE = = = =2
Ans. (d) 5 5 5
♦ #Value! → This false or error appears when user So, the result would be 2.
enters any wrong value. 2133. When following Microsoft Excel function is
♦ #Name? → It appears when user enters the formula entered in to the cell then what would be the
with wrong text or wrong formula. result?
♦ #N/A: → This false or error appears anything not = AVERAGE (3, 12 > 16, 9)
found or can't recognized by excel. (a) 4 (b) 9 (c) 6 (d) 4.5
♦ #REF! → It shows the error when user delete any UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
cell which is related to excel formula. Ans : (a) In MS Excel, 'AVERAGE()' function returns
2128. In a spreadsheet what output would the the average or arithmetic mean of the selected values it
formula = DIV (10, 3) give? takes logical 'TRUE' as '1' and logical 'False' as '0'
(a) 3.3 (b) 3 = AVERAGE (3, 12 > 16, 9)
(c) 1 (d) #NAME?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 3 + 12 > 16 + 9 3 + 0 + 9 12
= = = =4
Ans. (d) : There is no any 'div()' function in MS Excel 3 3 3
so it will show '#Name?' Error. 2134. Which of the following can be created in Excel?
2129. In MS Excel 2016, what is the result of the (a) Line graphs and pie charts
following formula? (b) Only line graphs
=AVERAGE(10, 20, 30, 40, 50) (c) Bar charts, line graphs and pie charts
(a) 30 (b) 150 (c) 50 (d) 10 (d) Bar charts and line graphs
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01) UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016
Ans: (a) In MS Excel 2016 'AVERAGE()' function Ans : (c) In Excel, Bar charts, line graphs and pie charts
returns the Arithmetic Mean i.e. average of selected can be created.
values–
So, = AVERAGE(10, 20, 30, 40, 50) = 30 We can insert the chart by using following steps–
insert > pie, insert > Line, insert > Bar
10 + 20 + 30 + 40 + 50 150 2135. Which chart would be suitable to represent the
AVERAGE = = = 30
5 5 differences of the countries from years 1920
2130. Which of the following are the correct ways to that have top five most population.
edit a formula in MS-Excel? (a) Column (b) Line
(i) Select the cell, edit in the formula bar (c) Statistical (d) Pie
(ii) Double-click the cell, edit directly UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
(iii) Select the cell, press F2, edit directly Ans. (b) : Column Chart– Data that is arranged in
(a) Only (i) and (ii) (b) All (i), (ii) and (iii) columns or rows on a worksheet can be plotted in a
(c) Only (ii) and (iii) (d) Only (i) and (iii) column chart. A column chart typically displays
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 categories along the horizontal (category) axis and
Ans. (b) : To Edit the formula of MS Excel user can values along the vertical (value) axis.
(i) Select the cell, edit the formula bar. Line Chart– Data that is arranged in columns or rows
(ii) Double-click the cell, edit directly. on a worksheet can be plotted in a line chart. In a line
(iii) Select the cell, press 'F2', edit directly. chart, category data is distributed evenly along the
These are the ways to edit formula in excel workbook. horizontal axis and all value data is distributed evenly

Computer 204 YCT

ye
p
along the vertical axis. Line charts can show continuous Ans : (a) Microsoft Excel is an application software
data over time on an evenly scaled axis, so they are which is used to make marksheet and all. It contains cell
ideal for showing trends in which is an actual working area in MS Excel. In
Pie Chart– Pie charts show the size of items in one data Microsoft Excel 2013, a cell can contain a total number
series proportional to the sum of the items. The data points of 32767 characters.
in a pie chart are shown as a percentage of whole pie. 2142. The maximum possible number of rows in MS-
2136. The boxes that contain the symbols repressing Excel 2019 is:
the name and color of each series in the chart (a) 1024 (b) 65536
are called ____. It is usually used when there (c) 1048576 (d) 32768
are two or more series in chart. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(a) Legend (b) Data Label Ans. (c) : In MS Excel 2019 there are total maximum
(c) Data Table (d) Axis Title numbers of rows 1048576 and columns numbers are 16384.
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) 2143. The best application to express a large amount
Ans. (a) : Legend– A legend in excel matches data of detailed data would be -
within a table or chart with what it represents, which (a) Outlook (b) Excel
can help prevent confusion when readers analyze a chart (c) Word (d) PowerPoint
or graph. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Data Label– It shows the actual value in data series. Ans : (b) Excel is an application software which is used
Data Table– It is a simple table which shows all the to draw the charts and marksheet etc. It can be used to
values of data series. represent and express large amount of details data.
2137. In Microsoft Excel, an active cell has a thick 2144. Making headings visible even while scrolling in
border (than normal grid lines). There is a Excel can be done by using-
small solid box in its bottom right corner. This (a) Freeze Pane (b) Paradox
box is called? (c) Fixed Pane (d) Carousel
(a) Fill Handle (b) Edit Handle UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(c) Copy Handle (d) File Handle Ans : (a) Making headings visible even while scrolling
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 in Excel can be done by using freeze pane. Freeze pane
allows user to lock the columns or rows so that when
Ans : (a) Fill handle is a feature in excel that enables user scroll down or over to view the rest of the excel
you to auto complete a list in a row/column by simply sheet the column or row will remain on the screen.
dragging it using your mouse. 2145. When you enter numerical data in a cell of an
2138. By default, how is text horizontally aligned MS-Excel worksheet, by default, it has
inside a cell in Excel? horizontal alignment is _______.
(a) Left aligned (b) Center aligned (a) left (b) center (c) right (d) justify
(c) Right aligned (d) None of these UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
(RRB SSE (Shift-II), 03.09.2015) Ans. (c) : In MS Excel, text is left aligned by default
Ans : (a) In Excel, by default the text inside cells are and numbers are right aligned, formulas in Excel are
left aligned horizontally and numbers right aligned. right aligned by default.
2139. In an MS-Excel 2019 sheet, press _______ to 2146. In MS-Excel sheet, if text is overflowing from
move one cell to the right. Press _______ to go any cell, then this problem can be solved by
to the next cell downward in the same column. using which of the following?
(a) Enter; Alt+Enter (b) Tab; Enter (a) Text Bumping (b) Text Aligning
(c) Tab; Alt+Enter (d) Enter; Ctrl+Enter (c) Text Wrapping (d) Text Marging
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Ans. (c) : In MS Excel text wrapping is used to prevent the
Ans. (b) : In MS-Excel 2019, 'Tab' key is used to move overflow of text. There are following steps to apply this–
one cell to the right and 'Enter' key is used to go to the • Select the cells that you want to format
next cell downward in the same column.
• On the Home tab, click 'Wrap Text'.
2140. What happens if you press 'Alt + Enter'
keyboard shortcut in MS-Excel worksheet? 2147. By default, in Microsoft Excel cell, text is
______ aligned.
(a) The control of the active cell will be center (a) Top (b) Middle (c) Right (d) Left
aligned UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
(b) The contents of the active cell will be UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
underlined Ans. (d) : By default in Microsoft excel cell text is left
(c) The contents of the active cell will be deleted aligned. Alignment shows the position of number and
(d) A new line will be formed in the active cell text in the cell. For example Left, Right, Top and
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 Bottom alignment.
Ans. (d) : It pressing the shortcut key Alt + Enter in a MS- 2148. When 'Quarter1' text is entered in the vacant
Excel worksheet creates a new line in the active cell. cell of spreadsheet then text will be ____.
2141. In Microsoft Excel 2013, a cell can contain a (a) Centre aligned (b) Right aligned
total number of _____ characters. (c) Middle aligned (d) Left aligned
(a) 32,767 (b) 16,384 UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
(c) 409 (d) 255 Ans. (d) : Any text is entered in the vacant cell of
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 spreadsheet would be left aligned.

Computer 205 YCT

ye
p
2149. Which of the following tabs of MS - Excel 365 2156. In excel left upper side. You can check that
includes cell alignment options like top align part in which you want to check the spelling in
middle etc? review mode by clicking on the spell check
(a) Draw (b) Home (c) Data (d) Insert symbol. What are the number of options
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016 available under spell check?
Ans. (b) : There are three types of cell alignment in (a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 6
Home tab of MS Excel 365, Top Align, Middle Align UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
on Bottom Align, which is used for text cell align. Ans : (c) There are seven options available in spell
2150. Which among the following statement is check option.
wrong/incorrect about Microsoft Excel? 2157. In a cell of spreadsheet label of answer is
(a) It can also be changed of any worksheet name mentioned in 'Italic Format'. Which of the
(b) Text and numbers both can not be in following command will change from Italic to
worksheet Normal format?
(c) By default, Number is right aligned (a) Ctrl + B (b) Ctrl + U
(d) By default, Text data is left aligned (c) Ctrl + R (d) Ctrl + l
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
Ans : (b) Microsoft Excel is an application software Ans. (d): Ctrl+B→This shortcut is used to 'Bold' the texts.
which is used to make the marksheet etc. In this Ctrl+I→It is used to make the text Italic of selected text.
worksheet both numbers and text can be added. Ctrl + R → To right alignment.
2151. Which of the following sequence can be used to Ctrl + U → To underline the selected text.
delete the contents of a cell in an MS - Excel 2158. In Microsoft Excel, there is a (√) symbol at the
worksheet? left side of formula bar, shows the ____ button.
(a) Select -> Esc (b) Select -> Ctrl (a) Address (b) Cancel
(c) Select -> Delete (d) Select -> Alt (c) Enter (d) Formula
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans. (c) : To delete the contents of a cell in an MS Ans : (c) In Microsoft Excel, there is a (√) symbol at
Excel/ worksheet select the cell and delete it or click on the left side of formula bar, shows the Enter button.
the cell and then press backspace. 2159. Which of the following shortcut keys can be
2152. Which of the following is not a valid method to used in MS-Excel to edit cell comments?
remove the content of MS Excel cell? (a) Alt + F2 (b) Ctrl + F4
(a) Select the cell and press 'Delete' key (c) Shift + F1 (d) Shift + F2
(b) Right Click on cell and select clear contents UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(c) Right click on cell and choose remove Ans. (d) : Shift + F2 shortcut key is used to edit the
(d) Select the cell and press backspace key comment cell while to close the any selected workbook
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) window 'Ctrl + F4' shortcut key is used.
Ans. (c) : Right click on cell and choose remove is not a 2160. In Microsoft Excel 2016, which shortcut key is
correct 'option' or valid option to remove the content of used to hide/show the Ribbon?
MS Excel cell. So except (c) option all option are right. (a) Shift + F1 (b) Ctrl + F2
2153. The default Orientation of Microsoft Excel (c) Ctrl + F1 (d) Shift + F2
Worksheet is UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(a) Hanging (b) Landscape Ans : (c) In Microsoft Excel 2016, the Ctrl + F1
(c) Horizontal (d) Portrait shortcut key is used to hide or show the ribbon bar.
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) • 'Shift + F2' → It is used to add a comment to a cell.
Ans : (d) In MS Excel, by default the orientation of 2161. Which of the following keys can be used to insert
worksheet is portrait. It can be changed by the a new worksheet in MS-Excel workbook?
orientation option of Page layout 'Tab'. (a) Shift + F11 (b) F12
2154. In Microsoft Excel, when any new worksheet is (c) Alt + F11 (d) Ctrl + F11
opened, then which among the following cell is UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
active by default? Ans. (a) : In MS-Excel 'Shift + F11' shortcut key is
(a) B2 (b) A1 (c) Z26 (d) Y25 used to insert a new worksheet in excel workbook.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) • Alt+F11→It is used to open Microsoft visual basic
Ans : (b) By default 'A1' cell is active in worksheet of editor.
MS Excel, when user opens any new sheet. • Ctrl + F11 → This keys add a macro sheet in your
2155. The entire worksheet in Excel can be selected by currently open excel workbook with a default name
(a) Ctrl + Spacebar (b) Ctrl+Shift+ Spacebar like 'Marco 1, Macro 2 etc".
(c) Shift + Spacebar (d) All of these 2162. In Excel, you can select the entire row by
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) pressing –
(a) Ctrl + Spacebar (b) F8 + arrow key
Ans : (b) (c) Shift + arrow key (d) Shift + Spacebar
Ctrl + Spacebar → Selecting the entire column. (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
Shift + Spacebar → Selecting the entire row. Ans : (d) Shift+Spacebar shortcut key is used to select
Ctrl + Shift + Spacebar→ To selecting the entire entire row while Ctrl+Spacebar is used to select entire
worksheet. column.

Computer 206 YCT

ye
p
2163. Which of the following symbols is used to Ans : (d)
represent the 'Insert Function' option in F11 - F11 key adds a chart to your excel. It you hit
Microsoft Excel? F11 after selecting a specific range then it
(a) ∑ (b) Ω (c) Π (d) fx uses the same range in chart.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015 F8 - It enables and disables "Extend Mode"
Ans. (d) : The fx symbol is used to represent the 'Insert selection in excel.
Function option in Microsoft Excel. The shortcut for F4 - Toggles between cell references absolute,
insert function is shift + F3. The symbol ∑ represents relative and mixed reference. Also repeats
the auto sum function. last action performed in workbook.
2164. In Microsoft Excel, which of the following F2 - This function key edit contents of an excel.
shortcut key is used to open 'Insert Function' 2170. In Microsoft Excel, to edit the formula or any
Window? text you will have to press the ____ key after
(a) Shift + F1 (b) Alt + F1 selecting that cell.
(c) Shift + F3 (d) Ctrl + F3 (a) F2 (b) F4
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) (c) F1 (d) Shift + F3
Ans. (c) : In Microsoft Excel, 'Shift + F3' shortcut key UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
is used to open 'Insert Function' window. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
2165. In Microsoft Excel, which shortcut key is used Ans : (a) F2 shortcut key is used to edit the formula or
to go to the last cell of any row? texts after selecting any cell.
(a) Alt + right arrow (b) Ctrl + right arrow • F1 → It opens excel help
(c) Ctrl + left arrow (d) Ctrl + top arrow • F4 → Toggles between cell references– Absolute,
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) Relative and Mixed reference. Also repeats last action
Ans. (b) : Ctrl + right arrow shortcut key is used to go performed in workbook.
to the last cell of any row. • Shift + F3 → It opens dialog box to select function to
• Ctrl + left arrow → It is used to go to the left most insert in the selected cell.
cell of any row.
2171. What will be the affect of pressing F2 key after
• Ctrl+top arrow → To go to the top most of data region.
selecting a cell in Microsoft Excel?
2166. In Excel spreadsheet which among the (a) Content will be bold of the cell
following key is can used to select Non- (b) Cell will be changed in edit mode
consecutive (Random) cell? (c) Background color will be change of the cell
(a) Ctrl (b) Shift (d) The item of the cell will be deleted
(c) Alt (d) Tab UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans : (b) The affect pressing F2 key after selecting a
Ans. (a) : To select the multiple row and column press cell in Microsoft Excel, cell will be changed in edit
the 'shift + space' key while 'Ctrl' key used to select non mode.
-consecutive (Random) cell.
2172. "What-if Analysis" command is available
2167. The default screen that appears when a under _______ section of menu bar in MS-
Microsoft Excel application is opened is called Excel 2007.
(a) Database (b) Document (a) Review (b) View
(c) Table (d) Worksheet (c) Formulas (d) Data
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Ans : (d) Worksheet is the combination of row and
Ans. (d) : "What-if Analysis" command is available
column. The intersection area of row and column is
called cell. When MS Excel is opened then by default under data section of menu bar in MS Excel 2007.
screen that appears is called worksheet. What if Analysis try out various values for the formulas
in your sheet using scenario manager goal seek and data
2168. Which of the following statement is incorrect tables.
about a spreadsheet software?
(a) A cell in one worksheet is referenced by a cell 2173. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is
in another worksheet in the same worksheet. used insert 'Auto sum' a quick and easy way to
(b) A worksheet can be renamed without add multiple values?
affecting the names of any other worksheets (a) Shift + = (b) Ctrl + =
(c) An existing worksheet can be duplicated in (c) Tab + = (d) Alt + =
the same workbook. UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
(d) A deleted worksheet is gone away in recycle- DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
bin and it can be received before saving the Ans. (d) : In Microsoft Excel, you can use the keyboard
worksheet shortcut "Alt + =" to insert the "Auto sum" function.
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) This is a quick and easy way to add multiple values in a
Ans. (d) : In the given options, option 'd' is incorrect/wrong selected range.
because deleted worksheet file goes away in file history of 2174. In MS–Excel F11 is the shortcut key for–
worksheet. It does not go into the recycle bin. (a) opening a document
2169. What is the keyboard shortcut for creating a (b) inserting hyperlink
chart from the selected cell range in Excel? (c) help
(a) F2 (b) F4 (c) F8 (d) F11 (d) creating a chart form the selected cell range
(UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016) (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
Computer 207 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (d) F11 = Shortcut function key is used to create Ans. (c) : Z$A$250 this reference cell is not valid cell
a chart form the selected cell range. reference address. AD205, AA256, A$260 are valid cell
Ctrl + K = To insert the hyperlink in selected cell. address.
Ctrl + O = To open document. 2181. Which of the following keyboard shortcut can
2175. The meaning of (∧) caret operator is in MS be used to create a chart for selected cells in
Excel. Microsoft Excel 2016?
(a) division (b) percentage (a) F7 (b) F11 (c) F4 (d) F3
(c) exponentiation (d) addition UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 Ans : (b) The 'F11' keyboard shortcut can be used to
Ans : (c) (∧) caret operator is used to raise a number create a chart for selected cells in Microsoft Excel 2016.
to the power of an exponent. • F3 displays the paste name dialog box.
Syntax– result = number ∧ exponent • F4 cycles through all types of cell references.
2176. Which of the following is the example of • F7 displays the spelling dialog box.
spreadsheet? 2182. In MS Excel, formula is started by a symbol?
(a) Word pad (b) Microsoft Excel (a) + (b) = (c) # (d) @
(c) Note pad (d) Microsoft Point (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) Ans : (b) Formula is started by a '=' symbol in
Ans. (b) : Spreadsheet is a tool which is used to store Microsoft Excel Worksheet.
and analyze the data. In spreadsheet, data is placed in 2183. Which of the following statements is/are
rows and columns. These data can be represented in FALSE?
chart form. Microsoft Excel is the example of (i) All formulas in Excel return a result, even
spreadsheet which is widely used most. when the result is an error.
(ii) The beauty of cell references in a
2177. What is the absolute address of the cell at the
spreadsheet is that they automatically
intersection of the 27th row and 26th column of update when a formula is copied to a new
an MS - Excel spreadsheet? location.
(a) &27&Z (b) &Z&27 (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (ii)
(c) $Z$27 (d) $27$Z (c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019
Ans. (c) : Absolute address of the cell at the intersection
Ans. (d) : In Excel, all formulas return a result, even
of the 27th row and 26th column of an MS -Excel when the result in an error. In spreadsheet, due to cell
spreadsheet is $Z$27. references, it automatically update when a formula
2178. What is the correct method to represent the copied to a new location. Hence both statement are true.
'C1' cell from following which have the 2184. Which of the following Microsoft Excel
absolute row and column both? formula is not valid?
(a) C$1 (b) C$1$ (c) $C1$ (d) $C$1 (a) = 1 + 2 (b) = = A1 + A2
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 (c) = A1 – A2 + 2 (d) = A1 – A2
Ans : (d) When we use the '$' symbol in MS Excel cell UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
then it is called absolute cell reference. It locks a Ans. (b) : In the given MS Excel formula option (b) is
reference in formula. not valid. When user write any formula, put the only
Add $ to the formula to used absolute reference. one '=' sign before the formula there is no use of' =='
The dollar sign ($) has three different states– sign in MS Excel.
1. Absolute for column and row. The reference is 2185. Which sign in used to write before the excel cell
absolutely locked. Example = $C1$1 for writing the formula?
2. Absolute for the column. The reference is locked to (a) ? (b) & (c) = (d) %
that column. The row remains relative. UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Example = $C1 Ans. (c) : '=' sign is used to write before the excel cell
3. Absolute for the row. The reference is locked to that when write the formula.
row. The column remains relative. Example = C$1 Example- = SUM (A1 : A10)
2179. What is the absolute address of first cell of the 2186. What is the maximum number of characters
Microsoft Excel Work sheet? that can be used to rename a worksheet in MS
(a) 1$A$ (b) $A1$ Excel 2016?
(c) $1A$ (d) $A$1 (a) 31 (b) 256 (c) 32 (d) 16
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans. (a) : Microsoft excel does not allow worksheet
Ans. (d) : In Microsoft Excel Worksheet, the absolute name longer than 31 characters. It cannot have any special
address of first cell would be '$A$1'. When we put ($) character as name. To rename the worksheet right click on
sign before any of cell, then that cell is converted in the bottom side of worksheet and rename that.
absolute cell.
2187. Cell C3 of the spreadsheet contains the
2180. Which of the following is not a valid cell following formula.
reference address in Microsoft Excel? = A1-$A$2
(a) AD205 (b) AA256 Which of the following statement is correct?
(c) Z$A$250 (d) A$260 (a) It the content of cell A1 is changed, the
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) output displayed in cell C3 will not change.
Computer 208 YCT
ye
p
(b) If the content of cell A2 is changed, the 2192. Which type of reference is given in following?
output displayed in cell C3 will change. = $B$3*$C$3
(c) The content of cell 'A2' cannot be changed (a) Mixed reference (b) Absolute reference
(d) If the content of cell A2 is changed, the (c) Column reference (d) Relative reference
output displayed in cell C3 will not change. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) Ans : (b) Absolute cell reference is the cell reference
Ans. (b) : If any contents are given in spreadsheet's in which the row and column are made constant by
cells like A1 and A2 and in cell C3 there is a formula = adding the dollar ($) sign before the column name and
row number. The absolute cell reference does not
A1 – $A$2. If any content of cell A1 will change, change as you copy the formula from one cell to other
automatically cell 'C3' will be updated. hence given formula is an absolute reference. If either
2188. Which of the following is a valid formula in the row or the column is made constant then it is known
Microsoft Excel? as a mixed reference. You can also press the F4 key to
(a) = $A$1 – $A2$ (b) = = A1 – A2 make any cell reference constant = ($A$1+$B2) this is
(c) $2 + $2 (d) = A1 – A2 + 2 the example of mixed reference.
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) 2193. If cell 'A1' and 'A2' are empty, what would be
Ans. (d) the value of following excel formula?
S.N. A = A1*A2
(a) 1 (b) Name? error
1 10 (c) 0 (d) Value! Error
2 5 UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ans. (c) : If cell 'A1' and 'A2' are empty
= A1–A2+2 = 10–5+2 = 7 '=A1*A2' formula will show 0 as result.
It is clear from above example that option (d) is the valid
formula in excel and rest of the formulas are invalid. 2194. Which of the following is valid Microsoft cell
reference.
2189. Which among the following is not a valid (a) #A#2 (b) $2$A (c) $A2$ (d) $A$2
function in Microsoft Excel 2016? UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
(a) SUM() (b) SUMMINUS() UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(c) SUMPRODUCT() (d) SUMIF() Ans. (d) : An absolute cell reference is that cell
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) reference in which row and column both have the dollar
Ans : (b) In Microsoft Excel 2016, SUM(), ($) sign. So valid cell address is option (d) i.e. $A$2.
SUMPROUDUCT() and SUMIF() functions are exist. 2195. What is the value of following excel formula?
• SUM() → This function adds all the numbers in a = ABS(–2) + ABS(–3)
range of cells (a) 1 (b) 5 (c) –5 (d) –1
• SUMIF() → It adds the cells specified by a given UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
condition on criteria. Ans. (b) : In Microsoft Excel ABS() function returns
• SUMPRODUCT() → It returns the sum of the the absolute value of a number without its sign.
products of corresponding ranges or arrays. Syntax: ABS (number)
2190. Which of the following symbols is used to enter = ABS (–2) +ABS (–3)
formula in a MS-Excel cell? = 2+3 = 5
(a) $ (b) + (c) # (d) = 2196. It cell A1 and A2 cell are 15 and 5 respectively
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) what would be the value of following excel
DSSSB Craft Instructor (ESM) 06.10.2019 formula?
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I = $A$1/$A$2
HSSC Electrician Instructor -17.12.2019 (a) 1.0 (b) 1.5
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(c) Value! error (d) 3
Ans. (d) : All the Excel formula starts from '=' equal UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
sign. After '=' equal sign user can put the function or
calculation. For example Adding the values from cell Ans. (d)
'B1' to cells 'B5' → S.N. A B
= B1+B2+B3+B4+B5 1 15
or = SUM (B1:B5)
2 5
2191. In MS Excel, what is the use of AutoSum feature?
(a) To get the total sum of values in the range of = $A$1/$A$2 = 15/5 = 3
numeric cells. 2197. Which is the output of following excel sheet
(b) to get the total count of rows. formula?
(c) To get the total count of cells. = LEN ("NAME")
(d) To get the total count of columns. (a) 16 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 2
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Ans : (a) MS Excel is an application software in which Ans : (b) The LEN () function in Excel can count the
autosum feature automatically add it up. Your total will number of characters in a text string and count letters,
appear after the selected cells. Hence option (a) is numbers, special characters, non-printable characters
correct which is–To get the total sum value of values in and all spaces from an Excel cell.
the range of numeric cells. So, = LEN ("NAME") = 4

Computer 209 YCT

ye
p
2198. Which area in an Excel window allows entering 2204. After entering a value in a cell of a spreadsheet,
of values and formulas ? the cursor moves to which position when the
(a) Title bar (b) Menu bar enter key is pressed?
(c) Formula bar (d) Standard toolbar (a) Down (b) Left
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) (c) Right (d) Up
Ans : (c) Excel formula bar is a thin bar below the UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
ribbon that displays the selected cell's content and Ans. (a) : When enter key is pressed, after entering a
displays the cell address of selected cell on the left side. value in a cell of a spreadsheet the cursor moves down.
You can also enter a value into the cell from the 2205. ".xlsx" is an extension for -
formula bar. It has three buttons (Enter, Cancel and
Insert a function). (a) Access (b) Excel
(c) Word (d) Power Point
2199. In MS-Excel 2016, which of the following MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
ribbon items includes 'Symbol' dialog box? Ans : (b) .xlsx is an extension for Microsoft Excel.
(a) Tools (b) Format Excel is an application software which is also called
(c) Insert (d) View spreadsheet. It contains data in tabular form and
UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
perform calculation and manipulation over that data by
Ans: (c) In MS Excel 2016, symbol dialog box predefined functions and formulas.
available in 'Insert tab'. Symbol box add symbols that
2206. Which of the following function is invalid in
are not on your keyboard user can choose from a variety
of options including mathematical, currency and copy MS-Excel?
right symbols. (a) SUMIF() (b) SUBTOTAL()
(c) SUM() (d) ADD()
2200. In Microsoft Excel 2013, Which of the MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
following menus includes group, ungroup and Ans. (d) : In the above given options, option (d) is
subtotal option? invalid function in MS Excel, because this is not the
(a) Formula (b) Data function of MS Excel.
(c) View (d) Review
• SUM()– This function adds all the numbers in a range
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
of cells.
Ans : (b) In Microsoft Excel 2013, Data menu includes • SUMIF()– It adds the cells specified by a given
group, ungroup and subtotal option. condition or criteria.
2201. Which of the following menu items include the • SUBTOTAL()– It returns a subtotal in a list or
sort & filter command in MS- Excel 2016? database.
(a) View (b) Formulas
(c) Data (d) Review 2207. In a spreadsheet, G7 has 01-03-2020 and G8
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning has 02-04-2020. What will be the output of the
Ans. (c) : MS - Excel includes the sort & filter following formula = DAYS (G7, G8)
command in the data menu items. This is a tool by (a) 31 (b) –32 (c) 32 (d) – 31
which any data can be easily analyzed i.e. the data can MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
be set in ascending or descending order. Ans. (b) : In a spreadsheet, 'Days' function returns the
2202. In Microsoft Excel, you can do page breaks number of days between the two dates. Hence it will
return '–32' as return.
using the various options listed below only one = Days(G7, G8)
of the options is correct. Get to know that. ie –32
(a) Select Row → Text Layout → Page Setup
Group → Breaks → Insert Page Break 2208. The complete syntax for TIME function in
(b) Page Layout → Page Setup Group → Breaks Excel is:
→ Insert Page Break (a) TIME (hour, min)
(c) Select Row → Page Layout → Page Setup (b) TIME (hour, min, sec, ms)
Group → Breaks → Insert Page Break (c) TIME (hour, min, sec)
(d) Format → Page Layout → Page Setup (d) TIME (day, hour, min)
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Group → Breaks → Insert Page Break
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning Ans. (c) : The complete syntax for TIME function in
Ans : (c) There are following steps to add page breaks Excel is–
in MS Word document– =TIME(hour, minute, second)
Select Row → Page Layout → Page Setup Group → 2209. "In excel, function "MOD" is used for..............
Breaks → Insert Page Break (a) Returning remainder from division
2203. Which is the default file extension of Excel file (b) Modulus value of Integer
(c) Returning quotient of division
in MS-Office 2007? (d) Converting integer to Modulus value
(a) .xls (b) .xlsx (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
(c) .accts (d) .docx Ans : (a) In MS Excel MOD function returns the
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) remainder after a number is divided by a divisor. Hence
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) option (a) is correct. Which is returning remainder from
Ans : (b) '.xlsx' is the default file format for Excel 2007 division.
and later while xls is the default file format from Excel Syntax:
97 to Excel 2003. =MOD (number, divisor)
Computer 210 YCT
ye
p
The 'mod' function syntax has the following arguments– (c) Relative
• Number – Required, the number for which you want (d) None of these
to find the remainder. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
• Divisor – Required, the number by which you want Ans. (c) : Relative Cell Reference– It is the default
to divide number. cell reference in Excel. It is simply the combination of
Note. column name and row number without any dollar($)
• If divisor is 0, MOD returns the #DIV/0! error value. sign. When you copy the formula from one cell to
• The mode function can be expressed in terms of the another the relative cell address changes depending on
INT function relative position of column and row. Relative references
MOD(n, d) = n–d*INT(n/d) are used when we want to perform a similar operation
2210. Which of the following is NOT a valid function on multiple cells and the formula must change
in MS-Excel? according to the relative address of column and row.
(a) ABS() (b) MOD() 2215. If we want to enter data in the same cell but on
(c) MID() (d) ADD() a new line in MS Excel 365, which of the
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning following keyboard shortcuts will be used?
Ans. (d) : (a) Ctrl + Esc (b) Alt + Esc
ABS() -It returns the absolute value of a number, a (c) Shift + Enter (d) Alt + Enter
number without its sign. MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning
Syntax– = ABS(number) Ans. (d) : In MS Excel 365 and other version of MS
MOD() - In MS Excel, MOD() function returns the Excel, the Alt + Enter shortcut key is used to enter data
remainder after a number is divided by a divisor. on a new line in the same cell.
Syntax– =MOD(number, divisor) 2216. To freeze the top row in Excel while scrolling
MID() - This function returns the characters from the the text, the option can be selected from the
middle of a text string, given a starting position and length. freeze panes options menu in Excel under the
Syntax– =MID(text, start_num, num_chars) window section.
Note– There is no any 'add()' function exist in Excel. (a) Freeze First Row (b) Freeze Top Row
2211. In Microsoft Excel, which of the following (c) Fix Top Row (d) Stick Top Row
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
option returns the logarithm of the base you
specified? Ans : (b) To freeze the top row in Excel while
(a) LOG10() (b) LOG() scrolling the text, the freeze top Row option can be
(c) LEN() (d) LN() selected from the freeze panes options menu in excel
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) under the window section.
Ans : (b) In Microsoft Excel, 'LOG()' function returns 2217. Which of the following menus of MS Excel
the logarithm of a number to the base you specify by 2016 includes the merge & center command?
default it takes base '10' in case of having no any base. (a) Insert (b) Data
Syntax– (c) Home (d) View
=LOG (number, [base]) WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
2212. What would be the value of the following Ans. (c) : Home menus of MS Excel 2016 includes the
'Merge & Center' command.
Microsoft Excel function? 1218. Which of the following statement is correct
=POWER (2, 10) regarding 'Number' type formatting of cells in
(a) 1024 (b) 20 MS Excel 2007?
(c) #NAME? (d) 100 (a) 30 is the maximum value of for decimal
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning) places
Ans : (a) In Microsoft Excel, 'POWER()' function (b) 4 is the default value for decimal places
returns the result of a number raised to a power. (c) 1000 separator is a feature that places a
Example– =POWER (2, 10) comma after each digit
= 210 = 2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2 = 1024 (d) 1 is the minimum value for decimal places
2213. What will be the output of the MS-Excel 2019 WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
function power (3,−2)? Ans. (a) : In MS Excel 2007, 'Number' type formatting
(a) 0.22222 (b) 0.33333 of cells are the maximum value for 30 decimal places.
(c) 0.12345 (d) 0.11111 While 0, is the minimum value for decimal places and
MP Electrician Instructor 07.11.2016, Morning 2, is the default value for decimal places. 1000 separator
Ans. (d) : 'POWER()' function returns the result of a is a feature that places a comma after each 3 digit.
number raised to a power. 2219. In Microsoft Excel, what happens when you
Syntax– press Alt + Enter while typing in cell?
= POWER (number, Power) (a) Your cursor goes away into the upper left cell
= POWER (3, –2) (b) Your cursor goes away into next column
1 (c) Your cursor goes away into next row.
= = 0.11111
9 (d) A new row generates into the same cell
2214. Which of the following is a type of cell WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
referencing in Excel? Ans : (d) In Microsoft Excel, when you press Alt +
(a) Both constant and relative Enter while typing in cell, a new row generates into the
(b) Constant same cell.
Computer 211 YCT
ye
p
2220. In Microsoft Excel, the address of _____ cell is 2226. Which of the following is not a valid function of
represented in name box. Microsoft Excel.
(a) First (b) Second from last (a) SUM() (b) SUBTRACT()
(c) Active (d) Last (c) SQRT() (d) ABS()
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ans : (c) The address of active cell is represented in Ans. (b) : Among all the MS Excel function; '
name box of Microsoft Excel. SUBTRACT()' is not a valid function.
• Name box is situated at top left corner of (i) SUM ():- It performs the addition operation.
spreadsheets. (ii) SQRT ():- This function returns the square root of
2221. In MS Excel, Which of the following is not a given arguments.
part of 'Protect' group under 'Review' tab? (iii) ABS () :- It provides the absolute value of any
(a) Share Workbook (b) Protect Workbook number.
(c) Allow Edit Range (d) Protect Sheet 2227. Which is the correct formula to add two
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 numbers of two cells A1 and A2 of spreadsheet.
Ans. (a) : In MS Excel, under review tab protect work (a) A1+A2 (b) #A1+A2
book, allow edit range and protect sheet all these (c) Sum (A1..A2) (d) =A1+A2
options come but there is no option of share workbook. UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
To prevent other users from viewing hidden worksheets, Ans. (d) : Formula is an equation which is used to
adding, moving, deleting or hiding worksheets and calculate of cell's values. In excel any formula starts with
renaming worksheets, you can protect the structure of '=' equal sign. Therefore the correct option is d" '=A1+A2'.
your excel workbook with a password. 2228. What would be the result, when following excel
2222. Which of the following feature is used to function is entried into cell?
display longer texts into multiple-lines in the = SUM(A, 1, 2, 3)
cell of a worksheet? (a) #VALUE! (b) 6
(a) Merge & Center (b) Clear (c) 16 (d) #NAME?
(c) Fill (d) Wrap text UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) Ans : (d) In this question, there is a string (text
Ans. (d) : Wrap text feature is used to display longer character), so the output comes as error which is
texts into multiple lines in the cell of a worksheet. It '#NAME?'.
wraps extra-long text into multiple lines so that you can 2229. Assume that the contents of cells A1 to A5 of a
see all of it. Microsoft Excel worksheet are 1,2,3,4 and 5
2223. What is the functionality of 'Transpose' option respectively and the rest of the cells are blank.
included in the 'Paste Special' dialog box of MS Selecting A1 to A5 and clicking the auto sum
Excel 2016? button will display 15 in the _____ cell.
(a) It changes the orientation of the copied range (a) B1 (b) A6 (c) A1 (d) A5
(b) It is used to copy only formatting WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021
(c) It is used to copy everything except the Ans. (b)
formatting
(d) It is used to merge conditional formatting
from source to destination
UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01)
Ans: (a) In Microsoft Excel 2016, the Transpose option
in Paste special dialog box changes the orientation of
the copied range.
2224. A ______ is a reused sample file that includes a
background layout, coordinating Fonts and
other design elements that work together to By adding all the data of cells A1 to A5 by Autosum
create an attractive, finished slideshow. function; the answer of all the numbers will be
(a) Watermark (b) Animation displayed in cell A6. On summing the values of a
(c) Template (d) Thesaurus column in Excel, the number displayed in the first
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 empty cell in the same column is given.
Ans : (c) A template is a file that serves as the starting
Autosum is a Microsoft Excel and other spreadsheet
point for a new document, in some cases it acts as a preprogram function that adds together a range of cells and
format when the template is opened. display the total in the cell below the selected range.
2225. What would be the value of following excel 2230. What would be error to enter '=SUM' into MS
formula? Excel cell?
= SUM (8/4/2, 4–2,8–4/2) (a) #VALUE! (b) #NUM!
(a) 10 (b) 8 (c) 12 (d) 9 (c) #NAME? (d) #REF!
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ans. (d) : Formula = SUM (8/4/2, 4–2,8–4/2)
Ans. (c) : '#NAME?' error will be displayed to enter
8 '=SUM' in to MS Excel cell because it does not refer to
= , 4 − 2, 8 − 2
4× 2 the name of any cell, as well as this syntax is not
= 1, 2, 6 = 9 defined in Excel.
Computer 212 YCT
ye
p
2231. What would be the result of following 2236. In a spreadsheet the formula =DIVIDE(9,3)
Microsoft Excel function? gives the output as:
= COUNT (A, 1, 2, 3, 4) (a) 3.0 (b) #NAME?
(a) 5 (b) 0 (c) 4 (d) 10 (c) 3 (d) 3.00
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
Ans. (b) : In Microsoft Excel, Divide(/) operator is used
Ans : (c) The count function is used to count the to divide the numbers. There is no any '=DIVIDE()'
number cells in excel or array of numbers. In the above function exist in excel worksheet. So it will provide the
question 'COUNT' function will not count the 'A' output '#NAME?' as error.
because it is a 'string'. It is only counts the numbers.
2237. In MS Excel 2016, what is the result of the
2232. Suppose : cell A1, A2, B1 and B2 are 0, 0, a and
following formula?
0 respectively. What will be the output of the =Min(10, 20, 30, 40, 50)
following Microsoft Excel formula? (a) 40 (b) 50 (c) 10 (d) 20
= COUNT (A1 : B2) UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-01)
(a) 4 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 3 Ans: (c) In MS Excel 2016, 'Min()' function returns the
WBPSC Instructor-18.09.2021 smallest number in a set of values and it ignores the
Ans. (d) : The COUNT ( ) function only counts cells logical values and text. So, the given function is
that contain numbers. So the value of (A1 : B2) will be =Min (10, 20, 30, 40, 50) = 10
3. 2238. Which of the following is not a valid function in
Microsoft Excel?
(a) MINA() (b) MINUTE()
(c) MAXA() (d) MINIMUM()
COUNT (A1:B2) = 3 UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
2233. Considering A1 to A5 cells as empty, which of Ans : (d) Among all the given Microsoft Excel
the following errors will display corresponding function 'MINIMUM()' function is not a valid function.
to the MS-Excel formula "=SUM (A1:A5)/ MINA(), MINUTE(), MAXA() are the valid functions.
COUNT (A1:A5)"? 2239. What is the collection of successive cells from
(a) #DIV/0! (b) #NULL! left to right or top to bottom or both called?
(c) #REF! (d) #NAME? (a) Cell range (b) List
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (c) Formula (d) Notification area
Ans. (a) : There are no any text or number available in UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
excel cells from A1 to A5 i.e. cells are empty. This Ans : (a) Cell range is the collection of successive cells
question is = SUM(A1:A5)/COUNT(A1:A5) well in Microsoft excel. A range is defined by the reference
return the 0 because cells are empty. Hence '#DIV/0!' of the upper left cell and the lower right cell.
error will generate.
2240. In Microsoft Excel, status bar appears at ___ of
2234. Which of the following Microsoft Excel
application window.
functions can be used to count the number of
(a) Bottom (b) Top
numeric entries in a range of cells?
(c) Left side (d) Right side
(a) COUNT() (b) SUM()
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
(c) COUNTA() (d) COUNTIF()
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) Ans : (a) Status bar appears at the bottom of application
window in Microsoft Excel. Status bar shows the status
Ans. (a) : 'COUNT()' function is used to count the of Excel worksheet.
number of numeric entries in a range of cells in
Microsoft Excel while 'COUNTA()' function counts all 2241. What is the one thing that all formulas in MS
type of cell entries including error and text cell entries. Excel have in common?
• 'COUNTIF()' – It counts the number of cells within a (a) They all given text in result
range that meet the given condition. (b) They all given integer in result
• SUM() – This function performs the addition (c) They all start from @ sign
operation. (d) They all start from (=) equal sign
2235. Which of the following is the correct explanation HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
about Microsoft Excel COUNTA() function? Ans : (d) In Microsoft Excel one thing that all
(a) counts the number of cells that contain only formulas have in common. They all start from equal (=)
numbers sign.
(b) counts the number of cells that contain only 2242. The space in MS Excel which displays the
special symbol contents of the current cell along with the
(c) counts the number of cells that contain only contents of the same cell is called _____.
word (a) Formula Bar (b) Address Bar
(d) counts the number of cells that are not empty (c) Text Bar (d) Content Bar
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I
Ans : (d) In Microsoft Excel, 'COUNTA()' function Ans : (a) Formula bar is that space in Microsoft Excel
counts the number of cells that are not empty, means it which displays the contents of the current cell along
is counts all type of cell entries. with the contents of the same cell.
Computer 213 YCT
ye
p
2243. In MS-Excel 2019, what is the font size limit Ans. (c) : We can set the alignment of text document in
now supported? Microsoft office by left, right, center and justify but
(a) –72 to ±72 (b) 0 to 255 there is no any option for Zig-Zag alignment.
(c) 1 to 31 (d) 1 to 409 2250. Which of the following MS-Excel functions do
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I NOT/does NOT require any arguments?
Ans. (d) : In MS-Excel 2019 font size lies between 1 to (i) TODAY ( )
409 i.e. minimum can be '1' while maximum '409' font (ii) NOW ( )
size appears on font group (8-72). (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (ii)
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (i)
2244. What would be the result of following HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
Microsoft Excel function? Ans. (a) : Both 'TODAY()' and 'Now()' function does
= AVERAGE (0, 10, 20) not have any arguments.
(a) 15 (b) 0 • TODAY() function returns the current date formatted
(c) #NULL! (d) 10 as a date.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) • NOW() function returns the current date and time
Ans : (d) 'AVERAGE()' function returns the average formatted as a date and time.
(arithmetic mean) of its arguments, which can be Syntax-
number or names, arrays or references that contains =TODAY() and =NOW()
numbers. So, 2251. In an MS - Excel worksheet, press the Ctrl key
= AVERAGE (0, 10, 20) followed by a/an _____to insert the current
0 + 10 + 20 30 TIME in the active cell.
= = = 10 (a) colon (:) (b) hyphen (-)
3 3 (c) dollar($) (d) underscore (_)
2245. Which of the following statement is true about HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
AVERAGE() function in Microsoft Excel? Ans. (a) : In an MS-Excel Worksheet press the Ctrl key
(a) It returns the geometric mean of arguments followed by a colon (:) to insert the current TIME in the
values. active cell. Hyphen help break up long numbers in a
(b) It returns the mode of arguments values spreadsheet and can improve readability while adding a
(c) It returns the harmonic mean of arguments more professional look. The dollar sign fixed the
values. reference to a given cell so that it remains inverted no
matter where the formula is moved. Using $ in cell
(d) It returns the arithmetic mean of arguments references allows you to copy a formula in Excel
values. without changing the references.
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
2252. Short cut key to insert the current date?
Ans : (d) In Microsoft Excel 'AVERAGE()' function
returns the Average (arithmetic mean) of its arguments. (a) Ctrl +: (b) Ctrl +,
(c) Ctrl +> (d) Ctrl +;
2246. What will be the output (result) of = ODD HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(345.2) in Microsoft Excel 2016? Ans : (d) In Microsoft Excel, we can assign the current
(a) 347 (b) 345 date in any cell of worksheet by using shortcut key (Ctrl
(c) TRUE (d) FALSE + ; (semicolon)).
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I 2253. F2 is used to display or edit data in the active
Ans : (a) In Microsoft Excel 2016, 'ODD()' function cell of a Microsoft Excel worksheet.
rounds a positive number up and negative number down (a) Formula Bar (b) Status Bar
to the nearest odd integer. (c) Name Box (d) Title Bar
Hence = ODD(345.2) = 347 UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
2247. Which command is used to show the current Ans : (a) F2 shortcuts are used for displaying or
date only in MS Excel. editing data in the active cell of a Microsoft Excel
(a) Date () (b) Time () worksheet and for editing formulas.
(c) Now () (d) Today () 2254. A3:A6 in Excel would indicate:
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I (a) A3, A4, A5, A6 (b) A3, A4, A5
Ans : (d) Today() command is used to show only the (c) A4, A5, A6 (d) A4, A5
current date in Microsoft Excel. 'Now()' function shows HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
the current time and date both. Ans. (a) : In the Excel worksheet, A3:A6, the colon is
2248. Which of the following is the default alignment used between the cell address A3 and A6. Which
of date values in MS Excel 365 worksheet? displays the range of the cell, it has the value of A3, A4,
(a) Bottom right (b) Center left A5 and A6 cells.
(c) Top right (d) Bottom left 2255. What is the address of the cell at the junction of
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-I the fourth row and the fifth column in
Ans. (a) : In MS - Excel 365 the default alignment of Microsoft Excel?
date value in the worksheet is bottom right. (a) E4 (b) 4E (c) 45 (d) 54
2249. Which alignment cannot be in the text of a UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
document? Ans. (a) : In Microsoft Excel, rows are referred to by
(a) Left (b) Center numbers and columns by letters. So the address of the
(c) Zig-zag (d) Right cell which is the junction of the 4th row and 5th column
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I) will be E4.
Computer 214 YCT
ye
p
2256. What is the level of the first column of (a) Shift + % (b) Alt + Shift + %
Microsoft Excel? (c) Alt + Click + % (d) Ctrl + Shift + %
(a) A (b) AA (c) Z (d) 1 HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) Ans. (d) : In Microsoft Excel to display the value of cell
Ans. (a) : Microsoft Excel refers to rows by numbers as percentage keyboard shortcut key 'Ctrl + Shift + %' is
and columns by letters. The first row starts with 1 and used.
the first column with A. Hence the label of the first 2263. To enter the same data in several cells, select
column will be A. the cells, type the data or text in the cell and
2257. In a spreadsheet, to avoid entering a fraction as then, press:
date, precede the fraction with : (a) Shift + Ctrl + Enter (b) Shift + Enter
(a) 1 & (b) 0, & (c) Ctrl + Enter (d) Alt + Ctrl + Enter
(c) 1, space (d) 0, space HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II Ans. (c) : To enter the same data in multiple cells select
Ans. (d) : If we want to enter any fraction in excel and the cells and type the data or text in the cell and then press
date in normal way like 1/50 then it will return January 'Ctrl + Enter' simultaneously. The value is copied as soon
50. If we want to add correct fraction in cell then we as the key is pressed.
have to first give 0 and space in selected cell then if you 2264. In Microsoft Excel 2016, which one of the
enter 1/50 it will be entered as a fraction. following is not a valid function?
2258. What would be the output of =DATE(99,1,35) (a) AVERAGEIF () (b) AVERAGE()
in MS Excel? (c) MEAN () (d) AVERAGEA()
(a) 1 February, 1999 (b) 4 February, 1999 UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
(c) 1 January, 1999 (d) 4 January, 1999 Ans : (c) In Microsoft Excel 2016, MEAN() function is
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II not a valid function. AVERAGE(), AVERAGEIF(),
Ans : (b) Given excel date function will consider date AVERAGEA() are valid functions given in Excel.
(99,1,35) as year 1999, Since 1 month is given 35 days 2265. In MS Excel 2016, what is the result of the
then 31 days will be displayed as January and remaining following formula?
4 days will be shifted to February. So it will display 4th =MAX(10, 20, 30, 40, 50)
February, 1999 in Excel. (a) 10 (b) 40 (c) 50 (d) 30
2259. The cell stores the date "24-09-2022" which is UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
Saturday. Which of the following formulas in Ans: (c) In MS Excel = MAX(10, 20, 30, 40, 50) will
cell B, displays "Sat, Sep 24, 2022"? provide result as 50, which is the maximum value
(a) =TEXT (A1, "ddd, mmmm dd, yyyy") among the given numbers.
(b) =TEXT (A1, " day, mmm dd, yyyy") 2266. Which of the following MS-Excel functions
(c) =TEXT (A1, "ddd, mmm dd, yyyy") returns number rounded up, away from zero,
(d) =TEXT (A1, "ddd, mm dd, yy") to the nearest multiple of significance?
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
(a) ROUND () (b) CEILING ()
Ans. (c) : Date "24-09-2022" is stored in cell A1, which (c) CELL () (d) FLOOR ()
is Saturday. Formula of cell B1 = TEXT (A1, "ddd, HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II
mmm, dd, yyyy") displays ("Sat, Sep 24, 2022").
Ans. (b) : The MS Excel CEILING () function rounds
2260. By default, dates and times are _____ in a cell of the given number away from zero to the nearest
an MS-Excel sheet. multiple of the significance number.
(a) left aligned (b) right aligned Syntax -
(c) centre aligned (d) fill span CEILING (Number, significance)
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II Number - The number to be rounded
Ans. (b) : By default dates and times are right aligned Significance - The multiple to which to round.
in a cell of an MS Excel sheet. While texts are left = CEILING (45, 10)
aligned in MS- Excel. Rounding 45 up away from zero to the nearest multiple
2261. What is the output of the given excel formula, if of 10 will result in 50.
the values in the cells are as follows : 2267. Which of the following is done by the
B2 = 1/1/2002, B3 = 1/1/2004? CEILING function in Microsoft Excel?
= DATEDIF (B2,B3,"Y") (a) This rounds the number to the nearest
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1 multiple of a significant number.
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II (b) This rounds the number to the next even number
Ans. (c) : B2 = 1/1 2002, B3 = 1/1/2004 (c) This rounds the number to the next odd number
= DATEDIF (B2, B3, "Y") (d) This rounds the number to the next prime integer
In Microsoft Excel 'DATEDIF() function calculates the UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
number of days, months or years between two dates. Ans. (a) : In Excel the 'CEILING' function rounds a
Syntax- number to the nearest multiple i.e. CEILING function
= DATEDIF (Start_date, end_date, unit) rounds a number up to a given multiple.
= DATEDIF (B2, B3, "Y") 2268. Which of the following is not a date and time
In this question, the difference of years between B2 and related function in Microsoft Excel?
B3 will be 2. (a) =QUARTILE() (b) =DATE()
2262. What is the shortcut key to display the value of (c) =MONTH() (d) =MINUTE()
the cell as percentage in MS-Excel? UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)

Computer 215 YCT

ye
p
Ans. (a) : In MS Excel, '=date(), =Month(), =Minute(), (b) Presentation software
these functions are related to date and time. While, (c) Word Processor
= QUARTILE() → This function returns the quartiles (d) Spreadsheet
(each of four equal groups) for a given set of data. UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
2269. Which of the following is a valid function in Ans : (d) Spreadsheet is an application software. It has
Microsoft Excel? rows and columns. The data is organized in rows &
(a) DIVIDE() (b) MULTIPLY() columns.
(c) CEILING() (d) ABSOLUTE() 2276. Which of the following menus includes Delete
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
rows/columns Delete cells, Delete table options?
Ans. (c) : In Microsoft Excel, CEILING function rounds
the number to closest specific coefficient of a given (a) Insert (b) Page Layout
numbers. (c) Layout (d) Design
Syntax- = Ceiling (number, significance) KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
Number = It is the number to be round significance. Ans : (c) Layout menu has the delete rows/columns
2270. Some parts of chart like legend, title, data delete cells, delete table options in MS Word. Steps of
table, data label etc. are known as? delete row, cell or table-
(a) Chart figures (b) Chart elements 1. Click a row or cell in the table, and then click the
(c) Chart sections (d) Chart types layout tab/this is the tab next to the table design tab on
HSSC wireman Instructor -17.12.2019, Shift-II the ribbon.
Ans : (b) We can change the format of different charts 2. Click delete and click the option you need in the menu.
area, plot area, data series titles, data level legend, data 2277. Identify whether the following statements are
level, data series are all elements of the chart. true or false.
2271. What is the value of the following MS-Excel (a) You can combine two or more table cells
function? located in the same row or column into a
= FLOOR(14, 4) single cell.
(a) 10 (b) 13 (c) 14 (d) 12 (b) The split cells option can split only row of a
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w table.
Ans. (d) : Floor is a math trick in Excel that rounds up (a) a) False, b) False (b) a) True, b) True
the product of a number to the nearest value (towards (c) a) False, b) True (d) a) True, b) False
zero). When a number is rounded, it is rounded up or KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
down, which is greater than the value of or less than the Ans : (d) We can add two or more cells which are
value of the number. located in the same row or column in MS Excel but
2272. Which chart is used in Microsoft Excel to show cannot break the row of any table.
trends over time or categories? 2278. To create the absolute address of a cell in MS
(a) Bar (b) Line Excel, which of the following symbols is used?
(c) Doughnut (d) Pie (a) $ (b) # (c) * (d) &
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w
Ans : (b) In Microsoft Excel, Line chart is used to show UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
trends over time or categories.
Ans. (a) : Absolute address is created in MS Excel to
2273. Where can we see the fill handle in Excel? fix a row or column, so that its value does not change
(a) At the top left corner of a selected cell whenever we copy it to the cell or sheet. The dollar
(b) At the bottom left corner of a selected cell sign ($) is used to create the absolute address of the cell.
(c) At the top right corner of a selected cell Dollar sign ($) is used before the cell address.
(d) At the bottom right corner of a selected cell 2279. In MS-Excel, a cell reference that will NOT
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w change when copied is called a/an ____
Ans : (d) First select the content you want to use then file reference.
handle appears as a small square on the bottom right corner. (a) relative (b) logical
(c) physical (d) absolute
2274. "Trace Dependent" command is available
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
under ________ section of menu bar in MS–
Excel 2007. Ans. (d) : Absolute does not change when copied or
(a) Review (b) Data entered into MS Excel. You can use an absolute
reference to keep a row or column constant.
(c) View (d) Formulas
KPSC Jr. Instructor 22.11.2018w 2280. What is the absolute address of the cell located
at the intersection of the seventh row and fifth
Ans. (d) : The 'Trace Dependent' command is available column in an MS - Excel spreadsheet?
in the formulas editing group of the menu bar, by this (a) &E&7 (b) $G$5
command editing of excel formula can be done from trace
(c) $E$7 (d) &G&5
dependent we get to know that on which rows the selected
cell is affecting. It is the opposite of trace president. Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Ans. (c) : A cell address is a combination of a column
2275. Which of the following software is used to
letter and a row number.
organize data into grid of rows and columns? Absolute cell reference - Copying an absolute cell
(a) Multimedia software reference to another cell does not change the address of
Computer 216 YCT
ye
p
the cell. To make any cell address an absolute cell, the Ans : (b) Excel supports maximum 16384 number of
dollar sign ($) is used before the address. The absolute columns and 1048576 number of rows. By default it
address of the cell located at the intersection of the 7th contains three worksheet in workbook.
row and 5th column in the MS Excel spreadsheet will 2288. Which among the following operator
be $E$7. represents arithmetic modulus operator?
2281. In MS-Excel, a cell reference can be made (a) % (b) +
absolute using the ____character. (c) * (d) None of these
(a) dollar ($) (b) ampersand (&) KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(c) percent (%) (d) asterisk (*) Ans. (a) : '%' operator represents arithmetic modules
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 operator. It provides the remainder value after division.
Ans. (a) : A cell reference in Excel can be made absolute 2289. What will be the result of Excel formula?
by using the dollar sign ($). The dollar sign ($) fixes the = 72–8/4/2
reference to a given cell so that it remains unchanged. (a) 0 (b) 68 (c) 71 (d) 8
'%' in Excel multiples that number by 100 and adds a UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
'%' sign at the end. Ans. (c) : Evaluation Result
'*' symbol in Excel filters out anything that begins with it. 72 – 8/4/2 72 – 2/2
2282. ______ is a format used in spreadsheets for 72 –2/2 72 – 1
monetary values and displays the symbol. By 72 – 1 71
default with numbers it does not align currency The result would be 71.
symbols and decimal point numbers in one column. 2290. What will be the result of following Microsoft
(a) Number (b) Accounting
Excel equation?
(c) General (d) Currency
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) = 1 – 4 + 18/3^2
Ans. (d) : Currency ($) symbol is a format used in (a) 0 (b) 33 (c) –1 (d) 25
spreadsheets for monetary values and displays the symbol UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
by default with numbers. It does not align currency Ans. (c) : Evaluation Result
symbols and decimal point numbers in one column. 1 – 4 + 18/3^2 1 – 4 + 18/9
2283. The intersection of a row and a column in a 1 – 4 + 18/9 1–4+2
table is called ____. 1–2 –1
(a) Cell (b) Grid Final result will be –1.
(c) Square (d) Box 2291. What will be the result of following Microsoft
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) Excel Formula?
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
= 2 + 16/2^1*3
Ans. (a) : Spreadsheet is an application software where (a) 26 (b) 6 (c) 18 (d) 10
data is stored in tabular format. In this spreadsheet, cell UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
is the actual area where data in entered. It is the
intersection of a row and a column. Ans. (a) : Evaluation Result
2 + 16/2^1*3 2 + 16/2*3
2284. What is the correct way to refer to bracket A10 2 + 16/2*3 2 + 8*3
from sheet1 on sheet3? 2 + 24 26
(a) Sheet3.A10 (b) Sheet2#A10 Final result = 26
(c) A10 (d) Sheet 3!A10
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013 2292. What is the result of following Excel formula?
Ans : (d) In spreadsheet, the correct way to refer to = 64/8/4-2/2
bracket A10 from sheet1 on sheet3 is sheet3! A10. (a) 0 (b) 15 (c) 31 (d) 1
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
2285. In Excel, to add a chart click on the ___ Tab?
Ans. (d) : Evaluation Result
(a) HOME (b) INSERT 64/8/4 – 2/2 8/4 – 2/2
(c) FORMULAS (d) VIEW 2–1 1
Punjab Wireman instructor-07.07.2013
Final result is 1.
Ans : (b) Use the insert tab to insert a chart in Excel.
Charts like pie, bar, line, scatter etc. are available in the 2293. What is the output of following excel sheet
insert tab. formula?
2286. In Microsoft Excel, the column heads are = UPPER ("CLEAN ME")
marked in the order A, B, ..... Z, .... AA. In this (a) CLEAN ME (b) ME CLEAN
case what will be the header mark for the right (c) Clean Me (d) clean me
most column? KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(a) ZZ (b) ZAA (c) YYZ (d) XFD Ans : (a) In Microsoft Excel 'UPPER()' function
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 converts a text string to all uppercase letters. Here the
Ans : (d) The header mark for the right most column text is already in upper case. Hence result would be
would be XFD. This is the last column of Microsoft Excel. 'CLEAN ME'.
2287. What is the maximum number of columns in a 2294. In MS Excel, Macros can be inserted using ___
Microsoft Excel sheet? tab.
(a) 262144 (b) 16384 (a) Design (b) View
(c) 65536 (d) 131072 (c) Layout (d) Developer
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Computer 217 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (d) In Microsoft Excel, Macros can be only entered Ans. (c) : To insert the current date in the active cell of
using the developer tab. Developer tab is not displayed by Excel worksheet 'Ctrl + ;' shortcut key is used because
default. You can add it to the ribbon to run macros. Excel takes a snapshot of the current date and then
1. File tab → Option → Customize Ribbon inserts the date info the cell.
2. Select the developer check box. Ctrl + - is used to delete the selection (row, column or
2295. Which of the following statements are true? cell)
(Ctrl + Shift + ;) shortcut key is used to insert current
(i) Text data cannot be sorted in Microsoft time.
Excel
(ii) Microsoft Excel's functions are built-in formula 2301. Which of the following Microsoft Excel
(a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i) functions can be used to center the current date
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii) & time in a cell of a worksheet?
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) (a) DATE() (b) TODAY()
(c) TIME() (d) NOW()
Ans : (a) In MS Excel, Text data can be sorted and UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
excel offers a variety of built-in formulas and functions
for calculations, data analysis and more. So, the Ans : (d) 'NOW()' function is used to enter the current
statement (ii) is true. date and time in MS Excel, this function also updates
the date and time when the file is opened again.
2296. Which of the following statement are incorrect
about MS Excel? 2302. What will be the return value of 'NOW'
(a) Each cell in a worksheet has a unique address function of MS Excel?
(b) A workbook contains one or more worksheets (a) The current date and time as the date and time
(c) Each worksheet in a workbook has a unique were formatted
name (b) Number of days in the current month
(d) The order of worksheets in a workbook is (c) Month of the current year
fixed and can not be changed (d) Month of current month
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ans. (d) : There is a workbook in MS Excel, under Ans. (a) : The 'NOW()' function is used when there a
which there are many worksheets which have a specific need to calculate a value based on the current date and
name and there are rows and columns under the time on a worksheet and update that value every time
worksheet, the meeting which creates the cell, the cell when the worksheet is opened. This function returns the
has a specific address and order of worksheet of the date and time in the order in which it occurs.
workbook can be changed. 2303. The title bar in Microsoft Excel appears ____
2297. What are the number of types of broad charts of the application Window.
in Microsoft Excel? (a) Top (b) Left side
(a) 7 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 4 (c) Bottom (d) Right side
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
Ans : (a) Microsoft Excel is an application software Ans : (a) The title bar in Microsoft Excel appears at the
that is used to create marksheets, details etc. Seven top of the application Window.
types of charts are found in it. 2304. When entering a value in a cell in a Microsoft
2298. Which key combination is used to select rows Excel worksheet, press the ____ key to cancel
of a Microsoft Excel worksheet that are not in the entry?
continuous range? (a) Any arrow key (b) Spacebar
(a) Shift (b) Alt (c) Esc (d) Tab
(c) Alt + Shift (d) Ctrl UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) Ans : (c) When entering a value in a cell in Microsoft
Ans : (d) Use the 'Ctrl' key combination to select rows in Excel Worksheet press the Esc key to cancel the entry.
a Microsoft Excel worksheet that are not in continuous 2305. What is the mode of an MS Excel workbook, if
range. To select the rows, hold down the 'Ctrl'. it can be opened in Excel 97 as well as in Excel
2299. Which of the following option is not a valid 2003?
function in Microsoft Excel 2016? (a) Compatibility mode
(a) DAY() (b) DAYS() (b) Comprehensive mode
(c) TIME() (d) WEEK() (c) Comparability mode
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) (d) Common mode
Ans : (d) Microsoft Excel 2016 does not have a week() UPPCL JE 31-01-2019 (Batch-02)
function instead we use the weeknum() function. Which Ans: (a) Compatibility mode is the mode of MS excel
takes a date and returns a week number that corresponds which can be opened in excel 97 as well as Excel 2003.
to week of the year. 2306. A cell containing a number, say 5678, is
2300. In an MS-Excel worksheet, press the Ctrl key selected to display the number in scientific
followed by a ____to insert the current DATE notation with 2 places after the decimal point.
in the active cell. What would be displayed?
(a) colon (:) (b) hyphen (-) (a) 5.68E + 03 (b) 0.55678E + 04
(c) semicolon(;) (d) comma(,) (c) 5678.00 (d) 5.678E + 03
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Computer 218 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : Scientific format in MS Excel displays a 2311. Which of the following is not a presentation
number as an exponential notation. Through this the software?
number is converted to the form of E + N where E (the (a) Microsoft Access
exponent) is multiplied by 10 to the nth power of the (b) Slide shark
previous number. Hence the scientific notation of 5678 (c) Microsoft PowerPoint
will be 5.68E + 03. (d) Open office Impress
2307. Let's say 45 is entered in cell A1 of the UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
worksheet what will happen if you select A1 Ans : (a) MS Access is a database software while the
and press 'Ctrl + Shift + %'? other is a presentation software.
(a) The background color of A1 will change 2312. Which of the following effect is used to change
(b) Spell-check will be activated the direction of clip word art image in MS
(c) The entered value of A1 will appear as 4500% Power Point 365 slide?
(d) Status value in A1 will be deleted (a) Corrections (b) Rotate
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(c) Flip and Group (d) Group
Ans. (c) : Excel applies the percentage format to the
shortcut in the worksheet, so the percentage. KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Format of given in the cell A1 will appear as 4500% Ans. (b) : In Microsoft PowerPoint, the "Rotate"
• Ctrl + shift + $ = To apply currency format function allows you to change the orientation or angle
• Ctrl + shift + ~ = To apply general number of selected objects within your presentation.
• Ctrl + shift + # = To apply time format 2313. Which of the following combinations can be
2308. What is the minimum zoom level that can be used to enter multi-text in a cell of a
set using the zoom slider in MS Excel 2016? worksheet?
(a) Ctrl + Enter (b) Alt + Enter
(a) 75 percent (b) 10 percent
(c) Shift + Enter (d) Enter
(c) 50 percent (d) 5 percent
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II)
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
Ans. (b) : Using the zoom slider in MS Excel 2016, the Ans. (b) : The combination of 'Alt + Enter' key is used
zoom level can be set to a minimum of 10 percent and to enter multi-line text in a cell of a worksheet.
maximum of 500 percent. M.S. Excel Shortcut Keys
2309. Which of the following is not an error value? Cell Selection
Rather, it is a special value that you can Shift + Left Select all cells to the left of
manually enter into a cell to indicate that you Arrow the selected cell
do not yet have the required value? Shift + Right Select all cells to the right of
(a) #NULL! (b) #NUM! Arrow the selected cell
(c) #N/A (d) #NAME? Shift + Space bar Select all rows
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) Ctrl + Space Select all columns
Ans. (c) : #N/A is the error value that means no value is Ctrl + A Select all worksheet
available and it generally indicates that a formula can't
find what its been asked to look for. To remove the Cursor Movement
error; we can use the IFERROR() function. Up Arrow Go up one cell
2310. In MS - Excel 365, which of the following Down Arrow Come down one cell
logical functions returns TRUE if any Tab To move the next cell
argument is TRUE? Shift + Tab To move the previous cell
(a) LET (b) IF Shift + Home Go to previous worksheet
(c) AND (d) OR Ctrl + End Go to end worksheet
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 Ctrl + Page Down Go to next worksheet
Ans. (d) : MS - Excel provides 4 logical functions to Worksheet Functions
work with the logical values - Ctrl + W Current workbook close
Function Description Example
Ctrl + F4 To close the excel
AND Returns true if all of =AND (A2 >
the arguments = 10, B2 < 5) window
evaluate to TRUE Ctrl + O Open workbook
OR Returns TRUE if any = OR (A2 > Ctrl + N Create new workbook
argument evaluates to = 10, B2 < Ctrl + P Print
TRUE E) Ctrl + S/Shift + F12 Save
XOR Returns a logical = XOR (A2 Ctrl + F Find
exclusive or of all > = 10, B2 < Ctrl + H Replace
arguments 5) F5 Go to a certain place
NOT Returns the reversed = Not (A2 > F12 Save As
logical value of its = 10) Text Style
argument.
Ctrl + B Text bold
If the argument is
FALSE, then TRUE is Ctrl + I Text Italics
returned and vice versa. Ctrl + U Text Underline
Hence option (d) is correct. Ctrl + S Text Strikethrough

Computer 219 YCT

ye
p
Formulas Ans. (c) : In MS Office 365, Select the slide which has
Alt + = Auto sum the transition that you want to change and follows the
Ctrl + ; Insert Current date following procedure.
Ctrl + : Insert Current time Transition → Duration
F7 Spelling check 2319. Which of the following formatting options Add
F1 Help and text to the top, middle or bottom of the
Formatting bounding box in MS - PowerPoint 365?
Ctrl + X Cut (a) Add or Remove Columns
Ctrl + C Copy (b) Text Direction
Ctrl + V Paste (c) Numbering or Bullets
Ctrl + Z Undo (d) Align Text
Ctrl + Y Redo KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ctrl + 1 Open the format cells dialog Ans. (d) : Align text connect text to the top, middle or
box bottom of the bounding box in MS PowerPoint 365.
Shift + Ctrl + % Puts the data in percent format 2320. Which of the following views of MS - Power
F2 Edit the active cell Point 365 presentation is used to edit the
appearance of presentation handouts including
2314. Which of the following is the correct option to layout, header, footer and background?
save a file in MS - PowerPoint 365? (a) Slide Master (b) Notes Master
(a) Design -> Save (b) File -> Save (c) Slide Sorter (d) Handout Master
(c) Draw -> Save (d) Insert -> Save KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans. (d) : Handout Master View Layout of MS -
Ans. (b) : To save a file in MS PowerPoint 365, choose PowerPoint 365 presentation is used to edit the
File -> Save or click browse for a folder, type a name appearance of presentation handouts including header
for your presentation in the file name box and click and footer and background.
save. Note are used for editing in the master view layout
2315. Which of the following is the correct way to presentation. Any change in the slide master changes all
create a presentation using a template in MS - slides related to it.
PowerPoint 365? Slide sorter view to view all slides on a single screen.
(a) File-> Open-> Search for online templates 2321. Which of the following option is used to
and themes prevent the footer from appearing on the title
(b) File-> Recent-> Search for online templates slide in MS PowerPoint 365?
and themes (a) Don't show on title slide
(c) File-> Home-> Search for online templates (b) Show option
and themes (c) Don't show on first slide
(d) File-> New->Search for online templates and (d) Show slides
themes KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans. (a) : The don't show on slide option is used to
Ans. (d) : Use of the following procedure to create a prevent the footer from appearing on the title slide in
present option using a template in MS PowerPoint 365 - MS - PowerPoint 365.
File → New → Search for online templates. (i) Insert → Header & Footer.
2316. Which of the following menus is used to insert (ii) Slide → Don't show on title slide.
clip art pictures into a presentation in MS -
PowerPoint 365? 2322. In MS - PowerPoint 365 which of the following
option of set up slide show is used to select the
(a) Insert (b) Transitions required slides for the presentation?
(c) Animation (d) Design (a) Show slides (b) Advance slides
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 (c) Show type (d) Show option
Ans. (a) : The insert tab is used to insert clip art into a KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
presentation in MS PowerPoint 365. Ans. (a) : Show slides is used to select the required
2317. Which of the following shortcut keys is used to slides for the presentation.
change the font size of selected text in MS • All
PowerPoint 365?
(a) Alt + G, H (b) Alt+N, S, H • From to
(c) Alt+H, F, S (d) Alt+W, Q • Custom show
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
Ans. (c) : Alt+H, F, S is used to change the font size of Slide play option.
selected text in MS PowerPoint 365. 2323. Which of the following options can be used
2318. Which of the following option is used to set the from the print layout settings to print four
transition speed of a slide in MS PowerPoint 365? slides in one page in MS PowerPoint 365?
(a) Animations-> Duration (a) Handouts (b) Notes Pages
(b) Slide Show-> Duration (c) Outline (d) Full Page Slides
(c) Transition-> Duration KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014
(d) Design-> Duration Ans. (a) : To print four slides in one page in MS -
KPSC Instructor Electronic-25.06.2014 PowerPoint 365 the handouts options from the print
Computer 220 YCT
ye
p
layout settings can be used. In the page setup group, you 2329. Which of the following options in MS
can specify the layout and number of slides to print on PowerPoint 365 sets the transition timing by
each page, change the orientation of handouts and set specifying how long a slide will remain in view
the slide size. before the transition to the next slide begins?
2324. Which of the following views allow consistent (a) Advance Slide (b) Advanced Animation
formatting of each slide, all in one place, with (c) Effect Options (d) Duration
one simple step on MS Power Point? GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(a) Outline (b) Slide Sorter Ans. (a) : Advanced slide transition timing in MS
(c) Notes Page (d) Slide Master PowerPoint 365 sets how long a slide will remain in
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 view before the transition to the next slide begins. If no
time is selected then, when you click the slide with the
Ans. (d) : The same font and image in all slides such as mouse, the slide advances. Select the slide for which
logo are applied to all slides when changes are made to you want to set the time.
the slide master. To open slide master view, on the view
2330. Which of the following options of the insert tab
tab, select slide master.
of MS PowerPoint 365 is the 'equation' object?
2325. Which of the following options on the (a) Text (b) Illustrations
transitions tab is used to change how transition (c) Add-ins (d) Symbols
occur, for example, the direction in which the GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
slide enters MS-PowerPoint 365? Ans. (d) : The symbols option of the insert tab of MS
(a) Effect Options (b) Animation PowerPoint contains the 'equation' object.
(c) Duration (d) Advance Slide 2331. Which of the following options can be used to
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 insert MS-Excel worksheet into MS -
Ans. (a) : Effect options on the transitions tab is used to PowerPoint 365?
change how transitions occur. (a) Insert -> Forms (b) Insert -> Table
A slide transition is the visual effect that occurs when (c) Insert -> Object (d) Insert -> Chart
you move from one slide to the next slide during a GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
presentation. Ans. (c) : In PowerPoint on the Insert tab, click or tab
Add slide transitions object. In the insert object dialog box, select create from
(i) Select the slide
(ii) Select the transition tab and choose a transition file click or tap browse and in the browse box, find the
(iii) Select effect options to choose the direction and Excel workbook with the data you want to insert and
nature of the transition. link to before you close the Insert object box, select link
(iv) Select preview to see what the transition looks like. and click ok.
2332. Which of the following statements is/are true
2326. Which keyboard shortcut is used to open the
font dialog box in MS Power Point 365? about viewing a presentation in MS-Power
(a) Ctrl + F (b) Ctrl + N Point 2007?
(c) Ctrl + T (d) Ctrl + M (i) By default, slides are opened in 'Normal'
view.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 (ii) The slide show command may be executed
Ans. (c) : Ctrl + N → Create new presentation. by pressing the 'F7' key.
Ctrl + B → Apply bold formatting to the selected text. (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
Ctrl + T → Open the font dialog box. (c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i)
F5 → Start the slide show. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
Esc → End the slide show. Ans. (d) : By default, slides are opened in normal view
Ctrl + M → Insert new slide. to view a presentation in MS PowerPoint 2007. MS
PowerPoint 2007 is a presentation software program
2327. Which of the following software is used to that allows you to create slides, handouts, notes, and
create and design presentations? outlines. It is widely used and is an effective tool.
(a) MS-Access (b) MS-PowerPoint 2333. Which of the following statements is/are true
(c) MS-Word (d) MS-Excel
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 regarding Header and Footer in MS
PowerPoint 2007?
Ans. (b) : Microsoft PowerPoint is a presentation (i) By default, the slide number is displayed at
software designed to allow users to create slide - based the top right corner of the slide.
presentations including video and images, as well as (ii) ‘Date and Time’ inserted using header and
slide transitions and animations. footer cannot be changed automatically.
2328. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is (a) only (ii) (b) both (i) (ii)
used to start the first slide show in MS - Power (c) neither (i) nor (ii) (d) only (i)
Point 365? GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014
(a) F2 (b) F5 (c) F4 (d) F9 Ans. (c) : Regarding header and footer in MS
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 PowerPoint 2007-
Ans. (b) : In Microsoft PowerPoint 365, F5 keyboard By default, the slide number is displayed at the top
shortcut is used to start the slide show from the first right corner of the slide.
slide and shift + F5 is used to start the slide show from ‘Date and Time’ inserted using header and footer
the current slide. cannot be changed automatically.
Computer 221 YCT
ye
p
2334. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is Ans. (c) : Proofing content language selection adding
used to start a slide show from the current slide? comments and comparing presentations comes under
(a) Ctrl + F5 (b) Shift + F5 review menu in MS PowerPoint 2016.
(c) F5 (d) Alt + F5 2341. Which of the following is the correct way to
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-21.01.2014 change the slide layout of a new slide in an MS
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 PowerPoint 2016 presentation?
Ans. (b) : Shift + F5 is used to start a slide show from the (a) Triple-click on the slide in the Navigation
current slide. Pane
Shortcut key - (b) Double-click the slide in the Navigation Pane
F7 = To open the spell check. (c) Right - click on the newly inserted slide and
select choose out option to choose from the
F5 = To start slide show from the first slide. existing layout style
Ctrl + F5 = To restore our presentation window size. (d) Right click on the newly inserted a slide and
Alt+F5 = Single Display. select new slide option
2336. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
used to insert a blank slide in MS-PowerPoint Ans. (c) : The correct way to change the slide layout of
2007? a new slide in MS PowerPoint 2016-
(a) Alt + M (b) Ctrl + Alt + M Right click on the newly inserted slide and select existing
(c) Ctrl + N (d) Ctrl + M layout style to choose from select layout option.
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 2342. Which of the following statements are true?
Ans. (d) : In Microsoft PowerPoint, the Ctrl + M (i) MS - PowerPoint has many view options
shortcut key is used to insert a new blank slide. Ctrl + N that change the way your presentation is
is used to create a new presentation. displayed.
2337. To open a PowerPoint presentation in MS- (ii) In MS - PowerPoint, the number next to
the slider displays the current zoom
PowerPoint 2007, which of the following percentage, also called the zoom level.
keyboard shortcuts is used to display ‘Open (a) Only (i) (b) Only (ii)
Window’? (c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) (i) and (ii) Both
(a) Ctrl + Alt + O (b) Ctrl + O UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
(c) Shift + O (d) Alt + O Ans. (d) : With respect to MS PowerPoint true
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 statement are-
Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint 2007, the keyboard MS - PowerPoint has many view options that change
shortcut Ctrl + O is used to open a PowerPoint the way your presentation is displayed
presentation. In MS - PowerPoint, the number next to the slider
Ctrl + N - Create a new presentation document. displays the current zoom percentage, also called the
Ctrl + Q - Save and close a presentation. zoom level
Ctrl + F2 - View print preview. 2343. If you press the ___key in MS-PowerPoint
2338. By default, which of the following commands is 2016, then the presentation will appear in full-
not present in the Quick Access Toolbar of MS screen mode from the beginning.
PowerPoint 2007? (a) Shift + F5 (b) F5
(a) Redo (b) Copy Slide (c) F4 (d) F7
(c) Save (d) Undo UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Ans. (b) : To start the slide show from the beginning
Ans. (b) : Quick Access Toolbar features are a press the F5 key and to start the presentation from the
collection of shortcuts to options, commands or option current slide press shift + F5.
groups. In which options like Redo, Save, Undo, 2344. In MS - PowerPoint 2016, the _____ group on
Spelling, Quick Print, Open, New etc. are available. the _____ menu contains commands for
2339. Which of the following main menus can be formatting the text in your document.
(a) Home; Paragraph (b) Review; Paragraph
used to insert sound/movie into a slide in MS
PowerPoint 2007? (c) View; Font (d) Home; Font
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
(a) Animation (b) Insert
(c) View (d) Design Ans. (d) : In MS PowerPoint 2016, the home group on
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 the font menu contains commands for formatting the
text in your document.
Ans. (b) : To insert sound/movie into a slide in MS
PowerPoint 2007, sound and movie tool given in media 2345. Paragraphs, drawing and editing related
clip group under Insert is used. commands appear under the menu in MS-
PowerPoint 2016.
2340. Proofing content language selection adding
(a) View (b) Home
comments and comparing presentations comes
under which of the following menu in MS (c) Insert (d) Transitions
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
PowerPoint 2016?
(a) Design (b) Home Ans. (b) : Paragraphs, drawing and editing related
(c) Review (d) View commands appear under the Home menu in MS
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 PowerPoint 2016.
Computer 222 YCT
ye
p
2346. What is the default file type (extension) for Ans. (b) : To set a Picture object manually, right-click
presentations created in MS PowerPoint 2007 on the picture and click on the Format Picture option
or newer versions? and click on the Size tab in the dialog box to enter its
(a) .pptx (b) .pptm (c) .ppt (d) .xppt original height or width in percentage.
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 2352. Which of the following MS-PowerPoint 365
Ans. (a) : .pptx is the default file type (extension) for view is used to rearrange slides easily?
presentations created in MS PowerPoint 2007 or newer (a) Handout Master (b) Slide Master
versions. (c) Slide Sorter (d) Notes Page
2347. In MS PowerPoint 2016, the _____ is located UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
just above the Ribbon and it gives you access to Ans. (c) : Slide Sorter view is used in MS-PowerPoint
common commands no matter which tab/menu 365 to easily rearrange slides when you create your
is selected. presentation and also when you prepare your
(a) Status bar (b) Quick Access Toolbar presentation to print. This view makes it easy for you to
(c) Title bar (d) Scroll bar order and organize the sequence of your slides.
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 2353. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is
Ans. (b) : The quick access toolbar in MS PowerPoint used to open the zoom dialog box in MS-
2016 is located just above the ribbon and gives you Powerpoint 365?
access to common commands no matter which tab menu (a) Alt+W,Q (b) Alt+H, F
is selected. (c) Ctrl+M (d) Ctrl+B
2348. MS PowerPoint 2016 includes several tools to UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
help you manage and organize the content on Ans. (a) : In MS-PowerPoint 365, the shortcut key ‘Alt
your slides which of the following are such tools? + W’ is used to open the zoom dialog box and by ‘Alt +
(i) Ruler (ii) Gridlines Q’ you can set the zoom size in percentage. In this, you
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (i) can zoom at least 10% and up to 400%.
(c) Only (ii) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii) 2354. Which option in Picture Format tab is used to
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 improve the brightness, contrast or sharpness
Ans. (a) : MS PowerPoint 2016 includes several tools of a picture in MS-PowerPoint 365?
to help you manage and organize the content on your (a) Artistic Effects (b) Corrections
slides. You can align the slide content by using the (c) Transparency (d) Color
rulers and gridlines on the view tab. UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
2349. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts and Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint 365 the brightness,
its/their functions is/are correct in MS- contrast or sharpness of a picture can be improved using
PowerPoint 365? the Adjust group or the Corrections option in the Picture
(i) Ctrl + D - Duplicating an object. Format tab by clicking on the icon.
(ii) Ctrl + X - Cut selected object or text 2355. The ‘Presentation Views’ group in MS-
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) PowerPoint 365 is available in which of the
(c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i) following tabs?
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 (a) View (b) Trasition (c) Review (d) Home
Ans. (a) : In MS PowerPoint 365, following are the UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
keyboard shortcut keys: Ans. (a) : The ‘Presentation Views’ group in MS-
Ctrl + D – To duplicate an object. PowerPoint 365 is available in View tabs
Ctrl + X – To cut selected object or text. 2356. Which tab has options like appear, fade, fly-in
Ctrl + Q – Save and Close Presentation. etc in MS-PowerPoint 365?
Ctrl + Z – To undo a task. (a) Slide Show (b) Animations
2350. Which of the following tab is used to change (c) Design (d) Transitions
the line style in MS-PowerPoint 365 slide? UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
(a) Design (b) Picture Format Ans. (b) : Appear, Fade, Fly in, Float in options are
(c) Draw (d) Shape Format available in Animations tab of MS PowerPoint 365.
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 Select the Animations tab and then select the Add
Ans. (d) : To change the line style in MS PowerPoint Animation drop-down menu like Appear.
365 slides, the Shape Format option in the Illustrations 2357. To indent the first line of a paragraph in MS-
group of the Insert tab is used. Word 365, place your cursor at the beginning
2351. Which of the following sequence of steps is used of the paragraph and press the ________ key.
to manually set a picture object to a specific (a) Shift (b) Tab (c) Alt (d) Ctrl
aspect ratio in MS-PowerPoint 365? UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
1. On the shortcut menu, clicking on Format Ans. (b) : To indent the first line of a paragraph in MS Word
Picture. 365, place your cursor at the beginning of the paragraph and
2. Right-clicking on a picture use the Tab key and can indent using the space bar.
3. Under the Scale, entering a percentage of the 2358. Which of the following options in the shape
original height or width. format tab is used to make a line dotted or
4. In the dialog box, clicking on the Size tab dashed in MS - PowerPoint 365?
(a) 4,3,2,1 (b) 2,1,4,3 (a) Shape Outline (b) Shape Options
(c) 1,2,3,4 (d) 2,4,3,1 (c) Shape Fill (d) Shape Effects
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
Computer 223 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : On the format tab, click the arrow next to Ans. (a) : After selecting a picture in a slide of MS
shape outline. If you don't see the format tab, make sure PowerPoint 365, options like size and properties, fill
you've selected the line. Point to Dashes, and then click and line, effects etc. are available in the format picture
the style you want to create a custom style click more shortcut menu while layout is not.
lines and then choose the options that you want. 2366. Which of the following statements is correct
2359. Which of the following options is NOT about the Quick Access Toolbar of MS -
available in Text Format options that appear PowerPoint 2007?
when the cursor hovers over selected text in (a) By default it is located in the lower left corner
MS-Power Point 365? of the window
(a) Numbering of Bullets (b) Font Color (b) The number of commands is fixed and it
(c) Align Text (d) Insert Picture cannot be changed
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017 (c) By default, it contains open, save, New and
Ans. (d) : On selected text in MS - PowerPoint 365 slide - show commands
numbering or bullets for color and align text options are (d) By default it contains only 3 commands
available in the text format that appears when the cursor is GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
hovered over whereas insert picture options are not available. Ans. (d) : The Quick Access Toolbar in MS PowerPoint
2360. Push, Fade, Wipe, etc. are options of which tab is a customizable toolbar located above the Ribbon. By
in MS-PowerPoint 365? default it contains only 3 commands (Save, Undo,
(a) Design (b) Slide Show Redo) and you want to choose 'more commands'
(c) Transitions (d) Animations customize further.
UKSSSC Tech. Electrical Instructor-21.11.2017
2367. Which of the following main menus to insert a
Ans. (c) : In MS - PowerPoint 365, there are options for picture (image) in a slide in MS-PowerPoint 2007?
transition tab like Push, Fade, Wipe etc. under the (a) Animation (b) Design
design tab, commands like page setup, themes and
background are included. (c) View (d) Insert
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
2361. To delete multiple slides which are not in Ans. (d) : The Insert tab in PowerPoint is used to insert
sequence in MS-PowerPoint 365, you must hold objects and elements on the slide in presentation. Under the
______ and select the slides you want and then
right-click and select Delete slide. insert menu you can add text, pictures, shapes, video etc.
(a) Tab (b) Ctrl (c) Alt (d) Shift 2368. Which of the following statements is/are
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 correct about Headers and Footers in MS
Ans. (b) : To delete multiple slides which are not in PowerPoint 2007?
sequence in MS - PowerPoint 365, you must hold Ctrl (i) By default, the slide number is displayed at
and select the slides you want and then right click and the bottom right
select delete slide. (ii) 'Date and time' cannot be inserted using
2362. Shapes like circles, squares and arrows are headers and footers.
available in which group of the Insert tab in (a) Only (i) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
MS-PowerPoint 365? (c) Only (i) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
(a) Images (b) Tables GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
(c) Slides (d) Illustrations Ans. (c) : In MS PowerPoint 2007, Headers and Footers
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 are elements that can be added to slides to display
Ans. (d) : Shapes like circle, square, arrow, picture, clip consistent information such as slide numbers, date, time
art, chart etc. are available in the Illustrations of the and other details. So, statement (i) is correct and
Insert tab in MS PowerPoint 365. statement (ii) is incorrect.
2363. In MS-PowerPoint, Normal view displays slide 2369. Which of the following methods is used to
thumbnails on the _____ side of the screen. create a presentation using templates in MS
(a) left (b) bottom (c) top (d) right PowerPoint 2007?
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 (a) Office Button → New → Create Button
Ans. (a) : In MS - PowerPoint, normal view displays (b) Office Button → New → Installed Templates
slide thumbnails on the left side of the screen. → Select a Template → Create Button
2364. Which option of format <object type> in the (c) Office Button → Installed Templates →
shortcut menu is used to manually set the Select a Template → Create Button
object to a specific proportion in MS-Power (d) Office Button → New → Blank → Select a
Point 365? Template → Create Button
(a) Effects (b) Line (c) Fill (d) Scale GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint 2007, you can create a
Ans. (d) : The format object type scale in the shortcut presentation using templates the following steps -
menu in MS - PowerPoint 365 is used to manually set Office Button → New → Installed Templates → Select
the object to a specific radio.
a Template → Create Button
2365. You have selected a picture in a slide of MS- 2370. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is
PowerPoint 365. Which of the following options is used to insert a duplicate slide of the selected
not available in the Format Picture shortcut menu? slide in MS PowerPoint 2007?
(a) Layout (b) Size & Properties (a) Alt + D (b) Ctrl + Alt + M
(c) Fill & Line (d) Effects (c) Ctrl + D (d) Ctrl + M
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Computer 224 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (c) : In MS PowerPoint, Ctrl + D inserts a Ans. (c) : In MS - PowerPoint 2007, Very Fast is not
duplicate of the selected slide, in the thumbnail pane on the value of slide transition speed. You can control the
the left side of the PowerPoint Program window, then transition speed, add sounds and customize the
press 'Ctrl + D'. properties of transition effects. Slow, medium, fast is a
2371. When MS-PowerPoint 2007 software is opened, value of slide transition speed.
it displays the title slide. Which of the following 2376. Which of the following tasks are done by pressing
statements is correct about this slide? 'Ctrl+M' shortcut key in MS-Power Point 2007?
(a) It is not possible to change the font size and (a) It copies the selected slide to the clipboard
font face of its place holders. (b) It deletes the selected slide
(b) It is necessary to type something in each (c) It inserts a duplicate slide of the selected slide
place holder. (d) It insert a blank slide
(c) by default, it contains 3 place holders. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
(d) By default, it contains only the title and Ans. (d) :
subtitle place holders. Shortcut Function
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ctrl + M - This insert a blank slide.
Ans. (d) : In MS - PowerPoint software, the title slide is Ctrl + Q - To save and close the presentation.
the first slide of a presentation. It usually contain a title Ctrl + W - To close the open presentation.
and subtitle place holders.
Ctrl + D - To duplicate the selected object or slide.
2372. Which of the following statements is/are True 2377. By default, how many commands can be there in
about viewing presentations in MS - the quick access toolbar of MS-PowerPoint 2007?
PowerPoint 2007? (a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 1
(i) By default, the status bar contains the GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
'Normal', 'Print Layout', and 'Web
Layout' views commands. Ans. (a) : The quick access toolbar is a customizable
(ii) The slide show command can be executed toolbar containing a set of commands that are
by pressing the 'F2' key. independent of the tab that is currently displayed. It can
(a) Only (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii) be located in one of two places - upper left corner above
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (i) the ribbon (default location) upper left corner below the
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 ribbon. The Save, Undo and Redo commands appear by
Ans. (c) : While viewing a presentation in MS default on the quick access toolbar.
PowerPoint 2007, by default the status bar contains the 2378. Which of the following statements is/are
commands 'Normal view slide show, slide shorter. The correct regarding header and footer?
Slide show command is executed by pressing 'F5' key. (i) Slide numbers cannot be inserted using
2373. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is header and footer.
used to start a slide show from the first slide? (ii) By default, the inserted 'Date and Time'
(a) Alt + F5 (b) F5 place holder' is displayed in the lower left
(c) Ctrl + F5 (d) Shift + F5 corner of the slide and is automatically
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 changed with the system date.
Ans. (b) : Some shortcut keys for MS PowerPoint - (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (i)
F5 → Switch to slide show (c) Only (ii) (d) Neither (i) nor (ii)
Alt + F5 → Switch to presenter view GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
Ctrl + F1 → Switch to full screen Ans. (c) : In MS Power Point 2007, the Header and
Alt + F9 → Show or hide guides Footer command comes under the Insert Tab. The
Shift + F9 → Show or hide the grid. header appears at the top of the slide and the footer
appears at the bottom of the slide. By default, the
2374. When MS- PowerPoint 2007 software is opened.
It displays the title slide which of the following inserted 'Date and Time' place holder' is displayed in the
statement is incorrect regarding this slide? lower left corner of the slide and is automatically
(a) It is not mandatory to type anything in its changed with the system date. Slide numbers also be
place holder inserted using header and footer.
(b) By default, it contains only title and subtitle 2379. New slide in which group of Home tab in MS
place holders PowerPoint 365 option available?
(c) It is possible to change the font size and font (a) Voice (b) Undo
face of its place holders (c) Designer (d) Slides
(d) By default, it contains three place holders GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 Ans. (d) : A new slides option is available in the slides
Ans. (d) : On opening MS PowerPoint 2007 software group of the Home tab in MS - PowerPoint 365.
title slide is displayed and by default it contains two 2380. Which of the following executable files can be
place holders title and subtitle. The font size and font used to open MS PowerPoint 365 application
face of its place holder can be changed and it is not through windows run/search box?
mandatory to type anything in it.
(a) Ppoint.exe (b) Powerpoint.exe
2375. Which of the following is not the value of transition (c) Powerpnt.exe (d) MSPowerpoint.exe
speed of a slide in MS PowerPoint 2007. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
(a) Medium (b) Fast
(c) Very Fast (d) Slow Ans. (c) : The run command that you can use to quickly
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 open the PowerPoint 365 application is powerpnt.exe.
Computer 225 YCT
ye
p
2381. An MS PowerPoint presentation is a collection of (d) Items on the slide that perform an action
individual _____ that can contain text, graphics, which clicked
sounds movies, hyper links and other objects. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
(a) Slides (b) Templates Ans. (d) : In MS PowerPoint 365, this is an event that
(c) Headers (d) Footnotes fires at a bookmarked point on a slide or an object.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
2387. Which of the following is the slide size aspect
Ans. (a) : PowerPoint is a presentation software ratio in MS PowerPoint 365?
developed by Microsoft. It allows you to create slide (a) 4 : 3 (b) 4 : 6
show for various purpose, such as business presentations, (c) 16 : 9 (d) 16 : 10
educational lectures and more. GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
You can add text, images videos and other content to your
slides and then present them is a visually engaging way. Ans. (a) : In MS PowerPoint 365 the standard slide size
aspect ratio is 4:3 and the wide screen aspect ratio is 16:9.
2382. When you want to turn off the pen, laser pointer
or high lighter and use the mouse button during a 2388. Which of the following audio tools playback
presentation in MS PowerPoint 365, which of the options in MS - PowerPoint 365 automatically
following keys will be used? plays audio after you navigate to the slide on
(a) Alt (b) Esc which the audio file is on?
(c) Ctrl (d) Enter (a) In Click Sequence (b) Play Across Slides
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 (c) When Clicked On (d) Automatically
Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint 365, Esc key will be used GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
to turn off the pen, laser pointer or high lighter and used Ans. (d) : In MS-PowerPoint 365, turning on the Audio
to mouse button during a presentation. tools playback automatically option automatically plays
2383. In MS PowerPoint 365, what is the highest the audio after you navigate to the slide on which the
zoom value in the 'Zoom' dialog box? file is playing.
(a) 200% (b) 500% 2389. Which of the following statements is false
(c) 175% (d) 400% regarding MS - PowerPoint 365?
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 (a) In MS- PowerPoint presentation cannot be
Ans. (d) : The zoom dialog box in MS- PowerPoint 365 duplicate slides
has the highest zoom value of 400% and the lowest (b) In MS-PowerPoint slides can be embedded videos
zoom value of 10% (c) It is a presentation software
2384. What happens when you select MS PowerPoint (d) Images can be embedded in MS-PowerPoint
365 slide and select the 'Hide Slide' option? slides
(a) The Slide will be removed from the GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
presentation Ans. (a) : Microsoft PowerPoint is a popular
(b) The slide will not be visible in the slide sorter presentation software used to create slideshows and
view visual presentations. You can use it to design slides, add
(c) Slides will not be visible while you are doing text, images, charts and more to convey information
a presentation effectively. This presentation can have duplicate slides
(d) The slide will not be visible during editing images and videos embedded. Hence option (a)
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 statement is false.
Ans. (c) : If there is a slide in MS PowerPoint 365 2390. Which of the following is the sequence of steps
which is to be included in the presentation file but not to to apply slide transition effects in MS -
be shown in the slide show, then select the slide and PowerPoint 365?
select the hide option. (a) Animations→Effect Options → Apply To All
2385. Identify whether the given statements regarding (b) Transitions → Effect Options → Apply to All
MS-PowerPoint 365 are true or false.
(c) Design → Effect Options → Apply To All
(i) Hide slide option hides the selected slide
during design. (d) Draw → Effect Options → Apply To All
(ii) MS - Word tables cannot be embedded in GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014
MS PowerPoint slides. Ans. (b) : The sequence of steps to apply slide
(a) (i) False, (ii) False (b) (i) False (ii) True transition effects in PowerPoint 365 is as follows -
(c) (i) True, (ii) True (d) (i) True, (ii) False Transitions → Effect Options → Apply to All.
GSSSB Supervisor Electronic Instructor 18.01.2014 2391. When printing MS PowerPoint 365 slides,
Ans. (a) : The hide option blurs the selected slide in MS which of the following option in settings can be
PowerPoint 365 during design hence statement (i) false. In used to print only slides, only speaker notes, an
MS PowerPoint 365, MS word table can be added to MS outline or a handout?
PowerPoint slide by selecting the object option of text (a) Print All Slides (b) Color
menu of the insert tab. Hence statement (ii) is also false. (c) Edit header & Footer (d) Print Layout
2386. Regarding slide animation, which of the KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
following best describe the 'trigger' open in MS Ans. (d) : Slides : From the drop-down choose to print
- PowerPoint 365? all slides, selected slides or the current slide or in the
(a) Attributes of slide slides box, type which slide numbers to print, separated
(b) Background color of slide by a Comma, Print Layout - choose to print just the
(c) Foreground color of slide slides, just the speaker notes, an outline or handouts.
Computer 226 YCT
ye
p
2392. Which of the following options in Format tab Ans. (c) : In MS-PowerPoint, under the Slide Show Tab
should be selected to change the line weight the 'setup slide show' is a feature that allow you to
while designing a slide in MS PowerPoint 365? customize how your presentation will be displayed
(a) Shape options (b) Shape Effects during a slide show. Some of the settings you can
(c) Shape Outline (d) Shape fill configure in this tab include-
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 • Show Type
Ans. (c) : On the format tab, click the arrow next to • Show Slides
shape outline. If you don't see the format tab, make sure • Show Options
you have selected the line. Point to weight and then • Advance Slides
click line weight that you want. • Multiple Monitors
2393. Which of the following is a blank presentation In Show Type the following options available.
with formatting a color scheme and sometimes 1. Presented by speaker (full screen)
graphics in MS PowerPoint 365? 2. Browsed by an individual (window)
(a) Theme (b) Design template 3. Browsed at a Kiosk (full screen)
(c) New presentation (d) Thumbnail 2398. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
used to start an MS-PowerPoint 365
Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint 365, a design template is a presentation from the current slide in the
file that is created with an overall layout to be used with presentation?
one or more documents. A design template is a blank (a) F6 (b) F9
presentation with formatting a color scheme and (c) Shift+F5 (d) F5
sometimes graphics. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
2394. While designing a slide in MS - PowerPoint Ans. (d) : In Microsoft PowerPoint 365, the shortcut
365, when one object is selected, which of the key to start the current slide show is "F5". But in
following keyboard shortcuts is used to select previous versions of MS-PowerPoint, the shortcut key
another object? to start current slide show is Shift + F5 and for starting
(a) Shift + right arrow key slide show is "F5".
(b) Esc
2399. In which format does Libre Office Impress
(c) Shift + Left arrow key create presentation so that it can be opened by
(d) Tab other presentation software or can be exported
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
in different presentation format?
Ans. (d) : When designing a slide in PowerPoint 365 (a) Open Document Format (ODF)
when one object is selected the tab key is used to select (b) Power Presentation Format (PPF)
another object. (c) Open Document Presentation (ODF)
2395. In MS-PowerPoint 2013, which of the following (d) Open Point Presentation (OPP)
options is NOT available under different group KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
menus (such as Proofing, Language, Ans. (c): Impress is the presentation (Slide Show)
Comments, etc.)? program included in Libre Office. Impress creates
(a) Spelling (b) Thesaurus presentations in the Open Document Presentation format.
(c) Translate (d) Research Which can be Opened by other Presentation software or
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 can be exported in different presentation formats.
Ans. (d) : In MS PowerPoint 2013, the 'Review' Tab 2400. Name all the file effects of PowerPoint which
contains tools and feature primarily related to
proofreading, editing and collaborating in presentations. fill effects options in the background dialog box
Some of the key functions and options you can find in the given from?
Review Tab include-Spelling, Thesaurus, Comments, (a) Pattern, Picture, Gradient and Texture
Language, Translate etc. But Research is not available (b) Pattern. Colour, Shade and Texture
under Review Tab in MS-PowerPoint 2013. (c) Image, Gradient, Shade and Colour
2396. Which of the following is a valid file extension (d) Colour, Image, Graphics and Shade
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
for MS-PowerPoint files?
(a) .ppt (b) .docx (c) .exe (d) .pot Ans : (a) Fill and picture options come under format
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 background in MS PowerPoint. On opening the fill Dialog
Ans. (a) : The extension for MS-PowerPoint files is box, Solid Fill, Gradient Fill, Picture and Texture Fill
comes, Pattern also comes under picture effect.
".pptx" for the newer PowerPoint file format introduced
in Microsoft office 2007 and later. In older versions of 2401. In MS - PowerPoint 365, which of the following
PowerPoint, you might also encounter files with the options of set up slide show is used to loop the
".ppt" extension. slide show until the viewer presses the ESC key?
2397. In MS-PowerPoint, which of the following (a) Browsed at a kiosk (full screen)
options is NOT available as one of the show (b) Presented by an individual (full screen)
types in the menu group 'setup slide show' in (c) Browsed by an individual (window)
the slide show tab? (d) Presented by a speaker (full screen)
(a) Presented by a speaker (Full Screen) KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(b) Browsed at a kiosk (Full Screen) Ans. (a) : In MS - PowerPoint 365 the browsed at a
(c) Present Online kiosk full screen option of set up slide show is used to
(d) Browsed by an individual (Window) loop the slide show as long as possible. To end this,
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 ESC key is used.
Computer 227 YCT
ye
p
2402. Select the keyboard shortcut to duplicate the Ans. (b) : MS PowerPoint is a powerful, simple - to - use
selected slide in MS PowerPoint. presentation graphics software program that enables you to
(a) Ctrl + F1 (b) Ctrl + M create professional - looking electronic slide shows.
(c) Ctrl + D (d) Ctrl + X MS Excel is a spreadsheet program. In this program the
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 data is presented in tabular form on a spreadsheet.
Ans. (c) : In MS PowerPoint Ctrl + D keyboard shortcut MS word is a word processor program. It is used to
key is used to inserts a duplicate of the selected slide. create, open edit formatting document.
2403. What is the Microsoft PowerPoint? MS Access is a database application software.
(a) Spreadsheet program 2408. Which of the following is a presentation
(b) Database program graphics software ?
(c) Word processing program (a) MS–Windows (b) MS–PowerPoint
(d) Presentation Program (c) MS–Excel (d) MS–Word
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
Ans : (d) Microsoft PowerPoint is a presentation Ans : (b) MS PowerPoint is a part of MS Office
program that presents information in slide format by developed by Microsoft. It is a powerful software for
working on the features of multimedia. creating presentations and slide shows.
2404. When you create first presentation file in MS- Uses of PowerPoint–
PowerPoint, what will be the default file name? i. Preparing slides for a business application presentation
(a) Powerpoint1 (b) Slide 1 ii. Creating graphical objects through animation.
(c) Presentation1 (d) Presentation iii. Preparation of artistic slides by Art Gallery for
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 general use.
Ans. (c) : When we prepare a presentation in MS- iv. To import training in the business world.
PowerPoint and while saving using Ctrl + S to save it, 2409. Microsoft Power Point is used to create............
the name of presentation is asked where, the default (a) Spread Sheet (b) Presentation
name presentation1 it is written that if you want to (c) Web Pages (d) Browser
change it, you can change it, otherwise this (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
presentation1 will keep saving the file in the order of Ans : (b) A spreadsheet is generally designed to hold
presentation2. numerical data and short text strings. It is manipulate
2405. Open office Impress following of which are data arranged in rows and columns. PPT is also known
there examples? as PowerPoint presentation. We can define PowerPoint
(a) Presentation software (b) Adware presentation as presentation program. A web pages can
(c) Spreadsheet (d) Database contain huge information including text, graphics,
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I) audio, video and hyper links.
Ans. (a) : Open office impress, similar to PowerPoint is 2410. Which of the following, Microsoft PowerPoint
presentation software that is (i.e.) part of the open office not a valid 2016 tool/component?
suite package. It is used for making presentation. Open (a) Chart (b) Photo album
office suite available other software like word
processing, spreadsheet and database software etc. (c) Mail Merge (d) Format Pointer
UPPCL TG-II 20-03-2021 (Shift-I)
Adware is a type of malicious software that a form of
malware. Ans. (c): Mail Merge is not a valid tool for Microsoft
PowerPoint. Mail merge consists of combining mail and
2406. _______ is a powerful software used to create letter mailing labels for mass mailing from a single
business presentations. form letter.
(a) Microsoft Word Mail merge is handy feature that incorporates data from
(b) Microsoft PowerPoint both Microsoft Word and Microsoft Excel and allows
(c) Microsoft Excel you to create multiple documents at once.
(d) Microsoft Excel
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING) 2411. In Power Point, the dotted areas in an empty
slide are called
Ans : (b) Microsoft PowerPoint is a presentation (a) Template (b) Placards
program. Which is used for making small slides,
(c) Placeholders (d) Themes
making presentations. Microsoft Word is a word
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
processing program that helps you create and work on
your documents such as letters, resumes and reports. Ans. (c) : Dotted area in a blank slide in PowerPoint is
Microsoft Excel is a spreadsheet program that allows called placeholder. A place holder is an element located on a
you to organize data, perform calculations, make slide layout i.e. used to input same type of text on the slide.
decisions, graph data and create business reports etc. 2412. Which one of the following is not a good way to
Excel organizes any data into row and column. enhance the beauty of a presentation?
2407. Which of the following is a powerful, simple - (a) Use of appropriate font, font style, paragraph
to - use presentation graphics software style, animation etc. in the presentation in a
program that enables you to create professional consistent manner.
- looking electronic slide shows? (b) Using 12-15 bullet points in a slide to show
(a) MS-Excel (b) MS-PowerPoint enough information.
(c) MS-Access (d) MS-Word (c) To give sufficient contrast between the
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 essential information and the space around it.
Computer 228 YCT
ye
p
(d) Not "marking" your slides to much simple (d) A miniature version of a slide
phrases containing slide numbers and KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
identification or symbol is necessary for this. Ans. (d) : "Thumbnail" is used to describe a miniature
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 version of a slide in presentation software. Thumbnail is
Ans. (b) : To make the presentation attractive in MS a term used by graphic designers and photographers for
PowerPoint, the appropriate font size, font style, the representation of a smaller image in a larger image.
paragraph style, animation, contrast and slide number 2418. In Microsoft PowerPoint____view presentation
etc. should be kept appropriate, pay special attention in useful for organizing slides.
the presentation that it should be too inflammatory so (a) Slide Sorter (b) Reading
that its color stings the eyes and in it do not use more (c) Normal (d) Outline
bullets or numbers than necessary. UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
So the correct answer is using bullet points 12-15 in Ans : (a) In Microsoft PowerPoint use of slide sorter
slides to show enough information. view presentation useful for organizing slides.
2413. State whether the following statements pertaining 2419. When you work in Slide Sorter view in Power
to PowerPoint 2013 are true or false. Point, miniature versions of the slides called
a) Translate option which translates selected ____are displayed in a horizontal grid.
text into different languages is NOT (a) Sorter slides (b) Thumbnails
available in PowerPoint 2013. (c) Poster slides (d) Placeholders
b) Research option in 'proofing' group menu KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
gives alternative word to selected word. Ans. (b) : In PowerPoint slide sorter view called
c) The Comments pane has three default Thumbnails. Small versions of slides are shown in a
buttons: Insert, Previous and Next horizontal grid where id user can move them. If you
(a) a) True, b) True, c) True want to increase or decrease the size of the slides you
(b) a) False, b) True, c) True are reviewing, you can adjust the visual word by
(c) a) True, b) True, c) False zooming in and out as needed.
(d) a) True, b) False, c) True 2420. The _____ view shows the full slide view on one
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 monitor and a speaker view on another
Ans : (b) Translate option is available in word, Excel, monitor is MS-PowerPoint 2019.
One note, outlook and PowerPoint. Research option in (a) Speaker (b) Presenter
PowerPoint also gives alternate selected word so statement (c) Slide (d) Note
(b) is correct. Comment pane has three buttons. Insert, KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
previous and next hence, statement (c) is correct. Ans. (b) : PowerPoint presenter view shows you the
2414. What is the maximum number of slides that current slide, the next slide and your speaker notes,
can be printed in a handout? helping you stay focused and connect with your
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 9 audience while you're presenting.
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 2421. You can set to include _______ in every slide.
Ans : (d) In a handout, the small print of the slide itself (a) Date and time (b) All of these
is in the number of two, four, six or nine. Hence, the (c) Footer (d) Slide number
maximum number will be 9. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
2415. Which of the following special effects is used to Ans : (b) Date and Time, slide number and footer etc.
introduce each slide in a slide presentation? can be set in any slide.
(a) Animation (b) Bulleting 2422. Whenever you start a new presentation in MS-
(c) Transition (d) Mapping PowerPoint 2016, it will contain _____slide(s)
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 with the ____layout, by default.
Ans. (c) : Transition is a special motion effect in a slide (a) two; Title Only (b) one; Title Only
presentation. Motion effect that adds motion to slides in (c) two; Title Slide (d) one; Title Slide
a slide show to move from one slide in view to another. KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
This allows for the addition of motion as well as sound. Ans. (d) : Whenever you start a new presentation, if it
2416. Preview, Timing etc are displayed under which of has one slide with title slide layout. You can insert as
the following menu items in MS-PowerPoint 2016? many slides as you want from any variety of layout.
(a) View (b) Home 2423. Which of the following cannot be inserted using
(c) Transitions (d) Slide Show the Header and Footer window in MS
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 PowerPoint 365?
Ans. (c) : The transition Menu is MS- PowerPoint 2016 (a) Footer (b) Media
offers you many types of transitions or Animation (c) Slide Number (d) Date and Time
effects for your slides in starting. MS PowerPoint offers KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
you various new and responsive transitions for your Ans. (b) : Using the Header and Footer window in MS -
Presentations. In this menu you may also see the Previews PowerPoint 365, you can add footer, date and time and
of Transitions. Adjust the Timing of transition, and adjust slide numbers while media cannot be inserted.
the transition sound and lots more features. 2424. In a presentation, if you select the slide number
2417. In MS-PowerPoint, what does thumbnail mean? in ––––, the slide number appears?
(a) A placeholder for a slide (a) Cascade (b) Arrange All
(b) A small animation for a slide (c) Header and Footer (d) Advance Slide
(c) A small poster for a slide KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
Computer 229 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (c) : When we want to show slide number in a 2431. To view all the slides in a single screen in
presentation, we select slide number in its header and Microsoft PowerPoint, which of the following
footer. Due to which the slide number starts appearing. can slide view be used?
2425. MS PowerPoint view that only text (title and (a) Slide Sorter view (b) Slide Master view
(c) Normal view (d) Outline view
bullet) displays. UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
(a) Slide Sorter View (b) Slide Show
(c) Notes Page View (d) Outline View Ans. (a) : Slide Sorter view is used to view all the slides
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 in a single screen in Microsoft PowerPoint, some of its
other uses like– insert, delete, copy can present slide
Ans : (d) The outline view structure in MS PowerPoint show and can be made also animation.
displays the outline of a file i.e. immediately open in the
editor area. In other words, outline view only display text. 2432. Which of the following statement(s) is/are
incorrect regarding MS PowerPoint 2016?
2426. In____view of Microsoft PowerPoint, the user can
(i) You can delete the slide from normal view.
see only the text of the slides in the presentation.
(a) Slide show (b) Outline (ii) You cannot delete a slide from the slide
sorter view
(c) Slide sorter (d) Normal
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018
(a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i)
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
Ans. (b) : When we create a presentation on Microsoft GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
PowerPoint, we use outline view to create an outline or
story board for the presentation. It displays only text on Ans. (a) : In MS PowerPoint 2016, you can delete,
your slides not pictures. or other graphical item. duplicate and add new slides from normal view slide
sorter view is used to view all slides in a single screen,
2427. By default, Microsoft PowerPoint opens a in which slides can be inserted, deleted and copied.
presentation slide in which view?
(a) Slide Sorter (b) Slide Master 2433. Which of the following statement(s) is/are
(c) Notes page (d) Normal incorrect regarding MS PowerPoint 2016?
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II) (i) You can delete the slide from normal view.
Ans. (d) : By default the presentation slide opens in (ii) You cannot delete a slide from the slide
normal view in M.S. PowerPoint, Displays thumbnail sorter view
notes and slide views. (a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i)
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
2428. Which of the following statements is/are false GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
regarding MS PowerPoint 2016?
(i) You can get normal view from the taskbar Ans. (a) : In MS PowerPoint 2016, you can delete,
normal view button below the slide window duplicate and add new slides from normal view slide
or from the view tab on the ribbon. sorter view is used to view all slides in a single screen,
(ii) Normal View displays a large window in which slides can be inserted, deleted and copied.
showing slide thumbnails and the current 2434. Which of the following is not a valid choice of
slide on the left. print layout when printing MS PowerPoint 365
(a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Only (ii) slides?
(c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (i) (a) Full Page Slides (b) Notes pages
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 (c) Inline (d) Outline
Ans. (c) : With reference to MS PowerPoint 2016 - GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(i) Normal view can be accessed from the taskbar Ans. (c) : There are four types of print layouts in MS
normal view button at the bottom of the slide window or PowerPoint 365-
from the View Tab on the ribbon. Full page slides, Notes page, Outline and Hand out
(ii) Normal view displays slide thumbnails on the left whereas inline is a tool for moving text or picture.
and a large window showing the current slide. 2435. In order to check spelling of a text in MS–
(iii) Normal view is displayed under the View Tab. Powerpoint, we press _________.
2429. Which of the following is NOT a presentation view? (a) F7 (b) Alt + Shift + L
(a) Presenter View (b) Slide Sorter View (c) Alt + Click (d) Shift + F7
(c) Outline View (d) Notes Page GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
KPSC Instructor Electronics Mech.20.07.2018 Ans. (a) : To check spelling or grammar in PowerPoint,
Ans. (a) : Not under the presenter view tab in the above Press the F7 function key from the keyboard.
options it happens. The options under the View Tab are: 2436. The shortcut to add new slide in Powerpoint is
Normal view, Outline view, Notes page view, Slide (a) Ctrl + N (b) Ctrl + Z
show, Slide Sorter View and Master View. (c) Alt + N (d) Ctrl + M
2430. Which of the following gives you various options GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
for saving, opening, printing, and sharing your Ans. (d) : To add a new slide in PowerPoint
presentations in MS-PowerPoint 2016? presentation, Ctrl + M Shortcut key is used and Ctrl + N
(a) Normal view (b) Slide Sorter view creates a new presentation.
(c) Backstage view (d) Reading view 2437. If you have 50 slides in your MS PowerPoint
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 presentation file and you want to start the slide
Ans. (c) : Backstage view gives you the option to save, show from the tenth slide, then you have to
open, print and share your presentations. To access select the tenth slide and to start the slide show
backstage view, click the file tab on ribbon. from the selected slide have _____ to press
Computer 230 YCT
ye
p
(a) Ctrl + F3 (b) Shift + F5 (c) Ctrl + y (d) Alt + R
(c) Shift + F3 (d) Ctrl + F5 GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Ans. (c) :
KPSC Jr. Instructor- 09.07.2014 Ctrl + Y = Redo the last Action
Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint presentation the current Ctrl + Z = To undo the previous change or action
selected slide to start the shows slide Shift + F5 shortcut Ctrl + H = To open the Replace dialog box
'key' used. Ctrl + M = To add a new slide
2438. To insert clip art in a slide in MS- PowerPoint 2007, Ctrl + N = To open a new presentation
which of the following main menus can be used? 2444. In PowerPoint 2013, which of the following
(a) Animation (b) Insert menus contains the 'Record Slide Show' option?
(c) View (d) Design (a) Review (b) Slide show
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (c) Animation (d) Transition
Ans. (b) : MS - PowerPoint 2007, commands like GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
picture, Clip Art, shape, chart etc. are available under Ans : (b) In PowerPoint 2013, slide show menus
the insert tab. contains the 'Record Slide Show' option.
2439. In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, which menu 2445. ––––– provides a dynamic way to move from
gives you options like table, pictures, shapes one slide to another during a slide show in MS-
and new slide? PowerPoint.
(a) Animation (b) Insert (a) Clip Art (b) Transition
(c) Home (d) View (c) Animation (d) Footer
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Ans. (b) : In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, gives you Ans. (b) : A slide transition is the scene. When you
options like table, pictures, shapes and new slide come move from one slide to another during a presentation
under the Insert Tab. you can control the speed add sound and customize the
2440. Which of the following key sequences can be look of transition effects in following. Transition goes
used to insert a picture from your device into steps to add–
an MS - PowerPoint presentation slide? Select the Slide → Select the transition tab and choose a
(a) Alt + N, I, C (b) Ctrl + P, N, C transition → Select Effect options to choose the
(c) Ctrl + N, P, D (d) Alt + N, P, D direction→Select preview to see → Select Apply To All
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 How to remove transition from slide–
Ans. (d) : To insert a picture from the device into an Select transition → None.
MS-PowerPoint presentation slide, the keys in the 2446. In MS-PowerPoint slide show, which of the
sequence Alt + N, P, D are used. following is NOT a valid option?
2441. Which one of the following statements is (a) From the current slide
correct regarding text in a slide? (b) From the beginning
(a) A text box can contain only text of same font (c) Reverse from the rear
size and font type. (d) Custom built
(b) To enter text in the text box, press copy and GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
paste option cannot be used. Ans. (c) : The following slide show options are present
(c) Shapes such as squares, circles, callout in the slide tab of Microsoft PowerPoint–
balloons and block arrows can contain text
(d) The text entered in the text box will appear in
1. From the beginning
the text box fixed on the left 2. From the current Slide
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I) 3. Custom slide show/custom built
4. Setup Slide show
Ans. (c) : To enter text at any place in the slide of MS 5. Hide Slide
PowerPoint some shape is required in which the text is
entered. But Reverse from the rear option is not present in it.
So, shapes such as squares, circles, callout balloons and 2447. Which command is used to start a slide show ?
block arrows can contain test. (a) Edit (b) Slide Show
(c) File (d) Tools
2442. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts can (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
be used in MS PowerPoint 2016 to undo the
previous action? Ans : (b) The slide show command is used to start the
(a) Ctrl + z (b) Alt + U slide show. After clicking on slide show from beginning
(c) Ctrl + Y (d) Ctrl + U or click on from current slide.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 2448. In 'Slide Show' menu of MS PowerPoint 2007,
Ans. (a) : Using shortcut keys in MS PowerPoint which 'Resolution' option is said to be the
Ctrl + Z → To undo the previous action. fastest?
Ctrl + Y → To redo. (a) 640 × 480 (b) 800 × 600
Ctrl + U → To underline text. (c) 1366 × 768 (d) 1024 × 768
Ctrl + M → To insert a new slide. UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
2443. What is the keyboard shortcut to perform Ans: (a) 640 × 480 resolution is faster and 1440×900
'Redo' operation in MS-PowerPoint? resolution is slower in slide show menu of Microsoft
(a) Ctrl + R (b) Ctrl + z PowerPoint 2007.

Computer 231 YCT

ye
p
2449. Applying motion effects to different objects on a (d) An object that you click to cause animation to
slide what PowerPoint feature would you look for? occur on a slide
(a) Animation objects (b) Slide design GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(c) Slide transfer (d) Animation plan Ans. (d) : Use of trigger an MS PowerPoint presentation
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 then when you want to click a specific object on the slide
Ans : (d) Animation is set for the text or objects to start an animation effect. Triggers give you specific
available in slide by animation. It is used to apply click points to control the animation and are especially
motion effects to various objects. useful when you want multiple effects on a slide.
2450. Which of the following is not a good way to 2455. Slide setup, slide orientation, presentation
enlarge text in a presentation? themes and background appear under which of
(a) The number of words on each screen is the following menus in MS PowerPoint 2016?
simple and limit it. (a) Home (b) Insert
(b) There should be uniformity in the use of (c) Review (d) Design
elements such as font, color and background GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(c) Use various special effects like animations Ans. (d) : Slide setup, slide orientation, Presentation
and sounds in the slides themes and background appear under design menus in
(d) Use different colors for text and background MS PowerPoint 2016.
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) 2456. In power point, Themes could be found under–
Ans. (c) : With special effects like animation and (a) Transitions tab (b) Design tab
sounds in the slide. Text cannot be enlarged. While (c) Insert tab (d) Animation tab
using the other statements given, you can increase the GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
text in PowerPoint. Ans. (b) : Themes are found under the design tab of
2451. Which of the following is not correct about PowerPoint presentation, using which the presentation
printing a PowerPoint presentation? is made attractive.
(a) All slides have to be printed, even if some no 2457. Identify the INCORRECT statement about
need to print slides videos in a slide in MS-PowerPoint.
(b) When printing more than one set, the slide (a) Current playback position in the file is indicated
may appear sequentially on the horizontal slider.
(c) Number of slides to be printed on a page can (b) Once set, it is not possible to change the
be selected volume of the video clip.
(d) Slides can be printed with blank space for (c) Video files provide zoom-in feature.
writing notes (d) MS-PowerPoint enables to see the preview of
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-I) video files.
Ans. (a) : After printing a slide in a PowerPoint GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
presentation, it is not necessary to print all the slides. Ans. (b) : On adding a video to a slide in MS-
While the slides can be mounted sequentially to print PowerPoint the playback position is indicated on the
more than one set. If a single slide is to be printed, then horizontal slide and the facility to zoom in and preview
its number can be selected and the slide can be printed the video files is also available. When adding a video to
with blank space for writing notes. a slide in MS PowerPoint, it is possible to change the
2452. You can set to include…………in every slide. volume of a video clip.
(a) Date and Time (b) All of these 2458. From which menu in Microsoft PowerPoint
(c) Footer (d) Slide Number 2016, you can choose Text direction, Align Text
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 and New Slide are there options?
Ans. (b) : Date and time, footer and slide number can (a) Insert (b) Designs
be set separately in each slide. (c) Animations (d) Home
2453. To start the slide show from the beginning, the UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
Ans. (d) : Home Menu in Microsoft PowerPoint 2016
person should be pressed and from the current you get options like Text direction, Align Text and New
slide to start the slide show the person should Slide.
be pressed.
(a) F5; Shift + F5 (b) Shift + F4; F4 2459. Features related to styles and clipboard appear
(c) F4; Shfit + F4 (d) Shift + F5; F5 under the ______ menu tab in MS Word 2016.
(a) Design (b) View
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
(c) Layout (d) Home
Ans : (a) There are many functional keys in the keyboard, GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
which have many uses, such as pressing the F5 key to start Ans. (d) : The Home tab is the default tab in Microsoft
the slide show from the beginning and Shift + F5 key to Word. It have five group of related commands - Clipboard,
start the slide show from the current slide. Font, Paragraph, Styles and Editing. It helps you change
2454. What is a trigger in an MS-PowerPoint document setting like font size, adding bullets, adjusting
presentation? styles and many other common features.
(a) An object that allows you to hide a slide 2460. In MS - Word 2016, setting related to paragraphs
during a slide show and fonts appear under the ______ menu.
(b) An object that allows you to rehearse timing (a) Layout (b) Home
(c) An object that you click to cause transition to (c) View (d) Design
occur on a slide GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Computer 232 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (b) : In MS-Word 2016, setting related to 2467. Smarts Arts, Pictures, Tables etc appear
paragraphs and Fonts appear under the Home tab. another which of the following menu items in
2461. Clipboard functions, manipulating slides, fonts MS - PowerPoint 2016
and paragraph settings appear under which of (a) Home (b) Insert
the following menus in MS PowerPoint 2016? (c) Design (d) Transitions
(a) Review (b) Home GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
(c) View (d) Design Ans. (b) : Item like Smart Arts, Pictures, Tables, Clip
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Arts, Charts, Headers and Footer etc are available under
Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint 2016 proofing, comments, the insert tab in MS PowerPoint.
compare protect and presentation appear under the 2468. Which of the following statement is/are correct?
review menu. (i) In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, the slide
Normal view, Outline view notes Page view, Reading master option is placed under the 'Review' tab
View, slide sorter view, and master view option appear (ii) In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, to add
under the view menu. video to the presentation, Insert tab, Media
In design tab themes page setup and background option group click on video.
are available. (a) Only (ii) (b) Only (i)
2462. The text color in a presentation should contrast (c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Both (i) and (ii)
with the color of UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
(a) CPU (b) frame Ans : (a) In MS PowerPoint 2016, the slide master is
(c) stack (d) background under the presentation view group of the view tab, using
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 which the type of slide can also be changed. Hence
statement (i) is wrong and statement (ii) is correct.
Ans. (d) In MS PowerPoint presentation should be
appearing text graphics in such a color that it has a high 2469. Which of the following statement is incorrect?
contrast with the background color. (i) In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, the slide
2463. What does a black slide represent? sorter option is placed under the 'Review
(a) User-action required (b) End of presentation tab'
(c) Error in slide (d) Slide to be loaded (ii) In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, to add
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 music to your presentation, click on Insert
tab, Media group and Audio.
Ans. (b) : PowerPoint presentation is a presentation (a) Both (i) and (ii) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii)
software. Through which we can easily explain our (c) Only (i) (d) Only (ii)
project using slide. When the PowerPoint presentation UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning)
slide is over, the slide turns black, which means that the Ans : (c) In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, the slide sorter
presentation is complete. option is placed under the view tab. Hence option (i) is
2464. What does the Slide Indicator displays? wrong and add music to your presentation in Microsoft
(a) Both Title of upcoming slide and Number of PowerPoint so that option (ii) correct.
upcoming Slide 2470. New comment compare etc. Appear under
(b) Number of upcoming slide which of the following menu items in MS -
(c) Title of upcoming slide PowerPoint 2016?
(d) None of these (a) Transitions (b) Review
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (c) Home (d) Design
Ans. (a) : View the both title of upcoming slide and the GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
number of the upcoming slide through the slide indicator. Ans. (b) : Under the Review tab commands like new
2465. In MS-PowerPoint, _______ menu item comment, compare, proofing etc. are displayed.
contains the slide sorter option. Page setup themes, background etc. under the Design
(a) Format (b) View tab and commands like clipboard slides, font,
(c) Animation (d) Tools paragraph, drawing, editing etc. are included under the
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 Home tab.
Ans : (b) In MS PowerPoint, view menu item contains 2471. Which of the following is not valid Master view
the slide sorter option. option in Microsoft PowerPoint 2016?
(a) Notes Master (b) Outline Master
2466. Which of the following statements is/are true? (c) Slide Master (d) Handout Master
(i) In MS PowerPoint 365, the 'Slide Master' GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
option is placed under the Review Tab. Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint 2016, the following
(ii) To add video to your presentation in MS options come under the master view–
PowerPoint 365, you have to click on Insert tab → Slide Master
→ Media group → Video. → Handout Master
(a) Only (i) (b) Neither (i) nor (ii) → Notes Master
(c) Only (ii) (d) (i) and (ii) both
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 2472. Which of the following presentation view
option in Microsoft power point 2016 shows
Ans. (c) : (i) In MS - PowerPoint 365, slide master option thumbnails of all slides in your presentation to
is kept under View Tab, hence statements is false.
easily rearrange?
(ii) To add video to your in MS - PowerPoint 365, you (a) Reading view (b) Outline view
have to click Insert tab → Media group → Video. (c) Slide sorter view (d) Normal view
Hence statement (ii) is true. GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
Computer 233 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (c) : In the slide sorter view you see a miniature of 2478. If you select a Microsoft PowerPoint slide and use
each slide, the slide sorter view not only gives you a the 'Hide Slide' option select what happens?
great view of your presentation as a whole, but it also (a) The slide will not appear while you are
allows you to rearrange your slides and lets you hide. If giving the presentation
you want to increase or decrease those slides, you can (b) The slide will be removed from the
adjust the view by zooming in and out as needed. presentation.
2473. Which of the following option of slide show (c) The slide will not be visible in the slide sorter view
menu shows current slide, next slide and (d) The slide will not appear during editing.
speaker notes, which help us to focus and UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
connect with audience during presentation in Ans : (a) Hiding a particular slide in Microsoft
MS PowerPoint 365? PowerPoint that slide not appear during the presentation.
(a) Show media Controls (b) Use Presenter View 2479. What is the feature of Microsoft PowerPoint
(c) Play Narration (d) Use Timings
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 2016 by which you can copy your desired
Ans. (b) : The presenter view of the slide show menu is animation already existing in a subject (object)
MS PowerPoint 365 shows the current slide, next slide from there to another subject (object)?
and speaker notes. (a) Animation Repeater
(b) Animation Copier
2474. In an MS-PowerPoint presentation, when a (c) Animation Selector
video is inserted in a slide, which of the (d) Animation Painter
following options is NOT available for UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
playback?
(a) Hide while not playing (b) Loop until stopped Ans : (d) Animation painter is a feature of Microsoft
PowerPoint 2016, which you can copy the existing
(c) Play full screen (d) Arrange all
animation you want from there to another object.
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017
2480. Which of the following statements are correct?
Ans. (d) : In MS PowerPoint presentation, the playback
options are used to control how and when the video (i) Format painter in Microsoft PowerPoint
attribute is not supported
appears. You can play a video in full screen mode or
resize it to the dimensions you specify. You can also (ii) To apply motion effect between existing a
control the volume, play the video repeatedly (in a slide and entering another slide, the slide
loop) and show media controls. While you are giving transition attribute can be used
your presentation, you can hide, your video until you (a) both (i) and (ii) (b) only (i)
are ready to play it. (c) only (ii) (d) neither (i) nor (ii)
UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
2475. The special effects used to introduce slides in a
Ans. (c) : Format painter feature is supported in
presentation are called? Microsoft PowerPoint. Hence, statement (i) is false
(a) layouts (b) custom animations slide transitions in Microsoft PowerPoint are motion
(c) transitions (d) present animations effect that occur during a presentation from one slide to
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 another in slide show view. You can individually control
Ans : (c) The transitions is a type of effect which is the transition speed, add sound and customize the
placed between two slides. This effect shows it that properties of the transition effects. To add transitions, first
slide is ending and a new slide is coming. select the slide in the left panel that contains the slides and
2476. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts can be outline tabs. The transition will happen immediately before
used to open the transitions tab in MS PowerPoint the selected slide is displayed.
365 and add transitions between slides? 2481. Which of the following is the correct way to
(a) Alt + R (b) Alt + S insert a new slide in an MS PowerPoint 2016
(c) Alt + A (d) Alt + K presentation?
GSSSB Electronic Instructor-22.01.2017 (a) Double click in the Navigation Pane under
Ans. (d) : The shortcut key is to open the transitions tab any current slide
and add transitions between slides is Alt + K. (b) Triple-click in the Navigation Pane under any
Alt+G → Open the transitions tab. current slide
Alt+T → Open the Animations tab. (c) Right-click on any existing slide in the
Alt+A → Open the slide show tab. Navigation Pane and click on new slide option
Alt+S → Open the review tab. (d) Left - click in the Navigation Pane under any
existing slide and click on the new slide option
2477. Displayed in the text box of a PowerPoint slide. UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
Which of the following can be used to select all text?
(a) Alt + A (b) Ctrl + S Ans. (c) : Correct way to insert a new slide in MS
(c) Ctrl + A (d) Ctrl + T PowerPoint 2016 presentation is -
Right click on any existing slide in the Navigation Pane
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
and click on New slide option.
Ans. (c) : Ctrl + A is used to select all text displayed in
the text box in Microsoft PowerPoint. 2482. What is the keyboard shortcut for new slide?
Ctrl + S → Save a presentation (a) Ctrl+M (b) Ctrl+N
(c) Ctrl+S (d) Ctrl+Shift +N
Alt + A → Go to the animation tab UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
Ctrl + T → Display the font dialog box after text or (UPPCL TG-2 26.06.2016)
object is selected (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
Computer 234 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (a) PowerPoint shortcut– (a) .ppt (b) .pxto (c) .pptx (d) .potx
Ctrl + M = Insert the new slides UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
Ctrl + N = Create a new presentation Ans. (d) : .potx is the file extension in PowerPoint
Ctrl + S = Save the presentation 2007, when saved in the 'Power Point template' format.
Ctrl + Shift + N = Duplicating the active 2490. By default, MS - Power Point 365 presentation
presentation are saved with which of the following
2483. Which of the following is the shortcut to create extensions?
a new presentation in MS PowerPoint? (a) .xps (b) .pptm (c) .pptx (d) .ppt
(a) Alt+W (b) Ctrl+Q UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
(c) Alt+H (d) Ctrl+N Ans. (c) : By default, MS - Power Point 365
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 presentations are save with the '.pptx' file extension.
Ans. (d) : Ctrl + N → Create a new presentation 2491. What is the default file extension for Microsoft
Ctrl + T → Open font dialog box Power point 2003?
Ctrl + M → Insert a new slide (a) .pptx (b) .ppt (c) .ppsx (d) .potx
Ctrl + H → Open the Replace Dialog Box (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
2484. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is
used to insert a new slide into an existing MS Ans : (b) By default in Microsoft PowerPoint 2003 the
PowerPoint 365 presentation? file extension is .ppt.
(a) Tab + M (b) Ctrl + M 2492. What is the default orientation of the slides in
(c) Shift + M (d) Alt + M Microsoft PowerPoint presentation?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 (a) Portrait (b) Vertical
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) (c) Diagonal (d) Landscape
Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint 365, we can use the Ctrl + UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
M shortcut command to insert a new slide to the current Ans : (d) In MS PowerPoint presentation are set to
presentation. landscape by default, although this can be changed.
2485. Which shortcut key is used to duplicate a slide 2493. Which of the following is NOT a valid MS
(a) Shift + D (b) Ctrl + D Office extension?
(c) Ctrl + N (d) Ctrl + S (a) .docx (b) .pot (c) .xlsm (d) .pptl
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
Ans : (b) To duplicate a slide Ctrl + D shortcut key is Ans : (d) .docx, .pot, .xlsm etc. MS Office files have
used. extensions that are used for MS Word, PowerPoint
2486. In Microsoft PowerPoint, what happens when template and MS Excel macro enabled respectively,
.pptl is not an extension of MS Office.
you select a slide and press Ctrl + D?
(a) Change the name of the slide 2494. Which shortcut key is used to go to the next
(b) Slide will be deleted hyperlink in a slide show (Microsoft
(c) The handout of the slide will be printed PowerPoint)?
(d) The slide will be duplicated (a) Shift+Tab (b) Tab
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) (c) Ctrl+N (d) Ctrl+W
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
Ans : (d) Using Ctrl + D is Microsoft PowerPoint, a (UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016)
duplicate slide of the selected slide is created. Ans : (b) Tab key is used to go to the next hyperlink in
2487. In MS PowerPoint is the copying second of a slide show (Microsoft PowerPoint).
select slides which of the following is the 2495. To choose the screen resolution for slide show,
shortcut key used? command is available under ________ section
(a) Ctrl + N (b) Ctrl + D of menu bar in MS-Powerpoint.
(c) Ctrl + P (d) Ctrl + M (a) Animations (b) Insert
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-II) (c) Design (d) Slide Show
Ans. (b) : In MS Power point used the shortcut key UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
Ctrl + D inserts a duplicate slide of the selected slide. Ans. (d) : To make slide show in MS PowerPoint and
Select the desired slide in the thumbnail pane on the left to manage its resolution, the command clicks on the
side of the PowerPoint program window and press the slide show section of the Menu Bar and select it.
shortcut key Ctrl + D, which will create a duplicate slide.
2496. Which of the following ribbon display option in
2488. What is the default file type (extension) for MS-PowerPoint 2016 displays your
presentations created in MS- Power Point presentation file in full-screen mode and
version 97 to 2003? completely hides the ribbon?
(a) .pptx (b) .ppto (c) .ppt (d) .ppxt (a) Both auto-hide and show tab
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 (b) Only show tab
Ans. (c) : The default file type (extension) for (c) Show tab and command
presentation created in MS Power Point 97 to 2003 (d) Only auto-hide
version is .ppt and 2007 or newer versions have the UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
.pptx file extension. Ans. (d) : Auto-hide displays your presentation file in
2489. Which of the following option is the file full screen mode and hides the ribbon completely. To
extension in MS PowerPoint 2007 when it is show the ribbon, at the top of the screen, click the
saved in 'Power Point template' format? expand ribbon command.
Computer 235 YCT
ye
p
2497. Which of the following is a method of changing Ans : (a) In MS PowerPoint, the format painter, paste
slides in a slide show? What does it represent? and copy tools appear in the clipboard group of the home
(a) Slide transition (b) Slide master tab, while the new slide tool is on the slide group tab.
(c) Smart Art (d) Notes master 2505. Which of the following statement wrong in a
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) slide about inserting text?
Ans : (a) Slide transition is a visual effect that occurs (a) Text insert can be done inside the text box
when you move from one slide to another during a using the keyboard
presentation. (b) Shapes can contain text like squares, circles,
2498. Which shortcut key is used in Microsoft callout balloons and block arrows
PowerPoint for "Spell check"? (c) Only one font size in a text box and can be
(a) F12 (b) F7 (c) F5 (d) F1 text with font type
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) (d) The font type and font size of the text can be
Ans : (b) F7 shortcut key is used to check spell in changed in the text box.
Microsoft PowerPoint and both spelling and grammar UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
are checked by F7 shortcut key. While the F5 shortcut Ans. (c) : Text is inserted inside the text box by
key is used to start the slide show. keyboard. This text can be in the form of squares,
2499. Shortcut for opening PowerPoint Help is- circles etc. The font type and size of the text can be
changed in the text box while the statement given in
(a) F2 (b) Shift + H option (c) is incorrect.
(c) F1 (d) Ctrl+H
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 2506. Which PowerPoint feature allows the user to
create a simple presentation without having to
Ans : (c) F1 function key is generally used in MS spend too much time on it ?
Office application, it is used for help related to the (a) Auto Content Wizard (b) Animation
application. It is also used in PowerPoint. (c) Colour schemes (d) Chart Wizard
2500. Function key ............ provides help topics and (UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016)
tips to accomplish our task. Ans : (a) By using auto content wizard in PowerPoint we
(a) F1 (b) F2 (c) F10 (d) F8 can make simple presentation in less time. Auto content
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 wizard creates a new presentation giving information about
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 the content purpose, style, design and output.
Ans. (a) : Using the F1 function key provides help 2507. What is the file extension of MS PowerPoint
topics and tips to accomplish our tasks.
Presentation 2007 file?
2501. What happens when you select a cell in MS - (a) .ppt (b) .pptm (c) .pps (d) .pptx
Excel and press the F2 function? UPPCL-JE 31-01-2019 (Batch -01)
(a) The corresponding column will be deleted
(b) The cell will change to edit mode Ans: (d) In MS PowerPoint presentation 2007 file
(c) The contents of that cell will be deleted extension is .pptx.
(d) The corresponding row will be deleted 2508. Orientation NOT supported by PowerPoint is:–
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 (a) Landscape (b) Portrait
Ans. (b) : Selecting a cell in MS Excel and pressing the (c) Canvas (d) None of these
F2 function changes the cell to edit mode. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
2502. In Microsoft PowerPoint 2007, to open the
"save as" dialog box, click on the following Ans. (c) : Canvas is not an orientation supported by
which keyboard shortcut did you use? PowerPoint. PowerPoint supports landscape and portrait
(a) Ctrl + F2 (b) Alt + F2 orientation. In landscape orientation, the width is more
(c) Alt + F5 (d) Ctrl + S and length is less and in portrait orientation, the length
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
is more and width is less.
Ans. (b) : Use of shortcut keys Alt + F2 and F12 to 2509. How disabling the animations affect the
open save as dialog in Microsoft PowerPoint 2007. performance of your system?
(a) Positively (b) Have no effect
2503. To add header/footer in Microsoft PowerPoint (c) Negatively (d) Cannot be determined
handout you need to click on: UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(a) View → Slide Master Ans. (a) : Animation effect is the simultaneous display
(b) View → Handout Master of 2D or 3D artwork in a specified direction. Disabling
(c) Edit → Handout Item animation effects has a positive effect on the system.
(d) View → Note Master 2510. Which of the following when added to the objects
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 on your slides not only controls the flow of
Ans : (b) To add header/footer in Microsoft PowerPoint information, but adds interest to your presentation
handout you need to click on view → handout master. (a) Background (b) Transition
2504. In Microsoft PowerPoint, which one of the (c) Animation (d) Popups
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
following does not appear in the 'Clipboard'
group of the 'Home tab'? Ans. (c) In MS PowerPoint you can animate text and
(a) New Slide (b) Format Painter objects like clipart, shapes and images. Using animation
or movement on slides makes your presentation
(c) Paste (d) Copy attractive and it controls the flow of your information.
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Morning)
Computer 236 YCT
ye
p
2511. A PowerPoint ____ a slide introduce the topic (c) Blank with Title (d) Comparison
and sets a tone for the entire presentation. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(a) Last slide (b) Master Ans : (c) Blank with title is not a valid slide layout in
(c) Title (d) Theme MS PowerPoint.
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) 2518. To automatically place logo in the same
Ans. (c) : Presenting a topic in Microsoft PowerPoint position on each slide, enter this.
Title slides are used to introduce and set the tone for a (a) Presentation master (b) Handout master
presentation. (c) Slide master (d) Notes master
2512. MS PowerPoint Presentation ____help you UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
through a presentation. Ans : (c) In order to automatically place the logo on
(a) Captions (b) Wizards each slide in Microsoft PowerPoint, it has to be entered
(c) Fonts (d) Color slide master.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 2519. _____ stores information about the current
Ans : (b) In MS PowerPoint presentation using the topic for a presentation, the layout of place
Wizards inbuilt template creating a new presentation. holders, bullet characters and other formats
2513. Which of the following statements is/are true that affect all slides in a presentation
regarding viewing a presentation in MS Power (a) Slide Painter (b) Slide Layer
Point 2007? (c) Slide Bank (d) Slide Master
(i) By default, there are three view commands UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
in the status bar. Ans : (d) Slide master is the top slide which balances all
(ii) The slide show command can be executed the information related to the theme, Any theme is
by pressing the 'Shift + F5' keys. easily adjusted by the slide master.
(a) Neither (i) nor (ii) (b) Both (i) and (ii) 2520. Objects on a slide holding text it is said
(c) Only (ii) (d) Only (i) (a) Object holder (b) Place holder
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(c) Text holder (d) Image holder
Ans. (b) : In MS Power Point 2007, by default, the UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
status bar has three view commands (Slide, Theme, Ans : (b) Place holder character, word or string of
Language) and the slide show command can be characters which is used in case of taking space, place
executed by pressing 'shift + F5' keys So, both (i and ii) holder holds the text.
statements are true.
2521. Which of the following CANNOT be seen in
2514. In MS PowerPoint, which of the following 'Presenter View' of an MS-PowerPoint
effects would you use to have a 'dotted' presentation?
appearance' of a new slide through an old slide (a) Slide Master (b) Speaker Notes
in a slide show? (c) Next Slide (d) Current Slide
(a) Cover Left (b) Box Out UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(c) Dissolve (d) Cover Right Ans. (a) : MS PowerPoint presenter view shows you the
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 current slide, next slide and your speaker notes helping you
Ans : (c) In MS PowerPoint used the dissolve effect for focus and connect with your audience while you present.
a dotted appearance which switches between frames by 2522. Which of the following keyboard shortcut can
moving an image in the middle of a slide in PowerPoint. be used to center a paragraph in MS -
2515. ______ animation that come under the PowerPoint presentation?
category of change the shape of an object (a) Ctrl + E (b) Ctrl + C
during animation. (c) Ctrl + M (d) Alt + C
(a) Grow/Shrink (b) Increase/decrease UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(c) Small/big (d) Up/down Ans. (a) : Use of shortcut keys in MS PowerPoint
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 presentation -
Ans : (a) In MS PowerPoint, Grow/shrink animation that Ctrl + E → Center the selected text.
come under the category of change the shape of an object Ctrl + C → To copy slide/text.
during animation. Ctrl + M → Insert a new slide.
2516. Without switching you to full screen in Ctrl + N → Create a new presentation document.
Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, the PowerPoint 2523. Which of the following is software that uses slides to
window allow you to play a slide show communicate enrich information in multimedia?
in./Microsoft PowerPoint 2016 ______ (a) PowerPoint (b) Spreadsheet
(a) Reading View (b) Notes Page (c) Workbook (d) Word processor
(c) Slide Master (d) Outline View UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 Ans. (a) : MS PowerPoint is a presentation programming
Ans : (a) Reading view is a default view in MS software. This is a software that uses slides to
PowerPoint. In PowerPoint 2016, it is allowed to run communicate enrich information in multimedia.
slide show in PowerPoint window without switching to 2524. In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, what is the
full screen.
maximum 'zoom to' value in the zoom dialog box?
2517. Which of the following in Microsoft PowerPoint (a) 400% (b) 500%
2016, which is not a valid slide layout? (c) 200% (d) 175%
(a) Title and Content (b) Picture with caption UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (EVENING)
Computer 237 YCT
ye
p
Ans : (a) In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, 400% is the 2531. Which of the following statements is/are true?
maximum 'zoom to' value in the zoom dialog box and (i) A movie clip can be inserted in a PowerPoint
10% minimum. presentation
2525. In MS PowerPoint 2016, commands related to (ii) Sound clip cannot be inserted in PowerPoint
presentation views, master slides, color settings presentation
and windows arrangements appear under (a) Only (i) (b) Both (i) and (ii)
which of the following menus? (c) Neither (i) nor (ii) (d) Only (ii)
(a) Design (b) Insert UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
(c) View (d) Home
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 Ans. (a) : Statement (i) is true and statement (ii) is false
because a movie clip and sound clip can be inserted in a
Ans. (c) : In MS PowerPoint 2016, commands related
to presentation views, master slides, color settings and PowerPoint presentation.
windows arrangements appear under the view menus. 2532. Which one of the following toolbars provides
2526. Which of the following Menu item is used in different options in master view?
Microsoft PowerPoint 2016 to view the various (a) Common tasks' toolbar (b) Drawing toolbar
presentation view options? (c) Formatting toolbar (d) Standard toolbar
(a) Review (b) Home (c) View (d) Design UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I) Ans : (a) There are four main toolbars in PowerPoint
Ans. (c) : In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, you can use which help in making presentations. The common task's
view tab to see various presentation view options. There toolbars are different types of options are given in the
are two types of views under the view tab– master view.
1. Features under presentation view– Normal, Slide
Sorter, Notes page and Slide show. 2533 . In Microsoft PowerPoint, for the logo of an
2. Features under Master view– Slide master, Handout organisation to appear automatically in the
master and Notes master. same position in all the slides, you must insert
2527. Default page orientation is in Microsoft it in the.
PowerPoint. (a) Slide Master (b) Notes Master
(a) Right-slanted (b) Landscape (c) Chart Master (d) Handout Master
(c) Portrait (d) Left-slanted UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 Ans : (a) Using slide master, any existing theme can be
Ans : (b) Landscape is default page orientation In easily adjusted and all types of slides can also be
Microsoft PowerPoint. changed through this.
2528. Which of the following options best describes 2534. To print the presentation slides, which option
'Motion Path' in relation to MS Power Point is/are not available?
365 Slides? (a) Slide size (b) Handout orientation
(a) A way to insert sound into a slide (c) Slide master (d) Page on slide
(b) A method of moving items on a slide UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
(c) A method for slide transitions Ans. (c) : To print the presentation in Microsoft
(d) A way to advance the slide show PowerPoint slide size, handout orientation and page on
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 the slide are options available but the option of slide
Ans. (b) : Use a motion path to move something in a master is not present in it.
very specific way on a slide you can also combine
motion paths with other effects. 2535. Which of the following option is not a valid
2529. In Microsoft PowerPoint, what does the motion Menu item in Microsoft PowerPoint 2016?
(a) Slide Show (b) Tools
path represent?
(c) Home (d) Insert
(a) How any subject matter is moving in a slide.
(b) How the slides are selected UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening)
(c) How the slide will move Ans : (b) Tools is not a valid Menu whereas Slide show,
(d) Animation between slides Home and Insert are menus of PowerPoint using which
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 we create PowerPoint Presentation files.
Ans : (a) In Microsoft PowerPoint Motion Path shows 2536. MS-PowerPoint 2016 uses a tabbed Ribbon
the position of an item such as a picture when it moves system instead of traditional menus. Which of
on a particular line. the following is NOT a valid Ribbon tab in MS-
2530. In Microsoft PowerPoint 2007, you can use PowerPoint 2016?
insert shapes and logo which will automatically (a) Review (b) Transitions
appear continuously on all slides. (c) Home (d) Data
(a) Slide master (b) Outline view UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(c) Notes master (d) Handout master Ans. (d) : Ribbon is located on the top of the
UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I) PowerPoint window just below the Title bar. It is made
Ans. (a) : In Microsoft PowerPoint 2007, with the help of up of 8 tabs; Home, Insert, Design, Transitions,
slide master, you can insert the shapes and logo which will Animations, Slide show, Review and View. Each tab is
be automatically appear continuously on all slides. divided into groups of related commands that are
insert → shapes → select desired shape → add desired displayed on the Ribbon, while Data is not a valid
location Ribbon tab.
Computer 238 YCT
ye
p
2537. Which of the following options best describes the Ans. (a) : In MS PowerPoint, when you select 'format
truth of the following statement? background then there is an option available for solid
(i) Orientation of Microsoft PowerPoint slide fill, gradient fill and pattern fill whereas there is no
cannot set as portrait. option named liquid fill.
(ii) Page numbers can be inserted at the top of 2543. To keep the presentation secure, you can
the Microsoft PowerPoint presentation protect it with a password. What is the correct
slide. sequence of doing this in PowerPoint?
(a) (i) - False (ii) - False (a) File → Share → Protect Presentation
(b) (i) - True (ii) - True (b) File → info → Protect Presentation
(c) (i) - False (ii) - True (c) File → info → Share → Protect Presentation
(d) (i) - True (ii) - False (d) File→info → Convert → Protect Presentation
UPPCL TG-II 25-01-2019 (Evening) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Ans : (c) The orientation of PowerPoint is landscape Ans. (b) : To protect the presentation in MS-
by default, it can be changed to portrait as well. Page PowerPoint, we put a password in it.
numbers can be inserted at the top of the Microsoft Select File → Info → Select Protect Presentation →
PowerPoint presentation slide. Hence statement (i) is Encrypt with Password.
false and statement (ii) is true. Clear the password in the password box and click ok.
2538. PowerPoint quick access toolbar presentation in 2544. What is the keyboard shortcut key go to the
similar pages is an option of increase/decrease the 'Home' tab in MS-PowerPoint 2016?
content of the page. What is the limit to increase/ (a) Alt + H (b) Ctrl + M
decrease which can be specified in percentage (c) Alt + M (d) Ctrl + H
(a) 0 to 200 (b) 10 to 400 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(c) 5 to 500 (d) 50 to 200 Ans. (a) : In MS-PowerPoint 2016
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 Alt + H → Go to the home tab
Ans : (b) The limit to increase/decrease can be Ctrl + H → Open the replaced dialog box
specified 10 to 400 percentage in PowerPoint quick Ctrl + M → Insert a new slide
access toolbar presentation.
2545. "Cascade" command is available under
2539. In PowerPoint, shows a slide tab on the left, where ________ section of Menu bar in MS-
you ___ and ___ options are available. PowerPoint.
(a) Slides, Outbox (b) Text, Outline (a) Animation (b) Review
(c) Slides, Outline (d) Paragraph, Text (c) Design (d) View
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Ans : (c) In PowerPoint, shows a slide tab on the left, Ans. (d) : In MS PowerPoint, the "Cascade" command
where you Slides and Outline options are available. comes under the view section of the Menu bar.
2540. The views available and indicated in the status 2546. Identify the option in MS-PowerPoint that is
bar of PowerPoint are given in the following NOT available to protect the presentation.
options. Which of the following option is not (a) Always open read-only mode
such a view? (b) Recover unsaved Presentation
(a) Outline (b) Slide Show (c) Add a digital Signature
(c) Slide Sorter (d) Normal (d) Encrypt with Password
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Ans : (a) The views available and indicated in the status Ans. (b) : In MS PowerPoint, read only mode, add a
bar of PowerPoint are Normal, Slide Sorter, Notes page digital signature and encrypt with a password are all
and slide show but outline view is not available. options available to protect the presentation while
2541. Grouping of objects can be done selecting objects there is no option available to recover unsaved
to be included in the group in PowerPoint. presentation.
(a) Combined group under the design ribbon 2547. In Microsoft PowerPoint 2016, what is the smallest
using the option. font size that can be selected from the 'Font size'
(b) Using the combine group option under the drop-down list?
format ribbon. (a) 8 (b) 7 (c) 6 (d) 10
(c) Using the group option in the arrange group UPPCL TG-II 27-03-2021 (Shift-II)
under the format ribbon Ans. (a) : Font size drop down Menu in Microsoft Power
(d) Using the group option under the format ribbon Point 2016. The smallest font size that can be selected
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 from the drop down list is 8 and the largest is 72.
Ans : (c) Using the group option in the arrange group 2548. A chart from a spreadsheet file is pasted into a
under the format ribbon of the ribbon located at the top PowerPoint presentation file slide. You want to
of the PowerPoint Window. make sure that any changes you make to the
2542. In MS-PowerPoint, when you choose 'Format data in the worksheet should also be reflected
Background', which of the following options is in the presentation chart. Which of the
NOT available? following can you do in PowerPoint which
(a) Liquid Fill (b) Pattern Fill paste option would you use?
(c) Gradient Fill (d) Solid Fill (a) Paste special → Paste link → Microsoft excel
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 worksheet object
Computer 239 YCT
ye
p
(b) Paste special→Paste link → Embedded object Formatting In a Presentation
(c) Paste special → Paste → Microsoft excel Ctrl + L Align Left
worksheet object Ctrl + R Align Right
(d) Paste special → Paste → HTML format Ctrl + E Align Center
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) Ctrl + K Insert Hyperlink
Ans. (a) : If you link a chart from a spread sheet file in Moving In a Presentation
PowerPoint presentation through paste link, then it was Ctrl + Home Move the cursor first Slide
done in the worksheet. Any change will also be Ctrl + End Move the cursor last Slide
reflected in the presentation chart, the following steps Page Down Go to the next Slide
for this process– Paste special → Paste link → Page Up Go to the previous Slide
Microsoft excel worksheet object. F6 Move from pane to pane
2549. For which purpose shortcut key "N" is used Ctrl + Left + Move the cursor to the beginning of
during the slide show in MS Power point? Arrow the next left word.
(a) Moves to previous slide or animation Ctrl + Right Move the cursor to the beginning of
(b) Moves to next slide or next animation Arrow the next right word.
(c) Selects the previous letter Ctrl+Down Move cursor word to end of
(d) Selects the next letter Arrow paragraph or next move to
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) beginning of paragraph
Ans : (b) The shortcut key "N" is used in MS Ctrl + Delete End the word to the right of the
PowerPoint to moves to the next slide or next animation cursor
during a slide show. Ctrl+Back End the word to the left of the
2550. Which of the following keyboard shortcuts is space cursor
used to insert a hyperlink in an MS Power Ctrl+Up arrow Move cursor/word to beginning of
Point 365 presentation? line or paragraph
(a) Tab + K (b) Shift + K Ctrl + Spacebar Highlighted text as default font reset
(c) Ctrl + K (d) Alt + K Ctrl + F1 Open the task pane
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 F1 Help during slide show
Ans. (c) : Ctrl + K shortcut is used to insert hyperlink in Alt + Ctrl + F2 This opens a new document.
MS Power Point 365 presentation. Shift +Insert It does the work of pasting
2551. –––––– is an object that you click to generate F12 Open the save as
animations on slides in MS-PowerPoint 2019. Alt + Shift + D Inserts the current date
(a) Animation Reorder (b) Animation Effect Alt + Shift + T Inserts the current time
(c) Animation Pan (d) Trigger Numbering Returns a graded number such as 1,
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
2, 3 for each line or paragraph based
Ans. (d) : A trigger is an object that you click on a slide on the current default.
to produce an animation. Triggers give you specific Decrease This is a tool on the formatting
click points to control animations and are especially Indents toolbar that decreases the left
useful when you want multiple effects on a slide. margin.
MS PowerPoint Shortcut Keys Increase This is a tool on the formatting
Ctrl + A Selecting all the contents of the Indents toolbar that increases the left margin
active text box or page Home Move the cursor to the beginning of
Ctrl + B Apply bold to select text the currently being typed line of text.
Ctrl + C To copy the text End Move the cursor to the end of the
Ctrl + D Duplicate the selected item currently being typed line of text.
Ctrl + F Opening the find dialog box Shift + Left Select the previous letter
Ctrl + G Grids and Guide dialog box to open Arrow
Ctrl + H Opening the Replace dialog box Shift + Right Select the next letter
Ctrl + I Apply Italics to selected test Arrow
Ctrl + M Insert a new slide Shift + Home Move the cursor to the beginning of
the current line select text.
Ctrl + N A new blank presentation to open
Shift + End Move the cursor to the end of the
Ctrl + O Open the presentation current line select text.
Ctrl + P Print a presentation F5 Run a slide show from beginning
Ctrl + Q Close the PowerPoint F7 Spell check
Ctrl + S To save the presentation Some Keys Used Druing Slide Show
Ctrl + T Opening the font dialog box Spacebar On the next slide or next animation
Ctrl + U Underline the selected text move or mouse click
Ctrl + V To paste the text Number+ Enter Going to the specified number of
Ctrl + W Close the active presentation slides
Ctrl + X To cut selected the text B Pauses the slide show and displays
Ctrl + Y Repeat the last entered command a black screen B is pressed again to
Ctrl + Z Undo previous changes or actions start the show again
Computer 240 YCT
ye
p
W Pause the slide show and displays a (a) Java (b) JavaScript
white screen. W is pressed again to (c) C/C++ (d) Python
start the show again UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
N Go to the next slide or next Ans. (d) : Python is the language of choice for one of
animation the most popular microcontroller on the market, the
P Go to the previous slide or previous Raspberry Pi IoT software. Python is often a popular
animation choice due to its simplicity and a wide range of libraries
Esc End the slide show available for IoT projects. However, you can use other
Tab Go to the next hyperlink in a slide languages depending on your project requirements and
show personal preferences.
Shift + Tab Go to the previous hyperlink in a 2556. How can an IoT device be associated with
slide show data?
(a) Through Internet (b) Through Network
XII. Emerging Trends (c) Through Intranet (d) Through Cloud
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
2552. Which of the following statements is correct in Ans. (d) : An IoT (Internet of Things) devices can be
regard to Big Data? associated with data through cloud. IoT devices are
(a) Big Data can with neither structured data nor associated with data through a cycle of data colllection,
unstructured data, but it can only deal with processing, transmission, storage, analysis and presentation.
semi-structured data. 2557. Which of the following is NOT an application
(b) Big Data can deal with unstructured data but of IoT?
cannot deal with structured data. (a) Arduino (b) Smart plug
(c) Big Data can deal with both structured and (c) Smart home (d) Smart grid
unstructured data. UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
(d) Big Data can deal with structured data but Ans. (a) : The internet of things (IoT) has numerous
cannot deal with unstructured data. applications across various industries, including smart
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 home, smart cities smart grid, asset tracking, smart plug
Ans. (c) : Big Data refers to extremely large and etc. while Arduino is an open source electronics platform
complex sets of data that are difficult to process and that consist of both hardware and software components.
analyze using traditional data management and analysis 2558. What is the purpose of using WoT (Web of
tools. Big Data can deal with both structured and Things) in IoT?
unstructured data. It is characterized by the three V's : (a) To increase the cost
Volume, Velocity, Variety. (b) To increase usability and interoperability
2553. How many of the following statements in (c) To increase the security
regard to Artificial Intelligence (AI) are (d) To reduce the complexity of application
correct? UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
1. Natural language processing is a part of AI. Ans. (b) : The WoT (Web of Things) is a framework
2. Artificial neural network is a part of AI. that extends the Internet of Things (IoT) by applying
3. Deep learning is a part of AI. web technologies and standards to IoT devices and
(a) 2 (b) 3 services. The purposed of WoT in IoT is to simplify and
(c) 1 (d) 0 standardize IoT device communication increase
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 usability and interoperability.
Ans. (b) : Artificial Intelligence (AI) refers to the 2559. The robotic process automation (RPA), also
Simulation of human intelligence in machines, allowing known as _______, uses automation
them to perform tasks that typically require human technologies to mimic back-office tasks of
intelligence. AI encompasses various subfields like human employees, such as extracting data,
machine learning, Natural language processing, filling in forms and moving files.
Artificial neural network, Deep learning and computer (a) hardware robotics (b) software robotics
vision, and it has applications in fields ranging from (c) shareware (d) firmware
healthcare and finance to robotics and autonomous UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
vehicles. Ans. (b) : The robotic process automation (RPA), also
2554. What is Arduino Uno? known as software robotics, uses automation
(a) A 6LoWPAN device (b) A network technologies to mimic back office tasks of human
(c) A sensor (d) A microcontroller workers or employees, such as extracting data, filling in
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 forms, moving files, etc.
Ans. (d) : The Arduino Uno is a popular open-source 2560. Which of the following are types of 3D
microcontroller board often used for electronics printing?
projects. It's programmed using the Arduino IDE Types:
(Integrated Development Environment) and can be used i) Stereolithography (SLA)
in a wide range of projects, from simple LED control to ii) Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)
complex robotics and IoT applications. iii) Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM)
2555. Which programming language is used by the iv) Digital Light Process (DLP)
Raspberry Pi IoT software for developing v) PolyJet
codes? vi) Dot matrix
Computer 241 YCT
ye
p
(a) Only i, iii, iv and v IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service) is on demand access to
(b) Only i, ii, iv and v cloud hosted physical and virtual servers, Storage and
(c) Only i, ii, iii and iv networking the backend. It infrastructure for running
(d) Only i, ii, iii, iv and v applications and workloads in the cloud.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 PaaS (Platform as a Service) is an-demand access to a
Ans. (d) : The following are types of 3D printing :– complete ready to use cloud hosted platform for
i) Stereolithography (SLA) developing running maintaining and managing
ii) Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) applications.
iii) Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM) SaaS (Software as a Service) is an-demand access to
iv) Digital Light Process (DLP) ready to use, cloud-hosted application software.
v) PolyJet 2565. Which of the following is NOT an IoT-enabling
Dot matrix printing is not a 3D printing technology; it's technology?
a method of 2D printing. (a) Geological science
(b) Cloud Computing
2561. Which of the following is NOT an application (c) Wireless Sensor Networks
of the IoT? (d) Big Data Analytics
(a) Smart healthcare UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
(b) Smart vehicles
Ans. (a) : IoT- enabling technology are-
(c) Smart pollution control 1. Cloud Computing
(d) Smartweed 2. Wireless Sensor Networks
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
3. Big Data Analytics
Ans. (d) : An IoT (Internet of Things) is the way that 4. Communications Protocols
can communicate with other devices in a network 5. Enabled System
without any human intervention. In IoT, devices are
2566. Which of the following is an invalid type of IoT
connected in a network. Smart healthcare applications, sensor?
smart vehicle applications and smart pollution control (a) Infrared (b) Accelerometer
are applications of IoT. (c) Proximity (d) Towel
2562. QR Code is a type of two dimensional bar code UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
used to provide Seamless access to information Ans. (d): IoT sensor are pieces of hardware that detect
through Smartphone. What is the full form of changes in an environment and collect data.
QR Code? Some IoT sensors are- Temperature Sensors, Proximity
(a) Quick Record Code Sensors, Infrared, Accelerometer, Pressure Sensors,
(b) Quick Reply Code Water Quality Sensors, Chemical and Gas Sensors,
(c) Quick Render Code Smoke Sensors and Motion Sensors.
(d) Quick Response Code 2567. An actuator executes movement by converting
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 rotary motion into linear motion. It involves
Ans. (d) : A QR stands for Quick Response Code. It is a pulleys, chains, gears and other devices to
type of two dimensional matrix barcode, invented in operate. What are these called?
1994 by Japanese Company Denso wave for labeling (a) Pneumatic actuators
automobile parts. A barcode is a machine readable (b) Electrical actuators
optical image that contains information specific to the (c) Hydraulic actuators
labeled item. (d) Mechanical actuators
2563. Which of the following is NOT an loT UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
communication model? Ans. (d): A Mechanical actuators functions to execute
(a) Request Response Model movement by converting one kind of motion such as
(b) Publishers Subscriber Model rotary motion, into another kind such as linear motion.
(c) Push Pull Model 2568. Which type of payment system is based on the
(d) Key-Value Pair Model Unique Identification Number and allows
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 Aadhaar Card holders to seamlessly make
Ans. (d) : An IoT Communication model are Request financial transaction through Aadhaar-based
and Response Model, Publish Subscribe Model and authentication?
Push Pull Model While key value pair model is not a (a) AePS (b) USSD
Communication Model. (c) UPI (d) eWallet
2564. Which of the following is NOT a cloud UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
computing service model? Ans. (a) : Aadhaar Enabled Payment System (AEPS)
(a) Platform as a service allows to bank customer to use Aadhaar as his/her
(b) Place as a service identity to access his/her Aadhaar enabled bank account
(c) Software as a service and perform basic banking transactions like Cash
(d) Infrastructure as a service Deposit, Cash Withdrawal, Aadhaar to Aadhaar fund
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021 transfer, balance enquiry and mini statement through a
Ans. (b) : IaaS, PaaS and SaaS are the three most Bank branch cannel & Business correspondent outlet.
popular types of cloud Service offering. They are 2569. On an Arduino board, what does GPIO stand for?
sometimes referred to as cloud service models or cloud (a) General Process In Out
computing service models. (b) Global Pins In Out
Computer 242 YCT
ye
p
(c) Global Process Input Output 2574. Who among the following is one of the Co-
(d) General Purpose Input Output founder or the Arduino Project?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 (a) Massimo Banzi (b) Time Berners-Lee
Ans. (d) : GPIO stands for General Purpose Input/ (c) Jack Ma (d) Elone Musk
Output, and is responsible to control or read the state of UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
a specific pin in the digital world. For example, this Ans. (a) : Massimo Banzi is one of the co-founders of
peripheral is widely used to create the LED blinking or the Arduino Project.
to read a simple button. Arduino is an open- source electronics platform based
2570. Which of the following is NOT an application on easy-to use hardware and software.
of Artificial Intelligence? 2575. A device that when exposed to a physical
(a) Computer gaming phenomenon such as temperature,
(b) Rock system displacement, force, etc., produces a
(c) Natural language processing proportional output signal is/are called:
(d) Expert system (a) timers (b) memory
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 (c) actuator (d) sensors
Ans. (b) : An application of Artificial intelligence UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
• Advanced helthcare Ans. (d) : Sensors are devices that detect and measure
• Natural language processing changes in the physical environment. They are used in a
• Computer gaming wide variety of applications including industrial
automation consumer electronics, and medical devices.
• Expert System
Common type of sensors: Temperature sensors,
• Analysis & Visualization pressure sensors, position sensors Proximity sensors etc.
• Predictions
2576. Which of the following is NOT an application
• E- Commerce of Microcontroller?
• Robotics (a) LED (b) Store room
• Social Media (c) Fire alarm (d) Microwave oven
• Navigation UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
• Automobile Ans. (b) : Microcontrollers have a wide range of
2571. Which of the following is NOT an essential applications in various field. Some common
characteristic of cloud computing? applications include:-
(a) Fixed Pricing • Embedded system:- washing machine microwave
(b) Rapid Elasticity ovens and automotive control systems.
(c) On Demand Self Services • Robotics
(d) Resource Pooling • IoT
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 • Consumer Electronics
Ans. (a) : An essential characteristic of cloud computing - • Automotive
• On-deband self services • Industrial Automation
• Broad network access • Medical device
• Rapid elasticity and Scalability • Fire alarm
• Resource pooling • LED
• Virtualization 2577. ––––––– is the on-demand availability of
• Measured Service computer system resources, especially data
2572. What configures the specified pin to behave storage and computer power, without direct
either as an input or an output in Arduino active management by the user. The term is
programming? generally used to describe data centers
(a) pinMode() (b) ScanIOMode() available to multiple users on the internet.
(c) digitalMode() (d) PrintMode() (a) Wide Area Networking
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift- II) 27.03.2021 (b) Local Area Networking
Ans. (a) : pinMode () (c) Cloud Computing
Configure the specified pin to behave either as an input (d) Personal Area Networking
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II)
or an output
Syntax Ans. (c) : Wide Area Network, Local Area Network
pinMode and Personal Area Networks are types of networks
while cloud computing delivers computer-based
2573. Which of the following is NOT an IoT function services over the internet. It is the on-demand
block? availability of data storage and computing power.
(a) Exclusive-Pair (b) Devices 2578. Which among the following is/are required
(c) Services (d) Application functions in an Arduino sketch or a program?
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 A. setup ()
Ans. (a) : Internet of Things (IoT) systems are B. loop ()
composed of a number of building blocks including (a) Only B (b) Only A
sensor actuators, connectivity, security service while (c) Neither A nor B (d) Both A and B
Exclusive Pair is not an IoT function block. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
Computer 243 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (d): setup() – The setup() is used when the sketch includes service side web application logic and
is started. It is used to initialize variables, pin modes, integration and activities. The backend developer takes
start using libraries etc. The setup() function run only care that everything is working fine of the client site or
once after each power-up or reset of the Arduino board. not. In backend development, "what is happening at
loop()– loop() is used after setup(), the function loop() back end" user can neither see nor interact with it.
is executed repeatedly in the main program. It controls 2583. In Angular JS, _____ module is used to
the board until the board is turned off or reset. initialize an application with controllers?
2579. With reference to building blocks in IoT, which (a) Controller (b) Expression
among the following are responsible for routing (c) Filter (d) Application
the processed data and send it to proper UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
locations for its (data's) proper utilization? Ans. (d) : Angular JS is a JavaScript based open source
(a) Gateways (b) Sensors frontend web framework developed for single page
(c) Applications (d) Processors applications. Angular JS supports modular approach.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 Application Module is used to initialize an application with
Ans. (a) : The gateway is responsible for routing the a controller. Controller module is used to define the
processed data and sending it (data) to the appropriate controller.
locations for proper use. 2584. The Internet of Things (IoT) describes the
2580. With reference to variables scope in Arduino, network of physical objects referred to as
which of the following statements is/are correct? _______ that are embedded with sensors.
A. Variables that are declared inside a function (a) things (b) intermediate system
or block are local variables. (c) components (d) routers
B. Variables that are declared outside of all UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
functions are global variables. Ans. (a) : The Internet of Things (IoT) describes the
(a) Both A and B (b) Only A network of physical objects referred to as "things" that are
(c) Only B (d) Neither A nor B embedded with sensors, software, and other technologies
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 for the purpose of connecting and exchanging data with
Ans. (a) : With reference to variable scope in Arduino, other devices and systems over the internet.
both the statements (A and B) are true. 2585. Which of the following statements is
The variables which are declared inside a function or block INCORRECT with reference to processors as
are called local variables and the variables which are building blocks of IoT?
declared outside the function are called global variables. (a) LAN, WAN, PAN, etc are examples of
2581. With reference to communication in Arduino, serial processors
communication can be further classified into: (b) These are responsible for securing the data-
A. Synchronous that is performing encryption and decryption
B. Asynchronous of data.
(a) Neither A nor B (b) Only B (c) Processors mostly work on real-time basis
(c) Both A and B (d) Only A and can be easily controlled by applications
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 (d) Their main function is to process the data
Ans. (c) : With reference to communication in Arduino, captured by the sensors and process them so
serial communication can be classified into synchronous as to extract the valuable data from the
and Asynchronous. enormous amount of raw data collected.
Synchronous– Devices that are synchronized use of UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
same clock and their timing is in synchronization with Ans. (a) : The LAN, WAN, PAN are types of network
each other. In synchronous communication, data is sent
not processor's examples. There are four basic building
in form of blocks or frames.
blocks in an IoT system sensor, processor, gateway and
Asynchronous– Devices that are asynchronous have
application. The processor is the core of the IoT system
their own clocks and are triggered by the output of the
which extracts valuable information by processing the
previous state. In Asynchronous Transmission, data is
raw data captured by the sensor and at the same time is
sent in form of byte or character.
responsible for the security of data.
2582. Which among the following is/are true with
respect to back end development? 2586. Which among the following is/are
characteristics of the Internet of Things?
A. It stores and arranges data, and also makes
sure everything on the client-side of the A. Connectivity
website works fine. B. Dynamic and Self-Adapting
B. It is the part of the website that user can C. Scalability
NOT see and interact with. (a) Both A and B (b) Both B and C
(a) Neither A nor B (b) Both A and B (c) All of the options (d) Both A and C
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(c) Only B (d) Only A
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 Ans. (c) : The term "Internet of things" or IoT was first
Ans. (b) : The web development activities which are used by Kevin Ashton in 1999. IoT connects digital
done at the backend of the program are called backend devices, people, machines and other objects to each
development such as storing data, organizing the data other through wireless networks. It allows machines and
manipulating the data etc. Backend development people to connect and communicate with each other.
Some of the features of IoT are as follows:
Computer 244 YCT
ye
p
i. Connectivity Identification Ans : (b) Robotic assisted surgery was developed to
ii. Scalability overcome the drawbacks of minimally invasive surgery.
iii. Dynamic and self adapting Robots can perform surgery without a human surge on.
iv. Detection In this system, the surgeon does not need to be present
v. Sensing with the patient during the operation. This type of
system was first used in 1985.
2587. Which of the following points are true about
artificial intelligence? 2591. Extremely large data sets that could, when
Points: analyzed, reveal useful information and
patterns are called
i) Artificial intelligence is a field that aims to (a) Raw data (b) Big data
make humans more intelligent. (c) Fast data (d) Confidential data
ii) Artificial intelligence is a field that aims to UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
improve the operating system. Ans. (b) : Big data is larger, more complex data sets,
iii) Artificial intelligence is a field that aims to especially from new data sources with big data you can
develop intelligent machines. analyze and assess production, customer feedback and
iv) Artificial intelligence is a field that aims to returns. Big data can also be used to improve decision-
manage databases. making in line with current market demand.
v) Machine learning is a branch of artificial 2592. _______storage and file-sharing services that
intelligence. can be accessed using a mobile device are
(a) Only iii and v (b) Only ii, iii and iv useful for effective information management.
(c) Only i, ii and iv (d) Only i and iv (a) Flash drive (b) Floppy disk
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 (c) CD drive (d) Cloud-based
Ans. (a) : An artificial intelligence is defined as a field UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
that aims to develop intelligent machines that can work Ans : (d) Cloud storage is a cloud computing model
and reach similar to human beings. Hence point (iii) is true. that stores data on the Internet through a cloud
The main branches of artificial intelligence are :– computing provider who manages and operates data
Computer vision, Expert systems, Robotics, Fuzzy storage as a service. Cloud based storage can be shared
logic, Machine learning, Deep learning, Natural and accessed using a mobile device or any other device.
language processing etc. Hence point (v) is also true 2593. For a given current state and an input symbol,
while points (i), (ii) and (iv) are not accurate if an automaton can only jump to one and only
descriptions of artificial intelligence. one state then it is a
(a) Nondeterministic automaton
2588. Which of the following is a cloud computing (b) Deterministic automaton
type where in the approach is to offer a higher (c) Alternation
level of abstraction so as to make a cloud easily (d) Semi automaton
programmable? UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
(a) Infrastructure as a Service and Software as a Ans. (b) : Deterministic Automaton is a concept of
Service automata theory in which the outcome of a transition
(b) Software as a Service from one state to another is determined by the input. A
(c) Infrastructure as a Service general Deterministic Finite Automaton (DFA) which
(d) Platform as a Service is a finite state machine where for each pair of state
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 and input symbol there is one and only one transition
Ans. (a) : Infrastructure as a Service and Software as a to the next state.
Service is a cloud computing type whose approach 2594. A finite-state machine with no output function
provides a high level of abstraction so that the cloud can at all is known as
be easily programmed. (a) a null automation (b) a full automation
(c) a dummy automation (d) a semi automation
2589. ..............is a type of software that provides UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
control, monitoring and data manipulation of Ans. (d) : A finite state machine with no output
engineered products and systems: function is called a semi-automation. It is a process
(a) Freeware (b) Firmware carried out by the combined activities of both human
(c) Batchware (d) Dual Technology and machine in which both the human and machine
(UPPCL TG2 11-11-2016) phases are usually orchestrated by a centralized
Ans : (b) Firmware is a software program that has been computer controller.
permanently installed in a hardware device which provides 2595. Which of the following does not have
control, monitoring and data estimation of engineered probabilistic acceptance?
products and systems. It performs basic input/output tasks (a) omega automation
and offers necessary instruction for the devices to (b) geometric automation
communicate with other computing devices. (c) quantum finite automation
2590. What else are computer assisted surgical (d) metric automation
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
procedures called?
Ans. (a) : Omega automation probabilities are not
(a) Expert Surgical System accepted. Omega automation is a variation of finite
(b) Robotic Surgical System automata that operates at infinity instead of finite as
(c) Support System input. Since automata are not closed, they have a
(d) Smart Operation Aids variety of acceptance conditions rather than a set of
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 accepting states.
Computer 245 YCT
ye
p
XIII. Abbreviation Ans. (c) : MQTT stands for Message Queuing
Telemetry Transport. MQTT is a messaging protocol
2596. What is the full form of IECT? for restricted low bandwidth networks and extremely
(a) Information Electronics and Conversation high-latency IoT devices.
Technology 2601. SWOT is an acronym for:
(b) Information Electronics and (a) Strengths, Willingness, Objectives and Teamwork
Communication Technology (b) Strengths, Wish, Orderliness and Thrusts
(c) Information Electric and Correspondence (c) Strengths, Work, Opportunities and Thought
Transmission (d) Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats
(d) Information Electronics and UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021
Communication Transmission Ans. (d) : SWOT is an acronym for Strength,
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021 Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats. SWOT
Ans. (b) : The full form of IECT is Information analysis is a structured method, used to evaluate
Electronics and Communication Technology. Strengths, Weakness, Opportunities, and Threats
The application of IECT are E-governance and affecting an IT network.
Multimedia and Entertainment. 2602. In case of Digital Financial Tools, what does
2597. Which of the following statements is correct? UPI stand for?
(a) The full form of OTP is 'One Time Password' (a) Unique Portal for Interchange
(b) The full form of OTP is 'One Time Protocol' (b) Unique Payments Interchange
(c) The full form of OTP is 'Online Transfer Password' (c) Unified Payments Interface
(d) The full form of OTP is 'Online Transfer Protocol' (d) Unified Portal for Individuals
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-I, 28.03.2021
Ans. (a) : The full form of OTP is "One Time Ans. (c) : UPI stand for Unified Payments Interface. It
is an instant real-time Payment system developed by the
Password". It is a security feature used to verify the
National Payments Corporation of India. It facilitates
identity of a user during online transactions or when
inter-bank peer to peer (P2P) and person-to -merchant
accessing secure systems. (P2M) transactions.
2598. Which of the following options is the correct 2603. In Banking Financial systems, what does ECS
full form of 'UPI' of the NPCI? stand for?
(a) Uninterrupted Payment Interface (a) Electronic Clearing Service
(b) Unicode Payments Information (b) Electronic Contents Service
(c) Unified Payments Interface (c) Electronic Coding System
(d) Unified Payments Information (d) Electronic Cash System
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
Ans. (c) : UPI stands for 'Unified Payments Interface'. It Ans. (a) : In banking financial systems, ECS Stand for
is a real-time payment system in India that enables Electronic Clearing Services.
individuals to make instant and secure money transfers It is an electronic method of fund transfer from one
and payments using a mobile app or online platform. bank account to another. It is generally used for bulk
2599. What is the full form of 'Wi-Fi'? transfers performed by institutions for making payment.
(a) Wireless Information Fidelity 2604. Which of the following services allows internet
(b) Wireless Frequency users to talk across the internet to any PC,
(c) Wireless Information Frequency Interface equipped to receive the call?
(d) Wireless Fidelity (a) Electronic mail
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 (b) Electronic message
Ans. (d) : Wi-Fi, short for "Wireless Fidelity", is a (c) Internet telephony (VoIP)
technology that allows electronic devices to connect the (d) Instant messaging
internet or communicate with each other wirelessly UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 27.03.2021
using radio waves. It's commonly used for internet Ans. (c) : VoIP, stands for Voice Over Internet
access at homes, businesses and public spaces, Protocol. It is also known as internet telephony. With
providing a convenient and flexible way to access the help of that technology internet user can talk across
online resources without the need for physical cables. the internet to any PC, equipped to receive the call.
2600. Messaging protocols like MQTT are frequently
2605. In relation to computer system, what is the full
used within IoT applications. What does
MQTT stand for? form of GIGO??
(a) Message Queue Tentative Transport (a) Garbage in garbage out
(b) Mail Queue Transit Transfer (b) Gross in gross out
(c) Message Queuing Telemetry Transport (c) Garbage installation garbage output
(d) Mail Queue Towards Transfer (d) Gigabyte in gigabyte out
UPPCL Technical Grade-II Shift-II, 28.03.2021 UPPCL TG-II 19-03-2021 (Shift-I)
Computer 246 YCT
ye
p
Ans. (a) : In computer science the full form of GIGO is Ans. (c) : SMS stands for Short Message Service and is
Garbage in, Garbage out. It is use to described any bad commonly known as texting. It’s away to send text only
input that result in bad output. message of up to 160 characters between phones.
2606. In the context of e-governance, multimedia and 2612. What is the full form of Image File Format TIFF?
entertainment, what does the term IECT (a) Transport Image File Format
stands for? (b) Tag Image File Format
(a) Indian Electronics and Common Technology (c) Traditional Image File Format
(b) Information Electronics and Computer (d) Transparent Image File Format
Technology UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(c) Information Electronics and Communication Ans : (b) TIFF stands for Tag Image File Format. It is
Technology used to compress high quality image without loose its
(d) Integral Electronics and Communication Technology
quality. It also used in image manipulation application
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 such as Photoshop, Desktop Publishing.
Ans. (c) : The full form of IECT is Information, 2613. The full form of CLI is:
Electronics and Communication Technology. (a) Command Line Interface
2607. CGI stands for– (b) Common Library Interface
(a) Common Graphics Interface (c) Command Linked Interface
(b) Common Gateway Interchange (d) Command Line Interactivity
(c) Common Gateway Interface UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
(d) Computer Gateway Interface Ans : (a) CLI stands for Command Line Interface. It is
(UPPCL TG2 Re-exam 16-10-2016) a text based user interface (UI). Which is used to run a
Ans. (c) : CGI stands for Common Gateway Interface and program. It is also known as common line user
computer generated imagery is also full form of CGI. It is interface. Common line user interface was commonly
used to produce image like visual art, advertising etc. used in this like program MS-DOS.
2608. In relation to email, what is the meaning of IMAP. 2614. Full form of SVG is -
(a) Intranet Medium Access Protocol (a) Serial Viewable Graphics
(b) Internet Medium Access Policy (b) Standard Video Graphics
(c) Internet Message Access Protocol (c) Simple Visual Graphics
(d) Intranet Message Access Policy (d) Scalable Vector Graphics
UPPCL (TG-II) 24-01-2019 (Morning) UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
Ans. (c) : The full form of IMAP is 'Internet Message Ans : (d) The full form of SVG is Scalable Vector
Access Protocol. It is an application layer protocol Graphics. It is XML based vector graphics image file
which is used to receive the emails from the mail server. format and created by World Wide Consortium (W3C).
2609. What is the full-form of CMOS, which is a 2615. What is the full form of PGA graphics card?
computer chip responsible for storing setting of (a) Professional Graphics Array
a computer system? (b) Portal Graphics Array
(a) Complementary Memory Semiconductor (c) Personal Graphics Array
(b) Complementary Metal-Oxide System (d) Public Giga Array
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(c) Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor
Ans : (a) P.G.A. is sort for Professional Graphics
(d) Common Metal-Oxide Semiconductor
Array/Adapter. It is a Video Standard Developed by IBM.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021
2616. VoIP in computer science stands for?
Ans. (c) : CMOS stands for " Complementary Metal (a) Virtual over Identifier Protocol
Oxide Semi-conductor." It is a small amount of memory
(b) Voice over Internet Protocol
on a computer motherboard that stores the Basic Input
(c) Voice over Interface Protocol
Output System (BIOS) setting.
(d) Voice over Instruction Protocol
2610. Extension of VRML files is UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(a) .vml (b) .vrm Ans : (b) VoIP in computer science stands for 'Voice
(c) .wrm (d) .wrl Over Internet Protocol'. It is allows users to make voice
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 call from a computer smart phone other devices.
Ans. (d) : VRML is standard file format for 2617. In computer terminology, what is the full form
representing 3D interactive vector graphics or 3D world of PDF?
objects over the World Wide Web (WWW). The (a) Printable Document Format
extension of VRML is .wrl. (b) Print Dispatched File
2611. SMS stands for _________. (c) Protocol Disc File
(a) Small Message System (d) Portable Document Format
(b) Small Mails Service UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(c) Short Message Service Ans. (d) : The full form of PDF is 'Portable Document
(d) Short Mails System Format'. It is popular format for e-book and its
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 20.03.2021 developed by Adobe.
Computer 247 YCT
ye
p
IMPORTANT ABBREVIATION
CLI : Command Line Interface
A CPS
CU
:
:
Characters Per Second
Control Unit
ABC : Atanasoff-Berry Computer CAL : Common Application Language
ABI : Application Binary Interface CAE : Common Application Environment
ABR : Available Bit Rate CAD : Computer Aided Design
ANSI : American National Standards Institute CAL : Computer Aided learning
API : Application Programming Interface CAM : Computer Aided Manufacturing
ADC : Analog-To-Digital Converter CAT : Computer Aided Translation
ADB : Apple Desktop Bus CC : C Compiler
ADE : Automatic Design Engineering CAQ : Computer Aided Quality Assurance
ADO : ActiveX Data Objects CDMA : Code Division Multiple Access
ADSI : Active Directory Service Interfaces CDR : Compact Disc Recordable
AGP : Accelerated Graphics Port CDROM : Compact Disc Read Only Memory
AJAX : Asynchronous JavaScript and XML CDRW : Compact Disc Rewritable
ALGOL : Algorithmic Language CD-RW : Compact Disc Read/Write
ARC : Advanced RISC Computing COBOL : Common Business Oriented Language
ASF : Active Streaming Format CGA : Color Graphic Array/Adopter
ASP : Active Server Page CGI : Common Gateway Interface
ASP : Application Service Provider CAI : Computer Assisted (Aided) Instruction
ARPA : Advanced Research Project Agency CLR : Common Language Runtime
AVI : Audio Video Interleave CMOS : Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
ASIC : Application Specific Integrated Circuit CNC : Computer Numerical Control
ALU : Arithmetic Logic Unit COM : Component Object Model
AI : Artificial Intelligence COMAL : Common Algorithmic Language
ASCII : American Standard Code for Information CSI : Common System Interface
Interchange CSS : Cascading Style Sheets
ATM : Automated Teller Machine CT : Computerized Tomography
ATA : Advanced Technology Attachment CTCP : Client-To-Client Protocol
CD : Compact Disk
B CTS
CUA
:
:
Clear To Send
Control User Access
BSNL : Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited CVV : Card Verification Value
BD : Blue-Ray disk
BINAC
Bit
:
:
Binary Automatic Computer
Binary Digit
D
BPL : Broadband Over Power Line DFD : Data Flow Diagram
BCD : Binary Coded Decimal DPI : Dots Per Inch
BCR : Bar Code Reader DB : Database
BMP : Basic Multilingual Plane DAA : Data Access Arrangement
BRAN : Broadband Radio Access Networks DBA : Database Administrator
BFD : Binary File Descriptor DCE : Data Communications Equipment
BGP : Border Gateway Protocol DDS : Digital Data Storage
BIN : Binary DDS : Distributed Data Server/ Service
BMP : Bit Map DIM : Device Interface Module
BIOS : Basic Input Output System DHTML : Dynamic HTML
BOF : Beginning Of File DLC : Data Link Control
BOOTP : Bootstrap Protocol DTR : Data Terminal Ready
BPI : Bytes Per Inch DVD : Digital Versatile Disc
BPS : Bits Per Second DIVX : Digital Video Express
BAR : Base Address Register DNS : Domain Name System
BASIC : Beginner's All purpose Symbolic DOS : Disk Operating System
Instruction Code DoS : Denial of Service
BCC : Blind Carbon Copy DPMI : DoS Protected Mode Interface
BHIM : Bharat Interface for Money DRAM : Dynamic RAM
DVD RW : DVD Re Writable
C DTP
DVR
:
:
Desktop Publishing
Digital Video Recorder
DSL : Digital Subscriber Line or, Domain
CPU : Central Processing Unit Specific Language
CRT : Cathode Ray Tube DBMS : Database Management System
C-DAC : Centre for Development of Advanced DFS : Distributed File System
Computing DMA : Direct Memory Access
Computer 248 YCT
ye
p
IMAP : Internet Message Access Protocol
E IPTV
IRC
:
:
Internet Protocol Television
Internet Relay Chat
E-Mail : Electronic Mail iMAC : Internet Macintosh
E-Comm. : Electronic Commerce IHV : Independent Hardware Vendor
EDP : Electronic Data Processing IFSMGR : Instable File System Manager
EDSAC : Electronic Delay Storage Automatic IS : Information System
Calculator ISDN : Integrated Services Digital Network
EE-PROM: Electrically Erasable Programmable Read ICM : Image Color Management
Only Memory ICM : Image Compression Manager
ENIAC : Electronic Numerical Integrator and ICMP : Internet Control Message Protocol
Computer IDT : Internet Development Toolbox
EDVAC : Electronic Discrete Variable Automatic IGRP : Interior Gateway Routing Protocol
Computer ISO : International Organization For
EOF : End Of File Standardization
EXE : Executable IVV : Independent Verification & Validation
EDD : Enhanced Disk Drive IM : Instant Messaging
EFI : Extensible Firmware Interface I/O : Input/Output
EGA : Enhanced Graphics Array/ adapter IP : Internet Protocol
ERP : Error Recovery Procedure ISP : Internet Service Provider
EPROM : Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory ITU : International Telecommunication Union
EUC : End-User Computing IP Sec : Internet Protocol Security
IIoT : Industrial Internet of Things
F IAM
IFR
:
:
Identity Access Management
International Federation of Robotics
FAT : File Allocation Table
FTP : File Transfer Protocol IDL : Interface Definition Language
FIFO : First In First Out
FCS : Frame Check Sequence J
FDC : Floppy Disk Controller
FDD : Floppy Disk Drive JSP : Java Server Pages
FDM : Frequency Division Multiplexing JAM : Java Administration Server
FORTRAN : Formula Translation JDS : Java Desktop System
FS : File System JMX : Java Management Extensions
FXP : File Exchange Protocol JCP : Java Community Process
JPEG : Joint Photographic Experts Group
G JS : JavaScript
JFC : Java Foundation Classes
GUI : Graphical User Interface
Gb : Gigabit
GIGO : Garbage In, Garbage Out K
GB : Gigabyte KHz : Kilohertz
GDA : Global Document Annotation
GDI : Graphics Device Interface KB : Kilobyte
GIF : Graphics Interchange Format KBPS : Kilobit Per Second
GPU : Graphics Processing Unit KPA : Key Process Areas

H L
HDD : Hard Disk Drive
HD-DVD : High Definition-DVD LSI : Large Scale Integration
HDA : Head Disk Assembly LASER : Light Amplification by Stimulated
HDLC : High Level Data Link Control Emission of Radiation
HHD : Hybrid Hard Drive LED : Liquid/Light Emitting Diode
HTML : Hypertext Markup Language LPM : Lines Per Minute
HTTP : Hypertext Transfer Protocol LSB : Least Significant Bit
HSTP : High Speed Transport Protocol LSI : Large Scale Integration
HID : Human Interface Device LA : Laboratory Automation
LAN : Local Area Network
I LBP
LPT
: Laser Beam Printer
: Line Print Terminal
IBM : International Business Machine LBA : Logical Block Addressing
IT : Information Technology LCD : Liquid Crystal Display
IGMP : Internet Group Management Protocol LIFO : Last In First Out
IIS : Internet Information Services LU : Logical Unit
Computer 249 YCT
ye
p
PROM : Programmable Read Only Memory
M PCI
PDA
:
:
Peripheral Component Interconnect
Personal Digital Assistant
PDF : Portable Document Format
MS-DOS : Microsoft-Disk Operating System
PPI : Pixels Per Inch
MTNL : Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited
PPP : Point-to Point Protocol
MANET : Mobile Ad-Hoc Network
PPTP : Point-To-Point Tunneling Protocol
MDI : Multiple Document Interface
P2P : Peer-To-Peer
MOS : Metal Oxide Semiconductor
PAN : Personal Area Network
MSB : Most Significant Bit
PAP : Password Authentication Protocol
MU : Memory Unit
PC : Personal computer
MAC : Media Access Control
PIC : Peripheral Interface Controller
MAN : Metropolitan Area Network
PIN : Personal Identification Number
MAOS : Multi Application Operating System
PNG : Portable Network Graphics
MB : Megabit/Megabyte
PCT : Private Communication Technology
MBR : Master Boot Record
PDC : Primary Domain controller
MIDP : Mobile Information Device Profile
POP : Point Of Presence
MICR : Magnetic Ink Character Recognition
PSTN : Public Switched Telephone Network
MIDI : Music Instrument Digital Interface
PSN : Packet Switching Network
MIMO : Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
PSP : Passport Seva Project
MIPS : Million Instructions per Second
MMX : Multi-Media Extensions
MNG
MPEG
:
:
Multiple-Image Network Graphics
Motion Pictures (Coding) Experts Group
Q
MMU : Memory Management Unit QAM : Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
MMX : Multimedia Extension QFA : Quick File Access
MPM : Multi-Programming Monitor QDR : Quad Data Rate
MPU : Micro Processor Unit QOS : Quality of Service
MODEM : Modulator-Demodulator QSAM : Query Service on Aadhaar Mapper
MUI : Multimedia User Interface QR Code : Quick Response Code
MVS : Multiple Virtual Storage
MIME
MIS
:
:
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
Management Information System R
RPG : Report Program Generator
N RAID : Redundant Array of Independent Disks
RDBMS : Relational Database Management System
NAL : National Aerospace Laboratories RDRAM : Rambus Dynamic RAM
NPCI : National Payment Corporation of India RTOS : Real Time Operating System
NIC : Network Interface Card RAM : Random Access Memory
NOS : Network Operating System RARP : Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
NT : New Technology (Windows) RWM : Read Write Memory
NCS : Network Computing System ROM : Read Only Memory
NET PC : Network Personal Computer REFAL : Recursive Functions Algorithmic Language
NFS : Network File System REG : Register
NNTP : Network News Transfer Protocol RTL : Register Transfer Language
NPI : Network Provider Interface RPA : Robotics Process Automation
O
OS : Operating System
S
OOP : Object Oriented Programming S RAM : Static RAM
OOS : Open Source Software SCSI Port : Small Computer System Interface Port
OAM : Operation And Maintenance/Operation SEO : Search Engine Optimization
Administration Maintenance. SET : Secure Electronic Transactions
OCR : Optical Character Reader SAN : Storage Area Network
OMR : Optical Mark Reader/ Recognition SATA : Serial Advanced Technology Attachment
OLAP : On-Line Analytical Processing SBP-2 : Serial Bus Protocol-2
OSPF : Open Shortest Path First SDK : Software Development Kit
SLIP : Serial Line Internet Protocol
P SMTP
SMBIOS :
: Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
System Management BIOS
SNTP : Simple Network Time Protocol
PDL : Program Design Language SQL : Structured Query Language
PL 1 : Programming Language 1 SDRAM : Synchronous Dynamic Random Access
POS : Point of Sale Memory
Computer 250 YCT
ye
p
WSDL : Web Services Description Language
T WGS
WAIS
: Work Group System
: Wide Area Information Servers
TFT : Thin-Film Transistor
TFTP : Trivial File Transfer Protocol X
TLD : Top Level Domain
TTL : Transistor-Transistor Logic XHTML : eXtensible HyperText Markup Language
TB : Terabyte XML : eXtensible Markup Language
TCP/IP : Transmission Control Protocol/Internet XUL : Xml User Interface Language
Protocol XSL-FO : eXtensible Stylesheet Language Formatting
TTF : True Type Font Objects
TTS : Text-To-Speech XSLT : eXtensible Stylesheet Language
TDMA : Time Division Multiple Access Transformations.
TTY : Teletype XAML : eXtensible Application Markup Language
XMMS : X Multimedia System
U XNS
XSL
:
:
Xerox Network Systems
eXtensible Stylesheet Language
ULSI
UNIVAC
:
:
Ultra Large Scale Integration
Universal Automatic Computer Y
UPS : Uninterruptible Power Supply
URI : Uniform Resource Identifier YTD : It is Used For Year To Date.
UI : User Interface Y2K : Year Two thousand.
URL : Uniform Resource Locater
USB
UTR
:
:
Universal Serial Bus
Unique Transaction Reference
Z
UTS : Unreserved Ticketing System ZIP : Zone Information Protocol
UTP : Unshielded Twisted Pair ZSL : Zero Slot LAN
UPI : Unified Payment Interface ZISC : Zero Instruction Set Computer
USSD : Unstructured Supplementary Service Data ZIFS : Zero Insertion Force Socket
ZMA : Zone Multicast Address
V XIV. Miscellaneous
VDU : Visual Display Unit 2618. Which of the following characteristics refers to
VLSI : Very Large Scale Integration the use of technology to complete a task with as
VSNL : Videsh Sanchar Nigam Limited little human interaction as possible?
Var : Variable (a) Remembrance power
VoIP : Voice Over IP (b) No EQ
VB : Visual Basic (c) No IQ
VBS : Visual Basic script. (d) Automation
VLAN : Virtual Local Area Network UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
VGA : Video Graphics Array/Adopter Ans. (d) : In general usage, automation can be defined
VM : Virtual Memory as a technology concerned with performing a process by
VMS : Virtual Memory System means of programmed commands combined with
VPN : Virtual Private Network automatic feedback control to ensure proper execution
VSAM : Virtual Storage Access Method of the instructions.
VT : Video Terminal 2619. Which of the following operations refers to the
process of converting information,
W corresponding text, numbers photos or music
into digital data that can be manipulated by
WiMAX : Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave electronic devices?
Access (a) Normalization (b) Unification
WLL : Wireless Local Loop (c) Regularization (d) Digitization
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
WORM : Write Once Read Many
WAIS : Wide Area Information Servers Ans. (d) : Digitization refers to the process of
Wi-Fi : Wireless Fidelity converting analog information such as text numbers,
WWAN : Wireless Wide Area Network photos or music into digital data that can be
WAN : Wide Area Network manipulated by electronic devices.
WAP : Wireless Application Protocol 2620. Which of the following refers to
WINFS : Windows Future Storage communication by electronic means to place
WMP : Windows Media Player power in the hands of citizens to determine
WWW : World Wide Web what laws need to be made and how these laws
WOL : Wake-On-LAN should be written?
Computer 251 YCT
ye
p
(a) e-banking (b) e-marketing iii) A microcontroller uses an internal
(c) e-governance (d) e-mobility controlling bus.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 (a) i-False, ii-True, iii-False
Ans. (c) : Electronic governance refers to the (b) i-False, ii-True, iii-True
functioning of government with the application of (c) i-True, ii-False, iii-True
Information and Communication Technology (ICT). (d) i-True, ii-True, iii-True
There are 4 types of participation in e-governance. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
(1) G2C (Government to citizen) Ans. (d) : All statements are true because a
(2) G2B (Government to Business) microprocessor is defined as a programmable,
(3) G2G (Government to Government) multipurpose, logic device that has the reading capability
(4) G2E (Government to Employee) of binary instructions from memory and I/O component
2621. Which of the following statements in regard to externally in a microprocessor for processing. In this
photo editing is correct? system, a microcontroller also known as a programmable
(a) Increase in saturation makes the image of digital processor, uses an internal controlling bus.
grey shades. 2624. Match the points under the column 'Incident
(b) Increase in saturation also increases hue of an Response' with those under the column
image 'Description', based on the time to respond
(c) Increase in saturation also increases intensity from immediate to deliberate.
of an image Incident Response Description
(d) Decrease in saturation makes the image of a) Incident analysis i) Evict attackers;
grey shades eradicate threats and
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 advance your defences
Ans. (d) : Saturation in photo editing refers to the from your learning.
intensity or vividness of a colors in an image. Increasing b) Auto containment ii) Get the swift
saturations makes colors appear more vibrant and analysis on threats,
intense, while decrease in saturation make the image of impact on assets and
grey shades. It is a fundamental tool in image editing blast radius.
software and can be used to make your photos more c) Response iii) Contain and
visually appealing. orchestration recover swiflty with
2622. Match points under the column 'Three V's of an agile response from
Big Data' with those under the column machine learning.
'Description'. (a) a-iii, b-ii, c-i (b) a-ii, b-i, c-iii
Three V's of Big Description (c) a-ii, b-iii, c-i (d) a-i, b-iii, c-ii
Data UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021
a) Volume i) This refers to the Ans. (c) : Incident response is incident analysis that gets
many types of data that the swift analysis on threats, impact on assets and blast
are available radius. Containing and recovering is done swiftly with an
b) Velocity ii) This refers to the data agile response from machine learning by auto
of unknown value, such containment. And response orchestration evict attackers;
as Twitter data feeds, eradicate threats and advance defences from learning.
click streams on a web 2625. Which of the following software are HTML
page or a mobile app or web editors?
sensor-enabled Software: i) Atom ii) Sublime Text
equipment. iii) Visual Studio Code iv) Notepad ++
c) Variety iii) This refers to the fast v) JDK vi) Safari
rate at which data is (a) Only, i, ii, iii and iv
received and (perhaps) (b) Only, iv
acted on. (c) All of i, ii, iii, iv, v and vi
(a) a-i, b-iii, c-ii (b) a-iii, b-ii, c-i (d) Only i, ii and iii
(c) a-ii, b-iii, c-i (d) a-ii, b-i, c-iii UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 20.03.2021 Ans. (a) : Atom was a desktop application that was a
Ans. (c) : The 3V's (Volume, Velocity and Variety) are "hackable" text editor. It means it was customizable
three defining properties or dimensions of big data, using HTML, CSS and JavaScript. Sublime Text is used
where volume refers to the amount of data, velocity to display stylized content in editor panes because it
refers to the speed of data processing and variety refers contains a custom HTML and CSS engine, named
to the number of types of data. minihtml. Visual Studio Code provides basic support
2623. Identify whether the following statements are for HTML programming out of the box. Notepad++ text
true or false. editor allows programmer to create or edit HTML files.
i) A microcontroller is a programmable JDK is a core package, cross-platform software that
digital processor. offers a collection of tools and libraries for developing
ii) A microprocessor is defined as a java based software and applets. In safari, the user can
multipurpose, programmable logic device not edit web page source code. Hence we can say that
that has the capability to read binary Atom, Sublime Text, Visual Studio Code, and
instructions from memory; that accepts Notepad++ are software of HTML web editors while
binary data as input and then, processes JDK and Safari are not. But UPPCL has answered all
that data. the above editors are HTML web editors.
Computer 252 YCT
ye
p
2626. In Python, which function can be used to get 2630. Match the point under the column 'IoT
the data type of any object? Protocol Layer' with those under the column
(a) datatype() (b) type() 'Description'.
(c) typeof( (d) gettype() IoT Protocol Description
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 Layer
Ans. (b): The type() function can be used to find out a) Sensing layer i) In this layer, data are
what type of data an object contains. Typing an object controlled and made
passed as an argument to python type() function returns available to end-user
the data type of the object passed as an argument to applications such as
python type() function. agriculture, healthcare,
2627. Which of the following are the two valid types aerospace and farming.
of Instruction Set Architectures? b) Network ii) Sensors, actuators and
(a) CISK and RISK (b) CISC and RISK layer devices are present in this
(c) CISC and RISK (d) CISS and RISS layer.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 c) Data iii) Network gateways
Ans. (b) : CISC and RISK Types of Instruction Set processing layer and data acquisition
Architectures. CISC stands for Complex Instruction Set system (DAS) are present
Architecture. CISC architectures have a large and in this layer.
complex set of instructions. Instructions can perform d) Application iv) In this layer, the data
various tasks and may take different amounts of time to layer is analysed and pre-
execute. RISC stands for reduced Instruction Set processed before sending
Architecture. RISC architectures have a smaller and it to a data centre.
simplex set of instructions. Instructions are designed to (a) a-ii, b-iii, c-iv, d-i (b) a-iv, b-iii, c-iv, d-ii
execute in a single clock cycle, which leads to faster (c) a-ii, b-iv, c-iii, d-i (d) a-iii, b-ii, c-iv, d-i
and more predictable performance. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-II) 19.03.2021
2628. Identify whether the following statements are Ans. (a) : Sensing layer includes the sensors, actuators
and other smart devices that constitute physical layer. In
true or false. network layer, the network gateways and data
i) The os module and the os.path sub-module acquisition system are present that are aggregated from
contain functions for working with files and multiple sources. And in data processing layer, data are
directories. analysed and preprocessed before sending it to a data
ii) The os.walk function allows you to scan centre. In application layer, data centers or the cloud are
through a directory and all of its sub- data management stages where the end-user
directories. applications such as healthcare, agriculture, farming,
iii) The sys module has a function called 'exit', aerospace etc. are controlled, available and managed.
which can be used to quit your programme. Hence option (a) is right matching.
(a) i-False, ii- True, iii-True 2631. Which of the following is NOT a basic photo
(b) i-False, ii- True, iii-False editing tool?
(c) i-True, ii - True, iii-True (a) Paint Tools (b) Transform Tools
(d) i-True, ii-False, iii- True (c) Selection Tools (d) Real Tools
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
Ans. (c) : Given all statements (i), (ii) and (iii) are true Ans. (d) : Basic photo editing tools like paint tools.
with respect to os.path, os.walk and sys module. The os Transform tools and Selection tools while Real tools is
and os.path modules include many functions to interact nothing in editing tools.
with the file system and directories. The os.walk 2632. What refers to creations of the mind, such as
function generates the file names and allows to scan by inventions, literary and artistic works, designs and
walking the tree through a directory and sub-directories symbols, names and images used in commerce?
either top-down or bottom-up. The 'exit' function of sys (a) Intellectual Property (b) Indian Property
module is used to quit (out of) program. (c) Individual Property (d) Business Property
2629. Identify whether the following statements are UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
true or false. Ans. (a) : Intellectual property refers to creations of the
i) There are different types of virtual reality mind, such as inventions, literary and artistic works, designs
systems, but they all share common and symbols, names and images used in commerce.
characteristics, for example, ability to allow a IP can be protected by law, which give the creator or
person to view three-dimensional images. where of the intellectual property exclusive rights to use
ii) 'CAVE' stands for Cave Automatic Virtual or license it.
Environment. 2633. What are used to clean up or retouch photos,
(a) i-True, ii-True (b) i-False, ii-True apply special arts effects that give an image the
(c) i-True, ii-False (d) i-False, ii-False appearance of a sketch or impressionistic
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Shift-I) 19.03.2021 painting or create unique transformations
Ans. (a) : Both statements are true because there are using distortions and lighting effects?
different types of virtual reality systems :– non- (a) Shapes (b) Adjustments
immersive, fully immersive, semi-immersive, (c) Filters (d) Layers
augmented reality, collaborative VR etc. but they all UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
share common characteristics, for example, ability to Ans. (c) : Filters are used to enhance or alter the appearance
allow a person to view three-dimensional images. of a photo. They can be used to change the color, contrast,
CAVE stands for Cave Automatic Virtual Environment. brightness, sharpness and other aspects of a photo.

Computer 253 YCT

ye
p
2634. ______ includes sending, posting or sharing (c) i-True, ii-True, iii-False
negative, harmful, false or mean information (d) i-False, ii-True, iii-True
and content about someone. UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
(a) Identity Theft (b) Cyber bullying Ans. (d) : The MMPs cover the complete tendering
(c) Spamming (d) Digital footprint process starting from online publishing of tender
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 enquiries, bidding and bid evaluation but includes
Ans. (b) : Cyber bullying or cyber harassment is a form of award of contract. So this statement is false. MMPs
bullying or harassment using electronic means. Cyber enhance efficiency and transparency of procurement in
bullying is the use of cell phones, instant messaging, e-mail, government procurement. Hence, statement (ii) is true.
chat rooms or social networking sites such as Facebook and And UMANG is an initiative under the Digital India
Twitter to harass, threaten or intimidate someone. program or app aims to build or develop common, unified
Cyber bulling includes sending posting or sharing negative, platform and mobile app to facilitate a single point of
harmful, false or mean content about someone else. It can access for government services such as centre, state and
include sharing personal or private information about utility through mobile so this statement is also true.
someone else, causing embarrassment or humiliation. 2638. Which of the following e-Governance services
2635. How many INCORRECT statements related to provides a single platform for all Indian
EFT (Electronic Fund Transfer) are given citizens to access pan India services?
below? (a) UMANG (b) Reservation
1. Automated Teller Machine (ATM) transfer (c) UTS (d) Digital locker
is a part of EFT. UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016
2. International bank transfer by using SWIFT Ans. (a) : UMANG app provides a single platform for
is a part of EFT. all Indian citizens to access Pan India Services.
3. Electronic bill payment by using online Unified Mobile Application for New Age Governance
banking is a part of EFT. (UMANG) is a mobile app, a Digital India initiative of
(a) 0 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 2 Ministry of electronics and information technology by the
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 Government of India for access to Central and State
Ans. (a) : Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT) refers to the Government Services. The app supports 13 Indian
process of transferring money from one bank account to languages and is available for Android, iOS and Windows.
another electronically. It includes various methods such 2639. Anomalies are avoided by splitting the
as online banking, wire transfers, Automated teller offending relation into multiple relations, is
machine (ATM) transactions, bank transfer by using also known as ______.
SWIFT and more. (a) Decomposition (b) Both (a) and (d)
2636. _____ is a process in which banks acquire details (c) Acupressure (d) Pre-composition
about the identity and address of the customers. UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
(a) Know Your Customer Ans. (a) : The process of breaking up or dividing a
(b) ATM service single relation into two or more sub relation is called the
(c) Online customer service decomposition of a relation.
(d) Customer Services Anomalies are avoided by splitting the offending
UP PCL Technical Grade-II-11.11.2016 relation into multiple relations is also known as
Ans. (a) : Know Your Customer, is a process in which decomposition.
banks acquire details about the identity and address of the 2640. When was the Indian I.T. act implemented.
customers. (a) In July, 2014 (b) In June, 2000
Know your customer is the process of verifying the (c) In November, 2010 (d) In February, 2002
identity of customer the objective of KYC guidelines is UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
to prevent banks from being used, by criminal elements Ans : (b) The Information Technology Act, 2000 is an
for money laundering activities. It also enables banks to Act of the Indian Parliament (No. 21 of 2000) notified
understand its customers and their financial dealings to on 17 October 2000. It is the primary law in India
server them better and manage its risks prudently. dealing with cybercrime and electronic commerce.
2637. Identify whether the following statements are A major amendment was signed into law by President
true or false. Pratibha Patil on 5th February 2009.
i) The e-Procurement Mission Mode Projects 2641. Which of the following pairs is correctly
(MMPs) cover all the aspects of procurement matched?
ranging from indent of tender to tender - Combination of
preparation, bidding and bid evaluation, but (a) Auto correct one or more files
excludes award of contract. (b) SELECT - an SQL command
ii) The e-Procurements Mission Mode (c) The number of - a facility that can
Projects (MMPs) enhance transparency in distinct pixels in automatically
government procurement. each dimension rectify common
iii) UMANG (Unified Mobile Application for that can be spelling mistakes
New -age Governance) is an initiative displayed and often used
under the Digital India program to develop acronyms, etc.
a common, unified platform and mobile (d) A compressed file - Resolution
app to facilitate a single point of access to UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
all the government services. Ans. (b) : SELECT is a DQL (Data Query Language)
(a) i True, ii-False, iii- True command in SQL. Which can be used to retrieve data
(b) i-False, ii-True, iii -False from the database.
Computer 254 YCT
ye
p
2642. Match list I with list II and choose the correct Ans. (d) :
option Validation – Check the validity of data, data is right
List-I List-II Aggregation – Data summary
A. Combining a search term i. Browser Reporting – Management Information
with operators AND, Analysis – Interpretation and Presentation
OR, NOT etc 2645. Which among the given repair procedure is
B. The legal protection ii. Lynx done in breakdown maintenance?
against copying (a) Urgent repair (b) Routine repair
C. A text only web browser iii. Boolean (c) Corrective repair (d) Emergency repair
Search UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016
D. A graphical format widely iv. Copyright Ans. (c) : Corrective repair procedure is done in break
used in www pages down maintenance.
(a) A-iv B-i C-ii D-iii
2646. In CISC architecture most of the complex
(b) A-i B-iii C-ii D-iv
instructions are stored in ______.
(c) A-iii B-iv C-ii D-i
(a) Diodes (b) Registered
(d) A-i B-ii C-iv D-iii
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 (c) Transistors (d) CMOS
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
Ans. (c)
List-i List-II Ans. (c) : In CISC architecture must of the complex
A. Combining a search term with Boolean instructions are stored in transistors.
operators AND, OR, NOT etc. Search 2647. NSFNET was established in _______.
B. The legal protection against Copyright (a) 1995 (b) 1985 (c) 2005 (d) 1975
copying UPPCL Technical Grade-II-26.06.2016
C. A text only web browser Lynx Ans. (b) : The National Science Foundation Network
D. A graphical format widely used Browsers (NSFNET) was a program of coordinated, evolving
in WWW pages projects sponsored by National Science Foundation
2643. Match list I with the list II and choose the (NSF) from 1985 to 1995 to promote advanced research
correct option and education networking in the United States.
List-I List-II 2648. Backup that only includes changes made since
A. SCANDISK i. Half of byte the last complete backup is called:
B. Motherboard ii. Utility that checks (a) Incremental Backup (b) Auto Backup
your hard disk for (c) Quick Backup (d) Partial Backup
logical and physical UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
errors on the drive Ans. (a) : Backup that only includes changes made
C. Nibble iii. The main circuit of a since the last complete backup is called, incremental
microcomputer Backup. An incremental backup is a backup type that
D. Memory iv. Refers to the amount only copies data that has been changed or created since
of storage you have in the previous backup activity was conducted. An
your computer incremental backup approach is used when the amount
(a) A-ii B-iii C-i D-iv of data that has to be protected is too voluminous to do
(b) A-ii B-iv C-i D-iii a full backup of that data every day.
(c) A-i B-iii C-iv D-ii 2649. QSAM service can be availed by dialing _____
(d) A-i B-ii C-iii D-iv from mobile phones.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II (Re-exam) 16.10.2016 (a) *99# (b) *99*9#
Ans. (a) : (c) *99*99# (d) *9#
List-1 List-2 UPPCL Technical Grade-II-02.08.2015
Scandisk - Utility that checks your hard disk for Ans. (c) : QSAM (Query Service on Aadhaar Mapper)
Logical and Physical errors on the drive service helps user in knowing their Aadhaar seeding
Motherboard - The main circuit of a microcomputer. status with their bank account. This service provided by
Nibble - Half of byte NPCI can be availed by dialing *99*99##. With this the
Memory - Refers to the amount of storage you user can know whether his/her AADHAAR number is
have in your computer seeded/linked to any bank account number or not. If
yes, then with which bank and when it was lost updated.
2644. Match the following–
(a) Validation (i) Interpretation and 2650 . Which of the following is/are TRUE regarding
Presentation classless address blocks?
(b) Aggregation (ii) Data summary I) The number of addresses in a block must
(c) Reporting (iii) Management be a power of 2
Information II) The addresses in a block must be
(d) Analysis (iv) Data is valid contiguous, one after another.
(a) (a, iii), (b, i), (c, ii), (d, iv) III) The first address must be evenly divisible
(b) (a, iv), (b, i), (c, ii), (d, iii) by the number of addresses
(c) (a, iv), (b, iv), (c, ii), (d, i) (a) I and III (b) I, II and III
(d) (a, iv), (b, ii), (c, iii), (d, i) (c) II and III (d) I and II
UPPCL TG-II (20-03-2021) (Shift-II) UPPCL JE 2019 (Batch-02)
Computer 255 YCT
ye
p
Ans: (b) Classless addressing is an IPv4 addressing Ans : (c) Section 69 of the information Technology Act
architecture that user variable-length subnet masking. In empowers the Central or state government or any other
classless blocks ensures following criteria– competent authority to direct any agency of the
1. The number of addresses in a block must be a power appropriate government to monitor intercept or decrypt
of 2. any information transmitted, generated, received or
2. The addresses in a block must be continuous, one stored in any computer resource.
after another. 2656. Color Palette is present in the _____Menu.
3. The first address must be evenly divisible by the (a) Title Bar (b) Menu bar
number of address. (c) Tool Bar (d) Windows Menu
2651. The most common asymmetric encryption RRB Bengaluru LP-2004
algorithm is ................. Ans : (d) In computer graphics, a palette, also called
(a) SSA (b) FSK (c) PSK (d) RSA color lookup table (CLUT), is a correspondence color
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 space's color reproduction range are assigned an index,
Ans : (d) RSA algorithm is asymmetric cryptography by which they can be referenced. In photoshop you can
algorithm. Asymmetric actually means that it works on see color palette from window menu.
two different keys i.e. public key and private key. 2657. Several studies have shown that _____video games
2652. Which of the following option is not correct have negative effects on the younger generation.
regarding CISC architecture? (a) puzzle (b) violent
(a) It has instructions of variable length (c) racing (d) adventure
(b) It contains a large number of instructions. RRB Kolkata LP-2009
(c) It is load-stare architecture. Ans : (b) Several studies have shown that violent video
(d) It has a large number of address methods. games have negative effects on the younger generation.
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 2658. The systematic process of solving an issue is called -
Ans : (c) A complex instruction set computer (CISC) is (a) Feedback (b) Troubleshooting
a computer architecture in which single instructions can (c) Update (d) Patching
executed several low-level operations (such as a load RRB Kolkata LP-2009
from memory, an arithmetic operation and a memory Ans : (b) The systematic process of solving an issue is
store) or are capable of multi-step operations or called, Trouble shooting. Trouble shooting is a
addressing modes within single instructions or systematic approach to problem solving that is often
addressing modes within single instructions. used to find and correct issues with complex machines,
2653. Select the option that allows access changes. It electronics, computers and software systems.
needed for a remote file? 2659. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of
(a) NFS (b) FTP cashless payments?
(c) DNS (d) TELNET (a) Independent of digital devices
UPPCL Technical Grade-II-09.08.2015 (b) All of these
Ans : (a) NFS (Network File System) is a distributed (c) Convenience
file system protocol originally developed by Sun (d) More secure
Microsystems 1984, allowing a user on a client RRB Kolkata LP-2009
computer to access file over a computer network much Ans : (a) Cashless payments are not independent from
like local storage is accessed. digital devices.
2654. Which of the following Credit Card Fraud 2660. Which of the following is not a security level?
(a) Calculation (b) Worksheet Level
Detection Techniques marks a person as a (c) Cell Protection (d) File Protection
fraudster if many orders are placed to be delivered UPPCL Office Assistant III 24-10-2018 (Evening)
at the same address by different credit cards? Ans : (a) We can protect, file, Worksheet & cell also
(a) Xcart but calculation is meant for to calculate.
(b) Pattern Detection
2661. _______is used to specify the size of the character?
(c) Fraud Screening Detection (a) Ctrl (b) Scaling
(d) Card Watch (c) Tab (d) Shift
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 RRB Kolkata LP-2009
Ans: (b) Pattern Detection credit card fraud detection Ans : (b) Scaling is used to shrink or grow to a
techniques marks a person as a fraudster if many orders particular character in specified size.
are placed to be delivered at the same address by 2662. Which of the following statement is wrong?
different credit cards. (a) PDF is a type of portable file format
2655. Procedure and security measures for (b) ZIP files are compressed files
interception Monitoring and decryption of (c) Each file has a primary name and an
information rules, information technology Act, extension name
2008 come under the section. (d) A file name cannot contain any special character
(a) 78(2) (b) 79(2) UPPCL TG-II 28-3-2021 (Shift-I)
(c) 69(2) (d) 68(2) Ans. (d) Statement (d) is false because a file name can
RRB Bengaluru LP-2004 contain special character.
Computer 256 YCT

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)